CA08100007E Vol6 Ibook

Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 6:
Solid-State
Motor Control
Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial 1
Volume 2—Commercial Distribution 2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies 3
Volume 4—Circuit Protection 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection 5
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control 6
Tab 1—Reduced Voltage Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-1
Tab 2—Adjustable Frequency Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A2-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A3-1
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface

and Connectivity Solutions 7
Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright ©2019 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
● Reliability—maintain the ● Efficiency—minimize ● Safety—identify and
appropriate level of power energy usage, operating mitigate electrical hazards
continuity without costs, equipment footprint to protect what you value
disruption or unexpected and environmental impact most
downtime
Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
● Volume 1—Residential ● Volume 7—Logic Control, ● Volume 12—Aftermarket,
and Light Commercial Operator Interface and Renewal Parts and Life
(CA08100002E) Connectivity Solutions Extension Solutions
● Volume 2—Commercial (CA08100008E) (CA08100014E)
Distribution (CA08100003E) ● Volume 8—Sensing ● Volume 13—Counters,
● Volume 3—Power Solutions (CA08100010E) Timers and Tachometers
Distribution and Control ● Volume 9—Original (CA08100015E)—Available
Assemblies (CA08100004E) Equipment Manufacturer in electronic format only
● Volume 4—Circuit (CA08100011E) ● Volume 14—Fuses
Protection (CA08100005E) ● Volume 10—Enclosed (CA08100016E)—Available
● Volume 5—Motor Control Control (CA08100012E) in electronic format only
and Protection ● Volume 11—Vehicle and ● Volume 15—Solar Inverters
(CA08100006E) Commercial Controls and Electrical Balance of
● Volume 6—Solid-State (CA08100013E) System (CA08100018E)
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
● The Consulting Application ● The Eaton Power Quality
Guide (CA08104001E) Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com i

Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.”
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Soft Start Controllers 1.1 Solid-State Controllers

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-2
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3 1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32 1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35
Type S511, Semiconductor Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38
1
1.2 Solid-State Starters 1
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-42
1
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43
Torque Limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59 1
DS7 Soft Starter Controller Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-61
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-77 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S611 Soft Starters 1
1
1
1
1
1
S811+ Soft Starters
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-1

1.1 Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Soft Start Controllers Contents

1 Description Page
1 Soft Start Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3
1 Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
1 with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32
1 with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35
Type S511, Semiconductor
1 Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38
1
1
1
1
1 Product Overview
1 DS7 Type S701 with Type S701 with Brake
Eaton’s DS7 line of reduced Auxiliary Contact The S701 soft start
1 voltage solid-state soft start The S701 device is a reduced controller with DC injection
controllers is very compact, voltage soft start controller brake is designed to control
multi-functional, easy to acceleration and deceleration
1 install and easy to commission.
designed to control
acceleration and deceleration of three-phase motors. Brake
Designed to control the of three-phase motors. With current is adjustable from
1 acceleration and deceleration the auxiliary contact, it is 0–50 A DC. The ramp-up
of three-phase motors with possible to control an external feature is adjustable from
1 the ability to adjust initial bypass to reduce heating and 0.5–10 seconds. Torque
torque, ramp up and down increase acceleration and adjustment is adjustable
1 time, the device is available
for current ranges from 4 to
deceleration times. with or without break loose
(kick start) function.
32 A in four frame sizes. The unit provides the user
1 with the ability to adjust initial Type S511 Semiconductor
Type S701 torque, ramp up and down Reversing Contactor
1 The S701 device is a reduced time and also select kick start The S511 device is a
voltage soft start controller for high inertia loads. semiconductor reversing
1 designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
contactor designed to switch
three-phase motors forward
of three-phase motors. The
1 S701 provides the user with
and reverse. Unicore
electronics and thermal
the ability to adjust initial design ensures high
1 torque, ramp up and down switching capacity and
time, and also select kick long lifetime.
1 start for high inertial loads.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

1.1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers Contents
Description Page
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers 1
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-5
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-5 1
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-5
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-6 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-7
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-15 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-16
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-24
1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
1
Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . V6-T1-35
1
Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38
1
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers 1
Product Description 1
The DS7 is available in SmartWire-DT Regardless of the profile The DS7 SmartWire-DT comes 1
standard and SmartWire-DT® Our SmartWire-DT interface chosen, the DS7 SmartWire-DT’s with a detailed diagnostic
communications completely eliminates the parameters can be read and system with options that 1
configurations. need for conventional control written to at any time by extend far beyond those of
wiring. This has several using acyclic communications wired devices. In addition to
Standard (Non SmartWire-DT) advantages: services. having an error log, the DS7 1
Eaton’s DS7 line of reduced SmartWire-DT can detect and
No incorrect wiring
voltage solid-state soft start
●
● Faster wiring
DS7 SmartWire-DT makes it
possible to read and write to
report nine different device 1
controllers is very compact, faults. A warning parameter
all device parameters. It is
multi-functional, easy to install ● Cost saving
also possible to overwrite
reports any present warning
messages. Moreover, the
1
and easy to commission. The interface can be used to the potentiometer settings response to each individual
Designed to control the
acceleration and deceleration
send control commands to on the DS7 SmartWire-DT, fault can be customized. 1
the DS7 SmartWire-DT and which can come in handy, Finally, there are 35 additional
of three-phase motors, the
device is available for current
change and diagnose its
parameter configuration;
for instance, when a change
made to the machine needs
messages for communication 1
ranges from 4 to 200 FLA errors. Using the DS7
in addition, the control to be performed remotely.
in four frame sizes. It is electronics can be powered
SmartWire-DT in connection 1
available with 24 Vdc, 24 Vdc/ with the PKE series motor
via the SmartWire-DT cable. protective circuit breakers
24 Vac, or 110/230 Vac The device is controlled with opens up new functionalities
1
control voltage options. A one of the selectable profiles:
low temperature version is that were previously thought
available with 24 Vac/Vdc
● A “start/stop” profile impossible to implement with 1
control voltage with operation ● An 8 bit-wide profile for a low-cost soft starter and
ambient temperature the soft starter, which is that were reserved to 1
minimum of –40 °C. provided the same way significantly more expensive
for the variable frequency devices. Combining a PKE
unit and a DS7 SmartWire-DT
1
drive and features more
options makes it possible to
completely protect the DS7 1
SmartWire-DT device against
overloads. In addition, it 1
provides a current limiting
function and can report
thermal capacity utilization
1
levels to higher level
controllers. 1
1
1

Application Description Operation

1
With its small size, it can Voltage Ramp Start Start Ramp
1 easily fit in place of existing
soft starters, wye-delta
This start method provides a
100%
Bypass
voltage ramp to the motor,
starters, or across-the-line resulting in a constant torque
1
Speed
NEMA® and IEC starters. This increase. This most
feature allows easy upgrades commonly used form of soft
1 to existing systems. The start mode allows you to set Start Run
product is designed to be the initial voltage value and Time (Seconds)
1 wired in the three-phase line
feeding the three motor input
the duration of the ramp to
full voltage conditions. Stop Ramp
leads as is done for normal
1 across-the-line starting. The
● Adjustable initial voltage 100%
1
30–92% of full voltage
Speed
starter uses silicon controlled
1 rectifiers (SCRs) to ramp the (120/230 Vac control 2
voltage to the motor, providing voltage)

3
1 smooth acceleration and ● Adjustable initial voltage
30–100% of full voltage (24
Run Soft Stop
deceleration of the load. Time (Seconds)
After the motor is started, Vac/Vdc control voltage)
1 the internal run bypass relay ● Adjustable initial voltage
1 = Coast to Stop (Speed)
2 = Soft Stop Ramp (Voltage)
closes, resulting in the motor 30–92% of full voltage 3 = Soft Stop Time
1 running directly across-the- (24 Vdc control voltage—
line. Internal run bypass SmartWire-DT) Auxiliary Contacts
1 significantly reduces the ● Adjustable ramp time Auxiliary contacts are
heat generated as compared 1–30 seconds provided to indicate soft
1 to non-bypass starters. The
soft stop option allows for a
● Bypass relays close at the start controller status.
ramp stop time that may be end the ramp time (TOR) Frame Size 1 (4A to 12A)—
1 longer than the coast-to-stop One Relay
time. An external overload Soft Stop
The auxiliary relay indicates
1 protection relay or circuit Allows for a controlled when the soft starter is at
breaker is needed. stopping of load. Used when Top-of-Ramp (TOR).
1 a stop-time that is greater
than the coast-to-stop time is Frame Size 2, 3 and 4 (16A
desired. Often used with high to 200A)—Two Relays
1 friction loads where a sudden One auxiliary relay indicates
stop may cause system or when the soft starter is at
1 product damage. Setting the Top-of-Ramp (TOR).
soft stop time to a value of One auxiliary relay indicates
1 0 turns off this feature. that a RUN command is
● Soft stop time = present, including start ramp,
1 0–30 seconds bypass, and stop ramp times.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Features and Benefits
● Run bypass mode greatly ● Soft stop control suits Protective Features 1
reduces internal heating applications where an ● Warning is indicated for an
created by the power abrupt stop of the load
● Mains connection—The
mains connection is over temperature condition
1
dissipation across the is not acceptable. Soft for the next start
monitored for a phase loss
SCRs. The bypass relay acceleration and
and/or undervoltage during ● Bypass relay 1
directly connects the deceleration reduces
ramp up ● The DS7 can detect if
motor to the line and
improves system efficiency
wear on belts, gears,
chains, clutches, shafts, ● Motor connection—The the bypass relay fails to 1
by reducing internal power and bearings motor connection is close after the ramp
losses ● Minimizes the peak inrush
monitored for an open start or opens while the 1
condition during the ramp motor is running
● Less heat minimizes current’s stress on the
enclosure size and cooling power system. Peak ● SCR faults—SCR ● The DS7 will also detect 1
requirements, and starting torque can be performance is monitored a condition whereas the
maximizes the life of all managed to diminish during the ramp cycle for bypass relay is closed 1
devices in the enclosure mechanical system wear proper operation when the RUN
command is given
● LED displays device status and damage. ● Heat sink over/under
temperature—High ambient ● The DS7 will trip on a
1
and provides fault ● 24 Vac/Vdc control voltage
temperatures, extended bypass dropout fault if
indication enhances personnel and
equipment safety. ramp times, and high duty either of these 1
● Variable ramp times and
110/230 Vac control voltage cycle conditions may cause conditions occur
voltage control (torque
control) settings provide is also available the DS7 to exceed its 1
thermal rating. When
unlimited starting ● Auxiliary relays indicate
configurations, allowing status of the soft start
temperature goes under 1
–5 °C (–40 °C for low
for maximum application controllers
flexibility ● The TOR relay is active
temperature units), unit
will trip as well. The DS7 is
1
until motor stop equipped with sensors that
Single-Phase Applications command is received monitor the temperature of 1
All DS7 frame sizes can be and/or the soft start the device as well. The soft
configured for single-phase
operation at 200–480 Vac
controller detects a
fault condition
starter will trip in over/ 1
under temperature
main voltages in accordance
to the single-phase application
● RUN relay is active
during the start ramp,
conditions, preventing 1
device failure
note AP039006EN. bypass, and stop ramp
1
1
Standards and Certifications 1
● IEC 60947-4-2
● EN 60947-4-2 1
● UL® listed
● CSA certified 1
● CE marked
● C-Tick 1
1
1
1
Instructional Leaflets
● Instruction Leaflet IL03901001E 1
1
1
1
1
1

Catalog Number Selection

1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
1
DS7 - 3 4 0 SX 004 N 0 - N
1
Device Series Options
1 DS7 = Generation 7 N = No option
D = SmartWire-DT
1 Number of Phases
L = Low temperature
3 = Three-phase mains
1 supply voltage
Protection Type
0 = IP20
1 Voltage Class
4 = 400 V Radio Interference
1 (380 V –15% to 480 V Suppression Filters
+10%) 4 = No internal radio interference
1 suppression filters
Control Voltage Supply Device Version
1 0 = 24 Vac/Vdc
2 = 110/230 Vac
SX = Standard soft starters
with internal bypass Rated Operational Current
D = 24 Vdc SmartWire-DT 004 = 4A
1 •=
•=
•=
200 = 200A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
1
DS7 Soft Start Horsepower Ratings
1
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings— 1

Controller— 10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C 1
Frames 1 and 2
Motor Recommended
1
Power (hp) Maximum Maximum XTOB
Rated
Current
Allowable
Breaker
Allowable
Fuse
Overload
(Direct
Recommended
XTOE Connection
1
(A) 200 V 230 V 480 V Size Size Connect) 2 Overload 2 PKE MMP MMP 2 Kit to MMP Catalog Number
3.7 0.75 0.75 2 HFD3015 15A XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX004N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7
6.9 1.5 2 3 HFD3015 15A XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX007N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7
1
7.8 2 2 5 HFD3020 20A XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45
Class RK5 1
DS7-342SX009N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7 1
11 3 3 7.5 HFD3030 20A XTOB012BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX012N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7
15.2 3 5 10 HFD3035 25A XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45

1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX016N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
22 5 7.5 15 HFD3060 40A XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX024N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX024N0-D 7 1
32 7.5 10 20 HFD3070 50A XTOB032CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX032N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7 1
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA. 1
2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.
3 Not to be used with 230 V.
4 24 Vac/Vdc device.
1
5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
6 110/230 Vac device. 1
7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
Considerations
1.
2.
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
1
Power Supply 1
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install 1
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
Power Supply Selection 1
Description Catalog Number
1
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E 1
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM
1
1

1
DS7 Soft Start DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—
1 Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C
Motor Power (hp) Maximum Maximum
1 Rated
Current (A) 200 V 230 V 460 V
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
C440 Overload Catalog Number
XTOB040DC1 2 DS7-340SX041N0-N 56
1 40 10 10 30 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 C440A1A045SAX
DS7-342SX041N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
52 15 20 40 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX055N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8
1 65 20 25 50 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB065DC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 56
DS7-342SX070N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8
77 25 30 60 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX081N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8
1 96 30 30 75 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 56
DS7-342SX100N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX100N0-D 8
124 40 50 100 HKD3400 500A Class RK5 XTOB125GC1S C440A1A005SAX 4 DS7-340SX135N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX135N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8
156 50 60 125 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB160LC1 3 C440A1A005SAX 4 DS7-340SX160N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX160N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8
1 180 60 75 150 HLD3500 500A Class RK5 XTOB220LC1 3 C440A1A005SAX 4 DS7-340SX200N0-N 56
DS7-342SX200N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8
Notes
1 1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC® 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.
1 3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.
4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.
1 5 24 Vac/Vdc device.
7 110/230 Vac device.
1 8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1 Considerations
1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
1 2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1 Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
1 and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
Power Supply Selection
1 Description Catalog Number
1 85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E
1 400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM
1
1
1

1.1
1
Controller—
Frames 1 and 2
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C 1 1
Motor Recommended
Rated
Power (hp) Maximum
Allowable
Maximum
Allowable
XTOB
Overload Recommended
1
Current Breaker Fuse (Direct XTOE Connection
(A) 200 V 230 V 480 V Size Size Connect) 2 Overload 2 PKE MMP MMP 2 Kit to MMP Catalog Number 1
3 0.5 0.5 1.5 HFD3015 15A XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX004N0-N 5 1
DS7-34DSX004N0-D 6
4.8 1 1 3 HFD3015 15A XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45

1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX007N0-N 5 1
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 6
6.9 1.5 2 3 HFD3020 20A XTOB006BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX009N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 6
1
DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
9 2 2 5 HFD3030 20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB
1
DS7-342SX012N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 6 1
11 3 3 7.5 HFD3035 25A XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX016N0-N 5 1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 6
17.5 5 5 10 HFD3060 40A XTOB016CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45
1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX024N0-N 5
1
DS7-34DSX024N0-D 6
22 5 7.5 15 HFD3070 50A XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX032N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 6 1
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.
1
3 Not to be used with 230 V. 1
1
1
Considerations
1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected. 1
2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input 1
1
Description Catalog Number 1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1 Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
Motor Power (hp) Maximum Maximum
1 Rated
Current (A) 200 V 230 V 460 V
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
1 27 7.5 10 20 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 45

DS7-342SX041N0-N 6
1 DS7-34DSX041N0-D 7
34 10 10 30 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 45
1 DS7-342SX055N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 7
1 40 15 15 30 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 45
1 DS7-342SX070N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX070N0-D 7
1 52 15 20 40 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 45
DS7-342SX081N0-N 6
1 DS7-34DSX081N0-D 7
1 65 20 25 50 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 45

DS7-342SX100N0-N 6
1 DS7-34DSX100N0-D 7
1 DS7-342SX135N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX135N0-D 7
1 96 30 40 75 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX160N0-N 45
1 DS7-342SX160N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 7
1 124 40 50 100 HLD3500 500A Class RK5 XTOB150GC1S C440A1A005SAX 3 DS7-340SX200N0-N 45
DS7-342SX200N0-N 6
1 DS7-34DSX200N0-D 7
1 Notes
1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC® 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
1 3 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.
1 5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

Considerations
1 1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
1 Power Supply
1 source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
1 100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E
1
1

1.1
DS7 Soft Start kW Ratings
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—
1
DS7 Soft Start
Controller— 10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C 1
Frames 1 and 2
Motor Recommended
1
Power (kW) Maximum Maximum XTOB
Rated Allowable Allowable Overload Recommended 1
(A) 230 V 400 V Size Size Connect) 2 Overload 2 PKE MMP MMP 2 Kit to MMP Catalog Number
1
3.8 0.75 1.5 HFD3015 15A XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX004N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7
7 1.5 3 HFD3015 15A XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX007N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7
1
9 2.2 4 HFD3020 20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45 1
DS7-342SX009N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7 1
12 3 5.5 HFD3030 20A XTOB012BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX012N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7
1
16 4 7.5 HFD3035 25A XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX016N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
24 5.5 11 HFD3060 40A XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45 1
Class RK5 6
DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-34DSX024N0-D 7
1
32 7.5 15 HFD3070 50A
Class RK5
XTOB032CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45
1
DS7-342SX032N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7 1
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA. 1
3 Not to be used with 230 V.
1
1
1
Considerations
Power Supply 1
1
1
1
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E 1
1
1
1

1
DS7 Soft Start DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—
1 Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
Motor Power (kW) Maximum Maximum
1 Rated
Current (A) 230 V 400 V
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
XTOB057DC1 2 DS7-340SX041N0-N 56
1 41 11 22 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 C440A1A045SAX
DS7-342SX041N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
55 15 30 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX055N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8
1 68 15 37 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB070GC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 56
DS7-342SX070N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8
81 22 45 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX081N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8
DS7-342SX100N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
134 30 75 HKD3400 500A Class RK5 XTOB150GC1S C440A1A005SAX 4 DS7-340SX135N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX135N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8
160 45 90 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB160LC1 3 C440A1A005SAX 4 DS7-340SX160N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX160N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8
DS7-342SX200N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8
Notes
1 1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
1 Considerations
Power Supply

1
1
1

1.1
1
Controller—
Frames 1 and 2
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C 1 1
Motor Power Recommended
Rated
(kW) Maximum
Allowable
Maximum
Allowable
XTOB
Overload Recommended
1
(A) 230 V 400 V Size Size Connect) 2 Overload 2 PKE MMP MMP 2 Kit to MMP Catalog Number 1
2.5 0.33 1 HFD3015 15A XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
Class RK5
DS7-342SX004N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7
3.8 0.75 1.5 HFD3015 15A XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45
1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX007N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7
7 1.5 3 HFD3020 20A XTOB006BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX009N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7
1
DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
9 2.2 4 HFD3030 20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB
1
DS7-342SX012N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX016N0-N 6 1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX024N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
24 5.5 11 HFD3070 50A XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45 1
Class RK5
DS7-342SX032N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7 1
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.
1
3 Not to be used with 230 V. 1
1
1
Considerations
Power Supply
1
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input 1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1 Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
Motor Power (kW) Maximum Maximum
1 Rated
Current (A) 230 V 400 V
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
1 28.8 7.5 11 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 56

DS7-342SX041N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
37.5 11 18.5 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX055N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8
1 46 11 22 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX070N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8
1 56 15 30 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB065DC1 2 C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 56
DS7-342SX081N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8
1 68 18.5 37 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 56

DS7-342SX100N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX100N0-D 8
90 22 45 HKD3350 500A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX135N0-N 56
1 DS7-342SX135N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8
1 DS7-342SX160N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8
DS7-342SX200N0-N 7
1 DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8
1 Notes
1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
1 7 110/230 Vac device.

1 Considerations
Power Supply
1 voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
1 Power Supply Selection

1
1

1.1
Accessories
1
Device Fans
Description For Use With … Std. Pack Catalog Number
1
DS7-FAN-032 Device fan for increasing the load cycle (more
starts per hour higher or longer ramp times
DS7-34…SX004…
DS7-34…SX007…
1 off DS7-FAN-032 1 1
exceeding 10 seconds. DS7-34…SX009…
DS7-34…SX012… 1
DS7-34…SX016…
DS7-34…SX024…
DS7-34…SX032… 1
Note
1 NA Certification. Request filed for UL and CSA.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Technical Data and Specifications

1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
1 Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc DS7-340SX004N0-N DS7-340SX007N0-N DS7-340SX009N0-N DS7-340SX012N0-N
1 Voltage 110/230 Vac DS7-342SX004N0-N DS7-342SX007N0-N DS7-342SX009N0-N DS7-342SX012N0-N
Voltage 24 Vdc Unit DS7-34DSX004N0-D DS7-34DSX007N0-D DS7-34DSX009N0-D DS7-34DSX012N0-D
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
1 UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
1 Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick

Ambient temperature °C 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
1 (operation) linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
linearly by 1% of rated current
–40 to +40 °C for low –40 to +40 °C for low –40 to +40 °C for low –40 to +40 °C for low
1 temperature version temperature version temperature version temperature version
Ambient temperature (storage) °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C
1 Altitude 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current linearly by 2.5% of rated current linearly by 2.5% of rated current linearly by 2.5% of rated current
1 per 100m to a maximum of 2000m per 100m to a maximum of 2000m per 100m to a maximum of 2000m per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
1 Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Protection class applies to the With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM
1 front and operator control and range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all
display elements. Protection sides can be achieved sides can be achieved sides can be achieved sides can be achieved
type from all sides is IP00.
1
Busbar tag shroud Back of hand and finger-proof Back of hand and finger-proof Back of hand and finger-proof Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face) (from front face) (from front face) (from front face)
1 Overvoltage category/ II/2 II/2 II/2 II/2
pollution degree
1 Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms
1 Vibration resistance according

to EN 60721-3-2
2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2
Mean heat dissipation at W 0.2 0.35 0.35 0.6

1 rated duty cycle
Radio interference B B B B
1 Dimensions (W x H x D)
1 DS7-340… and DS7-342… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95)
DS7-34D… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95)
1 Weight
DS7-340… lb (kg) 0.77 (0.35) 0.77 (0.35) 0.77 (0.35) 0.77 (0.35)
1 DS7-342… lb (kg) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40)
DS7-34D… lb (kg) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41)
1
Main Circuit
1 Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac
Mains frequency Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
1 Rated operation current AC 53 Ie 4 7 9 12
Motor Power Ratings
1 200 V hp 0.75 1.5 2 3
1 230 V hp 0.75 2 2 5
480 V hp 2 3 5 10
1 230 V kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3
400 V kW 1.5 3 4 5.5
1 Overload cycle according to 4A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 7A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 9A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 12A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
EN 60947-4-2
1
1

1.1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
Rated Control Circuit
1
Voltage 110/230 Vac DS7-342SX004N0-N DS7-342SX007N0-N DS7-342SX009N0-N DS7-342SX012N0-N 1
Wire Specifications 1
Power terminals
Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10 18–10
1
Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11 11
1
Control signals
Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10 18–10 1
Power Section 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
1.2/ 50 s 1
Rated insulation voltage 500 500 500 500
Control Commands—Vac/Vdc
1
Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac/Vdc 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4
1
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 1
Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0 +3–0
Relay Outputs 1
Number of relays 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR)
Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250
1
Maximum current A 1A 1A 1A 1A
1
Soft Start Functions
Ramp times 1
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
Initial voltage % line voltage
DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
1
DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 1
DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
Control Commands—Vac 1
Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac 102–253 102–253 102–253 102–253
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 4 4 4 4
1
Pick-up voltage Vac 102–230 102–230 102–230 102–230
1
Drop-out voltage Vac 0–28 0–28 0–28 0–28
Relay Outputs 1
Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250 1
1
Ramp times
1
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
Initial voltage % line voltage 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
1
1
1
1


Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc DS7-340SX016N0-N DS7-340SX024N0-N DS7-340SX032N0-N
1 Voltage 110/230 Vac DS7-342SX016N0-N DS7-342SX024N0-N DS7-342SX032N0-N
Voltage 24 Vdc Unit DS7-34DSX016N0-D DS7-34DSX024N0-D DS7-34DSX032N0-D
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508; IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508; IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;
1 CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05
CE marking CE marking CE marking
1 Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
Ambient temperature (operation) °C 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of
1 rated current per Celsius to 60 °C rated current per Celsius to 60 °C rated current per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version –40 to +40 °C for low temperature version –40 to +40 °C for low temperature version
1 Ambient temperature (storage) °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C
Altitude 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by
1 2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of 2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of 2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of
2000m 2000m 2000m
1 Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical

Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20
1 Protection class applies to the front With optional covers from the NZM range, With optional covers from the NZM range, With optional covers from the NZM range,
and operator control and display protection type IP40 from all sides can be protection type IP40 from all sides can be protection type IP40 from all sides can be
elements. Protection type from all achieved achieved achieved
1 sides is IP00.
Busbar tag shroud Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face) Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face) Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face)
1 Overvoltage category/ II/2 II/2 II/2
pollution degree
1 Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms
1 Vibration resistance according to

EN 60721-3-2
2M2 2M2 2M2
Mean heat dissipation at W 0.8 1.1 1.5

1 rated duty cycle
Radio interference B B B
1 Dimensions (W x H x D)
1 DS7-340… and DS7-342… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
DS7-34D… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
1 Weight
DS7-340… lb (kg) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40)
1 DS7-342… lb (kg) 0.99 (0.45) 0.99 (0.45) 0.99 (0.45)
DS7-34D… lb (kg) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41)
1
Main Circuit
1 Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac

Mains frequency Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
1 Rated operation current AC 53 Ie 16 24 32
Motor Power Ratings
1 200 V hp 3 5 10
1 230 V hp 5 7.5 10
480 V hp 10 15 25
1 230 V kW 4 5.5 7.5
400 V kW 7.5 11 15
1 Overload cycle according to 16A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 24A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 32A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
EN 60947-4-2
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc DS7-340SX016N0-N DS7-340SX024N0-N DS7-340SX032N0-N
Voltage 110/230 Vac DS7-342SX016N0-N DS7-342SX024N0-N DS7-342SX032N0-N 1
Voltage 24 Vdc Unit DS7-34DSX016N0-D DS7-34DSX024N0-D DS7-34DSX032N0-D
Power terminals
Single conductor—solid or AWG 18–6 18–6 18–6
1
stranded
Control Signals
Single conductor—solid or AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10
1
stranded
Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11
1
Power Section
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
1.2/ 50 s
1
Rated insulation voltage 500 500 500
Control Commands—Vac/Vdc 1
Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac/Vdc 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1
Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27
Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0
1
Relay Outputs
1
Number of relays 2 (TOR, Ready) 2 (TOR, Ready) 2 (TOR, Ready)
Maximum current A 1A 1A 1A
Soft Start Functions 1
Ramp times
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30
1
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 1
DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%
DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
1
Control Commands—Vac
1
Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac 102–253 102–253 102–253
Current consumption at 102–253 Vac mA 4 4 4 1
Pick-up voltage Vac 102–230 102–230 102–230
Drop-out voltage Vac 0–28 0–28 0–28 1
Relay Outputs
Number of relays 2 (TOR, Run) 2 (TOR, Run) 2 (TOR, Run)
1
Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250
1
Maximum current A 3A 3A 3A
Soft Start Functions 1
Ramp times
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30
Initial voltage % line voltage 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
1
1
1
1


1 General
1 UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
1 type from all sides is IP00.
1 (from front face) (from front face) (from front face) (from front face)
Overvoltage category/ II/2 II/2 II/2 II/2
pollution degree
1
Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms

to EN 60721-3-2
2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2
1 Mean heat dissipation at

rated duty cycle
W 7 10 13 18
1 Radio interference B B B B
Dimensions (W x H x D)
1 DS7-340…, DS7-342… in (mm) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)
and DS7-34D…
1 Weight
DS7-340…, DS7-342… lb (kg) 3.97 (1.8) 3.97 (1.8) 3.97 (1.8) 3.97 (1.8)
1 and DS7-34D…
Main Circuit
Motor Power Ratings
1
200 V hp 10 15 20 25
1 230 V hp 10 20 25 30
480 V hp 30 40 50 60
1 230 V kW 11 15 15 22
400 V kW 22 30 37 45
EN 60947-4-2
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Power terminals
Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 12–2/0 12–2/0 12–2/0 12–2/0
1
Terminal torque lb-in 53–80 53–80 53–80 53–80
1
Control signals
Power Section 1
1.2/ 50 s 1
Control Commands—24 Vac/Vdc
1
1
Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 1
Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0 +3–0
Relay Outputs 1
1
1
Ramp times 1
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
1
DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 1
DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
Control Commands—110–230 Vac 1
1
1
Relay Outputs 1
1
Ramp times
1
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
1
1
1
1


1 General
1 UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
1 type from all sides is IP00.
1 (from front face) (from front face) (from front face) (from front face)
Overvoltage category/ II/2 II/2 II/2 II/2
pollution degree
1
Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms

to EN 60721-3-2
2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2
1 Mean heat dissipation at

rated duty cycle
W 25 24 30 42
1 Radio interference B B B B
Dimensions (W x H x D)
1 DS7-340…, DS7-342… in (mm) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178) 4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178) 4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178)
and DS7-34D…
1 Weight
DS7-340…, DS7-342… lb (kg) 3.97 (1.8) 8.16 (3.7) 8.16 (3.7) 8.16 (3.7)
1 and DS7-34D…
Main Circuit
Motor Power Ratings
1
200 V hp 30 40 50 60
1 230 V hp 30 50 60 75
480 V hp 75 100 125 150
1 230 V kW 30 30 45 55
400 V kW 55 75 90 110
EN 60947-4-2
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Power terminals
Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 12–2/0 12–350 kcmil 12–350 kcmil 12–350 kcmil
1
Terminal torque lb-in 53–80 44–123 44–123 44–123
1
Control signals
Power Section 1
1.2/ 50 s 1
Control Commands—24 Vac/Vdc
1
1
Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 1
Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0 +3–0
Relay Outputs 1
1
1
Ramp times 1
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
1
DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 1
DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%
Control Commands—110–230 Vac 1
1
1
Relay Outputs 1
1
Ramp times
1
Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30
Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30 1
1
1
1
1

Dimensions
1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1 Frame 1 Frame 2
1
1 5.90 5.51
5.12 4.80 4.92 (150.0) (140.0)
1 (130.0) (122.0) (125.0)
1
1 4 x M4 3.74 4 x M4
4.65 (118.0)
(95.0)
1 1.38 1.77 1.38 1.77

(35.0) (45.0) (35.0) (45.0)
1 Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers
1 DS7-340SX004N0-N DS7-342SX004N0-N DS7-340SX016N0-N DS7-342SX016N0-N

DS7-340SX007N0-N DS7-342SX007N0-N DS7-340SX024N0-N DS7-342SX024N0-N
1 DS7-340SX009N0-N DS7-342SX009N0-N DS7-340SX032N0-N DS7-342SX032N0-N
DS7-340SX012N0-N DS7-342SX012N0-N
1
1 Frame 1—SmartWire-DT Frame 2—SmartWire-DT
1
1 5.12 4.80 4.92 5.60 5.51
(130.0) (122.0) (125.0) (150.0) (140.0)
1
1
4 x M4 3.74 (95.0)
2 x M4
1 4.05 (103.0)
4.65 (118.0)
4.96 (126.0)
1.38 1.77
1 (35.0) (45.0) 1.38
(35.0)
1.77
(45.0)
1 Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers
DS7-34DSX004N0-D DS7-34DSX009N0-D DS7-34DSX016N0-D

1 DS7-34DSX007N0-D DS7-34DSX012N0-D DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-34DSX032N0-D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Frame 3—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
1.18
1
1.18
(30.0)
(30.0) 1
6.14 (156.0)
1.58
PE
(40.0) 1
0.89
(22.5) 1
1
6.34 6.89
(161.0) (175.0) 1
5.08
(129.0)
1
1
PE 1
3.66 (93.0) 0.89 1.38 (35.0)
(22.5) 5.47 (139.0) 1
DS7-…-D
Catalog Numbers 1
DS7-340SX041N0-N DS7-342SX041N0-N DS7-34DSX041N0-D
1
1
DS7-340SX100N0-N DS7-342SX100N0-N DS7-34DSX100N0-D 1
1
Frame 4—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
1.18 1.18
1
(30.0) (30.0)
1
PE 1.58
7.68 (195.0)
0.89
(40.0) 1
(22.5)
1
1
8.46
7.87
(215.0) 1
(200.0)
6.22 1
(158.0)
1
1
1
PE
4.25 (108.0)
0.59
(15.0) 7.01 (178.0)
1
2.07 (52.5)
DS7-…-D
1
Catalog Numbers 1
DS7-342SX160N0-N DS7-340SX160N0-N DS7-34DSX160N0-D 1
1

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers Contents

1 Description Page
1 DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3
1 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-31
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
1 Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32
1 Type S511, Semiconductor
1
1
1
1 Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
1 Product Description Application Description Features Benefits
The S701 device is a reduced The S701 line of soft start ● Rated operational voltage ● Reduced wear on belts,
1 voltage soft start controller controllers is specifically up to 600 Vac gears, chains, clutches,
designed to control designed to be a low cost ● Control voltage range from shafts and bearings
acceleration and deceleration option for soft starting small
1 of three-phase motors. The (15 hp and down) three-phase
24–480 Vac/Vdc ● Allows for controlling the
● Adjustable ramp times inrush current to the motor
S701 provides the user with motors. The S701 unit
1 the ability to adjust initial controls current on two of
(0.5–10 seconds) ● Reduced water-hammer in
pumping applications
torque, ramp up and down three motor phases to control
● Adjustable initial torque
1 time, and also select kick the torque being applied to the control (0–85%) ● Less shock to product on
conveyor lines and material
start for high inertial loads. motor, allowing for smooth ● Kick start feature
handling gear
1 starting of a motor. The S701
is designed to be used with
● Soft stop (0.5–10 seconds)
● Unlimited number of
a manual motor starter or a
1 full voltage starter. These
START/STOP operations
per hour
devices provide the necessary
1 overload protection for the
● IP20 finger protection
motor and also provide line
● Fractional to 15 hp motors
1 isolation for the motor. Short- at 480 V (20 hp at 600 V)
circuit protection can be
1 provided by fuses or circuit
breakers.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Standards and Certifications
● IEC 947 compliant 1
● EN 60947-4-2
● CE marked
1
CSA certified
●
● UL listed (E108212)
1
● cUL listed 1
1
1
1
S701 Soft Starters 1
S701 C 15 N 3 S 1
1
Soft Start Controller Control Options
Line Voltage Ampere Rating Options

S = Standard
BP = Auxiliary contact
1
C = 208–240 Vac 03 = 3.5A N = No special options
D = 380–415 Vac 15 = 15A B = Braking Number of Poles 1
E = 380–480 Vac 25 = 25A 3 = (Only three at this time)
G = 550–600 Vac
1
1
Product Selection
1
S701E15N3S Soft Start Controllers
Three-Phase Motor 1
kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)
Control
Rated Line Voltage 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Catalog 1
Current Voltage (Vac/Vdc) 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF Number
3.5 208–240 24–230 7.5 N/A N/A 1 1 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C03N3S 1
3.5 380–415 24–415 N/A 1.1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1-1/2 1-1/2 N/A N/A S701D03N3S
3.5 440–480 24–480 N/A N/A 1.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 2 N/A N/A S701E03N3S
1
S701E25N3S
3.5 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 2 S701G03N3S
1
15 208–240 24–230 4 N/A N/A 3 3 3 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C15N3S
15 380–480 24–480 N/A 5.5 7.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 7-1/2 N/A N/A S701E15N3S 1
15 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 10 S701G15N3S
25 208–240 24–230 7.5 N/A N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C25N3S 1
25 380–480 24–480 N/A 11 12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 15 N/A N/A S701E25N3S
25 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 20 S701G25N3S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
Soft Starters—S701…03N3S
1 Description S701C03N3S S701D03N3S S701E03N3S S701G03N3S
Maximum current capacity 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
1 Trip Class
1 10A 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

10 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
1 20 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
30 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
1 Electrical Characteristics
Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–415 440–480 500–600
1 Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
1 Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.

Minimum operational current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
1 Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–415 24–480 24–480
Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc
1 Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc
Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
1 Response time max. 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms
1 Control Characteristics
Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10
1 Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85% 85%
Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85% 85%
1 Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10
1 Environment Characteristics
Temperature–operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C
1 Current rating 50 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A
Limited duty cycle 50 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A
1 Current rating 60 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A
1 Temperature–storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C
1 Altitude (meters)–no derating 2000 2000 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing
1 Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
1 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V
Installation category III III III III
1 Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
1 Power dissipation for intermittent operation 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle
1 Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
1 Pollution degree 3 3 3 3
1 Agency approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE
1
1
1
1

1.1
Description S701C15N3S S701E15N3S S701G15N3S
1
Maximum current capacity 15 15 15
1
Trip Class
10A 15 15 15 1
10 15 15 15
20 12 12 12 1
30 10 10 10
Electrical Characteristics
1
Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480 500–600
1
Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60
Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 1
Minimum operational current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480 24–480 1
Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc
1
Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
1
Response time max. 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms
Control Characteristics 1
Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10
Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85% 1
Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%
Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10
1
Environment Characteristics 1
Temperature–operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C
Current rating 50 °C 12.5A 12.5A 12.5A 1
Limited duty cycle 50 °C 15A on-time max. 15A on-time max. 15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 1
Current rating 60 °C 10A 10A 10A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C 15A on-time max. 15A on-time max. 15A on-time max. 1
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
Temperature–storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C 1
Altitude (meters)–no derating 2000 2000 2000
Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing
1
Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °
1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V 1
Installation category III III III
Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz 1
Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A 2 W/A 2 W/A
1
Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection 1
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Pollution degree 3 3 3 1
Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
1
1
1
1
1

1 Description S701C25N3S S701E25N3S S701G25N3S
1 Maximum current capacity 25 25 25

Trip Class
1 10A 25 25 25
10 25 25 25
1 20 20 20 20
30 15 15 15
1 Electrical Characteristics
1 Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480 500–600

1 Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.
1 Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480 24–480
1 Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc
1 Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA

Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10
1 Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%
1 Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10
1 Environment Characteristics
Temperature–operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C
1 Current rating 50 °C 20A 20A 20A
1 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
1 Limited duty cycle 60 °C 25A on-time max. 25A on-time max. 25A on-time max.
1 Temperature–storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)–no derating 2000 2000 2000
1 Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing
1 Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
1 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V
1 Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle
1 Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A 2 W/A 2 W/A
1 Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
1 Pollution degree 3 3 3
Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1
Soft Starters—S701…N3S 1
Weight
Catalog Number W H D in lb (kg) 1
S701C03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)
S701D03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)
1
S701E03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)
1
S701G03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)
S701C15N3S 1.77 (45) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 1.52 (690) 1
S701E15N3S 1.77 (45) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 1.52 (690)
S701G15N3S 1.77 (45) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 1.52 (690) 1
S701C25N3S 3.54 (90) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 2.53 (1150)
S701E25N3S 3.54 (90) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 2.53 (1150)
1
S701G25N3S 3.54 (90) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128. 2.53 (1150)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact Contents

1 Description Page
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
1 Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
Auxiliary Contact
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-34
1 Type S511, Semiconductor
1
1
1
1
1 Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact
1 Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
The S701 device is a reduced The S701 line of soft start ● Rated operational voltage ● IEC 947 compliant
1 voltage soft start controller controllers is specifically up to 600 Vac ● EN 60947-4-2
designed to control designed to be a low cost ● Control voltage range ● CE marked
1 of three-phase motors. With (15 hp and down) three-phase
from 24–300 Vac/Vdc ● UL listed (E108212)
● Adjustable ramp times ● cUL listed
the auxiliary contact, it is motors. The auxiliary contact
1 possible to control an external is designed to work in
(0.5–20 seconds)
bypass to reduce heating and conjunction with an across-
1 increase acceleration and the-line contactor. The control (0–85%)
deceleration times. purpose of the contactor is ● Kick start feature
1 to provide a parallel current (0–85% adjustment)
The unit provides the user path once the soft starter ● Kick start for 200 ms
with the ability to adjust initial has brought the motor up to
1 torque, ramp up and down speed. Once the soft start
● Soft stop (0.5–20 seconds)
time and also select kick start ● IP20 finger protection
controller reaches end of
1 for high inertia loads. ramp, the auxiliary contact will
● Available up to 30A
close and send a signal to (with Bypass installed)
1 close the bypass contactor, ● Auxiliary contact for
thus providing a low up-to-speed indication
1 impedance path for the
current to the motor. The Benefits
S701 unit controls current ● Reduced wear on belts,
1 on two of three motor phases gears, chains, clutches,
to control the torque being shafts and bearings
1 applied to the motor, allowing ● Bypass option allows for
for smooth starting of a motor. greater current capacity in
1 The S701 is designed to be the unit
used with a manual motor ● Bypass option helps to
protector or a full voltage
1 starter. These devices provide
reduce heat in the
enclosure
the necessary overload
1 protection for the motor and
● Allows for controlling the
inrush current to the motor
also provide line isolation for
1 the motor. Short-circuit
● Reduced water-hammer in
protection can be provided by
1 fuses or circuit breakers. ● Less shock to product on
handling gear
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
For S701 catalog number selection, see Page V6-T1-27. 1
S701 Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact 1
Three-Phase Motor
kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating 1
Control
Rated Line Voltage 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Catalog
Current Voltage (Vac/Vdc) 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF Number 1
Ratings without Bypass
25 208–240 24–230 5.5 N/A N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C25N3BP
1
25 380–480 24–480 N/A 12.5 12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 15 N/A N/A S701E25N3BP 1
25 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 20 S701G25N3BP
Ratings with Bypass 1
30 208–240 24–230 7.5 N/A N/A 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 7-1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C25N3BP
30 380–480 24–480 N/A 15 15 N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 15 N/A N/A S701E25N3BP
1
30 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 25 20 S701G25N3BP
1
1
1
Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP
Description S701C25N3BP S701E25N3BP S701G25N3BP
1
Maximum current capacity with bypass (without bypass) 30 (25) 30 (25) 30 (25)
1
Trip Class
10A 30 (25) 30 (25) 30 (25) 1
10 30 (25) 30 (25) 30 (25)
20 24 (20) 24 (20) 24 (20) 1
30 19.5 (15) 19.5 (15) 19.5 (15)
1
Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480 500–600
1
Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 1
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480 24–480 1
Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc
1
Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP, continued

1 Description S701C25N3BP S701E25N3BP S701G25N3BP
Ramp time (secs) 0.5–20 0.5–20 0.5–20
1 Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%
1 Soft stop (secs) 0.5–20 0.5–20 0.5–20
Environmental Characteristics
1 Temperature—operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C
1 Current rating 50 °C 20A 20A 20A

1 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
1 Limited duty cycle 60 °C 25A on-time max. 25A on-time max. 25A on-time max.
1 Temperature—storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)—no derating 2000 2000 2000
1 Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing
Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °
1 Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V
1 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V

1 Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A without bypass 2 W/A without bypass 2 W/A without bypass
1 Power dissipation with semiconductor bypassed 5 W/A max. with bypass 5 W/A max. with bypass 5 W/A max. with bypass
Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection
1 Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
1 Pollution degree 3 3 3
Agency approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE
1
1 Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP
1 Weight
Catalog Number W H D in lb (kg)
1 S701C25N3BP 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)
S701E25N3BP 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)
1 S701G25N3BP 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake Contents
Description Page
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3 1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with 1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-36 1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-37
Type S511, Semiconductor 1
1
1
1
1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake 1
Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications 1
The S701 soft start The S701 line of soft start ● Rated operational voltage ● IEC 947 compliant
controller with DC injection controllers is specifically up to 480 Vac ● EN 60947-4-2 1
brake is designed to control designed to be a low cost ● Control voltage range ● CE marked
of three-phase motors. Brake (15 hp and down) three-phase
from 24–300 Vac/Vdc ● UL listed (E108212) 1
● Adjustable ramp times ● cUL listed
current is adjustable from motors. The braking option
0–50A DC. The ramp-up is a DC injection system,
(0.5–20 seconds) 1
feature is adjustable from allowing for fast stopping of a
0.5–10 seconds. Torque three-phase motor. The S701 control (0–85%) 1
adjustment is adjustable unit controls current on two ● Kick start feature
with or without break loose of the three phases to control (0–85% adjustment) 1
(kick start) function. the torque being applied to ● Kick start for 200 ms
the motor, allowing for
smooth starting of a motor.
● IP20 finger protection 1
● Braking control adjustable
The S701 is designed to be
used with a manual motor
from 0–50A DC 1
starter or a full voltage
● Slow speed: 7.5% or 10%
starter. These devices of nominal speed 1
provide the necessary Benefits
overload protection for the
motor and also provide line
● Reduced wear on bolts, 1
isolation for the motor. gears, chains, clutches,
Short-circuit protection can shafts and bearings 1
be provided by fuses or ● Braking option allows for
circuit breakers. quick stopping of loads 1
● Brake control can help
eliminate expensive 1
mechanical brakes
● Allows for controlling the 1
inrush current to the motor
● Reduced water-hammer in 1
● Less shock to product on
1
handling gear
1
1
1

Product Selection
1 For S701 catalog number selection, see Page V6-T1-27.
1 Soft Start Controllers with Brake

S701E25B3S
1 Three-Phase Motor
kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating
Control
200 V 230 V 460 V
1 Rated
Current
Line
Voltage
Voltage
(Vac/Vdc) 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF
Catalog
Number
1 25 208–240 24–230 5.5 N/A N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 N/A N/A S701C25B3S

25 380–480 24–480 N/A 12.5 12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 15 S701E25B3S
1
1 Technical Data and Specifications
1 Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S

Description S701C25B3S S701E25B3S
1 Maximum current capacity 25 25
Trip Class
1 10A 25 25
10 25 25
1 20 20 20
1 30 15 15
1 Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480
Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60
1 Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.
Minimum operational current 1A 1A
1
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480
1 Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc
1 Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA
Response time max. 100 ms 100 ms
1 Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10

Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85%
1 Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85%
Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10
1 Brake current 0–50 Vdc 0–50 Vdc
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S, continued
Description S701C25B3S S701E25B3S
1
1
Temperature—operating –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C
Current rating 50 °C 20A 20A 1
Limited duty cycle 50 °C 25A on-time max. 25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8 1
Current rating 60 °C 17A 17A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C 25A on-time max. 25A on-time max. 1
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65 15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
Temperature—storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C 1
Altitude (meters)—no derating 2000 2000
Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing
1
Operating position Vertical ± 0 ° Vertical ± 0 °
1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 1
Installation category III III
Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz 1
Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A 2 W/A
1
Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection
1
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Pollution degree 3 3 1
Agency approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE
1
Dimensions 1
1
Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S
Weight 1
Catalog Number W H D in lb (kg)
S701C25B3S 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150) 1
S701E25B3S 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Contents
1 Description Page
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
1 Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
1 Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . V6-T1-35
1 Reversing Contactors
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-39
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-40
1
1
1
1
1 Type S511, Semiconductor Reversing Contactors
1 Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
The S511 device is a The S511 line of solid-state ● Rated operational voltage ● IEC 947 compliant
1 semiconductor reversing reversing contactors is up to 480 Vac ● EN 60947-4-2
contactor designed to switch specifically designed for high ● Control voltage ranges ● CE marked
three-phase motors forward speed operations or when
1 and reverse. Unicore long contactor life is required.
of 5–24 Vdc and ● CSA certified
24–240 Vac/Vdc
electronics and thermal The reversing contactors are ● UL listed
1 design ensures high intended for small motor
● Unlimited number of
START/STOP operations
switching capacity and applications (5 hp and below). per hour
1 long lifetime. The S511 unit can be used
● IP20 finger protection
in a variety of applications
1 including fans, pumps, ● AC-3 current rating of 10A
conveyors, doors, hoists, ● AC-4 current rating of 8A
cranes, etc. It is designed
1 to be used with a manual Benefits
motor starter or a full voltage ● Extremely high switching
1 starter. These devices provide rates possible
the necessary overload ● Very long life expectancy
1 protection for the motor and no contacts or
and also provide line isolation movable parts to replace
1 for the motor. Short-circuit
protection can be provided by
● Compact design (45 mm
wide) leads to significant
fuses or circuit breakers.
1 panel savings
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
1
Reversing Solid-State Contactors
Three-Phase Motor
1
kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating
Rated Line Control 200 V 230 V 460 V Catalog
1
Current Voltage Voltage 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF Number
10 208–480 5–24 Vdc 2.2 4 4 2 2 3 2 5 5 S511E10N3D
1
10 208–480 24–240 Vac/Vdc 2.2 4 4 2 2 3 2 5 5 S511E10N3S 1
1
1
Semiconductor Reversing Contactors—S511E10N3…
Description S511E10N3D S511E10N3S 1
Maximum current capacity 10 10
Trip Class
1
10A 10 10
10 10 10
1
20 8 8 1
30 6.5 6.5
Electrical Characteristics 1
Line Voltage (Vac) 208–480 208–480
Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60
1
Control voltage 5–24 Vdc 24–240 Vac/Vdc
1
Pickup voltage max. 4.25 Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min. 1.5 Vdc 7.2 Vac/Vdc 1
Max. control voltage 26.4 Vdc 253 Vac/Vdc
Response time max. 1/2 cycle 1 cycle 1
Interlock time max. 80 ms 150 ms
Control Characteristics
1
Operation current AC-3 10 10
1
Operation current AC-4 8 8
Duty cycle Continuous operation Continuous operation 1
Leakage current 1 mA AC max. 1 mA AC max.
Minimum operation current 10 mA AC 10 mA AC 1
Temperature—operating 0 ° to 60 °C 0 ° to 60 °C
1
Temperature—storage –20 ° to 80 °C –20 ° to 80 °C 1
Altitude (meters) 2000 2000
Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 1
Operating position Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V
1
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V
1
Installation category III III
Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz 1
Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2.2 W/A x duty cycle 2.2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation 2.2 W/A 2.2 W/A 1
Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
1
Pollution degree 3 3
1
Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
1

Mounting Instructions
1 IMPORTANT: The controller is designed for vertical mounting in free air. If the controller is
mounted horizontally, the load current must be reduced to 50% of rated current.
1
Recommended Mounting Distances
1 Requires
Requires
50% Rating 50% Rating
1 Reduction Reduction
1
1
3.15 (80) min.
3.15 (80) min.
1
1.18 (30) min. 1.18 (30) min.
1
1
1
1.18 (30) min. 1.18 (30) min.
1
1
Dimensions
1 Semiconductor Reversing Contactors—S511E10N3…
Weight
1 Catalog Number W H D in lb (kg)
S511E10N3D 1.77 (45.0) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 1.52 (690)
1
S511E10N3S 1.77 (45.0) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 1.52 (690)
1 Also refer to dimension drawings on Page V6-T1-41.
1
Cable Requirements and Sizing
1
75 °C AWG (mm2) AWG (mm2)
1
18–12 20–16
(0.75–4) (0.5–1.5)
1
2–18 2 x 20–18
(2 x 1) (2 x 0.5–0.75)
1 18–10 20–16
(0.75–4) (0.5–1.5)
1 2 x 18–14 2 x 20–16
(2 x 0.75–2.5) (2 x 0.5–1.5)
1 18–10 20–16
(0.75–4) (0.5–1.5)
1 2 x 18–16 2 x 20–16
(0.75–6) (2 x 0.5–1.5)
1 Posidrive 1 N/A
4.4 in-lb. max.
1 0.5 Nm max.)
4 mm 3 mm
1 4.4 in-lb max.
(0.5 Nm max.)
3.5 in-lb max.
(0.4 Nm max.)
1
1

1.1
1
22.5 mm Frame 90 mm Frame
S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S 1
1
1
1
0.10
(4.5) 1.18 1.18 0.10
1
Dia. 0.17 4.72 (4.5)
(30) (30) 0.17 4.72
(4.3) (120) Dia. (4.3) (120) 1
3.94
4.33
(110) 3.70
1
(100) (94) 3.94 4.33 3.70
2.17
(55)
(100) (110) (94)
1
0.89
(22.5)
5.01
(127.3) 3.54 5.04
1
(89.9) (128.0)
1
45 mm Frame
S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S 1
0.33
(8.5) 1
1
1
1
1.18 0.10
(4.5)
1
(30) 0.17 4.72 0.15
Dia.
(4.3) (120) (3.8)
1
3.94 4.33 3.70
1
(100) (110) (94)
1
1.77
(45)
5.04
(128.1)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Solid-State Starters
Solid-State Starters Contents

1 Description Page
1 Solid-State Starters
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43
1 Torque Limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59
Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-61
1 Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . V6-T1-77
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Product Overview
1 Type S611 Torque Limiters Type S801+ Type S811+
The S611 soft starter is a The TL device line of starting Eaton’s S801+ line of reduced Eaton’s S811+ offers all
1 powerful combination of torque limiters is designed for voltage soft starters is very the popular features of the
performance capability, the soft start of three-phase compact, multi-functional, S801+ and adds enhanced
application flexibility, and the or single-phase motors, i.e., easy to install and easy to functionality with the new
1 industry’s best user interface it allows smoother starting program. Designed to control DIM (Digital Interface
experience. of all AC induction motors, acceleration and deceleration Module), communications,
1 thus decreasing shock and of three-phase motors, the metering, monitoring and
Designed to control vibration problems line is available for current diagnostics capabilities.
1 acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors, the
encountered during across- ranges from 11 A to 1000 A
Eaton’s line of S811+
the-line starts. The device applications, and is suitable
line is available for current reduced voltage soft starters
1 ranges from 26 A through
is ramp-up time/torque
adjustable from 0.5 to 5
for mounting in motor control
centers or in enclosed control is very compact, multi-
414 A applications. seconds/0 to 85% of nominal (NEMA Type 1, 4, 4X and 12) functional, easy to install and
1 The S611 has integrated starting torque. applications. easy to set operating
parameters. Designed to
bypass and overload
1 protection. The S611 is
control the acceleration and
deceleration of three-phase
available as a component for motors up to 690 V, the line is
1 panel mounting or in available from 11 A to 1000 A.
enclosed control—NEMA
1 Type 1, 12, 3R, 4, 4X. The S811+ is designed to
be a complete package,
1 combining the silicon
controlled rectifiers (SCRs),
bypass contactor and
1 overload in one, very compact
unit. The S811+ is available
1 as a component for panel
mounting, in motor control
1 centers or in enclosed control
(NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9
and 12).
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Type S611, Soft Starter Contents
Description Page
1
Type S611, Soft Starters 1
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-44
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-47 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-51 1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-52
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-53 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-54
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-57 1
Torque Limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59
Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-61 1
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-77
1
1
1
Type S611, Soft Starters 1
Product Description Application Description 1
Eaton revolutionized the Designed to control the The S611 offers an impressive User Interface Module (UI)
reduced voltage control acceleration and deceleration array of advanced protective 1
marketplace with its of three-phase motors, the features. Not only are the
advanced feature set and S611 soft starter uses Silicon protective features selectable,
user-friendly user interface Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs) but many offer variable settings
1
module to enhance system to control the voltage to soft allowing the user to fine
performance and reduce start and soft stop the motor. tune the soft starter to meet 1
commissioning times. The After the motor is started, specific system requirements.
S611 adds enhanced internal run bypass
The S611 has an easy to use
1
functionality with network contactors close, resulting in
User Interface Module (UI)
communications, metering,
monitoring and diagnostics
the motor running directly
across-the-line. The built-in that allows the user to 1
configure the device and to The UI can be removed from
capabilities. solid-state overload protects
the motor from overload read system parameters and the S611 and remote 1
The Eaton line of S611 values. The UI includes an mounted. Kits are available to
conditions with sophisticated
reduced voltage soft starters algorithms that model true LED display and keypad to door mount the UI, enabling
users to safely configure,
1
is multi-functional, easy to motor heating, resulting in scroll through the various
install and easy to program. parameters. The UI allows commission, monitor and
Designed to control the
better motor protection and
the user to modify control troubleshoot the system at 1
fewer nuisance trips.
acceleration and deceleration parameters, enable or the electrical panel without
of three-phase motors up to
Advanced protective and
diagnostic features reduce disable protections, set opening the enclosure door. 1
600 V, the line is available communication variables, This will help eliminate the
downtime.
from 26 amps through monitor system values such possibility of an arc flash 1
414 amps. A voltage ramp start or as line voltages and currents, incident.
The S611 is designed to be a
current limit start is available.
Kick start is available in either
and access the fault queue. 1
complete package combining starting mode. The soft stop
the SCRs, bypass contactor option allows for a ramp stop 1
and overload in one unit. time that is longer than the Standards and Certifications
coast to stop time. The pump ● IEC 60947-4-2 1
control option provides a ● UL listed
smooth transition for starting ● CSA certified (3211 06) 1
and stopping a motor and
eliminating the “water-
hammer” effect that can
1
damage pipes, valves and
pumps. 1
1
1


1 ● The User Interface Module ● Internal solid-state ● Variable ramp times and ● Reduce the peak inrush
(UI) provides an intuitive, overload protection torque control settings current's stress on the
1 easy-to-use human provides accurate current provide unlimited starting power system
interface with powerful measurement and trip configurations, allowing for ● Minimize peak starting
1 configuration capabilities to settings. Sophisticated maximum application torque to diminish
maximize system algorithms solve a series of flexibility mechanical system wear
1 performance differential equations that
model true motor heating
● Kick-start feature enables and damage
● Door or device mounted UI soft starting of high friction ● 120 Vac control voltage
and cooling, resulting in
1 enables users to safely
configure, commission, superior motor overload
loads enhances ease of
● Soft stop control for connections
monitor and troubleshoot protection while applications where an
1 the system at the electrical minimizing nuisance trips. abrupt stop of the load is
● The S611 lends itself to
serviceability. The printed
panel without opening the Advanced selectable not acceptable circuit boards (PCBs) and
1 enclosure door, eliminating protective features
● Pump control option with contactors can be replaced
the possibility of an arc safeguard the motor and
system against a variety of sophisticated pump in the field
1 flash incident
system faults algorithms on both starting
● System operating and stopping that minimize
● The S611 has built-in
● Internal run bypass communication capabilities
1 parameters can be
monitored enterprise-wide contactors and overload
the pressure surges that
through two communications
cause water hammer. The
through a communications protection eliminate the ports to connect the soft
1 network. Increase uptime need for additional devices,
pump control option will
maximize the life of the starter to a variety of
by providing data for reducing enclosure sizes pump and piping systems networks, including
1 process management and minimizing installation and while minimizing the Modbus (resident),
preventive diagnostics wiring time and reducing downtime caused by DeviceNet™, PROFIBUS®,
1 ● Run bypass mode greatly overall assembly size and
cost
system failure and Ethernet
reduces internal heating ● Six SCRs control all three
1 created by the greater ● Wide range of overload
FLA settings (50–100% of
motor phases, providing
power dissipation in the smooth acceleration and
SCRs. Bypass contactors rated frame current) and a
1 directly connect the motor selectable trip class (5–30)
deceleration performance
offers users the flexibility
● Soft acceleration and
to the line and improves
1 system efficiency by to fine tune the starter to deceleration reduces wear
on belts, gears, chains,
reducing internal power match specific application
clutches, shafts and
1 losses requirements
bearings
1
Protective Features
1 All protective features can be configured, enabled or disabled with the UI or through the
communications network.
1 Motor Overload Upon trip, the S611 stores The trip current is adjusted to Short Circuit
the calculated motor heating match the specific application
1 The S611 includes electronic
overload protection as value and will not allow a requirements by entering the
The use of a short circuit
protective device in
standard. The overload meets motor re-start until the motor motor nameplate full load coordination with the S611 is
1 applicable requirements for a has cooled. This feature current rating and trip class. required in branch motor
motor overload protective ensures the motor will not The FLA adjustment includes circuits by most electrical
1 device. The overload protects be damaged by repeated a 2 to 1 adjustment range. codes. Short circuit
the motor from over heat overload trip, reset and The overload trip class is coordination ratings with both
1 conditions with the use of re-start cycles. adjustable from class 5 fuses and Eaton molded case
sophisticated algorithms that through class 30. The circuit breakers are available
The thermal memory value overload is ambient
1 model true motor heating,
resulting in superior motor
can be monitored through the temperature compensated -
providing customers with
design flexibility. The S611
UI or the communications meaning its trip
protection and fewer has short circuit coordination
1 nuisance trips.
network. The thermal
memory value can be of great
characteristics will not vary ratings as an open
with changes in ambient component, an enclosed
use in determining an
1 The S611 calculates a thermal
memory value. A 100% value impending overload trip
temperature. The overload starter, and in a motor control
protection can be enabled, center. The short circuit
represents the maximum condition. Alarms can be disabled, or disabled on start.
1 safe temperature of the implemented in the process ratings can go up to 100 kA
monitoring system warning depending on application
motor. When the thermal configuration.
1 memory value reaches 100%, of an impending trip before a
an overload trip will occur trip occurs halting the
process. Costly system
1 removing power to the motor.
downtime can be avoided.
1

1.2
Jam The device pole temperature The phase current imbalance Low Current
Excessive current and torque value can be monitored trip level is adjustable from Low current conditions can 1
up to locked rotor levels can through the UI or the 0% to 100% of the average be a result of a loss of load or
occur in a jam condition. The communications network. of the current in the other a failure in the mechanical 1
condition can result in stress This feature can be of use in two phases with an adjustable system. The S611 has low
and damage to the motor, determining an impending trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds. current protection that will 1
load, mechanical system, and over temperature trip trip if the average RMS current
condition. Alarms can be The phase voltage imbalance
the electrical distribution
system. Jam protection implemented in the process trip level is adjustable from falls below a preset value.
The low current protection
1
monitoring system warning 0% to 100% of the average
prevents the stress and can be programmed as a
damage from a jam during of an impending trip before a of the voltage in the other
two phases with an adjustable percent of motor FLA from 1
normal run. After the motor is trip occurs, halting the 0% to 100%.
trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.
started, a current greater than process. Costly system
Low Voltage
1
300% FLA setting will cause shutdown can be avoided. Reset Mode
the starter to trip on a jam Phase Loss The S611 can be set up for Low voltage conditions can 1
fault. automatic or manual reset on result from disturbances
Loss of a phase can cause a in the electrical power
Stall significant increase in the trip. The manual reset mode
distribution system. Low
1
current drawn in the requires the operator to
Excessive current and torque physically press the RESET voltage conditions can cause
up to locked rotor levels can remaining two phases. Phase
button located on the soft a malfunction and damage to 1
occur in a stall condition. The loss can lead to motor electrical equipment. The
starter. The overload can be
condition can lead to an damage before an eventual
overload trip occurs. Phase manually reset through the UI S611 has low voltage 1
overload trip and result in or through the communications protection that will trip if the
loss is typically an indication
stress and damage to the
motor, load, mechanical of a failure in the electrical network. average RMS voltage falls
below a preset value. The low
1
system, and the electrical distribution system. The S611 The automatic reset mode voltage protection can be
distribution system. Stall will detect a phase loss and allows the soft starter to be programmed as a percent of 1
protection prevents stress trip if any phase current drops automatically reset as soon nominal voltage from 1% to
and damage to a motor that below a preset value. The as the trip condition is no 99% with a trip delay of 0.1 1
has not come up to speed, or phase loss trip level is longer present. With the to 60 seconds.
adjustable from 0% to 100%
stalled after the soft start
of the average of the other
automatic reset mode, after
High Voltage
1
time. The S611 will trip to the fault is no longer present,
protect the system in the two phase levels with an the motor will be restarted as High voltage conditions can
event that the motor did not adjustable trip delay of 0.1 to soon as a valid start signal is result from disturbances in
1
get to the rated speed in the 60 seconds. present. the electrical power
defined soft start period. A Phase Imbalance distribution system. High 1
current greater than 200% Phase Reversal voltage conditions can cause
FLA at the end of the soft Phase current or voltage
imbalance can cause a
The S611 can determine if malfunctions or failures of 1
start period will cause the the proper line phase electrical equipment. The
significant increase in the
starter to trip on a stall fault.
current drawn in the
sequence is present by
default. The device will trip if
S611 has high voltage
protection that will trip if the
1
Pole Over Temperature remaining two phases. Phase the line phase sequence is average RMS voltage is
High ambient temperatures, imbalance can lead to motor something other than A-B-C. greater than a preset value. 1
extended ramp times and damage before an eventual The S611 can be configured The high voltage protection
high duty cycle conditions overload trip. Phase to operate under reversed can be programmed as a 1
may cause the S611 power imbalance is typically an phase conditions (A-C-B). percent of nominal voltage
indication of a failure in the
pole conductors to reach a
electrical distribution system Shorted SCR Detection
from 101% to 120% with a 1
temperature that exceeds trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.
or the motor. The S611 will The S611 monitors the
their thermal rating. The S611
is equipped with sensors that detect both current and operation of the power poles
1
monitor the temperature of voltage phase imbalances and will trip under a shorted
the power poles. Over and trip if any phase becomes SCR condition. 1
temperature protection imbalanced as compared to
the average of the other two Open SCR Detection 1
occurs if the device's thermal
capacity is exceeded. The phases. The S611 monitors the
soft starter will trip in over operation of the power poles
and will trip under an open
1
temperature conditions,
preventing device failure. SCR condition.
1
1
1
1
1

Monitoring Capabilities Diagnostics

1 The S611 has an impressive Average Line Current Percent Thermal Memory Fault Queue
array of system monitoring Provides the average of the Provides the real time Current fault and a fault
1 capabilities that allow users three phase RMS line calculated thermal memory queue containing the last nine
to access real time process currents in amps, accurate value. The S611 calculates system faults can be read
1 and diagnostic data. This data to within 2%. Current data thermal memory value. A through the UI or
can be viewed at the device can be used to indicate a 100% value represents the communications network.
1 with the UI or through a
need for maintenance. maximum safe temperature Fault identification can
Increased currents in a of the motor. When the minimize troubleshooting
Data over a communications
1 network can provide valuable
fixed load application can
indicate a reduction in
thermal memory value
reaches 100%, an overload
time and cost and prevent arc
flash incidents. The fault
insight into the condition system efficiencies and trip will occur, removing queue can be remotely
1 of the equipment and performance, signifying power to the motor. accessed through a
processes. Maintenance and system maintenance is due. communications network to
1 production personnel can
Average Pole Current
The thermal memory value
can be of great use in
assist in planning
monitor critical operational maintenance resources.
and maintenance data from determining an impending
1 a central control station that
Provides the average of the
three phase RMS pole overload trip Condition.
30 different faults can be
identified by the S611.
can be located far away currents in amps, accurate to Alarms can be implemented
1 from the production facility. within 2%. The pole current in the process monitoring Control Status
Process data can be monitored is the current through the soft system warning of an The S611 provides data that
1 to determine system anomalies starter. The line and pole Impending trip before a trip represents system conditions
that may indicate a need for current will be identical in occurs, halting the process. that can be read through the
1 preventive maintenance or an
Impeding failure.
in-line applications, and will Costly system downtime can
be avoided.
UI or the communications
differ in inside-the-delta network. This data identifies
1 Adjustments made through
applications. Pole Temperature the status of the system and
the control commands the
the communications network Average Line Current Increases in pole temperature system is requesting of the
1 can reduce costs by minimizing as a % FLA are caused by increases in S611. This can be used for
the time traveling to the ambient temperature, start/
Provides the average RMS advanced Troubleshooting
location where the motor
1 controls are located. When
line current as a percentage stop times and start duty
cycles. Changes in pole
and system integration
of the S611 FLA setting. activities.
faults do occur, real time fault temperatures represent a
1 data can assist maintenance in Three-Phase Line Currents change in system operating Field Serviceability
troubleshooting and planning Provides three RMS phase conditions. Identifying In the case of maintenance,
1 repair resources. Remote line currents in amps, unexpected operating the S611 provides easy
reset signals can be given to accurate to within 2%. conditions or changes can access and replacement of
1 tripped devices without the
need for manual intervention
Imbalances or changes in prompt maintenance and aid key components including
the relative phase current in process evaluation control board and internal
by maintenance personnel.
1 to one another can indicate activities. bypass contactors—
anomalies in the motor or Power Monitoring significantly increasing its
1 electrical distribution system.
S611 can monitor power and
service life. If a component
ever needs to be replaced,
Three-Phase Pole Currents it can be displayed on the UI. this straightforward operation
1 Provides three RMS phase Start Count can be completed by an end-
pole currents in amps, user without the need to call
1 accurate to within 2%. The Number of starts are stored
in the device and can be
in an outside service
pole current is the current technician or engineer. These
displayed using field bus.
1 through the soft starter. The
line and pole current will be
components are stocked and
available for order and quick
identical in in-line applications. fulfillment—ensuring your
1 operation continues with
Three-Phase Line Voltages
minimal downtime.
1 Provides the individual RMS
three phase line voltages.
1 Imbalances or changes in the
relative phase voltage to one
1 another can indicate
anomalies in the motor or
electrical distribution system.
1 Voltage can be used to
monitor electrical distribution
1 system performance.
Warnings, alarms and
1 system actions to low or
high voltage conditions can
be implemented.
1

1.2
Operation
1
Instructional Leaflets
● Instruction Manual: MN03902011E 1
● Quick Start Guide: MN03901003E
1
Starting and Stopping Modes
1
The S611 has a variety of starting and stopping methods to provide superior performance in the
most demanding applications. The motor can be started in either Voltage Ramp Start or Current
Limit Start mode. Kick Start and Soft Stop are available within both starting modes.
1
Voltage Ramp Start 1
Provides a voltage ramp to ● Adjustable initial torque
the motor resulting in a 0–85% of locked rotor 1
constant torque increase. The torque
most commonly used form of ● Adjustable start ramp 1
soft start, this start mode time 0.5–180 seconds
allows you to set the initial (can be extended with 1
torque value and the duration factory modification)
of the ramp to full voltage
conditions. Bypass contactors 1
close after ramp time.
1
Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start
1
Bypass Bypass
Voltage
Rated
1
Ramp
Voltage 100%
Kick
1
Start
Torq 100%
1
Speed
Torque
1
Initial
Soft Start Time
1
Torque
Kick Start Time tr 1
Start Run Start Run
Time (Seconds) Time (Seconds) 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Current Limit Start

1 Limits the maximum current mode allows you to set the ● Maximum current of
available to the motor during maximum starting current as 0–85% locked rotor current
1 the start phase. This mode of a percentage of locked rotor ● Adjustable start ramp time
soft starting is used when it current and the duration of 0.5–180 seconds (can be
1 becomes necessary to limit the current limit. Bypass extended with factory
the maximum starting current contactors close after current modification)
1 due to long start times or to
protect the motor. This start
limit time.
1 Starting Characteristics—Current Limit Start

1 Bypass Bypass
Kick
Start
1 Torq 100%
Initial
1 Torque
Speed
Current
1 100%
1
Soft Start Time
1
Kick Start Time
1 Start Run Start Run
Time (Seconds) Time (Seconds)
1
1 Kick Start
Selectable feature in both ● 0–85% of locked rotor
1 Voltage Ramp Start and torque
Current Limit Start modes. ● 0–2.0 seconds duration
1 Provides a current and torque
“kick” for 0 to 2.0 seconds.
1 This provides greater initial
current to develop additional
1 torque to breakaway a high
friction load.
1 Starting Characteristics—Kick Start
1 100%
1
Locked Rotor Torque
1
1
1 Run
1
Kick
1 Start Ramp
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1

1.2
Soft Stop
1
Allows for a controlled ● Stop time = 0–60 seconds
stopping of a load. Used
when a stop-time that is
1
greater than the coast-to-stop
time is desired. Often used 1
with high friction loads where
a sudden stop may cause 1
system or load damage.
1
Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop
1
Coast to Stop
100% (Speed) 1
Soft Stop Ramp 1
(Voltage)
Speed
1
1
Soft
StopTime
1
Run Soft Stop
Time (Seconds)
1
1
Pump Control Option

1
This option is intended to increased, under the control Upon a stop command, the 1
reduce the potential for water of the S611 soft starter bypass contactors are
hammer in a centrifugal pump microprocessor, to achieve a opened and the motor speed 1
system by using a starting gentle start. After the speed is decreased in a tapered
and stopping algorithm has reached its nominal manner, to gradually slow the
developed for pump control. value, the bypass contactors flow until the motor is
1
Upon a start command, the close and the pump operates brought to a stop.
speed of the motor is as with any other starter. 1
Pump Control Option
1
1
Coast to Stop
100% 1
Speed
1
1
tr ts
1
Start Run Soft Pump Stop
Time (Seconds) 1
1
1
1
1
1

Edge and Level Sensing Control

1 Edge or Level Sensing is selected with the Start Control parameter in the Advanced Configuration
Menu. Factory default is Level Sensing.
1 Edge Sensing Level Sensing Note: If the auto reset feature is
used, CAUTION must be
1 Edge sensing requires 120 Vac Level sensing will enable a exercised to assure that any
power be momentarily motor to restart after a fault is restart occurs in a safe manner.
1 applied to the Start terminal
(with the Permissive terminal
cleared without cycling 120 V
AC to the Permissive terminal
120 Vac) to initiate a start as long as:
1 under all conditions. After a
stop or fault occurs, the ● Permissive terminal is
1 120 Vac must be reapplied to supplied with 120 Vac
the start terminal before ● The auto reset parameter
1 another start can occur. This is set to enabled
control configuration should ● All faults have cleared or
be used when restarting of
1 the motor after a fault or stop
have been reset
must be supervised manually This control configuration
1 or as a part of a control should be used where it is
scheme. The cycling of desirable to restart a motor
1 120 Vac power to the after a fault without additional
Permissive terminal before manual or automatic control.
1 starting is required regardless An example of this condition
of the position of the auto would be on a remote
reset parameter. pumping station where it is
1 desirable to automatically
restart a pump after a power
1 outage without operator
intervention.
1
1 Catalog Number Selection
S611 Soft Starters
1
S 611 B 125 N 3 S
1
1 S = Soft Starter S = Standard soft starter
1 611 = Non-combination soft starter Number of Poles

3 = Three-pole device
Frame Size
1 A = 52–77 Amps Options
B = 99–125 Amps N = No options
1 C
D
= 156–180 Amps
= 242 Amps
P = Pump control
E = 302–361 Amps
1 F = 414 Amps Ampere Rating
052 = 52A 180 = 180A
065 = 65A 242 = 242A
1 077 = 77A 302 = 302A
099 = 99A 361 = 361A
1 125 = 125A
156 = 156A
414 = 414A
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Product Selection
Motor applications and guidelines on what the soft consult with your local Eaton 1
customer needs come in starter is capable of. If the Representative or call the
many different varieties. With application falls under these Eaton Technical Resource 1
the standard and severe duty categories, you can use these Center.
rating tables, we have charts. For other applications, 1
attempted to provide or when a question arises,
1
Pump Control Option
For pump control option, change the 8th digit in the Catalog Number to P,
as in S611XXXP3S.
1
Horsepower Ratings
1
Note: Always refer to motor plate FLA and ensure that the motor plate FLA is equal to or lower than the
maximum current value in the tables.
1
S611 Standard Duty—300% Current for 15 Seconds, 115% Continuous 1
Rated Horsepower Rating
Current (Amps) 208V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number 1
52 15 15 40 50 S611A052N3S
65 20 20 50 60 S611A065N3S
1
77 25 25 60 75 S611A077N3S 1
99 30 30 75 100 S611B099N3S
125 40 40 100 125 S611B125N3S 1
156 50 60 125 150 S611C156N3S
180 60 60 150 150 S611C180N3S
1
242 75 75 200 250 S611D242N3S
1
302 100 100 250 300 S611E302N3S
361 125 150 300 350 S611E361N3S 1
414 150 150 350 450 S611F414N3S
1
Standard Duty Plus—350% FLA for 30 Seconds, 115% Continuous 1
Current (Amps) 208V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number 1
52 15 15 40 50 S611A052N3S
65 20 20 50 60 S611A065N3S
1
71 20 25 60 75 S611A077N3S 1
99 30 30 75 100 S611B099N3S
119 40 40 100 125 S611B125N3S 1
156 50 60 125 150 S611C156N3S
180 60 60 150 150 S611C180N3S
1
242 75 75 200 250 S611D242N3S
1
302 100 100 250 300 S611E302N3S
361 125 150 300 350 S611E361N3S 1
407 150 150 350 400 S611F414N3S
1
1
1
1
1
1

Note: Always refer to motor plate FLA and ensure that the motor plate FLA is equal to or lower than the
1 maximum current value in the tables.
1 S611 Heavy Duty—500% FLA for 30 Seconds, 125% Continuous

1 Current (Amps) 208V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number
49 15 15 40 50 S611A052N3S
1 83 25 30 60 75 S611B099N3S
142 40 60 125 150 S611C156N3S
1 225 75 75 200 200 S611D242N3S
256 75 100 200 250 S611E361N3S
1 285 100 125 250 300 S611F414N3S
1
Severe Duty—600% FLA for 30 Seconds, 125% Continuous
1 Rated Horsepower Rating
Current (Amps) 208V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number
1 41 10 15 30 40 S611A052N3S
69 20 30 60 60 S611B099N3S
1 117 30 50 100 125 S611C180N3S
1 187 60 75 150 200 S611D242N3S

213 75 75 150 200 S611E361N3S
1 238 75 100 200 250 S611F414N3S
1
Accessories
1
Optional Accessory Kits
1 S611 Current Accessory Kit
Description Rating Part Number
1 User interface remote mounting kit —3.28 ft (1 m) 52–414A S611-RMK-100

User interface remote mounting kit—6.56 ft (2 m) 52–414A S611-RMK-200
1 User interface remote mounting kit—9.84 ft (3 m) 52–414A S611-RMK-300
User interface communication cable—3.28 ft (1 m) 52–414A D77E-QPIP100
1 User interface communication cable—6.56 ft (2 m) 52–414A D77E-QPIP200
1 User interface communication cable—9.84 ft (3 m) 52–414A D77E-QPIP300

Lug kit—mechanical 52–77A S611-LUG-M01
1 99–125A S611-LUG-M02
156–242A S611-LUG-M03
1 302–414A S611-LUG-M04
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Communications C441 Communication Card Options
The S611 is equipped with Designed for use with soft starters … 1
native Modbus RTU
communication capabilities 1
and may be connected to a
variety of networks, including 1
DeviceNet, Modbus TCP,
Catalog Input General
EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS
using the C441 series
Protocol Number Signal Type S611 Purpose I/O 1 Mounting Options 1
communication modules for Modbus RTU C441NS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
easy integration into any C441PS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
1
PLC or DCS system.
■ ■
The modules come standard
DeviceNet C441KS 120 Vac Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
1
C441LS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
with four inputs and two relay
outputs. C441 communication
PROFIBUS C441SS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount 1
modules can also be used C441QS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
independently for standalone Modbus TCP, C441U 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount 1
I/O applications. EtherNet/IP
C441V 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
1
Note: Refer to Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, tab 5.4 for additional details and
BR042002EN brochure for C441 communication module accessories for overload relays and soft starters. 1
Recommended Power Supply Catalog Number
85–264 Vac single-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240E24RM 1
360–575 Vac three-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240F24RM
1
1
Replacement Parts 1
S611 Replacement Components 1
Description Part Number Description Part Number
User interface S611-KEYPAD Control board assembly—77 A pump S611-PCB-077P 1
User interface communication cable—0.25 m (0.82 ft) D77E-QPIP25 Control board assembly—99 A pump S611-PCB-099P
Control board assembly—52 A standard S611-PCB-052S Control board assembly—125 A pump S611-PCB-125P
1
Control board assembly—65 A standard S611-PCB-065S Control board assembly—156 A pump S611-PCB-156P 1
Control board assembly—99 A standard S611-PCB-099S Control board assembly—242 A pump S611-PCB-242P 1
1
1
Control board assembly—242 A standard S611-PCB-242S Frame A/B CT S611-CT-AB
Control board assembly—302 A standard S611-PCB-302S Frame C/D CT S611-CT-CD 1
Control board assembly—361 A standard S611-PCB-361S Frame E/F CT S611-CT-EF
Control board assembly—414 A standard S611-PCB-414S Contactor assembly—52–180 A C25DNY172 1
Control board assembly—52 A pump S611-PCB-052P Contactor assembly—242–414 A C25DNY173
Control board assembly—65 A pump S611-PCB-065P
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
Soft Starters—S611
1 S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)
Description S611A052… S611A065… S611A072… S611B099…
1
Max. current capacity A 52 65 77 99
1 FLA range A 26–52 32.5–65 38.5–77 48–99
Dimensions
1 Width inch (mm) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294)
Height inch (mm) 19.45 (494) 19.45 (494) 19.45 (494) 19.45 (494)
1 Depth inch (mm) 7.46 (189) 7.46 (189) 7.46 (189) 7.46 (189)
1 Weight lb (kg) 24 (11) 24 (11) 24 (11) 24 (11)

General Information
1 Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M
Insulating voltage V 660 660 660 660
1 Ramp time range Seconds 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180
Vibration resistance—non-operating g 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on
1 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units
Vibration resistance—operating g 1 1 1 1
1 Shock resistance g 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units
1 Electrical Information
1 Operating voltage V 130–600 130–600 130–600 130–600

Operating frequency Hertz 47–63 47–63 47–63 47–63
1 Overload setting (frame) % FLA 50–100 50–100 50–100 50–100
Trip class 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30
1 Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors 1 1 1 1
1 Wire sizes AWG 14–2/0 14–2/0 14–2/0 14–2/0
1 Type of connectors Lug Lug Lug Lug

Control Wiring
1 Wire sizes AWG 22–12 22–12 22–12 22–12
Number of conductors 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
1 Torque requirements lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Maximum size AWG 12 12 12 12
1 Control Power Requirements
1 Voltage range (120 V ±10%) V 108–132 108–132 108–132 108–132

Steady state current A 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375
1 Inrush current A 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Ripple % 1 1 1 1
1 Relays (1) Class A and C
1 Voltage AC—maximum V 120 120 120 120

Voltage DC—maximum V 24 24 24 24
1 Amps—maximum A 3 3 3 3
Environment
1 Temperature—operating °C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C
Temperature—storage °C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C
1 Altitude Meters <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m 100m >2000m 100m >2000m 100m >2000m
1 Humidity % <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing
1 Operating position Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up
Pollution degree IEC947-1 3 3 3 3
1 Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 V 6000 6000 6000 6000

1.2
Soft Starters—S611, continued
S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)
1
Description S611B125… S611C156… S611C180… S611D242…
Max. current capacity A 125 156 180 242
1
FLA range A 62.5–125 78–156 90–180 120–242 1
Dimensions
Width inch (mm) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 1
Height inch (mm) 19.45 (494) 20.83 (529) 20.83 (529) 20.83 (529)
Depth inch (mm) 7.46 (189) 8.37 (213) 8.37 (213) 8.37 (213)
1
Weight lb (kg) 24 (11) 33 (15) 33 (15) 38 (17)
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M 1
Insulating voltage V 660 660 660 660
Ramp time range Seconds 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180 1
Vibration resistance—non-operating g 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 1
Vibration resistance—operating g 1 1 1 1
Shock resistance g 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on
1
302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units
Electrical Information 1
Operating voltage V 130–600 130–600 130–600 130–600
Operating frequency Hertz 47–63 47–63 47–63 47–63
1
Overload setting (frame) % FLA 50–100 50–100 50–100 50–100 1
Trip class 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947) 1
Wire sizes AWG 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil
1
Type of connectors Lug Lug Lug Lug
1
Control Wiring
Wire sizes AWG 22–12 22–12 22–12 22–12 1
Number of conductors 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
Torque requirements lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 1
Maximum size AWG 12 12 12 12
Control Power Requirements
1
Voltage range (120 V ±10%) V 108–132 108–132 108–132 108–132
1
Steady state current A 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375
Inrush current A 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1
Ripple % 1 1 1 1
Relays (1) Class A and C 1
Voltage AC—maximum V 120 120 120 120
Voltage DC—maximum V 24 24 24 24
1
Amps—maximum A 3 3 3 3 1
Environment
Temperature—operating °C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C 1
Temperature—storage °C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C
Altitude Meters <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per
1
100m >2000m 100m >2000m 100m >2000m 100m >2000m
Humidity % <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing 1
Operating position Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up
1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 V 6000 6000 6000 6000 1
1

Soft Starters—S611, continued

1 S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)
Description S611E302… S611E361… S611F414…
1 Max. current capacity A 302 361 414
1 FLA range A 151–302 180.5–361 207–414

Dimensions
1 Width inch (mm) 17.56 (446) 17.56 (446) 17.56 (446)
Height inch (mm) 31.15 (791) 31.15 (791) 31.15 (791)
1 Depth inch (mm) 9.54 (242) 9.54 (242) 9.54 (242)
1 Weight lb (kg) 86 (39) 86 (39) 102 (46)

General Information
1 Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M
Insulating voltage V 660 660 660
1 Ramp time range Seconds 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180
Vibration resistance—non-operating g 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on 3g up to 242A units, 2g on
1 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units
Vibration resistance—operating g 1 1 1
1 Shock resistance g 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on 15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units 302A to 414A units
Operating voltage V 130–600 130–600 130–600
1 Operating frequency Hertz 47–63 47–63 47–63
1 Overload setting (frame) % FLA 50–100 50–100 50–100

Trip class 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30
Number of conductors 2 2 2
1 Wire sizes AWG 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil
1 Type of connectors Lug Lug Lug

Control Wiring
1 Wire sizes AWG 22–12 22–12 22–12
Number of conductors 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
1 Torque requirements lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5
Maximum size AWG 12 12 12
1 Voltage range (120 V ±10%) V 108–132 108–132 108–132

Steady state current A 0.75 0.75 0.75
1 Inrush current A 1 1 1
Ripple % 1 1 1
Voltage AC—maximum V 120 120 120
1 Voltage DC—maximum V 24 24 24
1 Amps—maximum A 3 3 3
Environment
1 Temperature—operating °C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C
Temperature—storage °C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C
1 Altitude Meters <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per <2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m 100m >2000m 100m >2000m
1 Humidity % <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing
Operating position Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up
1 Pollution degree IEC947-1 3 3 3
1 Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 V 6000 6000 6000

1.2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm) 1
S611A…, S611B… 1
2.76
(70.0)
4.33
(110.0)
2.76
(70.0)
7.43
(188.6)
1
4.21
(107.0) 1
1
1
1
19.47
(494.5) 1
1
18.30 11.58 1
(464.7) (294.2)
1
1
1
1
3.15 3.54 3.15 Ø 0.39 (10.0)
(80.0) (90.0) (80.0) 8 Places
1
S611C…, S611D… 1
8.57
2.76 4.33 2.76 (217.6) 1
(70.0) (110.0) (70.0)
5.20
(132.0) 1
1
1
1
21.01
1
(533.6)
1
18.30
(464.7) 1
1
11.58
(294.2)
1
1
1
3.15 3.54 3.15 Ø 0.39 1
(80.0) (90.0) (80.0) (10.0)
8 Places
1

Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)

1
S611E…, S611F…
1 9.50
5.00 6.10 5.00
(127.0) (155.0) (127.0) (241.3)
1 6.81
(172.9)
1
1
1
1 29.69
(754.1)
1 22.13
(562.0)
1 17.56
(446.1)
1
1
1
1 5.00 6.10 5.00
Ø 0.53
(13.5)
(127.0) (155.0) (127.0) 8 Places
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Torque Limiters Contents
Description Page
1
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43 1
Torque Limiters
Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-61
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM. . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-77 1
1
1
1
1
TL480N25
1
1
Torque Limiters 1
Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 1
The TL device line of starting Features ● IEC 947 compliant
torque limiters is designed for ● Rated operational voltage ● EN 60947-4-2 1
the soft start of three-phase up to 600 Vac ● CE marked
or single-phase motors, i.e.,
it allows smoother starting
● Adjustable ramp times ● CSA certified 1
(0.5–5 seconds) ● UL listed
of all AC induction motors,
thus decreasing shock and
● Adjustable initial torque 1
vibration problems control (0–85%)
encountered during across- ● Unlimited number of 1
the-line starts. The device START/STOP operations
is ramp-up time/torque per hour 1
adjustable from 0.5 to 5 ● IP20 finger protection
seconds/0 to 85% of nominal
starting torque. Benefits
1
● Reduced wear on belts,
gears, chains, clutches, 1
shafts and bearings
● Compact design allows 1
easy installation and
smaller enclosures 1
● Less shock to product on
conveyor lines and material 1
handling gear
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Product Selection
1
Torque Limiters
1 Horsepower Rating
Max. Line kW Rating (50 Hz) 110/120 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Catalog
1 Current Voltage 110/120 V 230 V 380–400 V 440 V — 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF Number
Single-Phase Motor—115 V Versions
1 15 110–120 0.5 N/A N/A N/A 3/4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A TL115N15
1 25 110–120 1.5 N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A TL115N25
Three-Phase Motor
1 15 208–480 N/A 4.0 5.5 7.5 N/A 3 3 3 3 10 7-1/2 N/A N/A TL480N15
500–600 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 10 TL600N15
1 25 208–480 N/A 7.5 12.5 12.5 N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 15 15 N/A N/A TL480N25
500–600 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 20 TL600N25
1
Single-Phase Motor
1 15 208–240 N/A 2.2 N/A N/A N/A 2 2 3 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A TL480N15
380–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5 5 N/A N/A TL480N15
1 25 208–240 N/A 4.0 7.5 N/A N/A 3 3 5 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A TL480N25
380–480 N/A N/A 7.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 10 N/A N/A TL480N25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Type S801+, Soft Starters Contents
Description Page
1
Type S801+, Soft Starters 1
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-62
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-64 1
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-64
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-64 1
User Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-64
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-67 1
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-68
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-69 1
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-73
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-73 1
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM. . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-77
1
Type S801+, Soft Starters 1
Eaton’s S801+ line of The S801+ line of soft The product is designed
reduced voltage soft starters starters is designed to be the to work with three-phase 1
is very compact, multi- smallest, most compact soft motors in a delta (three-lead)
functional, easy to install and starter in the market today. configuration. The S801+
easy to program. Designed to With this small size, it can works with all motors from
1
control acceleration and easily fit in place of existing fractional horsepower up to
deceleration of three-phase soft starter designs, wye- motors requiring 1000 A of 1
motors, the line is available delta starters or across-the- steady-state current. The
for current ranges from 11 A line NEMA and IEC starters. built-in overload (in ranges 1
all the way through 1000 A This feature allows easy from 11–1000 A) and run
applications, and is suitable
for mounting in motor control
retrofits of existing motor
control centers or enclosures,
bypass contactor make
installation and setup quick
1
centers or in enclosed control and saves the expense of and easy. The overload
(NEMA 1, 4, 4X and 12) replacing existing structure also offers some advanced
1
applications. or adding a new one to house protective functions to give
a soft starter. additional motor protection. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Operation
1
Overload Functionality
1 Overtemperature Jam Kick Start Current Limit Start
Protects the device from Selectable protective feature, Selectable feature that Limits the maximum current
1 overheating. Starter will unit trips to prevent damage provides a current “kick” available to the motor during
shut down at 100°C. to motor during normal run. of up to 550% of full load the startup phase.
1 Stall Phase Loss
current for 0 to 2.0 seconds.
This provides the additional Soft Stop
Selectable protective feature, Selectable protective feature, torque required at startup to Allows for a controlled
1 unit trips to protect system in trips under voltage loss break free a motor. stopping of a frictional load.
event motor can not get to condition to any phase.
Shorted SCR Detection
1 rated speed in the defined
ramp period. Phase Reversal
Ramp Start
Provides a constant increase Monitors for shorted SCR
Selectable protective feature, in torque to the motor. in the power poles.
1 trips when phase rotation is
something other than A-B-C.
1
Starting Characteristics
1
Kick Start
1 Provides an initial boost of ● 0–85% of locked rotor
current to the motor to help torque
1 overcome motor inertia and
begin motor rotation.
● 0–2.0 seconds duration
1 Starting Characteristics—Kick Start
1 100%
1
Locked Rotor Torque
1
1
1 Run
1
Kick
1 Start Ramp
Time (Seconds)
1
1 Ramp Start
The most commonly used ● Adjustable initial torque =
form of soft start. This allows 0–85% of locked
1 you to set the initial torque rotor torque
value (of the ramp) and then ● Adjustable ramp time =
1 raises it to full voltage 0.5–180 seconds
conditions.
1
1 Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start
1
Locked Rotor Torque
100%
1
1 Run
Initial
Torque
1
1 Time (Seconds)

1.2
Current Limit
This mode of soft starting ● Maximum current of 1
is used when it becomes 0–85% locked rotor current
necessary to limit the ● Adjustable ramp time = 1
maximum starting current 0.5–180 seconds
due to long start times or 1
to protect the motor.
1
Starting Characteristics—Current Limit 1
Max.
1
Allowed
1
Current
Run
100%
FLA
1
1
Time (Seconds)
1
1
Soft Stop 1
Used when an extended ● Stop time = 0–60 seconds
coast-to-rest period is
desired. Often used with high 1
friction loads where a sudden
stop may cause system or 1
product damage.

1
1
Run
1
1
1
1
Ramp
Time (Seconds) 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Features Benefits
1 ● Built-in overload protection ● Easy to use control ● Reduced wear on belts, ● Less shock to product on
● Built-in run bypass interface module gears, chains, clutches, conveyor lines and material
1 contactor ● Soft stop control shafts and bearings handling gear
● Adjustable ramp times ● Multiple trip class settings ● Allows for controlling the ● 24 Vdc control enhances
1 ● Adjustable torque control (5, 10, 20 and 30) inrush current to the motor personnel and equipment
● Six SCR control ● Reduced inrush current safety
● Adjustable kick start
1 control ● Optional CIM door mount leads to more stable power
kit for safety grid and can lower peak
● Programmable overload
1 settings, 31–100% (3.2:1) ● Optional IP20 protection
demand charges
of rated current for the unit
1 ● Physically fits in place of
most NEMA and IEC
1 starters
1 Standards and Certifications

● IEC 947 compliant
1 ● EN 60947-4-2
● CSA certification
1 ● cULus listed
(File No. E202571)
1 ● CE marked
● CSA elevator (2411 01)
1
1
1
1 User Manuals
A comprehensive user manual
is available and can be
1 downloaded free of charge
from www.eaton.com by
1 performing a document search
for MN03900002E.
1
1
S801+ Open Soft Starters 12
1 S 801+ N 66 N 3 S
1
S = Soft starter S = Standard soft starter
1 Frame Size Options
801+ = Non-combination
N = 65 mm N = Standard
1 soft starter
R = 110 mm
Number of Poles
3 = Three-pole device
T = 200 mm
U = 200 mm
1 V = 290 mm
1 Ampere Rating
37 = 37A 24 = 240A 65 = 650A
1 66 = 66A
10 = 105A
30 = 304A
36 = 360A
72 = 720A
85 = 850A
13 = 135A 42 = 420A 10 = 1000A
1 18 = 180A 50 = 500A 3
1 Notes
1 S801+T…, S801+U… and S801+V… units require lug kits found on Page V6-T1-67.
2 All units require a 24 Vdc power supply found on catalog Page V6-T1-67, or equivalent.
1 3 S801+U50N35 unit does not have IEC certification.

1.2
Product Selection
1
Standard Duty Ratings
The table below is the base ratings for the soft starter. The tables included in this catalog are 1
meant to be a reference table for different applications, but to match a unit to your exact
application, consult with your local Eaton representative or call our Technical Resource Center. 1
Ramp Current Ramp Time Ambient
1
Starting Method % of FLA Seconds Starts per Hour Temperature
Soft start 300% 30 sec. 3 50°C
1
Full voltage 500% 10 sec. 3 50°C
Wye-delta 350% 20 sec. 3 50°C
1
80% RVAT 480% 20 sec. 2 50°C
1
65% RVAT 390% 20 sec. 3 50°C
50% RVAT 300% 20 sec. 4 50°C 1
Motor applications and guidelines on what the soft question arises, consult
customer needs come in starter is capable of. with your local Eaton
1
many different varieties. If the application falls under representative or call our
With the standard and severe these categories, you can Technical Resource Center. 1
duty rating tables, we have use these charts. For other
attempted to provide applications, or when a 1
S801+ Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inline Connection 1
Three-Phase Motors
kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz) 1
Rated 200 V 230 V 460 V 575–600 V Catalog
Current 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF Number 1
Frame Size N
37 10 18.5 18.5 10 10 10 10 25 20 30 30 S801+N37N3S
1
66 18.5 30 37 20 15 20 20 50 40 60 50 S801+N66N3S
1
Frame Size R
105 30 55 59 30 25 40 30 75 60 100 75 S801+R10N3S 1
135 40 63 80 40 30 50 40 100 75 125 100 S801+R13N3S
Frame Size T 1
180 51 90 110 60 50 60 60 150 125 150 150 S801+T18N3S
240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S801+T24N3S
1
304 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S801+T30N3S
1
Frame Size U
360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+U36N3S 1
420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S801+U42N3S
500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S801+U50N3S 1 1
Frame Size V
360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+V36N3S
1
420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S801+V42N3S 1
500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S801+V50N3S
650 200 355 425 250 200 250 200 500 450 600 500 S801+V65N3S 1
720 220 400 450 — — 300 250 600 500 700 600 S801+V72N3S
850 257 475 500 — — 350 300 700 600 900 700 S801+V85N3S
1
1000 277 525 550 — — 400 350 800 700 900 800 S801+V10N3S
1
Note
1 S801+U50N3S does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1

Severe Duty Ratings

1 The table below is the base ratings for the soft starter. The tables included in this catalog are
meant to be a reference table for different applications, but to match a unit to your exact
1 application, consult with your local Eaton representative or call our Technical Resource Center.
Severe Duty Ratings
1 Ramp Current Ramp Time Ambient
1 Soft start 450% 30 sec. 4 50°C
1 Full voltage 500% 10 sec. 10 50°C

Wye-delta 350% 65 sec. 3 50°C
1 80% RVAT 480% 25 sec. 4 50°C
65% RVAT 390% 40 sec. 4 50°C
1 50% RVAT 300% 60 sec. 4 50°C
1 Severe duty ratings are

defined as any combination of
the ramp time is over 30
seconds, and/or the number
over 300%. Example: 35-
second ramp, 5 starts per
parameters that exceed the of starts per hour exceeds 4, hour, 350% current limit at
1 standard duty ratings where and/or the current limit set is 40°C ambient.
1
Severe Duty—>30 Second Ramp, >300% Current Limit
1 S801+
Three-Phase Motor
1 Rated 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Catalog
Current 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF Number
1 Frame Size N
1 22 5.5 10 11 5 5 7-1/2 5 15 10 20 15 S801+N37N3S

42 11 18.5 22 10 10 15 10 30 25 40 30 S801+N66N3S
1 Frame Size R
65 15 30 33 15 15 20 15 50 40 50 50 S801+R10N3S
1 80 22 40 45 25 20 30 25 60 50 75 60 S801+R13N3S
1 Frame Size T
115 33 59 63 30 30 40 30 75 75 100 100 S801+T18N3S
1 150 45 80 90 50 40 50 50 100 100 150 125 S801+T24N3S
192 55 100 110 60 50 75 60 150 125 200 150 S801+T30N3S
1 Frame Size U
240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S801+U36N3S
1 305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S801+U42N3S
1 365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+U50N3S 1
Frame Size V
1 240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S801+V36N3S
305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S801+V42N3S
1 365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+V50N3S
420 129 220 257 150 125 150 150 350 300 450 350 S801+V65N3S
1 480 147 257 295 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S801+V72N3S
1 525 160 280 335 150 150 200 150 450 350 500 450 S801+V85N3S
600 185 315 375 200 150 250 200 500 450 600 500 S801+V10N3S
1 Note
1 S801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1

1.2
Accessories
1
Lug Kits
S801+T…, S801+U… and Each lug kit contains three 1
S801+V… soft starters each lugs that can be mounted on
have different lug options either the load or line side. 1
based on your wiring needs.
1
Lug Kit Lug Kits
S801+
Catalog Number Description
Kits
Required
Catalog
Number
1
S801+T…,
S801+U…
2 cable connections, 4 AWG to 1/0 cable 2 EML22 1
1 cable connection, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML23
2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML24 1
1 cable connection, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML25
2 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML26
1
S801+V… 2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable 2 EML28
1
6 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML32 1
1
1
Power Supplies Lug Cover Kits IP20 Kits
24 Vdc power supply that can Replacement covers for the IP20 Kits 1
be used with the S801+ SSRV S801+T… and S801+U…
Catalog
or as a stand-alone device. soft starters are available in
Description Number 1
case of damage to the
Power Supplies existing covers. S801+N… SS-IP20-N
Catalog
1
S801+R… SS-IP20-R
Description Number
85–264 Vac input PSG240E
Lug Cover Kits S801+T… and S801+U… SS-IP20-TU 1
24 Vdc output Catalog S801+V… SS-IP20-V
360–575 Vac input PSG240F

24 Vdc output Lug cover S801+T…, EML27
600 Vac input PSS55D
S801+U… 1
24 Vdc output Lug cover S801+V… EML34
1
Surge Suppressors 1
The surge suppressor can
mount on either the line or 1
load side of the soft starter.
It is designed to clip the line
voltage (or load side induced
1
voltage).
1
Surge Suppressors
Surge Suppressor
Catalog
1
Description Number
600 V MOV for S801+… units EMS39
1
690 V MOV for S801+… units EMS41 1
1
1
1
1

Mounting Plates Vibration Plates Adapter Plates Control Interface Module

1 The mounting plates are The vibration plates allow the The adapter plate allows The Control Interface
designed to help make it easy soft starter to be applied in customers to retrofit a Module (CIM) is available
1 to install or retrofit the soft high shock and vibration S801+V… soft starter with as a replacement part.
starter into enclosures and applications. The vibration the S801+U… soft starter.
1 MCCs. The soft starter can plate allows vibration up to 5g CIM
be mounted onto the plate and shock in up to 40g. The Adapter Plates Catalog
prior to installation. The soft starter is mounted onto
1 mounting plate is designed the vibration plate prior to Description
Catalog
Number
Description Number
Blank cover (filler) EMA68
with tear drop mounting installation in the panel.
1 holes for easier installation.
Adapter plates EMM13U CIM for standard unit EMA71
Panel mounting kit
1 Mounting Plates Vibration Plates
3 ft cable EMA69A
Catalog Catalog Control Wire Connector
5 ft cable EMA69B
1 Description Number Description Number
Control Wire Connector 8 ft cable EMA69C
S801+N… EMM13N S801+N… EMM14N
Catalog
1 S801+R… EMM13R S801+R… EMM14R Description Number
10 ft cable EMA69D
S801+T… and S801+U… EMM13T S801+T… and S801+U… EMM14T 12-pin, 5 mm pitch connector EMA75
1 S801+V… EMM13V S801+V… EMM14V for control wiring
1
1
Options
1 Cooling Fan Kit
The EMM18 cooling fan kit
1 mounts on either side of any
frame size S801+ soft starter
1 to provide additional printed
circuit board cooling in high
1 ambient operating
temperatures.
1
Cooling Fan Kit
1 Catalog
Description Number
1 Fan kit EMM18
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
1
Soft Starters—S801+
Description S801+N37N3S S801+N66N3S S801+R10N3S S801+R13N3S
1
Max. current capacity 37 66 105 135 1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 1
Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V
Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds
1
Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g
1
Resistance to shock 15 g 15 g 15 g 15 g
Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V
Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 1
Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%
Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
1
Wire sizes 14–2 14–2 14–4/0 14–4/0 1
Type of connectors Box lug Box lug Box lug Box lug
Control Wiring (12-Pin) 1
Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)
1
Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 1
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
Control Power Requirements 1
Voltage range (24 V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
1
Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10
1
Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%
Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240
Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120 1
Amps—maximum 3 3 3 3
Environment
1
Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
1
Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C
1
Altitude <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory
for operation >2000 m for operation >2000 m for operation >2000 m for operation >2000 m
Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing
1
Operating position Any Any Any Any 1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 1
1
1
1
1
1

Soft Starters—S801+, continued

1 Description S801+T18N3S S801+T24N3S S801+T30N3S S801+U36N3S 12
1 Max. current capacity 180 240 304 360

General Information
1 Bypass mechanical lifespan 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M
1 Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds
1 Resistance to shock 15 g 15 g 15 g 15 g
1 Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz
1 Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2
1 Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil
Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit
1 Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
1 Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)
1 Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Voltage range (24 V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4
1 Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
1 Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

1 Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120
1 Environment
1 Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

1 Altitude <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory
1 Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing
1 Operating position Any Any Any Any

1 Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V
Notes
1 1 801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.
2 UL recognized component.
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Description S801+U42N3S S801+U50N3S 1 S801+V36N3S S801+V42N3S
1
Max. current capacity 420 500 360 420
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 1
Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 1
Resistance to shock 15 g 15 g 15 g 15 g
1
Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30
1
1
Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6
Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 1
Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
1
Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
1
Voltage range (24 V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4 1
Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%
1
Environment
1
Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C 1
Altitude <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory <2000 m—consult factory
1
1
Operating position Any Any Any Any
1
Note
1 801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification. 1
1
1
1
1
1


1 Description S801+V50N3S S801+V65N3S S801+V72N3S S801+V85N3S S801+V10N3S 2
1 Max. current capacity 500 650 720 850 1000

Dimensions
1 Width in inches (mm) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2)
Height in inches (mm) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8)
1 Depth in inches (mm) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7)
Weight in lb (kg) 103 (46.8) with lugs 103 (46.8) with lugs 103 (46.8) with lugs 103 (46.8) with lugs 103 (46.8) with lugs
1 91 (41.4) without lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
General Information
1 Bypass mechanical lifespan 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 10 M
1 Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds
1 Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g 3g
Resistance to shock 15 g 15 g 15 g 15 g 15 g
Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V
1 Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz
1 Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30
Number of conductors 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6
1 Wire sizes 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil
1 Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
1 Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)
1 Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
1 Voltage range (24 V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
1 Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10 10
Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%
Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240 240
1 Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120 120
1 Amps—maximum 3 3 3 3 3
Environment
1 Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for consult factory for consult factory for consult factory for consult factory for
1 operation >50°C operation >50°C operation >50°C operation >50°C operation >50°C
Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C
1 Altitude <2000 m—consult factory

for operation >2000 m
<2000 m—consult factory
1 Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing
Operating position Any Any Any Any Any
1 Pollution degree IEC947-1 3 3 3 3 3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V
1 Note
1 UL recognized component.
1
1

1.2
Wiring Diagram
1
Line Connected Soft Starter
1
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
1
1
1
1
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
1
M
3~
1
1
Dimensions
1
Soft Starters—S801+ 1
Catalog Weight
Number W H D in lb (kg) 1
S801+N37N3S 2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)
1
S801+N66N3S 2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)
S801+R10N3S 4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8) 1
S801+R13N3S 4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)
S801+T18N3S 7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs 1
S801+T24N3S 7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
1
S801+U36N3S 7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
1
S801+U50N3S 7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs 1
S801+V36N3S 11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V42N3S 11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs 1
1
Also refer to dimension drawings on Pages V6-T1-74 through V6-T1-76.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
S801+N…
1 1.97 (50.0)
1
2.66
1 (67.6)
1
6.87
1 (174.5) 7.37 5.89
(187.2) (149.7)
1 5.35
3.32 (135.9)
1 (84.4)
1
0.22
1 4X Ø
(5.5) 6.45 (163.9)
1
S801+R…
1
3.54 (90.0)
1 4.38 (111.3)
1
1
1
7.92 6.08
1 7.44
(189.0)
(201.2) (154.5)
1 3.49 5.54
(88.5) (140.7)
1
1
1 4X Ø 0.27 6.64 (168.6)
(6.8)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
1
S801+T…
6.47 (164.4) 1
1
7.65 (194.4) 1
1
1
5.95
(151.1)
1
11.77
5.40
(299.0) 12.71
(322.9) (137.3) 1
1
6X Ø
0.28
(7.1)
1
5.91 (150.0)
2.95
(75.0) 1
1
S801+U… 1
7.16 (181.8)
1
1
7.73 (196.3)
1
1
1
12.72 6.64
11.77 (168.6)
(299.0)
(323.1)
6.09 1
(154.8)
1
0.28
1
6X Ø
(7.1)
1
2.60 5.20 (132.0)
(66.0)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
S801+V…
1 2X
0.236
(6.00)
1
1
1
1
1 15.63
(397.0) 16.57
1 (420.8)
1
1
1
1
1
1 6.79 (172.5) 3.05
(77.5)
1 9.84 (250.0)
1
11.05 (280.6)
1
1
1 7.39
6.50 (187.8)
(165.1)
1
1
1 4X Ø
0.2650
(6.731)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Type S811+, Soft Starters with Digital Interface Module (DIM) Contents
Description Page
1
Type S801+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-61 1
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-78 1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-78
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-81 1
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-85
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-85 1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-90
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-91 1
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-96 1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-97
1
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM 1
Eaton’s S811+ offers all Designed to control the The S811+ offers an The DIM can be removed
the popular features of the acceleration and deceleration impressive array of advanced from the S811+ and be 1
S801+ and adds new enhanced of three-phase motors, the protective features. Not only remote mounted. Kits are
functionality with the new S811+ soft starter uses SCRs are the protective features available to door mount the
Digital Interface Module to control the voltage to soft selectable, but many offer DIM, enabling users to safely
1
(DIM), communications, start and soft stop the motor. variable settings and configure, commission,
metering, monitoring and After the motor is started, adjustable time delays to monitor and troubleshoot 1
diagnostics capabilities. internal run bypass ride through system the system at the electrical
Eaton’s line of S811+
contactors close, resulting in discrepancies. Protective panel without opening the 1
the motor running directly features may also be set to enclosure door. This will help
reduced voltage soft starters
is very compact, multi-
across-the-line. The built-in
solid-state overload protects
Warning status to avoid
nuisance trips.
eliminate the possibility of an
arc flash incident.
1
functional, easy to install and the motor from overload
easy to set operating conditions with sophisticated The S811+ has an easy to Digital Interface 1
parameters. Designed to algorithms that model true use Digital Interface Module Module (DIM)
control the acceleration and motor heating, resulting in (DIM) that allows the user to 1
deceleration of three-phase better motor protection configure the device and to
ONLN SS OXFDO1 H STOP
motors up to 690 V, the line is read system parameters and
available from 11 A to 1000 A.
and fewer nuisance trips.
monitor system values. The Monitoring 1
Advanced protective
DIM includes an LCD display
The S811+ is designed to and diagnostic features
reduce downtime. and keypad to scroll through
PREV NEXT ENTER
1
be a complete package, the various menus. The DIM
combining the silicon
controlled rectifiers (SCRs),
A voltage ramp start or allows the user to modify 1
current limit start is available. control parameters, enable
bypass contactor and
overload in one, very compact
Kick start is available in either
starting mode. The soft stop
or disable protections, set
communication variables, ESC
1
unit. The S811+ is available option allows for a ramp monitor system parameters
as a component for panel stop time that is longer than such as line voltages and 1
mounting, in motor control the coast to stop time. The currents, and access the
centers or in enclosed control pump control option in the fault queue. 1
(NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9 S811+ Premium provides
and 12). a smooth transition for 1
starting and stopping a
motor and eliminating the
“water-hammer” effect
1
that can damage pipes,
valves and pumps. 1
1
1

Communications C441 Communication Card Options

1 The S811+ is equipped with Designed for use with soft starters …
native Modbus RTU
1 communication capabilities
and may be connected to a
1 variety of networks, including
DeviceNet, Modbus TCP,
1 EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS
using the C441 series Catalog Input General
communication modules for
1 easy integration into any
Protocol Number Signal Type S811+ Purpose I/O 1 Mounting Options
Modbus RTU C441NS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
PLC or DCS system.
1 The modules come standard
C441PS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
DeviceNet C441KS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
with four inputs and two relay
1 outputs. C441 communication C441LS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
modules can also be used PROFIBUS C441SS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
1 independently for standalone
C441QS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
I/O applications.
1 Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP
C441U 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
C441V 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount
1 Note: Refer to Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, tab 5.4 for additional details and
BR042002EN brochure for C441 communication module accessories for overload relays and soft starters.
1 Recommended Power Supply Catalog Number
1 85–264 Vac single-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240E24RM

360–575 Vac three-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240F24RM
1
Operation
1
Starting and Stopping Modes
1 The S811+ has a variety of starting and stopping methods to provide superior performance in
the most demanding applications. The motor can be started in either voltage ramp start or
1 current limit start mode. Kick start and soft stop are available within both starting modes. The
user has the option to configure two independent start ramp profiles to accommodate variations
1 in starting requirements.
1 Voltage Ramp Start

Provides a voltage ramp to the you to set the initial torque ● Adjustable initial torque
1 motor resulting in a constant value and the duration of the 0–85% of locked rotor
torque increase. The most ramp to full voltage torque
1 commonly used form of soft conditions. Bypass contactors ● Adjustable ramp time
start, this start mode allows close after ramp time. 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
1 seconds with the S811+
Premium)
1 Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start
1
Locked Rotor Torque
100%
1
1 Run
Initial
Torque
1
1 Time (Seconds)
1 Note
1 C441 standalone communication modules can be used as general purpose I/O. This allows a customer to monitor the status of any non-communicating
1 product over the selected protocol by wiring fault or auxiliary contacts from that product to the C441 communication module on-board I/O.

1.2
Current Limit Start
Limits the maximum current the maximum starting current percentage of locked rotor ● Maximum current of 1
available to the motor during due to long start times or to current and the duration of the 0–85% locked rotor current
the start phase. This mode of protect the motor. This start current limit. Bypass ● Adjustable ramp time 1
soft starting is used when it mode allows you to set the contactors close after current 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
becomes necessary to limit maximum starting current as a limit time. seconds with the S811+ 1
Premium)
Starting Characteristics—Current Limit Start
1
1
Max.
Allowed 1
Current
Run 1
100%
FLA
1
Time (Seconds)
1
1
Kick Start
Selectable feature in both This provides greater initial ● 0–85% of locked rotor 1
voltage ramp start and current to develop additional torque
current limit start modes. torque to breakaway a high
Provides a current and torque friction load.
● 0–2.0 seconds duration 1
“kick” for 0 to 2.0 seconds.
1
Starting Characteristics—Kick Start
100% 1
1
Locked Rotor Torque
1
1
Run 1
1
Kick
Start Ramp 1
Time (Seconds)
1
Soft Stop 1
Allows for a controlled time is desired. Often used ● Stop time = 0–60 seconds
stopping of a load. Used with high friction loads where 1
when a stop-time that is a sudden stop may cause
greater than the coast-to-stop system or load damage.
1
1
Run
1
1
1
1
Ramp
Time (Seconds) 1

Edge and Level Sensing Control

1 Edge Sensing Level Sensing Note: If the auto reset feature
is used, CAUTION must be
1 Edge sensing requires
+24 Vdc power be
Level sensing will enable a
motor to restart after a fault
exercised to ensure that any
restart occurs in a safe manner.
momentarily applied to is cleared without cycling
1 Control Terminal Block Pin 1 +24 Vdc power to Terminal
(with Terminal P at +24 Vdc) Pin 1 as long as:
1 to initiate a start under all
conditions. After a stop or
● Terminal Pin P is supplied
with +24 Vdc (to start
1 fault occurs, the +24 Vdc
from Control Terminal
must be removed, then
Block, Terminal Pin 3
1 reapplied to Terminal Pin 1
before another start can must also be enabled)
occur. This control ● The auto reset switch on
1 configuration should be used the DIM is set to enabled
when restarting of the motor ● All faults have been reset
1 after a fault or stop must be
supervised manually or as a This control configuration
should be used where it is
1 part of a control scheme. The
desirable to restart a motor
cycling of +24 Vdc power to
Terminal 1 Pin before starting after a fault without additional
1 is required regardless of the manual or automatic control.
position of the auto reset An example of this condition
1 switch on the DIM. would be on a remote
pumping station where it is
1 desirable to automatically
restart a pump after a power
outage without operator
1 intervention.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
● Communication ● Internal run bypass ● Manage peak starting Second Start Ramp Profile 1
capabilities with various contactors and overload torque to diminish Capability
protocols protection eliminate the mechanical system A second start ramp profile
1
● The Digital Interface need for additional devices, wear and damage may be configured for the
Module (DIM) provides an reducing enclosure sizes, ● 24 Vdc control voltage soft starter. This profile is 1
intuitive, easy-to-use minimizing installation and enhances personnel independent of the primary
human interface with wiring time, and reducing
overall assembly size
and equipment safety profile and retains all the 1
powerful configuration ● Removable, lockable parameter options such as
capabilities to maximize and cost
system performance ● Wide range of overload
control terminal block start time and initial torques.
With a signal at a terminal
1
reduces maintenance
● Door or device mounted FLA settings (31–100% costs. Also provides the programmed for this feature,
DIM enables users to of rated current) and a opportunity for OEMs to the second profile may be 1
safely configure, selectable trip class (5–30) reduce assembly and test selected by a pushbutton
commission, monitor and offers users the flexibility costs by utilizing pre- station or a network. 1
troubleshoot the system at to fine tune the starter to assembled wire harnesses
Alarm-No-Trip Functionality
the electrical panel without match specific application
requirements Motor Wiring Configuration
1
opening the enclosure door, Some applications require the
User Selectable Inline or ability to effectively disable
eliminating the possibility of
an arc flash incident
● Variable ramp times and
torque control settings Inside-the-Delta most protections with the
1
provide unlimited starting Mains Motor Wiring intent of enabling the RVSS
● System operating
parameters can be configurations, allowing Configuration is unit to control a motor under 1
monitored enterprise-wide for maximum application accomplished by simply the most severe operating
through a communications flexibility selecting the required conditions characterized by 1
network. Increase uptime ● Kick-start feature enables configuration from a menu. current or voltage
by providing data for soft starting of high This feature allows imbalances, high or low value
deviations, or other fault
1
process management and friction loads adaptability from one
configuration to another conditions. This function
preventive diagnostics ● Soft stop control for
without any additional causes the S811+ to ignore 1
● Run internal bypass mode applications where an most fault trip conditions and
programming operations and
greatly reduces internal
heating created by the
abrupt stop of the load
is not acceptable
reduces inventory levels by continue operation of the 1
not having to stock both application.
greater power dissipation
in the SCRs. Bypass
● The S811+ Premium with
sophisticated pump control
configurations.
Digital Interface Module
1
contactor directly connects algorithms on both starting Modbus Native (DIM) Cloning
the motor to the line and and stopping that minimize Communications Protocol For OEMs or other users that
1
improves system efficiency the pressure surges that desire to load identical
Modbus RTU communications
by reducing internal power cause water hammer. The in now standard on all S811+ parameter settings into 1
losses pump control feature will multiple RVSS units, the DIM
units. This allows users to
● Internal solid-state overload maximize the life of the quickly configure the unit for may be used to extract and 1
protection provides accurate pump and piping systems network communications duplicate parameter settings
current measurement and while minimizing the using a common protocol. from one RVSS and loaded 1
trip settings. Sophisticated downtime caused by Adapters are available for into other units, saving time,
algorithms solve a series system failure users who prefer to use effort, and reducing chances
of differential equations ● Six SCRs control all three EtherNet/IP or Modbus TCP for errors while programming.
1
that model true motor motor phases, providing protocols.
heating and cooling, smooth acceleration and 1
resulting in superior motor deceleration performance Programmable Control
overload protection while ● Soft acceleration and
Terminal Block
Functionality
1
minimizing nuisance trips. deceleration reduces
Advanced selectable
protective features
wear on belts, gears, Four programmable terminals
on the S811+ enable the user
1
chains, clutches, shafts and
safeguard the motor to expand functionality with
and system against a
bearings
options such as a second 1
variety of system faults
● Reduce the peak inrush
current’s stress on the start ramp profile, externally
power system triggered trip or warning 1
functions, analog inputs, and
others, in addition to the 1
normal start, stop, reset, and
so on, functions. 1
1
1
1

Protective Features
1 All protective features can be configured, enabled or disabled with the DIM or through the
1 Motor Overload The trip current is adjusted to External Trip Custom Fault/Warning
match the specific application Auxiliary Relays
1 The S811+ includes electronic
requirements by entering the
External Trip functionality
overload protection as may be triggered from an Up to three fault and/or
standard. The overload meets motor nameplate full load external source. Removal of warning codes may be
1 applicable requirements for a current rating and trip class. the 24 Vdc signal from a selected to operate an
motor overload protective The FLA parameter is terminal configured for auxiliary relay configured to
1 device. The overload protects adjustable from 32% to 100% External Trip will initiate an operate when any of these
the motor from over heat of the unit’s rated current. External Trip action. The codes are detected. This
1 conditions with the use of The overload trip class is
adjustable from class 5
External Trip option is useful option enables the user to
sophisticated algorithms in applications where it is provide external warnings or
through class 30. The overload
1 that model true motor heating,
resulting in superior motor is ambient temperature
desirable to accomplish a
motor stop in the event that
fault indications to increase
monitoring effectiveness and
protection and fewer nuisance compensated—meaning its an external condition(s) exist to provide additional system
1 trips. trip characteristics will not that will damage system control.
vary with changes in ambient components and/or product
1 The S811+ calculates a temperature. The overload flows or operations. Motor Power
thermal memory value based protection can be enabled, Motor Power can be not only
on the heat energy disabled, or disabled on start. Fault Warning Functionality
1 introduced into the motor
be monitored, but trip levels
Short Circuit Selected protection can be adjusted to provide
during the start process. A parameters may be assigned indications of system
1 100% value represents the The use of a short-circuit to provide a Fault Warning malfunctions or operating
maximum safe internal protective device in instead of a Fault Trip with discrepancies. Both High and
1 temperature of the motor. coordination with the S811+ user adjustable set points. Low Power thresholds can be
is required in branch motor When a Fault Warning set to provide Fault Warning
When the thermal memory
1 value reaches 100%, an
circuits by most electrical
codes. Short-circuit
condition is detected, the or Fault Trip functions.
overload trip will occur fault condition is reported via Additionally, fault delays
coordination ratings with
1 removing power to the both fuses and Eaton molded
the DIM, network
connection, or an auxiliary
times may be set to up to
60 seconds.
motor. Upon trip, the S811+ case circuit breakers are relay configured for this
1 stores the calculated motor available providing customers function. The soft starter Analog Input
heating value and will not with design flexibility.
allow a motor re-start until remains in operation. At such An input control terminal
1 the motor has a thermal
The S811+ has short-circuit time the fault condition no may be configured to accept
coordination ratings as longer exists, the Fault a 0–20 mA DC signal with
memory value of less than an open component, an
1 100%. This feature ensures enclosed starter, and in
Warning message will be range scaling. This feature
the motor will not be extinguished. enables the S811+ to
a motor control center. respond to an external device
1 damaged by repeated External Warning that may be monitoring a
overload trip, reset and re- External E-Stop
The S811+ will accept a critical component or process
1 start cycles. Emergency Stop functionality Warning signal from an and provides Fault Trip or
The thermal memory value may be triggered from an external source or device. In a Fault Warning capability to
1 can be monitored through the external source. Removal
of the 24 Vdc signal from
fashion similar to the Fault protect operating systems
DIM or the communications Warning, the fault condition is and processes.
a terminal configured for
1 network. The thermal memory
E-Stop will initiate an E-Stop
reported via the DIM,
Start Delay
value can be of great use in network connection, or an
determining an impending action. The External E-Stop auxiliary relay configured for Three start delay timers are
1 overload trip condition.Alarms option is useful in applications this function. The soft starter available to enhance motor
can be implemented in the where it is desirable to remains in operation. At such protection or to provide
1 process monitoring system accomplish a motor shutdown time the fault condition no simple logic functions to
warning of an impending trip in the event that an external longer exists, the Fault coordinate motor control with
1 before a trip occurs halting condition(s) exist that will
damage system components
Warning message will be other devices in the system.
the process. Costly system extinguished. The timers will allow delays
and/or product flows or
1 downtime can be avoided.
operations.
from 24 Vdc power up,
receipt of a valid START
command, or a delay in
1 switch from one start ramp
profile to another.
1
1
1
1

1.2
Jam When using a Reset Mode Low Current
Excessive current and torque communications network, The S811+ can be set up for Low current conditions can 1
up to locked rotor levels can alarms can be implemented automatic or manual reset be a result of a loss of load
occur in a jam condition. The in the process monitoring on trip. The manual reset or a failure in the mechanical 1
condition can result in stress system warning of an mode requires the operator to system. The S811+ has low
and damage to the motor, load, impending trip before the trip physically press the current protection that will 1
mechanical system, and the occurs, halting the process. RESET button located on trip if the average rms current
electrical distribution system.
Jam protection prevents the
Phase Loss the soft starter. The trip can
be manually reset through the
falls below a preset value.
The low current protection
1
stress and damage from a Loss of a phase can cause DIM or through the can be programmed as a
jam during normal run. After a significant increase in communications network. percent of motor FLA from 1
the motor is in bypass, a the current drawn in the The trip can also be 0% to 100%.
current greater than 300% remaining two phases.
Phase loss can lead to motor
electrically reset by
Low Voltage
1
FLA setting will cause the energizing a 24 Vdc input on
damage before an eventual Low voltage conditions
starter to trip on a jam fault.
overload trip occurs. Phase
the control terminal block.
can result from disturbances 1
Stall loss is typically an indication The automatic reset mode in the electrical power
Excessive current and torque of a failure in the electrical allows the soft starter to be distribution system. Low 1
up to locked rotor levels can distribution system. The automatically reset as soon voltage conditions can cause
occur in a stall condition. The S811+ will detect a phase as the trip condition is no a malfunction and damage 1
condition can lead to an loss and trip if any phase longer present. With the to electrical equipment.
overload trip and result in current
drops below a preset value.
automatic reset mode, after
the fault is no longer present,
The S811+ has low voltage
protection that will trip if the
1
stress and damage to the
The phase loss trip level is the motor will be restarted average rms voltage falls
motor, load, mechanical
system, and the electrical adjustable from 0% to 100% as soon as a valid start signal below a preset value. The 1
distribution system. Stall of the average of the other is present. low voltage protection can
protection prevents stress and two phase levels with an
Phase Reversal
be programmed as a percent 1
damage to a motor that has adjustable trip delay of 0.1 of nominal voltage from
not come up to speed during to 60 seconds. The S811+ can determine 1% to 99% with a trip delay 1
the soft start time. The S811+ if the proper line phase of 0.1 to 60 seconds to
Phase Imbalance sequence is present by accommodate short
will trip to protect the system
Phase current or voltage default. The device will trip temporary voltage drops
1
in the event that the motor did
not get to the rated speed in imbalance can cause a if the line phase sequence is during the start process.
the defined soft start period. A significant increase in something other than A-B-C. 1
the current drawn in the The S811+ can be configured High Voltage
current greater than 200% FLA
at the end of the soft start remaining two phases. to operate under reversed High voltage conditions can
result from disturbances in
1
period will cause the starter to Phase imbalance can lead phase conditions (A-C-B).
the electrical power
trip on a stall fault. to motor damage before an
eventual overload trip. Phase Shorted SCR Detection distribution system. High 1
Pole Over Temperature imbalance is typically an The S811+ monitors the voltage conditions can cause
High ambient temperatures, indication of a failure in the operation of the power poles malfunctions or failures of 1
electrical distribution system and will trip under a shorted electrical equipment. The
extended ramp times and
high duty cycle conditions or the motor. The S811+ will SCR condition. S811+ has high voltage 1
detect both current and protection that will trip if
may cause the S811+ power Open SCR Detection the average rms voltage is
pole conductors to reach a voltage phase imbalances
The S811+ monitors the greater than a preset value.
1
temperature that exceeds and trip if any phase becomes
imbalanced as compared to operation of the power poles The high voltage protection
their thermal rating. The
the average of the other and will trip under an open can be programmed as a 1
S811+ is equipped with
two phases. SCR condition. percent of nominal voltage
sensors that monitor the
temperature of the power
from 101% to 120% with 1
The phase current imbalance Ground Fault Protection a trip delay of 0.1 to
poles. Over temperature
protection occurs if the
trip level is adjustable from
0% to 100% of the average
The S811+ Premium and 60 seconds. 1
power pole’s thermal 690 V versions meet the IEC
of the current in the other Ground Fault trip thresholds.
capacity is exceeded. The two phases with an Reference Application Note
1
soft starter will trip in over adjustable trip delay of AP039007EN for more
temperature conditions,
preventing device failure.
0.1 to 60 seconds. information. 1
The phase voltage imbalance
Each power pole temperature trip level is adjustable from 1
value can be monitored 0% to 100% of the average
through the DIM or the of the voltage in the other 1
communications network. two phases with an
This feature can be of use in
determining an impending
adjustable trip delay of 1
0.1 to 60 seconds.
over temperature trip
condition. 1
1

Monitoring Capabilities
1 The S811+ has an impressive array of system monitoring capabilities that allows users to access real
time process and diagnostic data. This data can be viewed at the device with the DIM or through a
1 communications network. Data over a communications network can provide valuable insight into the
condition of the equipment and processes. Maintenance and production personnel can monitor critical
1 operational and maintenance data from a central control station that can be located far away from the
production facility. Process data can be monitored to determine system anomalies that may indicate a
need for preventive maintenance or an impeding failure. Adjustments made through the communications
1 network can reduce costs by minimizing the time traveling to the location where the motor controls are
located. When faults do occur, real time fault data can assist maintenance in troubleshooting and planning
1 repair resources. Remote reset signals can be given to tripped devices without the need for manual
intervention by maintenance personnel.
1
Average Line Current Three-Phase Pole Currents DC Control Voltage Start Count
1 Provides the average of Provides three rms phase Monitors level of the 24 Vdc Start count data can be used
the three-phase rms line pole currents in amps, control voltage. Fluctuations to monitor system output,
1 currents in amps, accurate to accurate to within 2%. The in control voltage can cause schedule preventative
within 2%. Current data can pole current is the current component malfunction and maintenance, identify system
1 be used to indicate a need for through the soft starter. failure. System control anomalies and identify
maintenance. Increased The line and pole current voltage data can be used to changes in system operation.
1 currents in a fixed load will be identical in in-line implement warnings, alarms
Average Line Power
application can indicate a applications, and will differ in and system actions to low or
reduction in system Provides the average of the
1 efficiencies and performance,
inside-the-delta applications. high voltage conditions.
three-phase line power in
signifying system Three-Phase Line Voltages Pole Temperature kilowatts, accurate to 5%.
1 maintenance is due. Provides the individual rms Increases in power pole Power data may be used
three-phase line voltages. temperature are caused by to monitor power transmitted
1 Average Pole Current Imbalances or changes in increases in ambient to the load. Increased power
Provides the average of |the relative phase voltage temperature, start/stop times demand may indicate degraded
the three-phase rms pole
1 currents in amps, accurate to
to one another can indicate and start duty cycles. system components or
anomalies in the motor or Changes in pole connections. Additionally,
within 2%. The pole current electrical distribution system. temperatures represent a such data is useful in
1 is the current through the soft Voltage can be used to change in system operating determine power utilization
starter. The line and pole monitor electrical distribution conditions. Identifying in branch circuits consisting
1 current will be identical in system performance. unexpected operating of multiple loads.
inline applications, and will Warnings, alarms and conditions or changes can
1 differ in inside-the-delta system actions to low or prompt maintenance and Power Factor
applications. high voltage conditions can aid in process evaluation Provides the three-phase
1 Average Line Current be implemented. activities. power factor value, accurate
to 5%. The power factor of
as a % FLA Percent Thermal Memory PCB Device Temperature the circuit may be used to
1 Provides the average rms line Provides the real time An increase in printed circuit identify circuit conditions that
current as a percentage of calculated thermal memory board (PCB) device may need to be corrected
1 the S811+ FLA setting. value. The S811+ calculates temperature is a strong due to low power factor
Three-Phase Line Currents thermal memory value. A 100% indication of an increase in indications. Low circuit power
1 Provides three rms phase line
value represents the maximum ambient temperature. High factor can indicate improper
safe internal temperature of ambient temperature or degraded components.
currents in amps, accurate to
the motor. When the thermal operation can be identified
1 within 2%. Imbalances or
memory value reaches with the device temperature
changes in the relative phase
100%, an overload trip will data. Device temperature
1 current to one another can
occur, removing power to the increases can be due to
indicate anomalies in the
motor. undersized enclosures, failure
motor or electrical distribution
1 system. The thermal memory value
of cooling fans or blocked
venting. High operating
can be of great use in
1 determining an impending
temperatures will reduce the
life of all electrical equipment
overload trip condition. When in the enclosure.
1 using a communications
network, alarms can be
1 implemented in the process
monitoring system warning
of an impending trip before
1 the trip occurs, halting the
process. Costly system
1 downtime can be avoided.

1.2
Diagnostics
Fault Queue Control Status Breaker Status
1
Current fault and a fault queue
containing the last nine
The S811+ provides data that
represents system conditions
The S811+ has provisions
to read and display circuit
1
system faults can be read that can be read through the breaker status. Eaton
through the DIM or DIM or the communications communicating cover 1
communications network. network. This data identifies control or other
Fault identification can the status of the system and communicating protective 1
minimize troubleshooting the control commands the device is required to take
time and cost, and prevent system is requesting of the advantage of this feature. 1
arc flash incidents. The fault S811+. This can be used for
queue can be remotely
accessed through a
advanced troubleshooting
and system integration
1
communications network activities.
to assist in planning 1
maintenance resources.
Thirty (30) different faults can 1
be identified by the S811+.
1
● IEC 60947-4-2 ● CE marked 1
● EN 60947-4-2 ● CSA certified (3211 06)
● UL listed (NMFT-E202571) ● CSA elevator (2411 01) 1
S811+N37… through
S811+V85… 1
● UL recognized (NMFT2)
S811+V10… 1
Instructional Leaflets 1
● User manual MN03900001E
● Outline drawings: 1
● S811+N…: 10-8574 ● S811+U…: 10-8857
● S811+R…: 10-8575 ● S811+V…: 10-8577 1
● S811+T…: 10-8576
1
1
S811+ Open Soft Starters 1
S 811+ T 30 N 3 S 1
1
S = Soft starter S = Standard soft starter
Frame Size 2 1
811+ = Non-combination N = 65 mm
soft starter R = 110 mm
T = 200 mm
Options Number of Poles 1
N = No options 4 3 = Three-pole device
U = 200 mm
P = Premium, 600 V rated 58
V = 290 mm
V = Premium, 690 V rated 1
(S811+ frame size
37 = 37A
Ampere Rating
24 = 240A 65 = 650A
T and V only) 678 1
66 = 66A 30 = 304A 72 = 720A
10 = 105A 36 = 360A 85 = 850A 1
13 = 135A 42 = 420A 10 = 1000A
18 = 180A 50 = 500A 3
1
Notes
1 All units require a 24 Vdc power supply found on catalog Page V6-T1-90, or equivalent. 1
2 S811+T…, S811+U… and S811+V… units require lug kits found on Page V6-T1-90.
3 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
4 Level/Edge Sense, Inline or Inside-the-Delta wiring configuration.
1
5 Level/Edge Sense, Inline or Inside-the-Delta wiring configuration, pump control and extended ramp.
6 Not available in S811+U…. 1
7 Level/Edge Sense, Inline wiring configuration, pump control, extended ramp.
8 Ground fault protection included. 1

Product Selection
1
1 Ramp Current Ramp Time Ambient
1 Soft start 300% 30 sec. 3 50°C

1 Wye-delta 350% 20 sec. 3 50°C
80% RVAT 480% 20 sec. 2 50°C
1 65% RVAT 390% 20 sec. 3 50°C
50% RVAT 300% 20 sec. 4 50°C
1
Motor applications and guidelines on what the soft question arises, consult
1 customer needs come in starter is capable of. with your local Eaton
many different varieties. If the application falls under representative or call our
1 With the standard and severe
duty rating tables, we have
these categories, you can
use these charts. For other
Technical Resource Center.
attempted to provide applications, or when a

1
Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inline Connection
1 S811+
Three-Phase Motors
1 200 V 230 V 460 V 575–690 V
Rated Catalog
1
Frame Size N
1 37 10 18.5 18.5 10 10 10 10 25 20 30 30 S811+N37N3S

66 18.5 30 37 20 15 20 20 50 40 60 50 S811+N66N3S
1 Frame Size R
105 30 55 59 30 25 40 30 75 60 100 75 S811+R10N3S
1 135 40 63 80 40 30 50 40 100 75 125 100 S811+R13N3S
1 Frame Size T
180 51 90 110 60 50 60 60 150 125 150 150 S811+T18N3S
1 240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S811+T24N3S
304 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+T30N3S
1 Frame Size U
360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+U36N3S
1 420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S811+U42N3S
1 500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S811+U50N3S 2
Frame Size V
1 360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+V36N3S
420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S811+V42N3S
1 500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S811+V50N3S
650 200 355 425 250 200 250 200 500 450 600 500 S811+V65N3S
1
720 220 400 450 — — 300 250 600 500 700 600 S811+V72N3S
1 850 257 475 500 — — 350 300 700 600 900 700 S811+V85N3S
1000 277 525 550 — — 400 350 800 700 900 800 S811+V10N3S
1 Notes
1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.
1 2 S811+U5O… rating does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1

1.2
Severe Duty
Severe Duty Ratings
1
Starting Method
Ramp Current
% of FLA
Ramp Time
Seconds Starts per Hour
Ambient
Temperature
1
Soft start 450% 30 sec. 4 50°C
1
Wye-delta 350% 65 sec. 3 50°C 1
80% RVAT 480% 25 sec. 4 50°C
65% RVAT 390% 40 sec. 4 50°C 1
50% RVAT 300% 60 sec. 4 50°C
1
Severe duty ratings are the ramp time is over 30 over 300%. Example: 35-
defined as any combination of
parameters that exceed the
of starts per hour exceeds 4,
second ramp, 5 starts per
hour, 350% current limit at
1
standard duty ratings where and/or the current limit set is 40°C ambient.
1
Severe Duty—30 Second Ramp and/or 450% Current Limit at 50°C, Inline Connection
S811+
Three-Phase Motors
1
200 V 230 V 460 V 575–690 V
1
Rated Catalog
1
Frame Size N
22 5.5 10 11 5 5 7-1/2 5 15 10 20 15 S811+N37N3S 1
42 11 18.5 22 10 10 15 10 30 25 40 30 S811+N66N3S
Frame Size R 1
65 15 30 33 15 15 20 15 50 40 50 50 S811+R10N3S
80 22 40 45 25 20 30 25 60 50 75 60 S811+R13N3S
1
Frame Size T 1
115 33 59 63 30 30 40 30 75 75 100 100 S811+T18N3S
150 45 80 90 50 40 50 50 100 100 150 125 S811+T24N3S 1
192 55 100 110 60 50 75 60 150 125 200 150 S811+T30N3S
Frame Size U
1
240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S811+U36N3S
1
305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+U42N3S
365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+U50N3S 2 1
Frame Size V
240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S811+V36N3S 1
305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+V42N3S
365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+V50N3S
1
420 129 220 257 150 125 150 150 350 300 450 350 S811+V65N3S
1
480 147 257 295 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S811+V72N3S
525 160 280 335 150 150 200 150 450 350 500 450 S811+V85N3S 1
575 172 303 370 200 150 250 200 500 450 600 500 S811+V10N3S
Notes
1
2 S811+U5O… rating does not have IEC certification. 1
1
1
1
1
1

Inside-the-Delta Standard Duty Ratings

1
S811+ Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inside-the-Delta Connection
1 Three-Phase Motor
1 Rated 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
Motor Line Catalog
1
Frame Size N
1 65 10 18.5 18.5 15 15 15 15 40 30 50 50 S811+N37N3S
114 18.5 30 37 30 25 30 30 75 60 100 75 S811+N66N3S
1 Frame Size R
182 30 55 59 50 40 60 50 125 100 150 125 S811+R10N3S
1 234 40 63 80 60 50 75 60 150 125 200 150 S811+R13N3S
1 Frame Size T
311 51 90 110 100 75 100 100 250 200 250 250 S811+T18N3S
1 415 75 110 147 125 100 125 125 300 250 300 300 S811+T24N3S
526 90 160 185 150 125 150 150 400 300 400 400 S811+T30N3S
1 Frame Size U
623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+U36N3S
1 727 129 220 257 250 200 300 250 550 450 700 550 S811+U42N3S
1 865 150 257 300 250 250 300 250 600 550 750 700 S811+U50N3S 23
Frame Size V
1 623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+V36N3S
727 129 220 257 250 200 300 250 550 450 700 550 S811+V42N3S
1 865 150 257 300 250 250 300 250 600 550 750 700 S811+V50N3S
1 1125 200 355 425 400 300 400 300 750 700 900 750 S811+V65N3S
1246 — — — — — — — — — — — S811+V72N3S
1 1471 — — — — — — — — — — — S811+V85N3S
— — — — — — — — — — — — S811+V10N3S
1 Notes
1 2 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
3 15 sec. start, 300% inrush, 40 °C, 1 start every 15 minutes. If these start parameters are exceeded, please refer to S811+V50….
1 Catalog numbers also represent P3S and V3S units.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Inside-the-Delta Severe Duty Ratings
Severe duty ratings are Example: 35-second ramp, 1
defined as any combination of 5 starts per hour 350%
parameters that exceed the current limit at 40°C ambient. 1
standard duty ratings where
the ramp time is over 30 1
of starts per hour exceeds
4, and/or the current limit set
1
is over 300%.
1
Severe Duty—30 Second Ramp and/or 450% Current Limit at 50°C, Inside-the-Delta Connection
S811+
Three-Phase Motor
1
kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz) 1
Rated 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
Motor Line Catalog
Current 230 V 380–400 V 440 V 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF Number 1 1
Frame Size N
39 5.5 10 11 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 7-1/2 25 15 30 25 S811+N37N3S
1
73 11 18.5 22 15 15 25 15 50 40 60 50 S811+N66N3S 1
Frame Size R
111 15 30 33 25 25 30 25 75 60 75 75 S811+R10N3S 1
138 22 40 45 40 30 50 40 100 75 120 100 S811+R13N3S
Frame Size T
1
199 33 59 63 50 50 60 50 125 125 150 150 S811+T18N3S
1
257 45 80 90 75 60 75 75 150 150 250 200 S811+T24N3S
324 55 100 110 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+T30N3S 1
Frame Size U
415 75 110 147 125 100 125 125 300 250 300 300 S811+U36N3S 1
526 90 160 185 150 120 150 150 400 300 450 400 S811+U42N3S
623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+U50N3S 2
1
Frame Size V 1
415 75 110 147 125 100 125 125 300 250 300 300 S811+V36N3S
526 90 160 185 150 120 150 150 400 300 450 400 S811+V42N3S 1
623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+V50N3S
727 129 220 257 250 200 250 250 550 450 700 550 S811+V65N3S 1
816 147 257 295 250 250 300 250 600 550 750 700 S811+V72N3S
908 160 280 335 250 250 300 250 700 550 750 700 S811+V85N3S
1
— — — — — — — — — — — — S811+V10N3S 1
Notes
1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Accessories
1
Lug Kits
1 S811+T…, S811U… and
S811+V… soft starters each
1 have different lug options
based on your wiring needs.
1 Each lug kit contains three
lugs that can be mounted on
either the load or line side.
1
Lug Kits
1 Lug Kit
S811+ Kits Catalog
Catalog Number Description Required Number
1 S811+T…, 2 cable connections, 4 AWG to 1/0 cable 2 EML22
S811+U…
1 1 cable connection, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML23
1 1 cable connection, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML25
1 S811+V… 2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable 2 EML28
1 6 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML32
1 4 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML33
1
1 Power Supplies Lug Cover Kits IP20 Kits
24 Vdc power supply that can Replacement covers for the IP20 Kits
1 be used with the S811+ SSRV
or as a stand-alone device.
S811+T…, S811+U… and
S811+V… soft starters are Catalog
Description Number
available in case of damage to
1 Power Supplies the existing covers. S811+N… SS-IP20-N
Catalog S811+R… SS-IP20-R
Lug Cover Kits
1 Description Number
S811+T… and S811+U… SS-IP20-TU
Catalog
85–264 Vac input PSG240E Description Number
1 24 Vdc output S811+V… SS-IP20-V
Lug cover S811+T…, EML27
360–575 Vac input PSG240F
S811+U…
1 24 Vdc output
Lug cover S811+V… EML34
600 Vac input PSS55D
1 24 Vdc output
1
Surge Suppressors
1 The surge suppressor can
mount on either the line or
1 load side of the soft starter.
It is designed to clip the line
1 voltage (or load side induced
voltage).
1
Surge Suppressor Surge Suppressors
1 Catalog
Description Number
1 600 V MOV for S811+… units EMS39
690 V MOV for S811+… units 1 EMS41
1
1 Note
1 S811+T… only.

1.2
Mounting Plates Vibration Plates Adapter Plates Digital Interface Module
The mounting plates are The vibration plates allow the The adapter plate allows The Digital Interface 1
designed to help make it easy soft starter to be applied in customers to retrofit a Module (DIM) is available
to install or retrofit the soft high shock and vibration S811+V… soft starter with as a replacement part. 1
starter into enclosures and applications. The vibration the S811+U… soft starter.
MCCs. The soft starter can plate allows vibration up to 5g
Adapter Plates
1
be mounted onto the plate and shock in up to 40g. The
prior to installation. The soft starter is mounted onto
mounting plate is designed the vibration plate prior to Description
Catalog
Number DIM 1
with tear drop mounting installation in the panel. Catalog
holes for easier installation.
Adapter plates EMM13U
Blank cover (filler) EMA68
Mounting Plates Vibration Plates
DIM for standard unit EMA91
1
Catalog Catalog Control Wire Connector
Description Number Description Number
Control Wire Connector
Panel mounting kit 1
S811+N… EMM13N S811+N… EMM14N 3 ft cable EMA69A
Catalog
S811+R… EMM13R S811+R… EMM14R Description Number 5 ft cable EMA69B 1
S811+T… and S811+U… EMM13T S811+T… and S811+U… EMM14T 8 ft cable EMA69C
12-pin, 5 mm pitch connector EMA75
S811+V… EMM13V S811+V… EMM14V for control wiring 10 ft cable EMA69D 1
1
1
Options
S811+ Premium S811+ Premium 690 V Option Cooling Fan Kit
1
In addition to what is already In addition to what is already The EMM18 cooling fan kit
there in the S811+ standard, there in S811+ standard, this mounts on either side of 1
these devices offer pump product offers 690 V, pump any frame size S811+ soft
control and extended ramp control and extended ramp starter to provide additional 1
functions. functions. printed circuit board cooling in
high ambient operating 1
S811+ Premium 690 V temperatures.
S811+ Premium Option
1
Current Catalog Current Catalog Cooling Fan Kit
Range Number Range Number
Catalog 1
11–37 S811+N37P3S 56–180 S811+T18V3S Description Number
20–66 S811+N66P3S 75–240 S811+T24V3S Fan kit EMM18 1
32–105 S811+R10P3S 95–304 S811+T30 V3S
42–135 S811+R13P3S 112–360 S811+V36V3S 1
56–180 S811+T18P3S 131–420 S811+V42V3S
75–240 S811+T24P3S 156–500 S811+V50 V3S
1
95–304 S811+T30P3S 203–650 S811+V65V3S
1
112–360 S811+U36P3S 225–720 S811+V72V3S
131–420 S811+U42P3S 265–850 S811+V85V3S 1
156–500 S811+U50P3S 1
112–360 S811+V36P3S 1
131–420 S811+V42P3S
156–500 S811+V50P3S
1
203–650 S811+V65P3S 1
225–720 S811+V72P3S
265–850 S811+V85P3S 1
312–1000 S811+V10P3S
Note
1
1
1
1


1
Soft Starters—S811+
1 Description S811+N37… S811+N66… S811+R10+… S811+R13…
1 FLA range 11–37 20–66 32–105 42–135
General Information
1
Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M
1 Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

1 (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
1 Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g
Electrical Information
1 Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V
Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz
1
1 Number of conductors 1 1 1 1
Wire sizes 14–2 14–2 14–4/0 14–4/0
1 Type of connectors Box lug Box lug Box lug Box lug

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
1 Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
1 Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

1 Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%
Relays (1) Class A and C
1 Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240
Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120
1
1 Environment
1 factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C
1 Altitude <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m for operation >2000m for operation >2000m for operation >2000m
1 Pollution degree IEC947-1 3 3 3 3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
Description S811+T18… S811+T24… S811+T30… S811+U36…
1
1
FLA range 56–180 75–240 95–304 112–360
General Information 1
Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 1
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) 1
Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g
1
1
Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 1
Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2
1
Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 1
Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
1
1
Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1
Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%
1
1
Environment 1
factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C 1
Altitude <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1 Description S811+U42… S811+U50… 1 S811+V36… S811+V42…
1 Max. current capacity 420 500 360 420

FLA range 131–420 156–500 112–360 131–420
1 General Information
1 Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V
1 (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium) (0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
1 Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g
1 Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz
1 Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6
1 Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil
Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
1 Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5


Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4
1 Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

1 Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120
1 Environment
1 factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C factory for operation >50°C
1 Altitude <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory
1 Operating position Any Any Any Any

1 Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V
Note
1 1 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1

1.2
Description S811+V50… S811+V65… S811+V72… S811+V85… S811+V10… 1
1
Max. current capacity 500 650 720 850 1000
1
FLA range 156–500 203–650 225–720 265–580 320–1000
General Information 1
Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M
Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 1
Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds S811+ Premium) seconds S811+ Premium) seconds S811+ Premium) seconds S811+ Premium) seconds S811+ Premium) 1
Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g 3g
Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g 15g
1
1
Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V
Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 1
Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%
Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 1
Number of conductors 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6
1
Wire sizes 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil
1
Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit
Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14
Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 1
Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
1
1
Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1
Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10 10
Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1
Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240 240
1
1
Amps—maximum 3 3 3 3 3
Environment 1
Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating) –30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
consult factory for
operation >50°C
consult factory for
operation >50°C
consult factory for
operation >50°C
consult factory for
operation >50°C
1
Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C
1
Altitude <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory <2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m for operation >2000m for operation >2000m for operation >2000m for operation >2000m
Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing
1
Operating position Any Any Any Any Any 1
Pollution degree IEC947-1 3 3 3 3 3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 1
Note
1 UR recognized product. 1
1
1
1
1

Wiring Diagrams
1
Line Connected Soft Starter
1 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
1
1
1
1 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
1 M
3~
1
1 Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 6-Lead Motor
Supply
1 L1S L2S L3S
L3
1 T5
T2
T5 T4 T6
1 1
L1
3
L2
5
L3
T2 L3
L2
1 S811+ Motor L2 T3
T3
2 4 6 T4
T1
1 T1 T2 T3
T3 T2 T1 T1 T6
L1
1 L1
1
Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 12-Lead Low Voltage Motor
1 Supply 12-Lead
L1S L2S L3S Low Voltage
1 L3 L3
T11
1 1 3 5
T11 T10 T12
T5 T4 T6 T8 T5
L1 L2 L3 T2 T3
1 S811+ Motor L2
L2 T2
T3 T9
T4
1 2
T1
4
T2
6
T3
T10
T1
T6 T12
T3 T2 T1
1 T9 T8 T7
T7
T1
L1 L1
1
1 Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 12-Lead High Voltage Motor
Supply 12-Lead
1 L1S L2S L3S High Voltage
L3
T11
1 T8
L3
T11 T10 T12 T5
1 3 5 T2
1 L1 L2 L3 Motor T2
T3
L2 T3
T8 T7 T6
S811+ L2
1 T5 T4 T9
T10 T6
2 4 6 T9
T1 T2 T3 T7
1 T3 T2 T1 T4
T1 T12
T1
1 L1 L1

1.2
Dimensions
Soft Starters—S811+ 1
Catalog Weight
Number 1 W H D in lb (kg) 1
S811+N37N3S 2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)
S811+N66N3S 2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)
1
S811+R10N3S 4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)
1
S811+R13N3S 4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)
1
1
1
Also refer to dimension drawings on Pages V6-T1-98 through V6-T1-100.
Note 1
1 Dimensions of the frames stay consistent between the N3S, P3S, and V3S options.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
S811+N…
1 1.97 (50.0)
1
1 2.66
(67.6)
1
1 6.87
(174.5) 7.37 5.89
(187.2) (149.7)
1 5.35
3.32 (135.9)
1 (84.4)
1
1 4X Ø
0.22
(5.5) 6.45 (163.9)
1
S811+R…
1
3.54 (90.0)
1 4.38 (111.3)
1
1
1
1 7.44
7.92
(201.2)
6.08
(154.5)
(189.0)
1
3.49 5.54
(140.7)
1 (88.5)
1
1 4X Ø 0.27 6.64 (168.6)
(6.8)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.2
1
S811+T…
6.47 (164.4)
1
1
7.65 (194.4)
1
1
1
5.95 1
(151.1)
11.77
(299.0) 12.71
(322.9)
5.40
(137.3)
1
1
6X Ø
0.28 1
5.91 (150.0) (7.1)
2.95
(75.0) 1
1
S811+U… 1
7.16 (181.8) 1
1
7.73 (196.3)
1
1
1
12.72 6.64
11.77 (323.1) (168.6) 1
(299.0) 6.09
(154.8)
1
1
0.28
6X Ø
(7.1) 1
2.60 5.20 (132.0)
(66.0) 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
S811+V…
1 0.236
(6.00)
1
1
1
1
1 15.63
(397.0) 16.57
1 (420.8)
1
1
1
1
1
1 6.79 (172.5)
3.05
(77.5)
1 9.84 (250.0)
1
11.05 (280.6)
1
1
1 7.39
6.50 (187.8)
(165.1)
1
1
1 4X Ø
0.2650
(6.731)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 2.1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-2

2
OEM Drives 2
2.2 PowerXL DE1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-9
2
2.3 PowerXL DC1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-15
2
2.4 PowerXL DA1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-25
2
2.5 M-Max Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-36
2
General Purpose Industrial Drives
PowerXL DG1
2
2.6 PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2
DG1 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-48
DG1 Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-74 2
2.7 SVX Drives 2
SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-102
2
SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-140
2
General Purpose HVAC Drives
2
2.8 PowerXL DH1 Series Drives
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-175 2
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-195
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive
2
2.9 H-Max Series Drives
2
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-223
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-235 2
Performance Drives
2
2.10 SPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-257 2
2.11 Clean Power Drives 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298 2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGF Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-305 2
CFX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-325
2
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-351
CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-355 2
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379 2
2.12 LCX Liquid Cooled Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-392
2
2.13 SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-408
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2019 www.eaton.com V6-T2-1

2.1 Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
A Drive For Any Application

2
Your application might call for Whether it is a standard Eaton drives are designed for Whether designing a new
2 an ultra-compact solution,
clean power or future
product from the catalog or a
custom-enclosed variable
industrial, HVAC, water/
wastewater treatment,
industrial complex, renovating
an existing structure or
configurability. frequency drive (VFD) machinery OEM and other developing a new machine,
2 solution, Eaton delivers. application demands. Eaton has the right product
for your application.
2
PowerXL® Family
2
2
2
EGF
2 Application DE1 DC1 DA1 DH1 DG1 (Filtered)
Single-phase input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes —
2
Maximum 230 V hp 3 15 7.5 125 125 125
2 Maximum 480 V hp 10 30 15 250 1000 250
2 Maximum 575 V hp — — 20 250 800 250

OEM drives
2 General purpose HVAC drives
2 General purpose industrial
Performance
2
Low harmonic
2
9000X Family
2
2
2
2 CFX HCX CPX RGX
Application M-Max H-Max SVX SPX LCX SPI (Filtered) (12-Pulse) (18-Pulse) (AFE)
2 Single-phase input Yes — Yes Yes — — — — — —
2 Maximum 230 V hp 15 125 125 125 — — 100 60 200 —
Maximum 480 V hp 25 250 250 2200 3200 2400 400 125 800 900
2
Maximum 575 V hp 7.5 200 200 2300 2800 2200 400 — 800 750
2
OEM drives
2 General purpose HVAC drives
2 General purpose industrial
2 Performance
Low harmonic
2
= Open drive standard
2 = Enclosed drive standard
= Enclosed—consult Enclosed Drives Plant (Watertown, WI)
2
2
V6-T2-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2019 www.eaton.com

Product Overview
2.1
A History of Drives
Throughout the years, Eaton’s drive offering has evolved as technology has changed. Some
2
drives are no longer available, but are listed below for reference and aid in finding the drive in
our current offering that fits your application. If needed, please contact the Drives Technical 2
Resource Center (1-877-ETN-CARE, option 2, option 6) for assistance in finding the current
drive to suit your needs. 2
Legacy Product Offering
2
2
2
2
CP 2
Application HVX SLX NFX GVX MVX SV HV (18-Pulse)
Single-phase input Yes — Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes —

2
Maximum 230 V hp 75 40 2 50 7.5 100 150 — 2
Maximum 480 V hp 150 100 — 125 10 1100 1000 800 2
Maximum 575 V hp — 100 — 125 10 800 700 —
2
OEM drives
General purpose HVAC drives

2
General purpose industrial 2
Performance 2
Low harmonic
2
Current product offering H-Max DG1 DE1 DC1 / DG1 DC1 / DA1 DG1 H-Max CPX
= Open drive standard
2
= Legacy product; no longer available 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview
Product Selection Guide

2
2 OEM Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series PowerXL DC1 Series PowerXL DA1 Series M-Max Series
2
2
2
2
2 Page V6-T2-9 Page V6-T2-15 Page V6-T2-25 Page V6-T2-36
2 Applications Applications Applications Applications
Machinery OEM variable speed starter General-purpose microdrive High-performance microdrive General-purpose microdrive
2 Machinery OEM drive Machinery OEM drive
Description Description Description Description

2
The DE1 VSS is a variable speed starter The DC1 VFD is a compact VFD with only The DA1 VFD is the perfect match for The M-Max™ VFD is a compact microdrive
that brings the simplicity of a 14 basic parameters, SmartWire-DT® and demanding OEM applications. High- with a broad power range, perfectly suited
2 electromechanical starter with the EtherNet/IP connectivity and outstanding performance processor, safe torque off, for machinery applications in many
additional functionality of a variable ease of mounting and installation. The DC1 multiple fieldbus protocols including industries: food and beverage, HVAC,
2 frequency drive. The DE1 offers simple
installation in a compact, keypad-less
is perfect for quick commissioning and is
ideal for panel builders. The newest version
SmartWire-DT, sensorless vector control
and the possibility to operate permanent
packaging, pumping, general machine
and more.
design. With the use of the intuitive plug-in adds support for sensorless vector magnet motors are sure to leave a lasting
2 configuration module or the integration of control and permanent magnet motor impression. The DA1 includes an IP66
SmartWire-DT®, the DE1 is the simplest compatibility. This drive supports single- offering as well.
solution for variable speed. The VSS is phase motor applications, and an IP66
2 great for HVAC, material handling and offering provides unique mounting with
general MOEM applications. integrated disconnect and cover controls.
2 Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range
2 Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
Single-phase to single-phase
115 V to 0.75 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
115 V to 1.5 hp
Three-phase to three-phase 230 V to 1.5 hp Three-phase to three-phase 230 V to 3 hp
2 230 V to 3 hp Single-phase to three-phase 230 V to 7.5 hp Three-phase to three-phase
Three-phase to three-phase 115 V to 1.5 hp 480 V to 15 hp 230 V to 15 hp
230 V to 5 hp 600 V to 20 hp 480 V to 25 hp
2 480 V to 10 hp
Three-phase to three-phase 575 V to 7.5 hp
230 V to 15 hp
2 480 V to 30 hp
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

2 Open IP20 Open IP20, IP66 Open IP20, IP66 Open IP20, IP21
Open NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview
2.1
2
General Purpose Industrial Drives General Purpose HVAC Drives 2
Enclosed
PowerXL DG1 Series SVX PowerXL DH1 Series PowerXL DH1 Series 2
2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-48 Page V6-T2-102 Page V6-T2-175 Page V6-T2-195
Applications Applications Applications Applications 2

General-purpose drive General-purpose drive General-purpose HVAC drive General-purpose HVAC drive
2
Description Description Description Description
The DG1 general-purpose drives are part The SVX VFD is a general-purpose, The DH1 HVAC/R drives are part of the The enclosed DH1 HVAC/R drives are part 2
of the Eaton next-generation PowerXL compact, modular solution for variable Eaton next generation PowerXL series of of the Eaton next generation PowerXL
series of adjustable frequency drives
specifically engineered for today’s more
speed applications and offers a variety
of features and application capabilities.
variable frequency drives specifically
engineered to exceed the demands of the
series of variable frequency drives
specifically engineered to exceed the
2
demanding commercial and industrial With a reliable design, quick startup and HVAC/R market. With an industry-leading demands of the HVAC/R market. The
applications. With an industry-leading
energy-efficiency algorithm, high short-
flexibility with options, the SVX provides a
great solution for customer's commercial
energy efficiency algorithm, high short-
circuit current rating and robust design, the
enclosed DH1 construction features allow
for easy installation, reliable operation and
2
circuit current rating and robust design, and industrial applications. DH1 offers customers increased efficiency, serviceability with additional onboard wire
the DG1 offers customers increased safety and reliability. space and removable conduit plates with 2
efficiency, safety and reliability. knockouts.
Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range 2

Single-phase to three-phase Single-phase to three-phase Single-phase to three-phase
Three-phase to three-phase
208 V to 100 hp 2
480 V to 60 hp 480 V to 60 hp 480 V to 60 hp 230 V to 125 hp
Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase 480 V to 250 hp
575 V to 250 hp
2
575 V to 800 hp 575 V to 2300 hp 575 V to 250 hp 2
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure
2
Open IP00, IP20, IP21, IP54 Open IP20, IP21, IP54 Open IP21, IP54 Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Open NEMA 1, 12 Open NEMA 1, 12 Open NEMA 1, 12 –EHC—Compact Disconnect 2
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R –EHD—Disconnect
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X AGSVX (agriculture config)
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
–EHB—Bypass
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview

2
2 Performance Drives
Low Harmonic Drives
2 SPX Passive Filtered—EGF Passive Filtered—CFX
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-257 Page V6-T2-305 Page V6-T2-325
2
Applications Applications Applications
2 High-performance drive Filtered drive Filtered drive
Description Description Description

2
The SPX VFD is a compact, modular Eaton’s enclosed passive filtered drives The CFX VFD uses a tuned passive filter
2 solution for high-performance variable
speed applications. When high
use tuned passive filters to significantly
reduce line harmonics at the drive input
to significantly reduce the line harmonics
generated by a standard 6-pulse drive.
performance is critical to a customer’s terminals. Designed for small to mid-sized drive
2 application, the SPX VFD is the ideal
choice. They are equipped with high
applications, the CFX, in conjunction
with the CPX, offers the user a tiered
processing power, capable of closed loop approach to harmonic mitigation.
2 feedback, safe torque off, permanent
magnet motor operation and very precise
motor control.
2
Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range
2 Single-phase to three-phase 208 V: 0.75–100 hp Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 40 hp 230 V: 0.75–125 hp 230 V to 100 hp
2 480 V to 60 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
480 V: 1–250 hp 480 V to 400 hp
575 V to 400 hp
230 V to 125 hp
2 480 V to 2200 hp
575 V to 2300 hp
2 Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure
Open IP20, IP21, IP54 Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
2 Open NEMA 1, 12 Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
2 AGSVX (agriculture config)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview
2.1
2
Performance Drives 2
Low Harmonic Drives
12-Pulse—HCX 18-Pulse—CPX Regenerative—RGX 2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-351 Page V6-T2-355 Page V6-T2-379
2
Applications Applications Applications
12-pulse drive 18-pulse drive Regenerative drive 2

Description Description Description
2
The enclosed HCX drive is specifically The CPX VFD uses advanced 18-pulse clean The RGX is an enclosed solution to meet
tailored for HVAC applications where power technology that significantly reduces the needs of customer's regenerative
clean power is necessary. The enclosed line harmonics at the drive input terminals load applications. It combines Eaton’s 2
HCX drive uses Eaton’s SVX drive with a and is designed to exceed IEEE 519-1992 comprehensive family of DC common
12-pulse phase shifting transformer to
deliver a substantial reduction in voltage
requirements. Delivering true power factor
and reducing harmonic distortion prevents
DC bus drive products together with the
necessary circuit protection and filtering
2
and current harmonics. upstream transformer overheating and to give the customer an all-in-one package.
overloading of breakers and feeders, The RGX is available in 480 V and 575 V 2
enabling the application of variable configurations in sizes up through 900 hp.
frequency drives on generators and other
high-impedance power systems. 2
Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range
2
208 V: 7.5 to 60 hp Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase
230 V: 7.5 to 60 hp
480 V: 25 to 125 hp
230 V to 200 hp
480 V to 800 hp
480 V: 900 hp
575 V: 750 hp
2
575 V to 800 hp
(Consult Eaton for larger hp) 2
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12 Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R Enclosed NEMA 1

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview

2
2 Performance Drives
Low Harmonic Drives
2 LCX SPA/SPN/SPI
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-392 Page V6-T2-408
2
Applications Applications
2 Liquid cooled drive Common DC bus drive
Active front end drive
2 Regenerative drive
Description Description
2
The LCX VFD is well suited for locations Eaton offers a comprehensive range of
when air-cooling would be difficult or common DC bus VFD products. This
2 expensive or when space is at a premium. includes a number of front-end units and
These extremely compact drives are inverter units in the entire power range.
2 suitable for ships, mines and heavy
industry.
Common DC bus drives are used in a
multitude of applications and
combinations. Drives that are braking
2 can transfer the energy directly to the
drives in a motoring mode.
2 Offering/Range Offering/Range
Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase

2 480 V to 3200 hp 480 V to 2400 hp
575 V to 2800 hp 575 V to 2200 hp
2 Enclosure Enclosure
Open IP00 Open IP00, IP21

2 Open NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
2.2
PowerXL DE1 Series Contents
Description Page
2
PowerXL DE1 Series 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-11
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-14
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description Features Standards and 2
Eaton’s PowerXL® DE1 ● Compact, space-saving Certifications
variable speed starter offers design
2
the advantages of both a ● Rugged design rated up Product
motor starter and a variable to 60 °C without derating ● Complies with EN 61800-3 2
frequency drive in a single ● DIN rail and screw
device. The DE1 is a compact mountable
Safety 2
and easy-to-use device with ● IEC 61800-5-1
● Narrow footprint for true
the ability to change the
speed of the motor with side-by-side installation ● CE 2
the simplicity of a contactor ● Rated for group motor ● UL
starter. With 14 basic applications ● CSA/cUL 2
parameters, SmartWire-DT® ● Low capacitor design for ● cTick
connectivity and an intuitive low harmonics ● UKRSekpro 2
configuration module, the ● Control terminal blocks ● GOST R
DE1 setup and commissioning ● Three digital inputs ● RoHS compliant
2
is easy for any panel builder
and MOEM. The DE1 was
● One digital/analog
designed for customers (programmable) input 2
who have concerns of the ● One relay output
complexity of a VFD but still ● Contactor style power 2
require variable frequency and wiring
advanced motor protection. ● RS-485/Modbus as 2
Models rated at 480 volts, standard
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are ● Efficient, simple design 2
available in sizes ranging from without a keypad
0.5 to 10 hp. Models rated ● Three indicating LEDs 2
at 230 volts, single-phase in/ for fault and condition
three-phase out, 50/60 Hz
are available in sizes ranging
status 2
● Reliable design—
from 0.33 to 3 hp.
150% for 60 s 2
The DE1 VSS is designed 175% for 2 s
without a keypad to provide
a simplistic, cost effective
● SmartWire-DT and 2
EtherNet/IP ready for
solution. Units are shipped expanding communication
without a keypad. In order to gateways
2
change parameters, there are
accessories such as the 2
configuration module that can
change up to 5 parameters or
connectivity products to
2
connect to the drivesConnect
PC Tool. 2

PowerXL DE1 Series

2
DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter
2
D E1 - 1 2 4D3 N N - N 20 N
2
Basic Naming Conformation Coated Option
2 D = Drive N = Not conformal coated boards
2 Device Series Environment Rating

E1 = Economy 20 = IP20, NEMA 0
2
Number of Phases
2 1 = Single-phase main connection/
Display Option
N = No display
three-phase motor connection
2 3 = Three-phase main connection/
three-phase motor connection Brake Chopper Option
N = No brake chopper
2
Input/Output Voltage
2 2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V 230 V
Current Rating
460 V
Filter Option
N = No filter
1D4 = 1.4 A, 0.33 hp, 0.25 kW 1D3 = 1.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
2 2D3 = 2.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW 2D1 = 2.1 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW
2D7 = 2.7 A, 0.75 hp, 0.55 kW 3D6 = 3.6 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
2 4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW
7D0 = 7.0 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
5D0 = 5.0 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A, 4.0 hp, 3.0 kW
9D6 = 9.6 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW 8D5 = 8.5 A, 5.0 hp, 4.0 kW
2 011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
2
2 Product Selection
2 IP20 DE1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives
100% Continuous Frame
2 hp 1 kW Volts Current In (A) Size Catalog Number 2
0.33 0.25 200–240 V single-phase in 3/ 1.4 1 DE1-121D4NN-N20N
2 0.5 0.37
230 V three-phase out
2.3 1 DE1-122D3NN-N20N
2 0.75 0.55 2.7 1 DE1-122D7NN-N20N

1 0.75 4.3 1 DE1-124D3NN-N20N
2 2 1.5 7 1 DE1-127D0NN-N20N
3 2.2 9.6 2 DE1-129D6NN-N20N
2 0.5 0.37 380–480 V three-phase in/ 1.3 1 DE1-341D3NN-N20N
1 0.75 2.1 1 DE1-342D1NN-N20N
2 2 1.5 3.6 1 DE1-343D6NN-N20N
2 3 2.2 5 2 DE1-345D0NN-N20N
4 3 6.6 2 DE1-346D6NN-N20N
2 5 4 8.5 2 DE1-348D5NN-N20N
7.5 5.5 11.3 2 DE1-34011NN-N20N
2 10 7.5 16 2 DE1-34016NN-N20N
2 Notes
1 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
2 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
2 3 For 230 V three-phase applications, refer to the three-phase to single-phase application note (AP040108EN) to properly set up the system.
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
2.2
Accessories
2
DE1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK2
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT
2
USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0
2
Keypad Options 2
LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED2 1 2
Configuration module—plug-in unit, DIP switch and dial control DXE-EXT-SET
2
Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
2
RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R 2
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0 2
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL
2
RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
2
Communication Modules 2
SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3 2
Dual EtherNet/IP interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2
2
Commoning Links 2
Description Max. Devices Used Catalog Number
2
460 V, three-phase link 3xFS1 XTCEXCLK3B
2
2xFS1 + 1xFS2
2xFS2 2
4xFS1 XTCEXCLK4B
3xFS1 + 1xFS2 2
1xFS1 + 2xFS2 3
5xFS1 XTCEXCLK5B
2
4xFS1 + 1xFS2 2
2xFS1 + 2xFS2 3
3xFS2 3 2
460 V, incoming terminal — XTCEXITB 4
2
Notes
1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
2 Commoning links can be used to connect multiple line side 460 V DE1 units for use in
2
group motor applications.
3 These combinations may result in the total of the individual input currents exceeding the 2
three-phase commoning link’s and incoming connection block’s ampacity (35 A).
4 Required for group motor applications when using the 460 V commoning links.
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series

2
DE1 Series
2 Ratings Specifications
2 PowerXL DE1 Basic Controller Standard Ratings PowerXL DE1 Series

Description Specification Description Specification
2 Protections Input Ratings
Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds Input voltage (Vin) ±10%
2 Overvoltage protection Yes Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
2 Undervoltage protection Yes Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
Ground fault protection Yes Output Ratings
2 Overtemperature
protection
Yes Output voltage 0 to Vin
Continuous output Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
2 Motor overload protection Yes current 140 °F (60 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds
Motor stall protection Yes Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz
2 Short-circuit protection 100 kAIC with Type J fuses, Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz
65 kAIC with PKZM,
Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds
2 10 kAIC with FAZ
Torque depends on motor
2 Programmable Parameters
Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation
Description
Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz
2 14 Standard operation parameters
Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
Programmable start function
2 DC-brake at start and stop
Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz
Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
2 Adjustable switching frequency
Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
Autorestart function after fault
Ambient Conditions
2 Protections and supervisions
Ambient operating –10 °C to +50 °C, for 60 °C there is no derating required 1
Power section fault indication temperature
2 External fault Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C
Fieldbus communication Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2 Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS3)
2 Four preset speed reference

Note
1 All units do not require derating except for the 10 hp 460 V unit which may require derating
2 depending on the switching frequency used.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
2.2
Standards—DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter
2
I/O Specifications Reliability
● Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are Includes: ● Pretested components 2
programmable ● Four inputs (three digital ● Computerized testing
● Relay output is and one digital/analog) ● Robust design rated to 2
programmable ● Analog input 60 °C
● DI3 and DI4 can be ● 4–20 mA 2
programmed to be digital, ● 0–10 V
thermistor or analog
● One relay output 2
● RS-485 interface
2
DE1 Series I/O Interface 2
Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description
0V 0V Reference potential — 0 V connection 2
+0 V +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1-DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA
Reference potential V 2
1 DI1 Digital Input 1 FWD +10 to 24 V
2 DI2 Digital Input 2 REV +10 to 24 V 2
3 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 +10 to 24 V
Ther. Thermistor Fixed frequency FF1 External fault:
2
Trip at 3600 Ω
Reset at 1600 Ω 2
4 DI4 Digital Input 4 Frequency reference value +10 to 24 V
AI1 Analog Input Frequency reference value 0 to 10 V 0/4–20 mA 2
Can be switched with parameter P16
13 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A 2
14 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
Dimensions
2 DE1, Sizes FS1 and FS2, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0
2 Ø B2
Ø1
2 L1/LL2/NL3
B3
2
2 Ø2
2
2 B
B1
2
2 B4
2
0 V +10 V 1 2 3 4 13 14
2
2 U V W
2 A1
C1
A C
2
Frame
2 Size A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4
FS1 1.77 (45.0) 0.98 (25.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.66 (220.0) 0.20 (5.1) 2.52 (64.0) 6.54 (166.1)
2 FS2 3.54 (90.0) 1.97 (50.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.66 (220.0) 0.20 (5.1) 2.52 (64.0) 6.54 (166.1)
2
Frame Weight
Size C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
2
FS1 6.65 (169.0) 0.26 (6.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.39 (10.0) 2.29 (1.04)
2 FS2 6.65 (169.0) 0.26 (6.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.39 (10.0) 3.70 (1.68)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
2.3
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives Contents
Description Page
2
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-23
2
2
2
2
2
2
Eaton’s PowerXL® DC1 ● Compact, space-saving ● RS-485/Modbus® and Certifications
variable frequency drives are design CANopen™ as standard
2
the next generation of drives ● Rugged and reliable—175% ● PI controller as standard Product
specifically engineered for for 2 s, 50 °C rated ● SmartWire capability
● Complies with EN61800-3 2
today’s machinery ● DIN rail and screw (2004)
Dual EtherNet/IP
applications. mountable (FS1 and FS2)
●
communication module
2
EMC (At Default Settings)
The DC1 is compact with ● Side-by-side installation ● Removable I/O terminal
only 14 basic parameters, ● Industry-leading efficiency blocks
● EMC Category C1, C2 2
and C3 at default settings
SmartWire-DT® and delivers energy savings to ● Contactor style power (1 m, 5 m, 25 m)
EtherNet/IP connectivity, the customer wiring 2
and outstanding ease of Optional integrated EMC
●
● Designed for shaded-pole, Safety 1
mounting and installation.
The newest version adds
filters make the unit single-phase motors and ● 61800-5-1 2
suitable for commercial permanent split capacitor
support for sensorless vector ● EN 60529
control and permanent
and industrial networks single-phase motors ● CE
2
magnet motor compatibility.
● Brake chopper as standard ● Sensorless vector control ● UL
The DC1 is perfect for quick in frames 2 and higher ● Permanent magnet motor ● cUL
2
commissioning and is ideal ● Temperature-controlled fan compatibility ● UkrSepro
for panel builders. This drive
● c-Tick
2
supports single-phase motor
applications, and detachable ● RoHS compliant 2
terminal blocks make control
wiring much easier.
2
Models rated at 480 volts,
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
Note
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
2
1 to 30 hp. Models rated at approvals.
240 volts, single- or three-
2
phase, 50/60 Hz are available
in sizes ranging from 0.5 2
to 15 hp. Models rated at 115
volts, single-phase, 2
50/60 Hz are available in
the 0.5 to 3 hp size range. 2
2
2
2


2
DC1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
2
DC1 - 1 2 4D1 F N - A 20 N
2
Device Series Type
2 DC1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1 N = Standard basic device
(D = Drives, C = Compact, 1 = Series 1) CE1 = Enhanced device
2
Connection in Power Section Degree of Protection
2 1 = Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection 20 = IP20/NEMA 0
3 = Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection 66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X
2 S = Single-phase mains connection/single-phase motor connection 6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X
2 Mains Voltage Category Display Unit (Display)

1= 110 V (110–115 V ±10%) A = LED display
2 2= 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)
4= 480 V (380–480 V ±10%)
D= 110 V input/230 V output (voltage doubler)
2 Brake Chopper
N = No internal brake chopper
B = Brake chopper
2 Rated
Operational Current
Examples—
2 2D2 = 2.2 A
EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)
4D1 = 4.1 A N = No internal RFI filter
F = Internal RFI filter
2 024 = 24 A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.3
Product Selection
2
1
DC1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives
IP20
2
hp 2 kW Volts Current In (A) Size 3 Catalog Number
0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 4 7 1 DC1-S17D0NN-A20N
2
115 V single-phase out
0.75 0.55 10.5 2 DC1-S1011NB-A20N
2
0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4 4.3 1 DC1-S24D3NN-A20N 5
1 0.75
200–240 V single-phase out
7 1 DC1-S27D0NN-A20N 5 2
1.5 1.1 10 2 DC1-S2011NB-A20N 5
0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-1D2D3NN-A20CE1 2
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-1D4D3NN-A20CE1
1.5 1.1 5.8 2 DC1-1D5D8NB-A20CE1
2
0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/
2.3 1 DC1-122D3NN-A20CE1 5 2
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-124D3NN-A20CE1 5
2 1.5 7 1 DC1-127D0NN-A20CE1 5 2
2 1.5 7 2 DC1-127D0NB-A20CE1 5
3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-12011NB-A20CE1 5
2
5 4 15 3 DC1-12015NB-A20CE1
2
0.5 0.37 200–240 V three-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-322D3NN-A20CE1
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-324D3NN-A20CE1 2
2 1.5 7 1 DC1-327D0NN-A20CE1
2 1.5 7 2 DC1-327D0NB-A20CE1 5 2
3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-32011NB-A20CE1 5
5 4 18 3 DC1-32018NB-A20CE1 5
2
7.5 5.6 24 4 DC1-32024NB-A20CE1 5
2
10 7.5 30 4 DC1-32030NB-A20CE1 5
15 11 46 4 DC1-32046NB-A20CE1 5 2
1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/ 2.2 1 DC1-342D2NN-A20CE1 5
2 1.5
4.1 1 DC1-344D1NN-A20CE1 5 2
2 1.5 4.1 2 DC1-344D1NB-A20CE1 5
3 2.2 5.8 2 DC1-345D8NB-A20CE1 5
2
5 4 9.5 2 DC1-349D5NB-A20CE1 5 2
7.5 5.5 14 3 DC1-34014NB-A20CE1 5
10 7.5 18 3 DC1-34018NB-A20CE1 5 2
15 11 24 3 DC1-34024NB-A20CE1 5
20 15 30 4 DC1-34030NB-A20CE1 5
2
DC1-34039FB-A20N 5
25 18.5 39 4
2
30 22 46 4 DC1-34046FB-A20N 5
Notes 2
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2, 3 and 4.
2
4 Only for use with shaded pole or split capacitor single-phase motors.
5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.
2
2
2
2
2
2

IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior

2 DC1 Drive “-A66…” Option “-A6S…” Option
The IP66 version of the This version comes with the This version has an integrated
2 DC1 is a unique solution keypad that is similar to that potentiometer, a forward/off/
to allow for mounting the of IP20 version. There are no reverse switch and a
2 drive outside of a control
panel or next to a motor
additional cover controls to
address security concerns.
disconnect switch with
lock-off capability with the
for distributed control. standard keypad. This
2 allows for reduced labor and
materials when compared to
2 a IP20 solution in separate
enclosure.
2
IP66 DC1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1
2 100% Continuous Frame
2 0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 7 1 DC1-S17D0NN-A6SN 4
115 V single-phase out
0.75 0.55 10.5 2 DC1-S1011NB-A6SN 4
2
0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4.3 1 DC1-S24D3NN-A6SN 45
200–240 V single-phase out
2 1 0.75 7 1 DC1-S27D0NN-A6SN 45
1.5 1.1 10 2 DC1-S2011NB-A6SN 45
2 IP66S 0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-1D2D3NN-A6SCE1 4
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-1D4D3NN-A6SCE1 4
2 1.5 1.1 5.8 2 DC1-1D5D8NB-A6SCE1 4
2 0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/

2.3 1 DC1-122D3NN-A6SCE1 45
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-124D3NN-A6SCE1 45
2 2 1.5 7 1 DC1-127D0NN-A6SCE1 45
2 1.5 7 2 DC1-127D0NB-A6SCE1 45
2 3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-12011NB-A6SCE1 45
5 4 15 3 DC1-12015NB-A6SCE1 4
2 0.5 0.37 200–240 V three-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-322D3NN-A6SCE1 4
2 1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-324D3NN-A6SCE1 4
2 1.5 7 1 DC1-327D0NN-A6SCE1 4
2 2 1.5 7 2 DC1-327D0NB-A6SCE1 45
3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-32011NB-A6SCE1 45
2 5 4 18 3 DC1-32018NB-A6SCE1 45
1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/ 2.2 1 DC1-342D2NN-A6SCE1 45
2 460 V three-phase out
2 1.5 4.1 1 DC1-344D1NN-A6SCE1 45
2 2 1.5 4.1 2 DC1-344D1NB-A6SCE1 45

3 2.2 5.8 2 DC1-345D8NB-A6SCE1 45
2 5 4 9.5 2 DC1-349D5NB-A6SCE1 45
7.5 5.5 14 3 DC1-34014NB-A6SCE1 45
2 10 7.5 18 3 DC1-34018NB-A6SCE1 45
2 Notes
2 2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2, 3 and 4.
4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -A66….
2 5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.
2
2
2
2

2.3
Accessories
2
DC1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number 2
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK2 RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
2
USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0 RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
2
Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module
and Miscellaneous Cards
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL 2
Local control/test option card DXC-EXT-LOCSIM Communication Modules
HVACO drive running and tripped relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO1AO Description Catalog Number
2
Dual relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO
110 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO110
SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3
2
Dual EtherNet/IP interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2
230 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO230
2
Optional Communication Modules
Remote Keypad Description Catalog Number 2
EtherNet/IP plug-in interface module 2 DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2
LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED2 1 2
Notes
OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text, DX-KEY-OLED 1
multi-language, IP54 hand/auto buttons

1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
2 Available June 2016.
2
Brake Resistor (FR2 and FR3) 2
DC1, DA1 internal mount 200 W, 100 R DX-BR3-100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Line and Load Reactors

2 A line and load reactor is a DR1 Line Reactor DR2 Output Reactor
three-phase inductance filter A line reactor helps to provide An output filter is used to
2 that can be placed on the line a moderate reduction in reduce the transient voltage
and load side of the AFD to current harmonics similar to a (dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
2 help improve the harmonic DC choke. It also provides The output filter is
performance of the system. increased input protection for recommended for cable
2 Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
AFD and its semiconductors lengths exceeding 100 ft
from line transients helping to (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
further technical details.
2 extend the life of the AFD. and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2 Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2 D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2 Basic Naming Impedance
D = Drive 3 = 3%
2 5 = 5%
Device Series Current Rating

2 R1 = Line side reactor
Input/Output Voltage
Examples: Environment Rating
R2 = Load side reactor 2D0 = 2.0 A 0 = Open
2 = 230 V
2 4 = 480 V
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
1 = NEMA 1
012 = 12 A
2 Line and Load Reactors—230 V
2 Open
Load Reactor Line Reactor
NEMA 1
Load Reactor Line Reactor
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
0.5 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-22D2-03 DR1-22D2-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-22D2-13 DR1-22D2-15
2 1 DR2-24D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-24D2-03 DR1-24D2-05 DR2-24D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-24D2-13 DR1-24D2-15
3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15
2 5 DR2-2018-03 DR2-2018-05 DR1-2015-03 DR1-2015-05 DR2-2018-13 DR2-2018-15 DR1-2015-13 DR1-2015-15
2 7.5 DR2-2025-03 DR2-2025-05 DR1-2022-03 DR1-2022-05 DR2-2025-13 DR2-2025-15 DR1-2022-13 DR1-2022-15

10 DR2-2035-03 DR2-2035-05 DR1-2028-03 DR1-2028-05 DR2-2035-13 DR2-2035-15 DR1-2028-13 DR1-2028-15

Open NEMA 1
2 Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

3 DR2-48D0-03 DR2-48D0-05 DR1-44D8-03 DR1-44D8-05 DR2-48D0-13 DR2-48D0-15 DR1-44D8-13 DR1-44D8-15
7.5 DR2-4012-03 DR2-4012-05 DR1-4011-03 DR1-4011-05 DR2-4012-13 DR2-4012-15 DR1-4011-13 DR1-4011-15

2
2

2.3
2
DC1 Series
Ratings Specifications
2
PowerXL DC1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings PowerXL DC1 Series Drives 2
Protections Input Ratings
2
Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds Input voltage (Vin) ±10%
2
Overvoltage protection Yes Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
Undervoltage protection Yes Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds 2
Overtemperature Yes Output voltage 0 to Vin 1 2
protection
Continuous output Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
Motor overload protection Yes current 122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds 2
Short-circuit 100 kAIC with Type J fuses Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz
2
withstand rating
Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds
Torque depends on motor 2
Programmable Parameters
Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation
2
Description
Built-in Help card
Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz 2
Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
14 Standard operation parameters
Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz 2
Reference scaling
Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
Programmable start and stop functions
2
DC-brake at start and stop
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2
Programmable V/Hz curve 2
230 V Series FS2 and FS3 47 ohms
Adjustable switching frequency
Autorestart function after fault
400 V Series FS2 100 ohms, FS3 47 ohms 2
Ambient Conditions
Protections and supervisions
Ambient operating +14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN 2
Power section fault indication temperature IP20—NEMA 0
External fault Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C) 2
Fieldbus communication Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Second deceleration time Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS4)
2
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering Notes
1 Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.
2
PI controller
2 Only FS2, FS3 and FS4 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
Skip frequencies 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Standards—DC1 Series
2
2 ● Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are Includes: ● Pretested components
programmable ● Four inputs (two digital and ● Computerized testing
2 ● Digital, relay and analog two digital/analog) ● Final test with full load
outputs are programmable ● Analog inputs ● Conformal-coated boards
2 ● 4–20 mA ● Eaton’s Electrical Services &
● 0–10 V Systems: national network
2 ● One output (analog or of AF drive specialists
digital)
2 ● One relay output
2
2 DC1 Series I/O Interface
2 1 +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1–DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA
Reference potential V
2 2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
2 4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)
AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
2 0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P-16
2 5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA
Reference potential 0 V
2 6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value

(fixed frequency)
Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P-16
2 DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value Digital: 8–30 V (high)
(fixed frequency)
2 7 0V Reference potential — 0 V = connection terminal 9
8 AO1 Analog Output 1 Output frequency Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA
2 Can be switched with parameter P-25
DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8 to +24 V
2 9 0V Reference potential — 0 V connection terminal 7
10 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2 11 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
0 to +10V/20 mA
0 to +10V/20 mA
2
f-Soll
f-Out
FWD
REV
24V
FF1
2 1 2 3 4 6 8
+24V Out
< 100 mA
DI1
DI2
DI3
(AI2)
AI1
(DI4)
AO
(DO)
2
2
CPU
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.3
Dimensions
2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0 2
B2
Ø
2
Ø1
2
Ø2
2
2
B
B1 2
2
2
2
A1 C1
A C 2
Frame Weight
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg) 2
FS1 3.19 (81) 1.97 (50) 7.24 (184) 6.69 (170) 0.28 (7) 4.88 (124) 0.16 (4) 0.24 (6) 0.47 (12) 2.43 (1.1)
FS2 4.21 (107) 2.95 (75) 9.09 (231) 8.46 (215) 0.31 (8) 5.98 (152) 0.20 (5) 0.24 (6) 0.47 (12) 5.73 (2.6)
2
FS3 5.08 (129) 3.94 (100) 10.75 (273) 10.04 (255) 0.33 (8.5) 6.89 (175) 0.20 (5) 0.24 (6) 0.47 (12) 8.82 (4.0)
2
FS4 6.81 (173) 4.92 (125) 16.48 (418.5) 15.75 (400) 0.41 (10.5) 8.31 (211) 0.16 (4) 0.31 (8) 0.57 (14.5) 18.52 (8.4)
2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
B
2
B1
2
2
B1
2
2
2
A1 C1 A1
B2
A C 2
Frame Weight
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg) 2
FS1 6.34 (161) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232) 7.44 (189) 0.98 (25) 7.24 (184) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4) 0.31 (8) 6.17 (2.8)
FS2 7.40 (188) 6.93 (176) 10.12 (257) 7.87 (200) 1.10 (28) 7.56 (192) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 11.02 (5.0)
2
FS3 8.27 (210) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310) 9.92 (252) 1.30 (33) 9.45 (240) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)
2
2


2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls
2
2 Ø1
2
2 Ø2
2
2 B1
B
2
2
2 B1
2
2 A1 B2 C1 A1
A C
2 Frame Weight
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
2 FS1 6.34 (161) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232) 7.44 (189) 0.98 (25) 7.24 (184) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4) 0.31 (8) 6.17 (2.8)
2 FS2 7.40 (188) 6.93 (176) 10.12 (257) 7.87 (200) 1.10 (28) 7.56 (192) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 11.02 (5.0)
FS3 8.27 (210) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310) 9.92 (252) 1.30 (33) 9.45 (240) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2.4
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives Contents
Description Page
2
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-34
2
2
2
2
2
2
Eaton’s PowerXL® DA1 ● Compact, space-saving ● Brake chopper as standard Certifications
variable frequency drives are design ● Temperature-controlled fan
2
the next generation of drives ● Rugged and reliable—200% Product
specifically engineered for for 4s 50 °C rated
● RS-485/Modbus® and
CANopen™ as standard
● Complies with EN61800-3 2
today’s machinery ● DIN rail and screw (2004)
PID controller as standard
applications. mountable (FS1 and FS2)
●
2
● SmartWire capability EMC (At Default Settings)
DA1 is the perfect match for ● Side-by-side installation
demanding OEM applications. ● Industry-leading efficiency
● Removable I/O terminal
blocks
● EMC Category C1, C2 2
and C3 at default settings
High-performance processor, delivers energy savings to (1 m, 5 m, 25 m)
safe torque off, multiple the customer
● Contactor style power
wiring
2
fieldbus protocols including Integrated EMC filters
●
200% torque at zero speed Safety 1
SmartWire-DT, sensorless
vector control and the
make the unit suitable for
●
● 61800-5-1 2
commercial and industrial
● Designed to run surface
possibility to operate mounted (SPM) and rotor ● EN 60529
permanent magnet motors
networks
in-built (IPM) permanent ● CE
2
are sure to leave a lasting
● Communication cards that magnet motors ● UL
impression. integrate into the drive—
● PLC programming ● cUL
2
● EtherNet/IP
Models rated at 480 volts, ● Closed loop ● DNV
● DeviceNet
● Conformal coated boards ● UkrSepro
2
available in sizes ranging from
● PROFIBUS-DP
● c-Tick 2
1 to 15 hp. Models rated at ● EtherCAT
● RoHS compliant
240 volts, single- or three- ● PROFINET
phase, 50/60 Hz are available ● Modbus TCP 2
in sizes ranging from 0.5 ● BACnet
to 7.5 hp. Models rated at
575 volts, three-phase,
2
Note
50/60 Hz are available in sizes
ranging from 1 to 20 hp.
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
approvals.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
DA1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
2
2 DA1 - 1 2 4D1 F B - A 20 C
2 Device Series
DA1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1
Type
C = Coated printed circuit boards
(D = Drives, A = Advanced, 1 = Series 1)
2
Degree of Protection
2 Connection in Power Section 20 = IP20/NEMA 0
66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X
1 = Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
3 = Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection 6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X
2
2 Mains Voltage Category Display Unit (Display)
A = LED display (IP20 only)
2 = 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)
4 = 400 V (380–480 V ±10%) B = OLED display (IP66 only)
2 5 = 575 V (500–600 V ±10%)
2 Rated
Brake Chopper
B = Brake chopper
Operational Current
2 Examples—
2D2 = 2.2 A EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)
2 4D1 = 4.1 A
024 = 24 A
F = Internal RFI filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Product Selection
2
1
DA1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives
IP20
2
1 0.75 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4.3 2 DA1-124D3FB-A20C
2
2 1.5 7 2 DA1-127D0FB-A20C
2
3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-12011FB-A20C
1 0.75 200–240 V three-phase in/ 4.3 2 DA1-324D3FB-A20C 2
2 1.5 7 2 DA1-327D0FB-A20C
3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-32011FB-A20C 2
5 4 18 3 DA1-32018FB-A20C
7.5 5.5 24 3 DA1-32024FB-A20C
2
1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/
2.2 2 DA1-342D2FB-A20C 2
2 1.5 4.1 2 DA1-344D1FB-A20C
3 2.2 5.8 2 DA1-345D8FB-A20C 2
5 4 9.5 2 DA1-349D5FB-A20C
7.5 5.5 14 3 DA1-34014FB-A20C
2
10 7.5 18 3 DA1-34018FB-A20C
2
15 11 24 3 DA1-34024FB-A20C
1 0.75 500–600 V three-phase in/
2.1 2 DA1-352D1NB-A20C 2
2 4.5 3.1 2 DA1-353D1NB-A20C
3 2.2 4.1 2 DA1-354D1NB-A20C 2
5 4 6.5 2 DA1-356D5NB-A20C
7.5 5.5 9 2 DA1-359D0NB-A20C
2
10 7.5 12 3 DA1-35012NB-A20C
2
15 11 17 3 DA1-35017NB-A20C
20 15 22 3 DA1-35022NB-A20C 2
Notes
1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives. 2
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior “-B66C” Option “-B6SC” Option

2 DA1 Drive This version comes with the This version has an integrated
The IP66 version of the OLED keypad. There are no potentiometer, a forward/off/
2 DA1 is a unique solution to additional cover controls to reverse switch and a
allow for mounting the drive address security concerns. disconnect switch with lock-
2 outside of a control panel or
next to a motor for distributed
off capability with the
OLED keypad. This allows
control. for reduced labor and
2 materials when compared
to a IP20 solution in
2 separate enclosure.
2
2 IP66 DA1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior DA1 Drive
2 100% Continuous Frame
2 1 0.75 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4.3 2 DA1-124D3FB-B6SC 4
DA1-127D0FB-B6SC 4
2 2 1.5 7 2
3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-12011FB-B6SC 4
2 1 0.75 200–240 V three-phase in/

4.3 2 DA1-324D3FB-B6SC 4
IP66S 2 1.5 7 2 DA1-327D0FB-B6SC 4
2 3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-32011FB-B6SC 4
5 4 18 3 DA1-32018FB-B6SC 4
2 1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/ 2.2 2 DA1-342D2FB-B6SC 4
2 2 1.5 4.1 2 DA1-344D1FB-B6SC 4
3 2.2 5.8 2 DA1-345D8FB-B6SC 4
2 5 4 9.5 2 DA1-349D5FB-B6SC 4
7.5 5.5 14 3 DA1-34014FB-B6SC 4
2 10 7.5 18 3 DA1-34018FB-B6SC 4
1 0.75 500–600 V three-phase in/ 2.1 2 DA1-352D1NB-B6SC
2 2 4.5
3.1 2 DA1-353D1NB-B6SC
2 3 2.2 4.1 2 DA1-354D1NB-B6SC

5 4 6.5 2 DA1-356D5NB-B6SC
2 7.5 5.5 9 2 DA1-359D0NB-B6SC
10 7.5 12 3 DA1-35012NB-B6SC
2 15 11 17 3 DA1-35017NB-B6SC
2 Notes
2 2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -B66C.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Accessories
2
DA1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module Remote Keypad
Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number 2
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK2 LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED2 1
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text, DX-KEY-OLED 1
2
multi-language, IP54, hand/auto
USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0
2
Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
2
DeviceNet plug-in interface module DX-NET-DEVICENET
RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R 2
PROFIBUS-DP plug-in interface module DX-NET-PROFIBUS
EtherNet/IP plug-in interface module DX-NET-ETHERNET-2
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0 2
EtherCAT plug-in interface module DX-NET-ETHERCAT-2
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL 2
PROFINET plug-in interface module DX-NET-PROFINET-2
Modbus TCP plug-in interface module DX-NET-MODBUSTCP-2 2
BACnet/IP plug-in interface module DX-NET-BACNETIP-2
SmartWire Modules
2
Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module
and Miscellaneous Cards SmartWire-DT interface for DA1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD1 2
Description Catalog Number Note
Expansion card: 3 relay outputs DXA-EXT-3RO 1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable. 2
Encoder feedback plug-in option module DXA-EXT-ENCOD
2
Expansion card: 3 digital inputs and 1 relay output DXA-EXT-3DI1RO
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
Basic Naming Impedance
2 D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
2 Device Series Current Rating
R1 = Line side reactor Examples: Environment Rating
2 R2 = Load side reactor Input/Output Voltage 2D0 = 2.0 A 0 = Open
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 460 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
2 5 = 575 V 012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Line and Load Reactors—480 V
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
3 DR2-48D0-03 DR2-48D0-05 DR1-44D8-03 DR1-44D8-05 DR2-48D0-13 DR2-48D0-15 DR1-44D8-13 DR1-44D8-15 2
7.5 DR2-4012-03 DR2-4012-05 DR1-4011-03 DR1-4011-05 DR2-4012-13 DR2-4012-15 DR1-4011-13 DR1-4011-15 2
2
2
2
Open NEMA 1
hp (CT)
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
2
2
2
20 DR2-5025-03 DR2-5025-05 DR1-5022-03 DR1-5022-05 DR2-5025-13 DR2-5025-15 DR1-5022-13 DR1-5022-15 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
DA1 Series
2 Ratings Specifications
2 PowerXL DA1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2 Protections Input Ratings
2 Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds Input voltage (Vin) ±10%
Overvoltage protection Yes Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
2 Undervoltage protection Yes Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
2 Overtemperature Yes Output voltage 0 to Vin 1
protection
Continuous output Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature
2 Motor overload protection Yes current max. 122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 200% for 4 seconds
2 Short-circuit 100 kAIC with Type J fuses Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz
withstand rating
2 Initial output current (IH) 200% for 4s for every 40 seconds
2 Programmable Parameters
Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation, sensorless vector control (SLV),
Description vector control with feedback (CLV)
2 Built-in Help card Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz
2 14 Standard operation parameters Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)

Reference scaling Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz
2 Programmable start and stop functions Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
DC-brake at start and stop Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
2 Programmable V/Hz curve Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2
Adjustable switching frequency 230 V Series FS2 and FS3 15 ohms
2 Autorestart function after fault 400 V Series FS2 33 ohms, FS3 22 ohms
2 Protections and supervisions Ambient Conditions

Power section fault indication Ambient operating +14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
2 External fault
temperature IP20—NEMA 0
Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)
Fieldbus communication
2 Safe torque off (STO) function
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Enclosure class IP20 (FS2 and FS3)
2 Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Notes
PI controller
2 Skip frequencies 2 Only FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Standards—DA1 Series
2
programmable ● Five inputs (three digital ● Computerized testing
● Digital, relay and analog and two digital/analog) ● Final test with full load 2
outputs are programmable ● Analog inputs ● Conformal-coated boards
● 4–20 mA ● Eaton’s Electrical Services & 2
● 0–10 V Systems: national network
● Two outputs (analog or of AF drive specialists 2
digital)
● Two relay outputs 2
2
DA1 Series I/O Interface 2
1 +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1–DI5 — Maximum load 100 mA
2
Reference potential V
2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 1 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
2
3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 1 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
2
4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1/FF2 1 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA
Reference potential 0 V
2
6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value 1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)
2
Can be switched with parameter P2-30
DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value 1 Digital: 8–30 V (high) 2
7 0V Reference potential — 0 V = connection terminal 9
8 AO1 Analog Output 1 Output frequency Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA
2
DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8–24 V 2
9 0V Reference potential — 0 V connection terminal 7
10 DI4 Digital Input 4 Fixed frequency FF2 1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
2
0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P2-30 2
AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF2 1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)
11 AO2 Analog output 2 Output current 1 Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA 2
DO2 Digital output 2 Output current 1 Digital: 8–24 V 2
12 STO+ Safe Torque Off + — Enable = +24 V
13 STO- Safe Torque Off – — Enable = 0 V 2
14 K11 Relay 1, changeover contact Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
15 K14 Relay 1, changeover contact (N/O) Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
16 K12 Relay 1, changeover contact (N/C) Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
17 K23 Relay 2, N/O contact Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
18 K24 Relay 2, N/C contact Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A 2
Note
1 Programmable function. 2
0 to +10V/20 mA
0 to +10V/20 mA
0 to +10V/20 mA
2
FF1/FF2
A-Out
f-Soll
f-Out
+24V
FWD
2
REV
FF2
1 2 3 4 10 6 8 11
AI1
(DI5)
AO1
(DO1)
AO2
(DO2)
+24V Out
< 100 mA
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
(AI2)
2
2
CPU
2

Dimensions
2 DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0
2
Ø B2
2
Ø1
2
2 Ø2
2
B
2 B1
2
2
2
A1 C1
2 A C
Frame Weight
2 Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
FS2 4.21 (107.0) 2.95 (75.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.46 (215.0) 0.31 (8.0) 7.32 (186.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 3.97 (1.8)
2 FS3 5.16 (131.0) 3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0) 0.33 (8.5) 8.03 (204.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 7.72 (3.5)
2 DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4
2 Ø1
2
2 Ø2
2
2
B
2 B1
2
2
B1
2
2
2 A1 B2 C1
A1
2 A C
Frame Weight
2 Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 0.79 (20.0) 9.42 (239.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.4 (4.5)
2 FS3 8.29 (211.0) 7.78 (198.0) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (252.0) 0.98 (25.0) 10.48 (266.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 15.9 (7.0)

2.4
2
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B 2
B1
2
2
2
B1
2
2
A1
A1
B2
C1 2
A C
2
Frame Weight
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
2
FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 0.79 (20.0) 9.42 (239.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.6 (4.8)
FS3 8.29 (211.0) 7.78 (198.0) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (252.0) 0.98 (25.0) 10.48 (266.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 16.1 (7.3) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications Contents

2 Description Page
2 M-Max Series Drives
2 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-37
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-39
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-44
2
2
2
2
2
2 Product Description Features
Eaton’s M-Max™ Series The standard drive includes a ● Ease of use—preset ● Integrated EMC filters
2 Sensorless Vector Adjustable digital display, and operating application macros, startup make the unit suitable for
Frequency AC Drives are and programming keys on a wizard, diagnostic commercial and industrial
2 the next generation of drives visually appealing, efficient capabilities networks
specifically engineered application programming ● Compact, space-saving ● IP21 as standard, option
2 for today’s machinery interface. The display design for NEMA® 1 (FS4 and FS5)
applications. These micro- provides drive monitoring, as ● Rugged and reliable— ● IP20 as standard, option
2 processor-based drives have
standard features that can be
well as adjustment and
diagnostic information. The
150% torque for one for IP21 and NEMA 1
minute, 50C rated, (FS1–FS3)
programmed to tailor the keys are used for digital
2 drive’s performance to suit a adjustment and programming
conformal coated boards ● Brake chopper as standard
wide variety of application of the drive, as well as for
● DIN rail and screw in three-phase, applications
2 requirements. The M-Max operator control. Separate mountable of frames 2 (FS2) and
larger
product line uses a 32-bit terminal blocks for control ● Side-by-side installation
2 microprocessor and insulated and power wiring are ● Industry leading efficiency ● Temperature-controlled fan
gate bipolar transistors provided for customer delivers energy savings to ● RS-485/Modbus® as
(IGBTs) that provide quiet connections.
2 motor operation, high motor
the customer standard
● Integrated 5% DC choke ● PID controller as standard
efficiency, and smooth low- (FS4 and FS5)
2 speed performance. The size
● Several fieldbus options
and simplicity of the M-Max
● PROFIBUS
2 make it ideal for hassle-free ● DeviceNet
installation. Models rated at ● CANopen
2 575 volts, three-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in sizes
ranging from 1 to 7-1/2 hp.
2 Models rated at 480 volts,
three-phase, 50/60 Hz
2 are available in sizes ranging
from 1/2 to 25 hp. Models
2 rated at 240 volts, single- or
2 available in sizes ranging from
1/4 to 15 hp. Models rated
at 115 volts, single-phase,
2 50/60 Hz are available in the
1/4 to 1-1/2 hp size range.
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.5
2
Product EMC (At Default Settings)
● Complies with EN61800-3 ● EMC Category C2, C3, and 2
(2004) C4 (Level H): With an
internal RFI filter option 2
Safety 1
● 61800-5-1 2
● EN60204-1
● CE 2
● UL
● cUL 2
● IEC
● RoHS compliant 2
Note
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed 2
approvals.
2
Catalog Number Selection 2
MMX 1 1 AA 1D1 F 0 – 0 2
2
Description Option
MMX = Base catalog number Phase
1 = Single-phase
Enclosure Class
0 = NEMA 0 or IP20
0 = Full version
2
3 = Three-phase
2
Voltage Software Output Current EMC Filter
1 = 120 V 4 = 480 V Designation Series 1D6 = 1.6 A F = Filter 2
2 = 230 V 5 = 575 V AA 010 = 10 A N = No filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
Product Selection
2
M-Max M-Max Basic Controller
2 100% Continuous Nominal Input Frame
hp 1 Volts 2 Current IN (A) Current (A) Size Catalog Number 3
2 1/4 100–120 V single-phase in 1.7 9.2 FS2 MMX11AA1D7N0-0 4
1/2 2.4 11.6 MMX11AA2D4N0-0 4
2 3/4 2.8 12.4 MMX11AA2D8N0-0 4
1 3.7 15 MMX11AA3D7N0-0 4
2 1-1/2 4.8 16.5 FS3 MMX11AA4D8N0-0 4
2 1/4 200–240 V single-phase in

1.7 4.2 FS1 MMX12AA1D7N0-0
1/2 2.4 5.7 MMX12AA2D4N0-0
2 3/4 2.8 6.6 MMX12AA2D8N0-0
1 3.7 8.3 FS2 MMX12AA3D7N0-0
2 1-1/2 4.8 11.2 MMX12AA4D8N0-0
2 7 14.1 MMX12AA7D0N0-0
2 3 9.6 15.8 FS3 MMX12AA9D6N0-0
1/4 200–240 V three-phase in 1.7 2.7 FS1 MMX32AA1D7N0-0
2 1/2
2.4 3.5 MMX32AA2D4N0-0
2 3/4 2.8 3.8 MMX32AA2D8N0-0

1 3.7 4.3 FS2 MMX32AA3D7N0-0
2 1-1/2 4.8 6.8 MMX32AA4D8N0-0
2 7 8.4 MMX32AA7D0N0-0
2 3 11 13.4 FS3 MMX32AA011N0-0
5 17 17 FS4 MMX32AA017N0-0
2 7-1/2 25 25 MMX32AA025N0-0
2 10 31 31 FS5 MMX32AA031N0-0
15 38 38 MMX32AA038N0-0
2 1/2 380–480 V three-phase in 1.3 2.2 FS1 MMX34AA1D3N0-0
3/4 1.9 2.8 MMX34AA1D9N0-0
2 1 2.4 3.2 MMX34AA2D4N0-0
1-1/2 3.3 4 FS2 MMX34AA3D3N0-0
2 2 4.3 5.6 MMX34AA4D3N0-0
2 3 5.6 7.3 MMX34AA5D6N0-0

4 7.6 9.6 FS3 MMX34AA7D6N0-0
2 5 9 11.5 MMX34AA9D0N0-0
7-1/2 12 14.9 MMX34AA012N0-0
2 10 14 18.7 MMX34AA014N0-0
10 16 16 FS4 MMX34AA016N0-0
2 15 23 23 MMX34AA023N0-0
20 31 31 FS5 MMX34AA031N0-0
2 25 38 38 MMX34AA038N0-0
2 1 575 V three-phase in
1.7 2.0 FS3 MMX35AA1D7N0-0 5
2 2.7 3.6 MMX35AA2D7N0-0 5
2 3 3.9 5.0 MMX35AA3D9N0-0 5
5 6.1 7.6 MMX35AA6D1N0-0 5
2 7-1/2 9.0 10.4 MMX35AA9D0N0-0 5
2 Notes
1 Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240 V, 460 V, and 575 V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.
Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
2 2 For 208 V, 380 V, or 415 V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
3 For EMC filtered unit, replace “N0-0” with “F0-0”.
2 4 EMC filters are not available on MMX11 units.

5 All 575 V units come with EMC filter standard.

M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Accessories
2
M-Max Copy/Paste Module
Module is plugged onto the front of the drive to provide: upload/download of all parameters, direct MMX-COM-PC
link to a PC via USB interface for parameter assignment via MaxConnect software, and copying of 2
parameters for a series of devices or when exchanging devices. No PC required
2
PC Cable 2
Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with software driver disk REM-USB-DOWN 2
2
NEMA Type 1 Kits 1
NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 1 MMX-IP21-FS1
2
NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 2 MMX-IP21-FS2
NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 3 MMX-IP21-FS3 2
NEMA Type 1 for frame 4 MMX-CKIT-FS4
NEMA Type 1 for frame 5 MMX-CKIT-FS5 2
2
Network cards require communication adapter. 2
Communication adapter kit (FS1–FS3) MMX-NET-XA
2
PROFIBUS DP network card with serial connection 2 XMX-NET-PS-A 2
PROFIBUS DP network card with Sub-D connection 2 XMX-NET-PD-A
DeviceNet network card 2 XMX-NET-DN-A 2
CANopen network card 2 XMX-NET-CO-A
2
Remote Keypad 3 2
There are three components needed for a full remote keypad.
2
Bezel and cable OPTRMT-BP-HMAX 3 2
Remote copy/paste keypad MMX-REMKEY-TEXT 3
VFD adapter MMX-ADAPTER-RJ45 3 2
Notes
1 NEMA Type 1 kit provides conduit entry plate.
2
2 Requires communication adapter kit.
3 All three components are required for remote keypad operation. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives

2
2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 480 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
2 5 = 575 V 012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2 0.5 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-22D2-03 DR1-22D2-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-22D2-13 DR1-22D2-15

2 3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
2
2
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
7.5 DR2-58D0-03 DR2-58D0-05 DR1-59D0-03 DR1-59D0-05 DR2-58D0-13 DR2-58D0-15 DR1-59D0-13 DR1-59D0-15 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives

2
Ratings Specifications
2 M-Max Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings M-Max Series Drives
2
Protections Input Ratings
2 Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15%
Overvoltage protection 115/230 V series: 437 Vdc; 400 V series: 874 Vdc; Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
2 575 V series: 1048 Vdc trip level
Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation)
Undervoltage protection 115/230 V series: 183 Vdc; 400 V series: 333 Vdc;
Output Ratings
2 575 V series: 460 Vdc trip level
Output voltage 0 to Vin 1
Ground fault protection Ground fault is tested before every start. In case of ground fault in
2 motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
122 °F (50 °C), overload 1.5 x IN max. 1 min/10 min
Overtemperature Yes
protection
2 Output frequency 0 to 320 Hz
Motor overload protection Yes Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Motor stall protection Yes Initial output current (IH) Current 2 x IN for 2 seconds in every 20-second period
Motor underload protection Yes
2 Short-circuit protection 100 kAIC with Type J fuses
Control method Frequency control (V/Hz) open loop or sensorless vector control
2 Switching frequency 1.5 to 16 kHz; default 4 kHz
Programmable Parameters Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ± 1% V/Hz
2 Description Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Application macros: basic, pump, fan and high load (hoist)
Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec
Programmable start/stop and reverse signal logic (sinking or sourcing)
Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec
2 Reference scaling
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
Programmable start and stop functions
2 DC-brake at start and stop
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2
230 V Series FS2 35 ohms and FS3 26 ohms, FS4 14 ohms, FS5 9 ohms
Programmable V/Hz curve
2 Adjustable switching frequency
400 V Series FS2 75 ohms and FS3 54 ohms, FS4 28 ohms, FS5 17 ohms
575 V Series FS3 103 ohms
2 Autorestart function after fault
Ambient Conditions
Protections and supervisions (all fully programmable; off, warning, fault)
2 Current signal input fault
Ambient operating
temperature
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
External fault
Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to 158 °F (70 °C)
2 Fieldbus communication
Eight preset speeds
2 Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2; Mechanical
particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
2 PID controller Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
Skip frequencies max. 6560 ft (2000 m)
2 Vibration EN 60068-2-6; 3 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 3 to
15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2 Shock EN 50178, IEC 68-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights);
storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2 Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS3)
IP21 (FS4 and FS5)
2 Notes
2 2 Only three-phase FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Standards
2
freely programmable. The ● Six digital inputs ● Computerized testing
user can assign multiple ● Two analog inputs ● Final test with full load 2
functions to a single input
– 4–20 mA ● Conformal-coated boards
● Digital, relay, and analog – 0–10 V ● Eaton’s Electrical Services & 2
outputs are freely ● One analog output Systems: national network
programmable
● One digital output of AF drive specialists 2
● Two relay outputs
● RS-485 interface 2
2
M-Max I/O Interface
2
1 +10 V Ref. output voltage — Maximum load 10 mA 2
2 AI1 Analog signal in 1 Freq. reference P) 0–+10 V Ri = 200k ohms [min.]
2
3 GND I/O signal ground — — 2
6 24 V 24 V output for DIs — ±20%, max. load 50 mA
7 GND I/O signal ground — —

2
8 DI1 Digital input 1 Start forward P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
2
9 DI2 Digital input 2 Start reverse P) —
10 DI3 Digital input 3 Preset speed P) — 2

AUTOGEN
A A RS-485 signal A FB communication —
2
Ref B B RS-485 signal B FB communication —
Current
4 AI2 Analog signal in 2 PI actual value P) 0[4]–20 mA, Ri = 200k ohms 2
2
14 DI4 Digital input 4 Preset speed B1 P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min. 2
15 DI5 Digital input 5 Fault reset P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
Analog
OUT 16 DI6 Digital input 6 Disable PI contr. P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min. 2
18 AO Analog output Output frequency P) 0(2)–10 V, RL = 500 ohms
2
20 DO Digital signal out Active = READY P) Open collector, max. load 48V/50 mA
22 RO11 Relay out 1 Active = RUN P) Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2 A or 250 Vdc/0.4 A 2
23 RO12
24 RO21 Relay out 2 Active = FAULT P) Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2 A or 250 Vdc/0.4 A
2
25 RO22
2
26 RO23
Note 2
P) Parameter-selectable function.
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
2 Dimensions and Frame Sizes, FS1–FS3 (FS = Frame Size)
2 a a a
a1 a1 a1
2
2
2
2
b1
2
b
b1
b
2
b1
b
2
2
2 FS1
2 FS2
2
2
FS3
2 0.28 in
(7 mm)
2
b2
2
2
2
2
2 c
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.5
2
Dimensions and Frame Sizes, FS4 and FS5 (FS = Frame Size)
a
2
a1 0.28
Ø
(7.0) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
b1
b2
b
2
2
2
2
2
2
c 2
2
Ø1 2
a1
2
Ø2
2
b1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
Dimensions and Frame Sizes

2 Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)
Installation
2 Part Number a a1 b b1 b2 c Ø, Ø1 Ø2 Size
MMX12AA1D7_ 2.60 1.50 6.30 5.79 1.26 4.02 0.18 — FS1
2 MMX12AA2D4_
MMX12AA2D8_
(66) (38) (160) (147) (32) (102) (4.5)
2 MMX32AA1D7_
MMX32AA2D4_
MMX32AA2D8_
2 MMX34AA1D3_
MMX34AA1D9_
2 MMX34AA2D4_
MMX11AA1D7_ 3.54 2.46 7.68 7.17 1.26 4.14 2.17 — FS2
2 MMX11AA2D4_
MMX11AA2D8_
(90) (62.5) (195) (182) (32) (105) (5.5)
MMX11AA3D7_
2 MMX12AA3D7_
MMX12AA4D8_
2 MMX12AA7D0_
MMX32AA3D7_
2 MMX32AA4D8_
MMX32AA7D0_
MMX34AA3D3_
2 MMX34AA4D3_
MMX34AA5D6_
2 MMX11AA4D8_ 3.94 2.95 9.96 9.53 1.34 4.41 2.17 — FS3
(100) (75) (253) (242) (34) (112) (5.5)
MMX12AA9D6_
2 MMX32AA011_
2 MMX34AA7D6_
MMX34AA9D0_
MMX34AA012_
2 MMX34AA014_
MMX35AA1D7_
2 MMX35AA2D7_
MMX35AA3D9_
MMX35AA6D1_
2 MMX35AA9D0_
MMX32AA012_ 6.50 5.51 14.57 13.82 13.27 6.61 0.28 0.55 FS4
2 MMX32AA017_
MMX32AA025_
(165.0) (140.0) (370.0) (351.0) (337.0) (168.0) (7.0) (14.0)
2 MMX34AA016_
MMX34AA023_
2 MMX32AA031_
MMX32AA038_
6.50
(165.0)
5.51
(140.0)
16.30
(414.0)
15.67
(398.0)
15.08
(383.0)
8.07
(205.0)
0.28
(7.0)
0.55
(14.0)
FS5
2 MMX34AA031_
MMX34AA038_
2 Note
1 in = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.5
2
NEMA 1/IP21 M-Max Drives and Communication Adapter Kit
D
2
2
W3
2
W2
2
2
H
2
2
2
2
W1
2
Frame Type H W1 W2 W3 D
FS1 8.14 (206.7) 3.77 (95.7) 2.99 (75.9) 3.98 (101.2) 5.41 (137.5) 2
FS2 9.90 (251.5) 4.72 (120.0) 3.97 (100.8) 4.94 (125.5) 5.68 (144.2)
FS3 12.26 (311.5) 5.12 (130.1) 4.36 (110.8) 5.33 (135.3) 6.32 (160.5) 2
FS4 16.40 (416.6) — 6.50 (165.0) — 6.61 (166.0)
FS5 18.10 (460.1) — 6.50 (165.0) — 8.07 (205.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
DG1 General Purpose Drive Contents

2 Description Page
2 PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-56
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-73
2 PowerXL DG1 Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-74
2
2
2
2
2 PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2 Product Description Features and Benefits
The DG1 general purpose Hardware Software
2 drives are part of Eaton’s next ● Brake chopper standard on ● Control logic can be ● Active energy control—
generation PowerXL Series of Frames 0, 1, 2, 3 powered from an external minimizes energy losses
adjustable frequency drives
2 specifically engineered for
● Dual overload ratings auxiliary control panel— in your motor, resulting in
● 110% variable torque (IL) internal drive functions and industry-leading energy
today’s more demanding
2 commercial and industrial ● 150% constant torque (IH)
fieldbus if necessary efficiency for your
application
● Standard I/O:
applications. The power unit
Open Type/IP00 or IP20 Quick Start Wizard upon
2 makes use of the most
●
or Type 1/IP21 or Type 12/

● 8DI, 1DO ●
initial power-up supports

sophisticated semiconductor ● 2AI, 2AO
IP54 enclosures available fast, easy installation
2 technology and a highly
modular construction that can ● Integrated common mode
● 2FC, 1FA relays ● Standard applications:
be flexibly adapted to meet reduction 5% DC link ● Standard communications: ● Standard
2 the customer’s needs. choke with input surge ● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP ● Multi-pump and fan
protection ● RS-485: Modbus RTU, Control
The control module was
2 designed to include today’s
● EMI/RFI filters standard on BACnet MS/TP ● Multi-PID
standard communication all drives—meets EMC ● Seamless integration into ● Multi-purpose
2 protocols and I/O while still Category C2 EtherNet/IP networks
having the modularity to add ● Real-time clock—supports via EIP-Assist I/O ● Copy/paste functionality
2 additional option cards. calendaring and PLC tag-generation tool on drive keypad—allows
Eaton’s patented Active functionality ● Two expansion slots— for fast setup of multiple
2 Energy Control is also a ● Graphic LCD display and intended to support drives
standard feature on DG1 keypad—supports simple additional I/O or ● Pre-programmed I/O—
menu navigation as well as supports fast, easy
2 drives, offering customers
increased efficiency, safety on-screen diagnostics and
communication protocols
as necessary installation for most
and reliability. troubleshooting applications
2 ● LOCAL/REMOTE operation
● Quick disconnect terminals
for I/O connections— ● Dynamic motor
These drives continue
the tradition of robust from keypad and two supports fast easy regenerative energy
2 performance and raise configurable soft keys installation management
the bar on features and ● Conformal coated control ● Safe Torque Off (STO) built- ● Advanced PC Tool with
2 functionality, ensuring and power boards standard in with functional safety diagnostic capabilities
the best solution at the SIL1 certification ● Two keypad software keys
2 right price. for easy menu navigation
and shortcuts
2 Product Range
230 V to 125 hp, 312 A, 90 kW
2 480 V to 1000 hp, 1180 A, 630 kW
575 V to 800 hp, 820 A, 597 kW
2

2.6
Product EMC Certification
2
● IEC/EN 61800-5-1 ● Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3 ● UL
● IEC/EN 61800-5-2 ● Category C2 ● cUL
2
● UL 508C ● CE 2
● IEC 61508 ● C-Tick
● EN 62061 ● RoHS 2
● EN ISO 13849-1 ● EAC
● Plenum rated 2
Catalog Number Selection 2
Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive
2
Series Power Part Options 2
D G1 – 3 4 4D3 F B – C 21 C 2
Basic Naming Coating of Boards
D = Drive C = Coated 2
Series Phase Reference Internal Brake Chopper Enclosure (IP Rating)
2
G1 = General purpose 3 = 3~ INPUT/3~ OUTPUT N = No brake chopper 00 = IP00
B = Brake chopper 20 = IP20
21 = IP21/Type 1 2
Input/Output Voltage Rating Internal EMC Filter 54 = IP54/Type 12
2 = 230 V (208–240 V, –15%, +10%)
4 = 400 V (380–500 V, –15%, +10%)
D=
E =
DC choke only
EMC filter only Display Option 2
5 = 600 V (525–600 V, –15%, +10%) F = Internal EMC filter and DC choke C = LCD (graphical)
N= No EMC filter, no DC choke N = No display 2
Output Current Rating (CT)
208–240 V 380–500 V 525–600 V
2
3D7 = 3.7 A, 0.55 kW, 0.75 hp 2D2 = 2.2 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp 105 = 105 A, 55 kW, 75 hp 3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp
4D8 = 4.8 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp 3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp 140 = 140 A, 75 kW, 100 hp 4D5 = 4.5 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp 2
6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp 4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp 170 = 170 A, 90 kW, 125 hp 7D5 = 7.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp
7D8 = 7.8 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp 5D6 = 5.6 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp 205 = 205 A, 110 kW, 150 hp 010 = 10 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
011 = 11 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp 7D6 = 7.6 A, 3 kW, 5 hp 245 = 245 A, 132 kW, 200 hp 013 = 13.5 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp 2
012 = 12.5 A, 3 kW, 4 hp 9D0 = 9 A, 4 kW, 7.5 hp (VT) 310 = 310 A, 160 kW, 250 hp 018 = 18 A, 11 kW, 15 hp
017
025
=
=
17.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp
25 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
012
016
=
=
12 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
16 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp
385 = 385 A, 200 kW, 300 hp
460 = 460 A, 250 kW, 350 hp
022
027
=
=
22 A, 15 kW, 20 hp
27 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp
2
031 = 31 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp 023 = 23 A, 11 kW, 15 hp 520 = 520 A, 250 kW, 450 hp 034 = 34 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
048 = 48 A, 11 kW, 15 hp 031 = 31 A, 15 kW, 20 hp 590 = 590 A, 315 kW, 500 hp 041 = 41 A, 30 kW, 40 hp 2
061 = 61 A, 15 kW, 20 hp 038 = 38 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp 650 = 650 A, 355 kW, 500 hp 052 = 52 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
075 = 75 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp 046 = 46 A, 22 kW, 30 hp 730 = 730 A, 400 kW, 600 hp 062 = 62 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
088 = 88 A, 22 kW, 30 hp 061 = 61 A, 30 kW, 40 hp 820 = 820 A, 450 kW, 700 hp 080 = 80 A, 55 kW, 75 hp 2
114 = 114 A, 30 kW, 40 hp 072 = 72 A, 37 kW, 50 hp 920 = 920 A, 500 kW, 800 hp 100 = 100 A, 75 kW, 100 hp
143
170
=
=
143 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
170 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
087 = 87 A, 45 kW, 60 hp 1K0 = 1180 A, 630 kW, 1000 hp (VT) 125
144
=
=
125 A, 90 kW, 125 hp
144 A, 110 kW, 150 hp
2
211 = 211 A, 55 kW, 75 hp 208 = 208 A, 132 kW, 200 hp
248 = 248 A, 75 kW, 100 hp 261
325
=
=
261 A, 187 kW, 250 hp
325 A, 224 kW, 300 hp
2
385 = 385 A, 224 kW, 300 hp
416 = 416 A, 298 kW, 400 hp 2
460 = 460 A, 336 kW, 450 hp
520
590
=
=
520 A, 373 kW, 500 hp
590 A, 448 kW, 600 hp
2
650 = 650 A, 485 kW, 650 hp
820 = 820 A, 597 kW, 800 hp (VT) 2
PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive Option Boards
2
DX G – NET – PROFIBUS
2
Basic Naming Series Type Function
DX = PowerXL Drive G = General purpose NET = Communication card PROFB = PROFIBUS
2
EXT = I/O card DEVICENET = DeviceNet
ACC =
SPR =
Accessory
Spare part
CANOPEN = CANopen
SWD = SmartWire
2
KEY = Keypad See Accessories on Page V6-T2-56
CBL = Cable for full offering 2

Product Selection
2
DG1 Series Drives—208–240 Volt
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 IP20
2 Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
2 Frame Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR0 0.55 0.75 3.7 0.75 1 4.8 DG1-323D7EB-C20C
2 0.75 1 4.8 1.1 1.5 6.6 DG1-324D8EB-C20C
1.1 1.5 6.6 1.5 2 7.8 DG1-326D6EB-C20C
2
2
2
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Type 1/IP21
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
2 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
Frame Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
2 FR1 0.55 0.75 3.7 0.75 1 4.8 DG1-323D7FB-C21C
2 0.75 1 4.8 1.1 1.5 6.6 DG1-324D8FB-C21C

1.1 1.5 6.6 1.5 2 7.8 DG1-326D6FB-C21C
2 1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DG1-327D8FB-C21C
2.2 3 11 3 — 12.5 DG1-32011FB-C21C
2 FR2 3 — 12.5 3.7 5 17.5 DG1-32012FB-C21C
3.7 5 17.5 5.5 7.5 25 DG1-32017FB-C21C
2 5.5 7.5 25 7.5 10 31 DG1-32025FB-C21C
2 FR3 7.5 10 31 11 15 48 DG1-32031FB-C21C

11 15 48 15 20 61 DG1-32048FB-C21C
2 FR4 15 20 61 18.5 25 75 DG1-32061FN-C21C
18.5 25 75 22 30 88 DG1-32075FN-C21C
2 22 30 88 30 40 114 DG1-32088FN-C21C
2 FR5 30 40 114 37 50 143 DG1-32114FN-C21C

37 50 143 45 60 170 DG1-32143FN-C21C
2 45 60 170 55 75 211 DG1-32170FN-C21C

FR6 55 75 211 75 100 261 DG1-32211FN-C21C
2 75 100 248 90 125 312 DG1-32248FN-C21C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
PowerXL Series—DG1 Type 12/IP54
2
Frame Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number 2
FR1 0.55 0.75 3.7 0.75 1 4.8 DG1-323D7FB-C54C
0.75 1 4.8 1.1 1.5 6.6 DG1-324D8FB-C54C
2
1.1 1.5 6.6 1.5 2 7.8 DG1-326D6FB-C54C
2
1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DG1-327D8FB-C54C
2.2 3 11 3 — 12.5 DG1-32011FB-C54C 2
FR2 3 — 12.5 3.7 5 17.5 DG1-32012FB-C54C
3.7 5 17.5 5.5 7.5 25 DG1-32017FB-C54C 2
5.5 7.5 25 7.5 10 31 DG1-32025FB-C54C
FR3 7.5 10 31 11 15 48 DG1-32031FB-C54C
2
11 15 48 15 20 61 DG1-32048FB-C54C 2
FR4 15 20 61 18.5 25 75 DG1-32061FN-C54C
18.5 25 75 22 30 88 DG1-32075FN-C54C 2
22 30 88 30 40 114 DG1-32088FN-C54C
FR5 30 40 114 37 50 143 DG1-32114FN-C54C
2
37 50 143 45 60 170 DG1-32143FN-C54C
2
45 60 170 55 75 211 DG1-32170FN-C54C
FR6 55 75 211 75 100 261 DG1-32211FN-C54C 2
75 100 248 90 125 312 DG1-32248FN-C54C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

DG1 Series Drives—380–500 Volt

2
PowerXL Series—DG1 IP20
FR0 0.75 1 2.2 1.1 1.5 3.3 DG1-342D2EB-C20C
2 1.1 1.5 3.3 1.5 2 4.6 DG1-343D3EB-C20C
1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DG1-344D3EB-C20C
2 2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DG1-345D6EB-C20C
2
2
2 Type 1/IP21
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
FR1 0.75 1 2.2 1.1 1.5 3.3 DG1-342D2FB-C21C
2 1.1 1.5 3.3 1.5 2 4.3 DG1-343D3FB-C21C

1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DG1-344D3FB-C21C
2 2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DG1-345D6FB-C21C
3 5 7.6 4 — 9 DG1-347D6FB-C21C
2 4 — 9 5.5 7.5 12 DG1-349D0FB-C21C
2 FR2 5.5 7.5 12 7.5 10 16 DG1-34012FB-C21C

7.5 10 16 11 15 23 DG1-34016FB-C21C
2 11 15 23 15 20 31 DG1-34023FB-C21C
FR3 15 20 31 18.5 25 38 DG1-34031FB-C21C
2 18.5 25 38 22 30 46 DG1-34038FB-C21C
22 30 46 30 40 61 DG1-34046FB-C21C
2 FR4 30 40 61 37 50 72 DG1-34061FN-C21C
2 37 50 72 45 60 87 DG1-34072FN-C21C
45 60 87 55 75 105 DG1-34087FN-C21C
2 FR5 55 75 105 75 100 140 DG1-34105FN-C21C
75 100 140 90 125 170 DG1-34140FN-C21C
2 90 125 170 110 150 205 DG1-34170FN-C21C
FR6 110 150 205 132 200 261 DG1-34205FN-C21C
2
132 200 245 160 250 310 DG1-34245FN-C21C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
2
FR1 0.75 1 2.2 1.1 1.5 3.3 DG1-342D2FB-C54C
1.1 1.5 3.3 1.5 2 4.3 DG1-343D3FB-C54C
2
1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DG1-344D3FB-C54C
2
2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DG1-345D6FB-C54C
3 5 7.6 4 — 9 DG1-347D6FB-C54C 2
4 — 9 5.5 7.5 12 DG1-349D0FB-C54C
FR2 5.5 7.5 12 7.5 10 16 DG1-34012FB-C54C 2
7.5 10 16 11 15 23 DG1-34016FB-C54C
11 15 23 15 20 31 DG1-34023FB-C54C
2
FR3 15 20 31 18.5 25 38 DG1-34031FB-C54C 2
18.5 25 38 22 30 46 DG1-34038FB-C54C
22 30 46 30 40 61 DG1-34046FB-C54C 2
FR4 30 40 61 37 50 72 DG1-34061FN-C54C
37 50 72 45 60 87 DG1-34072FN-C54C
2
45 60 87 55 75 105 DG1-34087FN-C54C
2
FR5 55 75 105 75 100 140 DG1-34105FN-C54C
75 100 140 90 125 170 DG1-34140FN-C54C 2
90 125 170 110 150 205 DG1-34170FN-C54C
FR6 110 150 205 132 200 261 DG1-34205FN-C54C 2
132 200 245 160 250 310 DG1-34245FN-C54C
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Open Type/IP00 2

2
FR7 160 250 311 200 300 385 DG1-34310FN-C00C
2
200 300 385 250 350 460 DG1-34385FN-C00C
2
250 350 460 250 450 520 DG1-34460FN-C00C
250 450 520 315 500 590 DG1-34520FN-C00C 2
FR8 315 500 590 355 500 650 DG1-34590FN-C00C
355 500 650 400 600 730 DG1-34650FN-C00C 2
400 600 730 450 700 820 DG1-34730FN-C00C
450 700 820 500 800 920 DG1-34820FN-C00C
2
500 800 920 560 900 1040 DG1-34920FN-C00C 2
500 800 920 630 1000 1180 DG1-341K0FN-C00C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

DG1 Series Drives—575 Volt

2
FR1 1.5 2 3.3 2.2 3 4.5 DG1-353D3FB-C21C
2 2.2 3 4.5 3.7 5 7.5 DG1-354D5FB-C21C
3.7 5 7.5 5.5 7.5 10 DG1-357D5FB-C21C
2 FR2 5.5 7.5 10 7.5 10 13.5 DG1-35010FB-C21C
2 7.5 10 13.5 11 15 18 DG1-35013FB-C21C

11 15 18 15 20 22 DG1-35018FB-C21C
2 FR3 15 20 22 18.5 25 27 DG1-35022FB-C21C
18.5 25 27 22 30 34 DG1-35027FB-C21C
2 22 30 34 30 40 41 DG1-35034FB-C21C
FR4 30 40 41 37 50 52 DG1-35041FN-C21C
2 37 50 52 45 60 62 DG1-35052FN-C21C
2 45 60 62 55 75 80 DG1-35062FN-C21C
FR5 55 75 80 75 100 100 DG1-35080FN-C21C
2 75 100 100 90 125 125 DG1-35100FN-C21C
90 125 125 110 150 144 DG1-35125FN-C21C
2 FR6 110 150 144 150 200 208 DG1-35144FN-C21C
132 200 208 187 250 250 DG1-35208FN-C21C
2
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Type 12/IP54
2 575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current 575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
2 FR1 1.5 2 3.3 2.2 3 4.5 DG1-353D3FB-C54C
2.2 3 4.5 3.7 5 7.5 DG1-354D5FB-C54C
2 3.7 5 7.5 5.5 7.5 10 DG1-357D5FB-C54C
2 FR2 5.5 7.5 10 7.5 10 13.5 DG1-35010FB-C54C

7.5 10 13.5 11 15 18 DG1-35013FB-C54C
2 11 15 18 15 20 22 DG1-35018FB-C54C
FR3 15 20 22 18.5 25 27 DG1-35022FB-C54C
2 18.5 25 27 22 30 34 DG1-35027FB-C54C
22 30 34 30 40 41 DG1-35034FB-C54C
2 FR4 30 40 41 37 50 52 DG1-35041FN-C54C
2 37 50 52 45 60 62 DG1-35052FN-C54C
45 60 62 55 75 80 DG1-35062FN-C54C
2 FR5 55 75 80 75 100 100 DG1-35080FN-C54C
75 100 100 90 125 125 DG1-35100FN-C54C
2 90 125 125 110 150 144 DG1-35125FN-C54C
FR6 110 150 144 150 200 208 DG1-35144FN-C54C
2 132 200 208 187 250 250 DG1-35208FN-C54C
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
PowerXL Series—DG1 Open Type/IP00
2
FR7 186.5 250 261 223.8 300 325 DG1-35261FN-C00C
223.8 300 325 298.4 400 385 DG1-35325FN-C00C
2
223.8 300 385 335.7 450 416 DG1-35385FN-C00C
2
FR8 298.4 400 416 335.7 450 460 DG1-35416FN-C00C
335.7 450 460 373 500 520 DG1-35460FN-C00C 2
373 500 520 447.6 600 590 DG1-35520FN-C00C
447.6 600 590 484.9 650 650 DG1-35590FN-C00C 2
484.9 650 650 522.2 700 750 DG1-35650FN-C00C
484.9 650 650 596.8 800 820 DG1-35820FN-C00C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2 The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide PowerXL Series—DG1 Conversion and Flange Kits
selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize
2 the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a Type 1/IP21 to a
Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes cover, fan and grommets.
designed to accept a total of two additional option boards.
2 The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kits 1
standard board configuration including the following: Description Catalog Number
2 Frame 1 230 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-2FR1N12KIT
● Standard I/O:
2 ● 8DI, 1DO Frame 1 480 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
● 2AI, 2AO Frame 2 Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-FR2N12KIT
2 ● 2FC, 1FA relays
The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is
● Standard communications:
2 ● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit
includes hardware, top flange plate, bottom flange plate and
RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP two side flange plates.
2 ●
Flange Kits
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits Description Catalog Number
Frame 1 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR1N12FK
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card DXG-EXT-3RO
2 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card DXG-EXT-THER1
6 x DI 240 Vac input option card DXG-EXT-6DI
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Demo Units
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits
Demo Units
PROFIBUS-DP communication card DXG-NET-PROFB
DG1 control module demo stand DG1-DEMO1
2 CANopen communication card DXG-NET-CANOPEN
DG1 full drive demo case DG1-DEMO2
DeviceNet communication card DXG-NET-DEVICENET
2 PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card DXG-NET-PROAD
Note
1 NEMA 12 DG1 drives from W34 are available within 3 business days.
2 SmartWire communication card and module IP20 DXG-NET-SWD-IP20

SmartWire communication card and module IP54 DXG-NET-SWD-IP54
2
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Keypad Kits
2 Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD
Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad holder and 3 m cable) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT
2 1 m remote keypad cable DXG-CBL-1M0

Remote keypad mounting holder only DXG-KEY-HOLDER
2 Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug (maintain rating without keypad) DXG-KEY-N12PLUG
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Power Xpert inControl Software
The PowerXL Series PC Tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring of 2
the DG1 drives. Features include loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed,
setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text 2
form, and real-time display.
PowerXpert inControl Software
2
2
Software kit (software, cable, manual) DXG-ACC-SOFTWARE
Software cable (USB to keypad [RJ45]) DXG-CBL-PCCABLE 2
Real-time clock battery (approximately 10,000 hours life) DXG-ACC-RTBATT
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Brake Chopper Options

2 The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque
option is used for applications The duty cycle rating is based If the braking torque required
2 that require dynamic braking. on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic
Dynamic braking resistors are example, the 20% duty cycle braking is not required
2 not included with drive resistor can carry 100% because the regenerated
purchase. Consult the factory current for 12 seconds out energy will be dissipated in
2 for additional dynamic braking
resistor selections that are
of every 60 seconds, while the drive and motor losses.
the 50% duty cycle resistor
supplied separately. A list of
2 common resistors are listed
can carry 150% current for
30 seconds out of every
below and are complete 60 seconds.
2 indoor assemblies, include a
pre-wired terminal block and
2 a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor—Catalog Number Selection
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
2 Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
2 100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2 230 V Brake Resistors

Drive hp Minimum 20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
2 (CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
0.75 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R100-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H
2 1 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R100-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H
2 1.5 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R036-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H

2 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R036-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H
7.5 20.0 DBR-R020-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R020-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H
2 10 10.0 DBR-R015-W1600 12W x 13D x 5H DBR-R112-W6000 26.5W x 13D x 5H

20 3.3 DBR-R9D3-W3200 19W x 10D x 5H DBR-R3D4-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H
2 25 3.3 DBR-R5D5-W4000 26.5W x 10D x 5H DBR-R5D1-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H
30 3.3 DBR-R4D8-W4800 26.5W x 10D x 5H DBR-R4D1-W020K 28W x 16D x 10H
2 40 1.4 DBR-R004-W6000 26.5W x 13D x 5H DBR-R3D4-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H

60 1.4 DBR-R2D8-W9000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R002-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H
2 75 1.4 DBR-R2D6-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H
100 1.4 DBR-R002-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
480 V Brake Resistors
2
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
2
1.5 63.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R100-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H 2
3 63.0 DBR-R100-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H DBR-R100-W2000 12W x 16D x 5H 2
2
2
10 63.0 DBR-R063-W1600 12W x 13D x 5H DBR-R063-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H
20 21.0 DBR-R030-W3200 19W x 13D x 5H DBR-R023-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H
25 21.0 DBR-R030-W4000 19W x 16D x 5H DBR-R021-W015K 28W x 13D x 10H 2
30 14.0 DBR-R020-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H DBR-R014-W020K 30W x 18D x 24H
2
50 6.5 DBR-R013-W7500 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R8D5-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H
2
60 6.5 DBR-R010-W9000 28W x 10D x 10H DBR-R7D3-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H
75 3.3 DBR-R009-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 2
100 3.3 DBR-R5D1-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R004-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H
125 3.3 DBR-R4D1-W020K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R004-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 2
150 3.3 DBR-R3D4-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H DBR-R3D5-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H
2
250 1.4 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H 1 — 2
300 1.4 DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —
350 1.4 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 — 2
400 0.9 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
500 0.9 DBR-R0D9-W080K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2
1
550 0.9 DBR-R001-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H —
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 Drive hp Minimum 20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque


2 25 30.0 DBR-R030-W4000 19W x 16D x 5H DBR-R030-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H
2 40 18.0 DBR-R030-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R184-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H
2 75 9.0 DBR-R009-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H DBR-R009-W045K 30W x 18D x 24H

2 125 7.0 DBR-R8D2-W020K 30W x 18D x 10H DBR-R007-W070K 30W x 18D x 40H
150 7.0 DBR-R007-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H DBR-R006-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H
2 300 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —

400 1.7 DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2 450 1.7 DBR-R1D8-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
500 1.7 DBR-R002-W080K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
2 Note
2 1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
A line and load reactor is a DR1 Line Reactor DR2 Output Reactor
2
that can be placed on the line a moderate reduction in reduce the transient voltage 2
help improve the harmonic DC choke. It also provides The output filter is 2
Consult the factory for
AFD and its semiconductors lengths exceeding 100 ft 2
further technical details. extend the life of the AFD. and above and for cable
2
2
2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
D = Drive 3 = 3% 2
5 = 5%
Device Series Current Rating

2
R2 = Load side reactor Input/Output Voltage 2D0 = 2.0 A 0 = Open 2
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 460 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A 2

2
Open NEMA 1 2
Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 2
2
3 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2 20
25
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4027-05
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4025-05
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4027-15
DR1-4034-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4025-15
DR2-4035-15

2
2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%



2.6
Replacement Parts
2
Frame 0
230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD —
2
Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD —
2
Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT —
Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR0FAN DXG-SPR-FR0FAN — 2
Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR0MPB DXG-SPR-4FR0MPB —
EMI kit for C2 DXG-SPR-FR0EMCKIT DXG-SPR-FR0EMCKIT — 2
2
Frame 1
230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD 2
Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
2
Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2
Standard cover DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR1FAN DXG-SPR-FR1FAN DXG-SPR-FR1FAN 2
Control fan DXG-SPR-2FR1CF DXG-SPR-4FR1CF DXG-SPR-4FR1CF
Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR1MPB DXG-SPR-4FR1MPB DXG-SPR-4FR1MPB 2
EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR1EB DXG-SPR-4FR1EB DXG-SPR-4FR1EB
Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR1MCC DXG-SPR-FR1MCC DXG-SPR-FR1MCC
2
Outer housing DXG-SPR-FR1OH DXG-SPR-FR1OH DXG-SPR-FR1OH
2
UL conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL
IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC 2
Frame 2 2
Description
230 V
Catalog Number
480 V
Catalog Number
575 V
Catalog Number
2
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD 2
Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT 2
2
Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR2FAN DXG-SPR-FR2FAN DXG-SPR-FR2FAN
2
Control fan DXG-SPR-FR2CF DXG-SPR-FR2CF DXG-SPR-FR2CF
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-2FR2BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC 2
Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR2MPB DXG-SPR-4FR2MPB DXG-SPR-4FR2MPB
EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR2EB DXG-SPR-4FR2EB DXG-SPR-4FR2EB 2
2
2
IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC
Note 2
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2
2
2

Frame 3
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
2 Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD

2 Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2 Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT
2 Main fan DXG-SPR-FR3FAN DXG-SPR-FR3FAN DXG-SPR-FR3FAN

2 Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR3BC DXG-SPR-FR3BC DXG-SPR-FR3BC
2 EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR3EB DXG-SPR-4FR3EB DXG-SPR-4FR3EB
Drive board DXG-SPR-2FR3DB DXG-SPR-4FR3DB DXG-SPR-4FR3DB
2 Output board DXG-SPR-FR3OB DXG-SPR-FR3OB DXG-SPR-FR3OB
2 Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR3MCC DXG-SPR-FR3MCC DXG-SPR-FR3MCC

2 UL conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL
2
2 Frame 4
230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
2 Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
2 Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2 Standard cover
1
DXG-SPR-FR4CVR DXG-SPR-FR4CVR DXG-SPR-FR4CVR
Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT
2 Main fan DXG-SPR-FR4FAN DXG-SPR-FR4FAN DXG-SPR-FR4FAN
2 Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-2FR4BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC
2 EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR4EB DXG-SPR-4FR4EB DXG-SPR-4FR4EB
2 Softstart board DXG-SPR-2FR4SB DXG-SPR-4FR4SB DXG-SPR-4FR4SB

IGBT module DXG-SPR-2FR4IGBT DXG-SPR-4FR4IGBT DXG-SPR-4FR4IGBT
2 Rectifier module DXG-SPR-2FR4RM DXG-SPR-4FR4RM DXG-SPR-4FR4RM
Brake chopper module DXG-SPR-2FR4BCM DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM
2 Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR4MCC DXG-SPR-FR4MCC DXG-SPR-FR4MCC
2
2 IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC
Note
2 1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2
2
2
2

2.6
Frame 5
230 V 480 V 575 V
2
2
Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD 2
Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER 2
Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT
2
Main fan DXG-SPR-FR5FAN DXG-SPR-FR5FAN DXG-SPR-FR5FAN
2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR5BC DXG-SPR-FR5BC DXG-SPR-FR5BC 2
EMI-1 board DXG-SPR-2FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B 2
EMI-2 board DXG-SPR-2FR5E2B DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B
EMI-3 board DXG-SPR-FR5E3B DXG-SPR-FR5E3B DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
2
2
Rectifier module DXG-SPR-FR5RM DXG-SPR-FR5RM DXG-SPR-5FR5RM
Brake chopper module DXG-SPR-2FR5BCM DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM 2
Outer housing DXG-SPR-FR5OH DXG-SPR-FR5OH DXG-SPR-FR5OH 2
IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP
2
DC terminal kit DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT 2
Frame 6 2
230 V 480 V 600 V
Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
2
Control module kit with keypad DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
2
Standard cover DXG-SPR-FR6CVR DXG-SPR-FR6CVR DXG-SPR-FR6CVR 2
Type 12 grommet kit DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12 DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12 DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12
Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT 2
Main fain DXG-SPR-FR6FAN DXG-SPR-FR6FAN DXG-SPR-FR6FAN
2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR6BC DXG-SPR-FR6BC DXG-SPR-5FR6BC
2
EMI board DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB 2
Rectifier module DXG-SPR-FR6RM DXG-SPR-FR6RM DXG-SPR-5FR6RM 2
2
UL conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR6CPUL DXG-SPR-FR6CPUL DXG-SPR-FR6CPUL 2
Softstart board DXG-SPR-2FR6SB DXG-SPR-4FR6SB DXG-SPR-5FR6SB 2
Rectifier snubber board DXG-SPR-2FR6RSB DXG-SPR-4FR6RSB DXG-SPR-5FR6RSB
Terminal block kit (1-pole) DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P
2
Terminal block kit (3-pole) DXG-SPR-FR6TB3P DXG-SPR-FR6TB3P DXG-SPR-FR6TB3P
2
Note
2

Frame 7
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Standard keypad — DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
2 Control module kit with keypad 1 — DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT

Control board cover — DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2 Standard cover — DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
2 Frame 8
230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Standard keypad — DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
2 Control module kit with keypad 1 — DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT
2 Control board cover — DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER

Standard cover — DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
2 Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications
Attribute Description Specification 2
Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
2
Input frequency 50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)
Connection to power Once per minute or less 2
Starting delay 3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)
2
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers); 5 kAIC (without fuses or breakers)
Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin 2
Continuous output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.) 2
Overload current 150% of drive rating for constant torque, 110% for variable torque 2
Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)
Output frequency 0–400 Hz (standard) 2
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
2
Control characteristics Control methods Frequency control
Speed control 2
Open-loop speed control
Open-loop torque control 2
Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range:
FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz 2
FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz
230 V / 480 V defaults: 2
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz 2
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range: 2
575 V defaults: 2
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz
Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload.
2
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1% 2
Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz 2
Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz
Acceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s 2
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor): 2
100% continuous maximum rating
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT) 2
–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
2
Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C
Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive 2
Air quality: Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide]) 2
●Mechanical particles Designed according to:
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2 2
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 2
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system 2

PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued

2 Attribute Description Specification
2 Ambient conditions,
continued
Vibration: 5–150 Hz
●EN 61800-5-1 Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)
2 ●EN 60668-2-6 Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Shock: Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2 ●ISTA 1 A
●EN 60068-2-27
2 Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III
2 Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2
Enclosure class IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range
2 IP54/Type 12 option
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
2 Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment
MTBF FR1: 165,457 hours
2 FR2: 134,833 hours
2 FR3: 102,515 hours
FR4: 121,567 hours
2 FR5: 108,189 hours
FR6: 100,000 hours
2 Noise FR1: 51.2 dB
FR2: 58.6 dB
2 FR3: 61.0 dB
FR4: 68.0 dB
2 FR5: 69.1 dB
FR6: 73.2 dB
2
Standards Safety UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
2 EMC +EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
2 Electrostatic discharge Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B
Fast transient burst Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
2
Dielectrical strength Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
2 Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc
Approvals EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
2 Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Attribute Description Specification
2
Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes 2
Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V 2
575 V drives: 1100 V
Undervoltage protection Yes 2
Undervoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 211 V
480 V drives: 370 V 2
575 V drives: 550 V
Earth fault protection Yes
2
Default: 15% motor FLA
Minimum: 0% motor FLA 2
Maximum: 30% motor FLA
Input phase supervision Yes 2
Motor phase supervision Yes 2
Overcurrent protection Yes
Unit overtemperature protection Yes 2
Motor overload protection Yes
2
Motor stall protection Yes
Motor underload protection Yes 2
DC bus overvoltage control Yes
2
Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
reference voltages 2
Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A 2
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
2
Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications—Efficiency

2
230 V 575 V
2 Efficiency Efficiency
Frame Size Load Torque VT CT Input THDi Frame Size Load Torque VT CT Input THDi
2 FR1 25% 92.10% 90.90% 42.8% FR1 25% 97.48% 97.25% 62.6%
2 50% 95.20% 95.20% 35.2% 50% 97.79% 97.66% 45.6%

100% 96.70% 96.20% 29.9% 100% 98.10% 97.60% 36.8%
2 FR2 25% 90.80% 94.20% 70.0% FR2 25% 98.06% 97.98% 60.6%
50% 96.64% 97.09% 46.6% 50% 98.19% 98.11% 47.2%
2 100% 97.30% 97.30% 33.3% 100% 98.20% 98.10% 36.7%
FR3 25% 97.23% 97.06% 53.1% FR3 25% 97.98% 97.77% 78.9%
2 50% 97.37% 97.17% 43.6% 50% 98.32% 98.18% 55.5%
2 100% 97.00% 97.20% 30.8% 100% 98.10% 98.10% 36.3%

FR4 25% 94.60% 94.30% 39.4% FR4 25% 98.27% 97.96% 66.1%
2 50% 97.20% 97.10% 32.4% 50% 98.57% 98.44% 41.6%
100% 97.60% 97.60% 25.6% 100% 98.30% 98.30% 31.2%
2 FR5 25% 94.5 94.30% 30.50% FR5 25% 98.60% 98.50% 52.80%
2 50% 97.80% 97.60% 30.8% 50% 98.81% 98.78% 35.9%

100% 97.70% 97.80% 25.0% 100% 98.60% 98.70% 28.4%
2
480 V
2 Efficiency
Frame Size Load Torque VT CT Input THDi
2 FR1 25% 93.30% 90.70% 54.0%
50% 97.10% 96.98% 46.8%
2 100% 97.61% 97.67% 35.3%
2 FR2 25% 95.90% 94.20% 59.8%

50% 97.81% 98.34% 42.7%
2 100% 98.11% 98.20% 33.8%
FR3 25% 96.40% 95.20% 69.2%
2 50% 97.87% 97.99% 45.2%
100% 97.79% 98.15% 32.6%
2 FR4 25% 98.00% 97.80% 56.5%
2 50% 97.97% 97.89% 39.8%

100% 97.96% 98.17% 31.5%
2 FR5 25% 97.8 97.60% 50.3%
50% 98.39% 98.10% 37.0%
2 100% 98.14% 98.19% 29.5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Wiring Diagram
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram
External Wiring Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description 2
1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source
2
Res
2 AI1+ Analog Input 1 0–10 V Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)

3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground) 2
4 AI2+ Analog Input 2 4 mA to 20 mA Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
i
5 AI2– Analog Input 2 Ground — Analog Input 2 Common (Ground)
2
6 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control 2
7 DIN5 Digital Input 5 Preset Speed B0 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2 2
9 DIN7 Digital Input 7 — —
10 DIN8 Digital Input 8 Force Remote (TI+) Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
2
11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
12 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control
13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.) 2
14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run
2
15 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
17 AO1+ Analog Output 1 Output Frequency Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)
18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input 2
20 DIN1 Digital Input 1 Run Forward Input starts drive in forward direction (start enable)
21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable) 2
22 DIN3 Digital Input 3 External Fault Input causes drive to fault
23 DIN4 Digital Input 4 Fault Reset Input resets active faults
2
24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
25 A RS-485 Signal A — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet) 2
27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
28 R1NC Relay 1 Normally Closed Run Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a run state
29 R1CM Relay 1 Common 2
30 R1NO Relay 1 Normally Open
31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state 2
33 R2CM Relay 2 Common
34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open 2
Notes
The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA and CMB are wired to ground (as shown by dashed line).
2
If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and CMB and close the inputs to ground.
When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line). 2
If using +10 V for AI1 or AI2, terminals 3, 5 and 6 need to be jumpered together.
2
2
2
2
2

Control Board Layout

2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Board Layout
2
2
2
2 Fan Power Wire DSP Connection
to Power Board
2 Safe Torque Off (STO)

Keypad
2
2
MCU Connection
2 AI Mode Selection to Power Board
1
ON
2
3
2
RTC Battery (Standard)
2 RJ45 EtherNet/IP,
Modbus TCP
2 Optional Card Slot A
2 Control I/O
Terminals
Optional Card Slot B
ON
2 1
RS-485 Terminating
2 Resistor
2 MOV Screw
2 Removable
EMC Screw
2
2 Motor Ground
Clamp Location
2 Line Ground
Clamp Location
Grounding
2 Grounding Strap Location
Strap Location
2
2 Line Side Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Dimensions
PowerXL Series—DG1 Dimensions 2
W4 Ø D
2
W2
2
2
2
H1 H2 H3
2
2
2
W1
2
W3 2
Frame Amperes Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight
Size Voltage hp (CT/IH) kW (CT/IH) D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 W4 Ø Lb (kg) 2
FR0 230 Vac 0.75–1.5 0.55–1.1 3.7–6.6 6.83 10.58 10.16 9.54 5.00 4.97 4.26 4.26 0.28 4.41
480 Vac 1–3 0.75–2.2 2.2–5.6
(173.5) (268.7) (258) (242.3) (127) (126.3) (108.3) (108.3) (7.0) (2.0) 2
FR1 230 Vac 0.75–3 0.55–2.2 3.5–11 7.91 12.87 12.28 11.50 6.02 4.80 3.94 3.94 0.28 14.33
480 Vac 1–5 0.75–3.7 2.3–7.6
(200.9) (326.9) (311.9) (292.1) (153.0) (121.9) (100.1) (100.1) (7.0) (6.5) 2
575 Vac 2–5 1.5–3.7 3.3–7.5
2
FR2 230 Vac 5–7.5 3–5.5 12.5–25 9.63 16.50 15.98 14.96 6.61 5.28 3.54 3.54 0.28 23.37
(244.7) (419.1) (405.9) (380.0) (167.8) (134.1) (90.0) (90.0) (7.0) (10.6)
480 Vac 7.5–15 5.5–11 12–23 2
575 Vac 7.5–15 5.5–11 10–18
FR3 230 Vac 10–15 7.5–11 31–48 10.44 21.97 21.46 20.41 8.06 7.24 4.92 4.92 0.35 49.82 2
(265.1) (558.0) (545.0) (518.5) (204.6) (183.9) (125.0) (125.0) (9.0) (22.6)
480 Vac 20–30 15–22 31–46
575 Vac 20–30 15–22 22–34 2
FR4 230 Vac 20–30 15–22 61–88 11.57 24.80 24.31 23.27 9.36 9.13 8.07 8.07 0.35 77.60
480 Vac 40–60 30–45 61–87
(294.0) (629.9) (617.5) (591.1) (237.7) (231.9) (205.0) (205.0) (9.0) (35.2) 2
575 Vac 40–60 30–45 41–62
FR5 230 Vac 40–60 30–45 114–170 13.41 34.98 29.65 27.83 11.34 11.10 8.66 8.66 0.35 154.32
2
(340.7) (888.5) (753.1) (706.9) (288.0) (281.9) (220.0) (220.0) (9.0) (70.0)
480 Vac 75–125 55–90 105–170
2
575 Vac 75–125 55–90 80–125
FR6 230 Vac 75–100 55–75 211–248 14.61
(371.0)
34.04
(864.5)
33.27
(845.0)
40.75
(1035.0)
19.13
(486.0)
18.90
(480.0)
15.75
(400.0)
15.75
(400.0)
0.35
(9.0)
281.3
(127.6)
2
480 Vac 150–200 110–150 205–261
575 Vac 150–200 110–160 144–208 2
FR7 480 Vac 250–450 160–250 311–520 20.51 38.58 34.25 34.49 19.92 19.92 17.99 18.74 0.98 452
575 Vac 250–400 187–298 261–416
(507.0) (980.0) (870.0) (876.0) (506.0) (506.0) (457.0) (476.0) (25.0) (205.0) 2
690 Vac 335–536 250–400 261–416
FR7 with 480 Vac 250–450 160–250 311–520 20.67 60.55 56.81 59.13 19.92 19.92 15.91 18.74 0.98 904
2
brake (525.0) (1538.0) (1442.0) (1501.9.0) (506.0) (506.0) (404.0) (476.0) (25.0) (410.0)
575 Vac 250–400 187–298 261–416
chopper
690 Vac 335–536 250–400 261–416
2
FR8 480 Vac 500–800 315–500 590–920 20.51
(507.0)
38.58
(980.0)
34.25
(870.0)
34.49
(876.0)
39.84
(1012.0)
39.84
(1012.0)
17.99
(457.0)
18.74
(476.0)
0.98
(25.0)
904
(410.0)
2
575 Vac 450–650 336–485 460–650
690 Vac 603–845 450–630 460–650 2
FR8 with 480 Vac 500–800 315–500 590–920 20.67 60.55 56.81 59.13 39.84 39.84 15.91 18.74 0.98 1808
brake
chopper
575 Vac 450–650 336–485 460–650
(525.0) (1538.0) (1442.0) (1501.9.0) (1012.0) (1012.0) (404.0) (476.0) (25.0) (820.0)
2
690 Vac 603–845 450–630 460–650
Note: The FR8 drive includes 2 FR7 power units coupled together. 2

DG1 General Purpose Enclosed Drive Contents

2 Description Page
2 PowerXL DG1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-48
PowerXL DG1 Series Enclosed Drives
Production Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-77
2 Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-81
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-82
2 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-83
2 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-86
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-87
2
2
2
2
2 PowerXL DG1 Series Enclosed Drives
2 Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
The DG1 Enclosed Drive ● Dual rated for both ● The PowerXL DG1 comes ● UL 508C
2 family incorporates the latest constant torque (CT) / high standard with the following
Eaton drive technology into overload (IH) and variable communication protocols:
pre-engineered enclosed torque (VT) / low overload
2 solutions covering the applications
● EtherNet/IP
● Modbus/TCP
industry’s most common ● Optional Brake Chopper
2 applications. Using the for external braking
● Modbus RTU
benefits of the PowerXL applications
● BACnet MS/TP
2 DG1, the enclosed family ● Available circuit breaker,
provides enhanced user Communication Options
motor circuit protector,
2 safety with the Safe Torque
feature as well as industry-
fused disconnect, isolation
● PROFIBUS-DP
fusing and surge protection ● LonWorks
leading energy efficiency
2 from the patented Active
device options to provide ● CANopen
input power protection ● DeviceNet
Energy Control algorithm.
2 Eaton further raises the bar
● Optional 3% input and
by providing customers with output reactors provide Enclosure Ratings
a reduction in voltage and
2 industry best lead times with
current harmonics on both
● NEMA Type 1
the Rapid Response System. ● NEMA Type 12
line and load side
2 This system allows
customers to select from ● Bypass options include a
● NEMA Type 3R
9 million standard standard three-contactor Mounting

2 configurations that have been design and a reduced ● Wall mount
pre-engineered with each voltage soft starter design
2 configuration having a set ● Output contactor option
● Floor mount: 12-inch legs
lead time. The Rapid provides a means for ● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
2 Response System delivers an positive disconnection of
Product Range
improved quotation process the drive output from the
and a faster delivery. ● 208 V: 0.75–100 hp
2 motor terminals
● 230 V: 0.75–125 hp
● MotoRX and dV/dt filter
options are used to reduce
2 transients voltages at the
● 480 V: 1–250 hp
● 230 V single-phase:
motor terminals 1–30 hp
2 ● Customizable cover control ● 480 V single-phase:
options 1.5–60 hp
2 ● Padlockable disconnect
2
2

2.6
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available. 2
DG1 Enclosed—Base Catalog Number 2
EGS 3D5 1 D 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
Product Family 3
Options
EGS = Enclosed DG1 drives—standard See Page V6-T2-76 for catalog number 2
option selection.
2
Enclosure Rating 2
Output Ampere Rating 1 = NEMA Type 1 2
2 = NEMA Type 12
208 V 230 V 480 V
3D5 = 3.5 A, 0.75 hp 3D2 = 3.2 A, 0.75 hp 2D1 = 2.1 A, 1 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed 2
4D6 = 4.6 A, 1 hp 4D2 = 4.2 A, 1 hp 3D0 = 3.0 A, 1.5 hp • = Custom option
6D6 =
7D5 =
6.6 A, 1.5 hp
7.5 A, 2 hp
6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A, 2 hp
3D4 =
4D8 =
3.4 A, 2 hp
4.8 A, 3 hp 2
010 = 10.6 A, 3 hp 9D6 = 9.6 A, 3 hp 7D6 = 7.6 A, 5 hp
016 =
024 =
16.7 A, 5 hp
24.2 A, 7.5 hp
015 = 15.2, 5 hp
022 = 22 A, 7.5 hp
011 =
014 =
11 A, 7.5 hp
14 A, 10 hp
Braking Application 1 2
A = No brake chopper, low overload
030 = 30.8 A, 10 hp 028 = 28 A, 10 hp 021 = 21 A, 15 hp B = Brake chopper, low overload
046 = 46.2 A, 15 hp 042 = 42 A, 15 hp 027 = 27 A, 20 hp C = No brake chopper, high overload 2
059 = 59.4 A, 20 hp 054 = 54 A, 20 hp 034 = 34 A, 25 hp D = Brake chopper, high overload
074 = 74.8 A, 25 hp 068 = 68 A, 25 hp 040 = 40 A, 30 hp
088 = 88 A, 30 hp 080 = 80 A, 30 hp 052 = 52 A, 40 hp 2
114 = 114 A, 40 hp 104 = 104 A, 40 hp 065 = 65 A, 50 hp
Phasing, Voltage
143 =
169 =
143 A, 50 hp
169 A, 60 hp
130 = 130 A, 50 hp
154 = 154 A, 60 hp
077 =
096 =
77 A, 60 hp
96 A, 75 hp 1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V 5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
2
211 = 211 A, 75 hp 192 = 192 A, 75 hp 124 = 124 A, 100 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
273 = 273 A, 100 hp 248 = 248 A, 100 hp 156 = 156 A, 125 hp 2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V
Output: Three-phase
J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
Output: Three-phase
2
312 = 312 A, 125 hp 180 = 180 A, 150 hp
240 = 240 A, 200 hp 4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V
302 = 302 A, 250 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase 2
Notes
2
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page V6-T2-59 for selection.
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4, 4X, 7 and 9 are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing. 2
3 Part number configuration continued on the following page.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2
DG1 Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2
EGS 3D5 1 D 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
Base Catalog Number Example
2 See Page V6-T2-75 for base catalog
number selection. Option Boards 2
2 Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
Power Disconnect Options
2 0 = None
1 = MCP disconnect 1 Option Boards 1
2 = Circuit breaker
2 3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
0 = No option
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
2 6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC)
4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input
2 8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
A = Fused disconnect
2 B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor Communication Options
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
2 E = Isolation fuses
0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor 3 = CANopen (slave)
2 G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
4 = DeviceNet
5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
• = Custom option 2 D = SmartWire-DT
2 • = Custom option 2
Bypass Options 3
2 0 = None Enclosure Options
1 = Manual HOA bypass 0 = None
2 2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
1 = Floor stand—12 inches
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
2 5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
2 7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
2 J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor Light Options 5
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD 0 = None
2 M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor 1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor 2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD • = Custom option 2
2 R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
2
2 Output Power Options 4
0 = None
A = Output contactor
2 B = 3% Output reactor
D = dV/dt filter
2 E
G
=
=
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor 0 = None
Control Options 5
• = Custom option 2 1 = Speed pot

2 2 = Start-stop pushbutton
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
A = HOA switch
2 B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch
2 D = HOA switch with speed pot
2 Notes
1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
2 3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
2 5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.

2.6
Production Selection
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive 208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R 2
Drive Base Base Base
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 2
0.75 3.5 1 EGS3D51D1 EGS3D51D2 EGS3D51D3
1 4.6 1 EGS4D61D1 EGS4D61D2 EGS4D61D3 2
2 7.5 1 EGS7D51D1 EGS7D51D2 EGS7D51D3
2
3 10.6 1 EGS0101D1 EGS0101D2 EGS0101D3 2
5 16.7 2 EGS0161D1 EGS0161D2 EGS0161D3
7.5 24.2 2 EGS0241D1 EGS0241D2 EGS0241D3 2
10 30.8 3 EGS0301D1 EGS0301D2 EGS0301D3
15 46.2 3 EGS0461D1 EGS0461D2 EGS0461D3
2
20 59.4 4 EGS0591C1 EGS0591C2 EGS0591C3
2
25 74.8 4 EGS0741C1 EGS0741C2 EGS0741C3
30 88 4 EGS0881C1 EGS0881C2 EGS0881C3 2
40 114 5 EGS1141C1 EGS1141C2 EGS1141C3
50 143 5 EGS1431C1 EGS1431C2 EGS1431C3 2
60 169 5 EGS1691C1 EGS1691C2 EGS1691C3
75 2 211 6 EGS2111C1 2 EGS2111C2 2 EGS2111C3 2
2
100 23 261 3 6 EGS2611C1 2 EGS2611C2 2 EGS2611C3 2
2
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
hp Current (A) Frame Size
2
1 4.6 1 EGS4D61B1 EGS4D61B2 EGS4D61B3
1.5 6.6 1 EGS6D61B1 EGS6D61B2 EGS6D61B3 2
3 10.6 1 EGS0101B1 EGS0101B2 EGS0101B3 2
5 16.7 2 EGS0161B1 EGS0161B2 EGS0161B3
7.5 24.2 2 EGS0241B1 EGS0241B2 EGS0241B3
2
10 30.8 2 EGS0301B1 EGS0301B2 EGS0301B3 2
15 46.2 3 EGS0461B1 EGS0461B2 EGS0461B3
20 59.4 3 EGS0591B1 EGS0591B2 EGS0591B3 2
25 74.8 4 EGS0741A1 EGS0741A2 EGS0741A3
30 88 4 EGS0881A1 EGS0881A2 EGS0881A3
2
40 114 4 EGS1141A1 EGS1141A2 EGS1141A3
2
50 143 5 EGS1431A1 EGS1431A2 EGS1431A3
60 169 5 EGS1691A1 EGS1691A2 EGS1691A3 2
75 211 5 EGS2111A1 EGS2111A2 EGS2111A3
100 2 273 6 EGS2731A1 2 EGS2731A2 2 EGS2731A3 2 2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-76.
2
2 Available in 2017.
3 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower. 2
2
2
2

2 NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R
2 hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
2 1 4.2 1 EGS4D22D1 EGS4D22D2 EGS4D22D3
2 1.5 6 1 EGS6D02D1 EGS6D02D2 EGS6D02D3

2 3 9.6 1 EGS9D62D1 EGS9D62D2 EGS9D62D3
5 15.2 2 EGS0152D1 EGS0152D2 EGS0152D3
2 7.5 22 2 EGS0222D1 EGS0222D2 EGS0222D3
10 28 3 EGS0282D1 EGS0282D2 EGS0282D3
2 15 42 3 EGS0422D1 EGS0422D2 EGS0422D3
2 20 54 4 EGS0542C1 EGS0542C2 EGS0542C3

25 68 4 EGS0682C1 EGS0682C2 EGS0682C3
2 30 80 4 EGS0802C1 EGS0802C2 EGS0802C3
40 104 5 EGS1042C1 EGS1042C2 EGS1042C3
2 50 130 5 EGS1302C1 EGS1302C2 EGS1302C3
2 60 154 5 EGS1542C1 EGS1542C2 EGS1542C3

75 2 192 6 EGS1922C1 2 EGS1922C2 2 EGS1922C3 2
2 100 2 248 6 EGS2482C1 2 EGS2482C2 2 EGS2482C3 2
2
2 1.5 6 1 EGS6D02B1 EGS6D02B2 EGS6D02B3
2 3 9.6 1 EGS9D62B1 EGS9D62B2 EGS9D62B3
2 5 15.2 2 EGS0152B1 EGS0152B2 EGS0152B3

7.5 22 2 EGS0222B1 EGS0222B2 EGS0222B3
2 10 28 2 EGS0282B1 EGS0282B2 EGS0282B3
15 42 3 EGS0422B1 EGS0422B2 EGS0422B3
2 20 54 3 EGS0542B1 EGS0542B2 EGS0542B3
25 68 4 EGS0682A1 EGS0682A2 EGS0682A3
2 30 80 4 EGS0802A1 EGS0802A2 EGS0802A3
2 40 104 4 EGS1042A1 EGS1042A2 EGS1042A3

50 130 5 EGS1302A1 EGS1302A2 EGS1302A3
2 60 154 5 EGS1542A1 EGS1542A2 EGS1542A3
75 192 5 EGS1922A1 EGS1922A2 EGS1922A3
2 100 2 248 6 EGS2482A1 2 EGS2482A2 2 EGS2482A3 2
125 2 EGS3122A1 2 EGS3122A2 2 EGS3122A3 2
2 312 6
Notes
2 1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-76.
2
2
2
2

2.6
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R
2
1.5 3 1 EGS3D04D1 EGS3D04D2 EGS3D04D3
2
2
5 7.6 1 EGS7D64D1 EGS7D64D2 EGS7D64D3 2
7.5 11 2 EGS0114D1 EGS0114D2 EGS0114D3
10 14 2 EGS0144D1 EGS0144D2 EGS0144D3 2
15 21 2 EGS0214D1 EGS0214D2 EGS0214D3
20 27 3 EGS0274D1 EGS0274D2 EGS0274D3
2
25 34 3 EGS0344D1 EGS0344D2 EGS0344D3 2
30 40 3 EGS0404D1 EGS0404D2 EGS0404D3
40 52 4 EGS0524C1 EGS0524C2 EGS0524C3 2
50 65 4 EGS0654C1 EGS0654C2 EGS0654C3
60 77 4 EGS0774C1 EGS0774C2 EGS0774C3
2
75 96 5 EGS0964C1 EGS0964C2 EGS0964C3
2
100 124 5 EGS1244C1 EGS1244C2 EGS1244C3
125 156 5 EGS1564C1 EGS1564C2 EGS1564C3 2
150 2 180 6 EGS1804C1 2 EGS1804C2 2 EGS1804C3 2
200 2 240 6 EGS2404C1 2 EGS2404C2 2 EGS2404C3 2 2
2
2
1.5 3 1 EGS3D04B1 EGS3D04B2 EGS3D04B3
2
2
7.5 11 1 EGS0114B1 EGS0114B2 EGS0114B3 2
10 14 2 EGS0144B1 EGS0144B2 EGS0144B3
15 21 2 EGS0214B1 EGS0214B2 EGS0214B3 2
20 27 2 EGS0274B1 EGS0274B2 EGS0274B3
25 34 3 EGS0344B1 EGS0344B2 EGS0344B3
2
30 40 3 EGS0404B1 EGS0404B2 EGS0404B3 2
40 52 3 EGS0524B1 EGS0524B2 EGS0524B3
50 65 4 EGS0654A1 EGS0654A2 EGS0654A3 2
60 77 4 EGS0774A1 EGS0774A2 EGS0774A3
75 96 4 EGS0964A1 EGS0964A2 EGS0964A3
2
100 124 5 EGS1244A1 EGS1244A2 EGS1244A3
2
125 156 5 EGS1564A1 EGS1564A2 EGS1564A3
150 180 5 EGS1804A1 EGS1804A2 EGS1804A3 2
200 2 240 6 EGS2404A1 2 EGS2404A2 2 EGS2404A3 2
250 2 302 6 EGS3024A1 2 EGS3024A2 2 EGS3024A3 2 2
Notes
2
2
2

DG1 Enclosed Drive 230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
Low Overload (VT) Enclosed Drives
2 0.75 3.2 1 EGS3D2JB1 EGS3D2JB2 EGS3D2JB3
2 1 4.2 1 EGS4D2JB1 EGS4D2JB2 EGS4D2JB3

1.5 6 2 EGS6D0JB1 EGS6D0JB2 EGS6D0JB3
2 2 6.8 2 EGS6D8JB1 EGS6D8JB2 EGS6D8JB3
3 9.6 2 EGS9D6JB1 EGS9D6JB2 EGS9D6JB3
2 5 15.2 2 EGS015JB1 EGS015JB2 EGS015JB3
7.5 22 3 EGS022JB1 EGS022JB2 EGS022JB3
2 10 28 3 EGS028JB1 EGS028JB2 EGS028JB3
2 15 42 4 EGS042JB1 EGS042JB2 EGS042JB3

20 54 4 EGS054JB1 EGS054JB2 EGS054JB3
2 25 68 5 EGS068JA1 EGS068JA2 EGS068JA3
30 80 5 EGS080JA1 EGS080JA2 EGS080JA3
2 40 104 5 EGS104JA1 EGS104JA2 EGS104JA3
2
480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 DG1 Enclosed Drive
2 hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2 Low Overload (VT) Enclosed Drives

1 2.1 1 EGS2D1KB1 EGS2D1KB2 EGS2D1KB3
2 1.5 3 1 EGS3D0KB1 EGS3D0KB2 EGS3D0KB3
2 3 4.8 1 EGS4D8KB1 EGS4D8KB2 EGS4D8KB3
2 7.5 11 2 EGS011KB1 EGS011KB2 EGS011KB3
2 10 14 2 EGS014KB1 EGS014KB2 EGS014KB3

15 21 3 EGS021KB1 EGS021KB2 EGS021KB3
25 34 4 EGS034KB1 EGS034KB2 EGS034KB3

50 65 5 EGS065KA1 EGS065KA2 EGS065KA3
2 60 77 5 EGS077KA1 EGS077KA2 EGS077KA3
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Enclosure Selection
2
EGS
Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference. 2
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
Note: Standard enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a circuit Note: Single-phase enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay capacitor kit, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/ 2
and terminal blocks. thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
Standard Enclosure X-Space Single-Phase Enclosure X-Space

2
Enclosure Size Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5 Enclosure Size Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5 2
AX 2 2 2 — — AX 0 0 — — —
BX 4 4 4 4 — BX 2 2 1 1 — 2
CX 7 7 7 7 7 CX 5 5 4 4 4
DX 18 18 18 18 18 DX 16 16 15 15 15
2
2
Standard Power Options X-Space Single-Phase Power Options X-Space
Power Options Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5 Power Options Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5 2
Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1 Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1
3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6 3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6
2
3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6
2
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6 dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 2
2
Note: Bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a MCP, CPT,
input contactor, output bypass contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
2
Bypass Enclosure X-Space 2
Enclosure Size Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5
AX 0 0 0 — —
2
BX 2 2 2 0 —
2
CX 5 5 5 3 2
DX 16 16 16 14 13 2
Bypass Power Options X-Space
2
Power Options Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5
2
Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1
3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6 2
RVSS bypass 2 2 2 3 4
3% output reactor 1 1 3 5 6
2
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2 The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide
2 The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
standard board configuration including the following:
2
● Standard I/O:
2 ● 8DI, 1DO
● 2AI, 2AO
2 ● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP
2 ●
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits

2
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits
2 CANopen communication card DXG-NET-CANOPEN
DXG-NET-SWD 1
2 SmartWire communication card and module
Note
2 1 Available in January 2017.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Options
2
Input Power Options
Option Description 2
HMCP Disconnect The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection
against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults. 2
Circuit Breaker Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level ground
faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF 2
position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option 2
consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current harmonics. It also
provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients.
2
SPD Provides a UL 1449 surge protection device (SPD) rated for 40 kA/ph that is connected to the line side terminals. 2
Fused Disconnect Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level ground faults on
the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.
This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
Bypass Options
2
Option Description
2
Manual HOA Bypass Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted keypad
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow
for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
Output Power Options 2
Option Description
Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. 2
NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer
and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
3% Output Reactor The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of a VFD. It is used to reduce transient voltage (dv/dt) and peak voltages at the motor
terminals. A 3% output filter is recommended for motor cable lengths up to 300 ft (10 m).
dV/dt Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. Recommended for motor cable lengths over 300 ft (10 m) and up to 1000 ft (304.8 m).
2
This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2
Control Options
Option Description
2
Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal
at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position.
2
Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed
potentiometer or a remote speed signal. 2
HOA Switch Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to 2
allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. 2
Light Options 2
Option Description
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light 2
Fault that indicates a drive fault has occurred.
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that 2
Bypass Run indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates when the motor is running in Bypass mode.
2
Enclosure Options
Floor Stand 12 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
2
2
2


2
Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V, 230 V, 480 V, 575 V, –15 to 10%
2
2 Connection to power Once per minute or less
2
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)
2 Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin
Output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
2 IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)
2 Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)

Output frequency 0–400 Hz (standard)
2 Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
2
Speed control
2 Open-loop speed control
Open-loop torque control
2 Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range:
2 FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz
230 V / 480 V defaults:
2 FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
FR6: 2 kHz
2 575 V range:
2 575 V defaults:
FR1–4: 3 kHz
2 FR5–6: 2 kHz
2 Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
2 Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz
2 Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2 Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
2 100% continuous maximum rating
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C
2 Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C
2 Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive

2 ●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
2 IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
2 For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system

2.6
2
Ambient conditions,
continued
Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III 2
Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2
Enclosure class NEMA Type 1, 12, 3R 2
Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment 2
Standards Safety UL 508C, EN 61800-5-1
Approvals UL and cUL 2
Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes
Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V 2
480 V drives: 911 V
575 V drives: 1100 V 2
Undervoltage protection Yes
2
480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V 2
2
Minimum: 0% motor FLA
Maximum: 30% motor FLA 2
Input phase supervision Yes
2
Motor phase supervision Yes
Overcurrent protection Yes 2
Unit overtemperature protection Yes
2
Motor stall protection Yes 2
2
Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes 2
reference voltages
Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV 2
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
2
Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion) 2
Efficiency Drive efficiency ratings 1 480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
480 V: FR2 = 97.9% 2
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
480 V: FR4 = 98.0% 2
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
230 V: FR1 = 96.7% 2
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
2
230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
2
Note
1 Based on DG1 efficiency ratings in an enclosure with no options.
2
2
2
2

Wiring Diagram
2
2 Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description
2
Res

2 3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground)
2 i
2 6 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control
2 8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2
9 DIN7 Digital Input 7 Emergency Stop (TI–) Input forces VFD output to shut off
2 10 DIN8 Digital Input 8 Force Remote (TI+) Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
2 11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input
2 13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
2
2 18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2 19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input
2 21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
2
2 24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input
2 26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2
2 29 R1CM Relay 1 Common
2 31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2 32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state
2 34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
Dimensions
AX Box Type 1 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
25.80
Required 2
Both Sides
(655.3)
2
25.35 26.74
(679.2)
(643.9)
17.31
2
(439.7)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2
(4 Places)
1.76
17.02 (432.2)
2
19.30 (490.2) (44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
AX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.0) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting Holes
Free Air Space Required (2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 14.06 2
Both Sides (357.1)
25.35
(643.9)
10.53 2
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8) 2
29.12
(739.6)
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.7)
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
2 19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required (2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
14.06
2 25.35 (357.1)
(643.9)
10.53
2 (267.5)
7.00
47.37 (177.8)
2 (1203.2)
47.87
(1215.9) 3.00 (76.2)
2 39.15 5.00 (127.0)
(994.4)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2 AX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 Free Air Space Required
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
25.80
2 (655.3)
26.74
2 25.35
(679.2)
(643.9)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2 1.76 17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (44.8)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space Required Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
14.06
Both Sides
25.35
(357.1)
10.53
2
(643.9) (267.5)
37.37
37.87
7.00
(177.8)
2
(961.9)
(949.2)
29.13 3.00 (76.2) 2
(739.9) 5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
AX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands 2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required Holes
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
25.35 (357.1)
(643.9) 10.53 2
(267.5)
7.00
(177.8)
2
47.87
(1215.9)
3.00 (76.2) 2
5.00 (127.0)
39.15
47.37
(1203.2) (994.4) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.75 (450.7)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2


2
AX Box Type 3R
2 3.00 (76.2) 20.18 (512.5)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2
33.09
2 (840.4)
33.97
(862.8)
31.76
2 (806.6)
2 25.35 17.28
(643.9) (438.9)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
3.64 17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (92.5)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2 AX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands

2 20.88 (530.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
Holes
2 17.88 (454.2)
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.25
Air Space (361.8)
2 31.76
Required
Both Sides
10.72
(272.2) 7.19
(806.8)
2 (182.5)
25.36 1.04 [26.4]
2 (644.0)
45.10
3.20
(81.3)
44.66 (1145.5)
2 (1134.3)
5.20
(132.1)
15.70 (398.8)
2 29.12 17.70 (449.6)
(739.6)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
3.64
(92.5)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
2
AX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
20.88 (530.4)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 14.25 2
Both Sides (361.8)
31.76 10.72
(806.8) (272.2) 2
7.19
(182.5)
25.35
2
(643.9) 3.20 (81.3)
55.10 5.20 (132.1)
2
(1399.5)
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2
54.66 39.13 2
(1388.3) (993.9)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.64 (92.5) 17.02 (432.2) 2
BX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
2
Free Air Space
Required 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
36.80
(934.7)
37.74
2
36.35 (958.6)
(923.3) 28.55
(725.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
1.76
19.30 (490.2)
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
BX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Free Air Space Holes
2 Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space 14.06
2 Required
Both Sides
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2 36.35
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37
48.87
5.00 (127.0)
(1241.3)
(1228.6) 40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
2 36.35
(267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2 (1279.7)
15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
2
2

2.6
2
BX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space
Required
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
36.80 Both Sides
(934.7) 2
37.74
(958.6)
36.35 28.55 2
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space
Required
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
14.06
Air Space
Required
(357.1)
10.53 2
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
36.35
(923.3) (177.8) 2
3.00 (76.2)
48.37 48.87 2
(1228.6) (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
2
(44.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
14.06
Air Space
(357.1)
Required 10.53
2 Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2 36.35
(923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2 5.00 (127.0)
58.37 58.87
2 (1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
1.76
17.01 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
BX Box Type 3R
2 20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
44.09
(1119.8)
2
42.69
2 (1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35 28.56
2 (923.3) (725.3)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
3.51 17.01 (432.2)
2 19.30 (490.2) (89.1)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
2
BX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 20.18 (512.5)
Mounting
17.88 (454.2)
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
14.06
Both Sides (357.1)
10.53 2
42.77 (267.5) 7.00
(1086.4) (177.8) 2
55.66 36.35
56.10
(1424.9)
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
(1413.7) (923.3)
40.40 15.50 (393.7)

2
(1026.3)
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.51
17.01 (432.2)
(89.1)
2
BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands 2
20.88 (530.4) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
17.88 (454.2)
Mounting
Holes
20.18 (512.5)
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
Both Sides
42.77 2
(1086.4)
14.06
(357.1) 2
10.53
36.35
(923.3) 55.10
(1429.9)
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
65.66
(1667.7)
3.00 (76.2) 2
5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2


2
CX Box Type 1
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2 48.80
(1239.5)
49.74
2 48.35 (1263.4)
35.85
(1228.1)
2 (910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 1.74 17.76 (451.2)
2 30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
2 CX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands

29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Mounting
Holes
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
14.81
2 (376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2 48.35
(1228.1) (196.9)
2 60.37 47.67
3.00 (76.2)
49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1533.4) (1210.8)
2 (1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

2.6
2
CX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
11.28 2
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
57.68 2
(1465.0) 70.87 3.00
70.37 (76.2)
(1787.4)
(1800.1)
25.50
2
5.00
(647.7)
(127.0)
27.50
2
(698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
2
48.80 49.74 2
(1239.5) (1263.4)
35.85 2
48.35 (910.6)
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 1.74
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (44.2) 2
2
2
2
2


2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
48.35
2 (1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
60.37 3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1533.4)
2 (1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
2 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 Free Air Space Required Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
11.28
2 48.35
(1228.1)
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
70.37 3.00 (76.2)
2 (1787.4) 5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
(1465.0) 70.87
2 (1800.1) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74 17.76
(44.2) (451.2)
2
2

2.6
2
CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
56.08
Both Sides 2
(1424.5)
2
54.77
(1391.2)
56.96
2
(1446.9)
48.35 2
(1228.1)
35.85
(910.6) 2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 3.72
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (94.4) 2
CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
21.00 (533.3)
28.10 (713.7) Holes
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
2
67.65 (286.5)
(1718.4) 7.75
(196.9)
2
66.60
47.67
3.00 (76.2) 2
(1691.7)
(1210.8) 5.00 (127.0)
48.35
68.09
(1729.6)
25.50 (647.7) 2
27.50 (698.5)
(1228.1)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 (451.2)
(94.4) 2
2
2
2


2
CX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
30.88 (784.4)
Mounting
2 27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
2 76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
(1945.7) 7.75
2 (196.9)
78.09
48.35 (1983.6)
2 (1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
2 (1465.0) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76
(94.4) (451.2)
2
DX Box Type 1
2 29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2 82.23
(2088.6)
22.56
(573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
76.35 1.62 (41.1)
2 (1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2) 8.38 (212.9)
22.12
2 (561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

2.6
2
DX Box Type 12
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
22.56
82.35 (573.0) 6.13 2
(155.6)
(2091.7)
82.85 2
(2104.4)
1.62 (41.1)
76.35 67.89
8.38 (212.9) 2
(1939.3) (1724.4)
22.12
(561.8) 2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 1.55 22.48
2
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
27.88 (708.2) Mounting 25.51 (647.8)
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
Both Sides
89.70
(2278.3)
2
22.81
(579.2) 6.31 2
82.84 (160.3)
(2104.1) 90.14
(2289.5)
2
67.89
76.35
(1939.3)
(1724.4) 1.80 (45.7) 2
8.56 (217.4)
22.30
(566.4)
2
29.06 (738.1)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
(92.5) (571.1)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
SVX Drives Contents

2 Description Page
2 SVX Drives
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-108
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-109
2 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-116
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-124
SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-140
2
2
2
2
2 SVX Drives
2 Product Description Features
SVX Series Adjustable ● Robust design—proven ● The SVX can be flexibly ● Hand-held auxiliary 24 V
2 Frequency Drives from 500,000 hours MTBF adapted to a variety of power supply allows
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are ● Integrated 3% line reactors needs using our pre- programming/monitoring
the next generation of drives installed “Seven in One” of control module without
2 specifically engineered for
standard on drives from
precision application applying full power to the
FR4 through FR9
today’s commercial and programs consisting of: drive
2 industrial applications. The
● EMI/RFI Filters H standard
up to 200 hp IH 480 V, 100 ● Basic ● Control logic can be
power unit makes use of the hp IH 230 V ● Standard powered from an external
2 most sophisticated
● Simplified operating menu ● Local/remote auxiliary control panel,
semiconductor technology internal drive functions and
allows for typical Multi step speed control
2 and a highly modular
construction that can be programming changes,
●
● PID control
fieldbus if necessary
while programming mode ● Brake chopper standard
flexibly adapted to the
2 customer’s needs. provides control of
● Multi-purpose control from: 1–30 hp/380–500 V
everything ● Pump and fan control 3/4–15 hp/208–230 V
2 The input and output ● Quick Start Wizard built with auto change ● NEMA Type 1/IP21 and
configuration (I/O) is designed into the programming of ● Additional I/O and NEMA Type 12/IP54
with modularity in mind. The communication cards enclosures available,
2 I/O is compromised of option
the drive ensures a smooth
provide plug and play Frame Sizes FR4–FR9
start-up
cards, each with its own input functionality ● Open chassis FR10 and
2 and output configuration. The
● Keypad can display up to
three monitored ● I/O connections with greater
control module is designed to parameters simultaneously simple quick connection ● Standard option board
2 accept a total of five of these
● LOCAL/REMOTE operation terminals configuration includes an
cards. The cards contain not A9 I/O board and an A2
from keypad
2 only normal analog and digital
inputs but also fieldbus cards. ● Copy/paste function allows
relay output board installed
in slots A and B
transfer of parameter
2 These drives continue the settings from one drive to
tradition of robust performance, the next
2 and raise the bar on features ● Standard NEMA Type 12/
and functionality, ensuring the IP54 keypad on all drives
best solution at the right price.
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Product EMC (At Default Settings) Safety
2
● IEC 61800-2 ● Immunity: Fulfills all EMC
immunity requirements;
● UL 508C 2
● CE
Emissions: EN 61800-3,
LEVEL H 2
2
2
2
SVX Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
Product Family Board Modifications Options 2
SVX = Open drives 1 = Standard boards Options appear in alphabetical order.
SPX = Open drives FR10 and greater 2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4 Extended I/O Card Options 2
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
Horsepower Rating Brake Chopper Options 2 B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 2
F07 = 3/4 hp 800 = 800 hp N = No brake chopper circuit 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
F15 = 1-1/2 hp
007 = 7-1/2 hp
900 = 900 hp
H10 = 1000 hp
B = Internal brake chopper circuit B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
2
010 = 10 hp H12 = 1200 hp B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
050 = 50 hp
125 = 125 hp
H13 = 1350 hp
H15 = 1500 hp
Input Options 1 Communication Cards 2
1 = Three-phase, EMC H CA = Johnson Controls N2
350 = 350 hp H16 = 1600 hp
700 = 700 hp H20 = 2000 hp
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
3 = Three-phase, EMC T 5
CI = Modbus TCP
CJ = BACnet
2
4 = Three-phase, EMC L CQ = EtherNet/IP
AFD Software Series

C2 = Modbus 2
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
Keypad C4 = LonWorks
A = Standard software
A = Alphanumeric C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) 2
Enclosure 3 Voltage Rating C6 = CANopen (slave)
0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 = 230 V (208–240)
4 = 480 V (380–500)
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)
2
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 5 = 575 V (525–690) D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
2
Notes
1 All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (IH) are only available with input option 1 (EMC Level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (IH) or larger are available
with input option 2 (EMC Level N). 480 V drives are available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are only available
2
with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with input option 4 (EMC Level L).
2 480 V drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with brake chopper option N. 2
230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp or larger come standard with brake chopper option N.
All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
3 480 V drives 250 hp (I ) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis); 690 V drives 200 hp (I ) and larger are available with
H H
2
enclosure style 0 (chassis).
4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
5 For high-resistance ground systems, any SVX/SPX drive can be used if the HRG system has ground supervision. If no ground supervision feature is
2
available, use EMC class N or T.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Product Selection
2
230 V SVX Drives
2
SVX Open Drives 208–240 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2 Frame
Size hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SVXF07A1-2A1B1
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SVX001A1-2A1B1
2 1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SVXF15A1-2A1B1
2 2 7.8 3 11 SVX002A1-2A1B1
3 11 — 12.5 SVX003A1-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SVX004A1-2A1B1
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SVX005A1-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SVX007A1-2A1B1
FR6 10 31 15 48 SVX010A1-2A1B1
2 15 48 20 61 SVX015A1-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SVX020A1-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SVX025A1-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SVX030A1-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SVX040A1-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SVX050A1-2A1N1
60 170 75 205 SVX060A1-2A1N1
2 FR9 75 205 100 261 SVX075A1-2A1N1
2 100 261 125 300 SVX100A1-2A1N1
2
208–240 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
2 Frame
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SVXF07A2-2A1B1

1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SVX001A2-2A1B1
2 1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SVXF15A2-2A1B1
2 7.8 3 11 SVX002A2-2A1B1
2 3 11 — 12.5 SVX003A2-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SVX004A2-2A1B1

5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SVX005A2-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SVX007A2-2A1B1
FR6 10 31 15 48 SVX010A2-2A1B1
2 15 48 20 61 SVX015A2-2A1B1
FR7 20 61 25 75 SVX020A2-2A1N1
2
25 75 30 88 SVX025A2-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SVX030A2-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SVX040A2-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SVX050A2-2A1N1
60 170 75 205 SVX060A2-2A1N1
2 FR9 75 205 100 261 SVX075A2-2A1N1
2 100 261 125 300 SVX100A2-2A1N1
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
480 V SVX Drives
2
Frame 2
FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SVX001A1-4A1B1 2
1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SVXF15A1-4A1B1
2 4.3 3 5.6 SVX002A1-4A1B1
2
3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A1-4A1B1 2
5 7.6 — 9 SVX005A1-4A1B1
— 9 7-1/2 12 SVX006A1-4A1B1 2
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SVX007A1-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SVX010A1-4A1B1
2
15 23 20 31 SVX015A1-4A1B1
2
FR6 20 31 25 38 SVX020A1-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SVX025A1-4A1B1 2
30 46 40 61 SVX030A1-4A1B1
FR7 40 61 50 72 SVX040A1-4A1N1 2
50 72 60 87 SVX050A1-4A1N1
60 87 75 105 SVX060A1-4A1N1
2
FR8 75 105 100 140 SVX075A1-4A1N1
2
100 140 125 170 SVX100A1-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SVX125A1-4A1N1 2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SVX150A1-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SVX200A1-4A1N1 2
2
Frame
2
FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SVX001A2-4A1B1
2
1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SVXF15A2-4A1B1
2
2 4.3 3 5.6 SVX002A2-4A1B1
3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A2-4A1B1 2
5 7.6 — 9 SVX005A2-4A1B1
— 9 7-1/2 12 SVX006A2-4A1B1 2
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SVX007A2-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SVX010A2-4A1B1
2
15 23 20 31 SVX015A2-4A1B1 2
FR6 20 31 25 38 SVX020A2-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SVX025A2-4A1B1 2
30 46 40 61 SVX030A2-4A1B1
FR7 40 61 50 72 SVX040A2-4A1N1 2
50 72 60 87 SVX050A2-4A1N1
60 87 75 105 SVX060A2-4A1N1
2
FR8 75 105 100 140 SVX075A2-4A1N1 2
100 140 125 170 SVX100A2-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SVX125A2-4A1N1 2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SVX150A2-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SVX200A2-4A1N1
2
2
2

SVX Drives
SVX Open Drives 380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives

2 Frame
2 FR10 1 250 330 300 385 SPX250A0-4A2N1
2 300 385 350 460 SPX300A0-4A2N1

350 460 400 520 SPX350A0-4A2N1
2 FR11 400 520 500 590 SPX400A0-4A2N1
500 590 — 650 SPX500A0-4A2N1
2 — 650 600 730 SPX550A0-4A2N1
FR12 600 730 — 820 SPX600A0-4A2N1
2 — 820 700 920 SPX650A0-4A2N1
2 700 920 800 1030 SPX700A0-4A2N1

FR13 800 1030 900 1150 SPX800A0-4A2N1
2 900 1150 1000 1300 SPX900A0-4A2N1
1000 1300 1200 1450 SPXH10A0-4A2N1
2 FR14 1200 1600 1500 1770 SPXH12A0-4A2N1
1600 1940 1800 2150 SPXH16A0-4A2N1
2 1900 2300 2200 2700 SPXH19A0-4A2N1
2
2 575 V SVX Drives

2
Frame
2
FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SVX002A1-5A4N1
2 3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A1-5A4N1

— 5.5 5 7.5 SVX004A1-5A4N1
2 5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SVX005A1-5A4N1
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SVX007A1-5A4N1
2 10 13.5 15 18 SVX010A1-5A4N1
2 15 18 20 22 SVX015A1-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SVX020A1-5A4N1
2 25 27 30 34 SVX025A1-5A4N1
FR7 30 34 40 41 SVX030A1-5A4N1
2 40 41 50 52 SVX040A1-5A4N1
FR8 50 52 60 62 SVX050A1-5A4N1
2 60 62 75 80 SVX060A1-5A4N1
2 75 80 100 100 SVX075A1-5A4N1

FR9 100 100 125 125 SVX100A1-5A4N1
2 125 125 150 144 SVX125A1-5A4N1
150 144 — 170 SVX150A1-5A4N1
2 — 170 200 208 SVX175A1-5A4N1
2 Note
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Frame
2
FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SVX002A2-5A4N1
2
3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A2-5A4N1
2
— 5.5 5 7.5 SVX004A2-5A4N1
5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SVX005A2-5A4N1 2
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SVX007A2-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SVX010A2-5A4N1 2
15 18 20 22 SVX015A2-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SVX020A2-5A4N1
2
25 27 30 34 SVX025A2-5A4N1
2
FR7 30 34 40 41 SVX030A2-5A4N1
40 41 50 52 SVX040A2-5A4N1 2
FR8 50 52 60 62 SVX050A2-5A4N1
60 62 75 80 SVX060A2-5A4N1 2
75 80 100 100 SVX075A2-5A4N1
FR9 100 100 125 125 SVX100A2-5A4N1
2
125 125 150 144 SVX125A2-5A4N1 2
150 144 — 170 SVX150A2-5A4N1
— 170 200 208 SVX175A2-5A4N1 2
2
525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame 2
FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A0-5A2N1 2
250 261 300 325 SPX250A0-5A2N1
300 325 400 385 SPX300A0-5A2N1
2
FR11 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1 2
450 460 500 502 SPX450A0-5A2N1
500 502 — 590 SPX500A0-5A2N1 2
FR12 — 590 600 650 SPX550A0-5A2N1
600 650 700 750 SPX600A0-5A2N1 2
700 750 800 820 SPX700A0-5A2N1
FR13 800 820 900 920 SPX800A0-5A2N1
2
900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1 2
1000 1030 1250 1180 SPXH10A0-5A2N1
FR14 1350 1300 1500 1500 SPXH13A0-5A2N1 2
1500 1500 2000 1900 SPXH15A0-5A2N1
2000 1900 2300 2250 SPXH20A0-5A2N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Accessories
2
Demo Drive and Power Supply
2
9000X demo drive 9000XDEMO
2
2 9000X Series—SVX/SPX Conversion and Flange Kits
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a
2 Type 1/IP21 to a Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes:
2 NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits

Frame Size Catalog Number
2 Frame 4 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR4
Frame 5 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR5
2 Frame 6 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR6
2
Flange Kits
2 The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit includes
2 hardware and supporting steel plates.
2 NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits
2 Kit
2 Frame 4 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR4
Frame 5 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Options
2
SVX Series Option Board Kits
The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to 2
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
of five option boards. 2
The SVX Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay
output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 2
Option Board Kits
Option Boards
Field Factory
2
Installed Installed SVX Ready Programs
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/ 2
Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC
Standard I/O Cards 2
D E 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc 2
2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Extended I/O Cards 2

2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2

Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — — —
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
2
Communication Cards
Modbus RTU D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
Modbus RTU (D9 connector)
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
D, E
OPTC8
OPTC3
C8
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
BACnet MSTP D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2

EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ CQ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFINET, Modbus TCP, D, E OPTE9 E9 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
EtherNet/IP (dual-port) 4
EtherCAT (dual-port) 4 D, E OPTEC EC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
SPX adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
RS-232 adapter D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
2
3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
4 Available October 2016. 2
2
2

SVX Drives
Modbus RTU Network The channel connection is Johnson Controls BACnet Network
2 Communications achieved using a FTT-10 A Metasys N2 Network Communications
The Modbus Network Card Free Topology transceiver Communications The BACnet Network Card
2 OPTC2 is used for connecting via a single twisted transfer The OPTC2 fieldbus board OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on a cable. The communication provides communication the SVX Drive to BACnet
2 Modbus network. The speed with LonWorks is
78 kBits/s.
between the SVX Drive and a networks. It includes a
interface is connected by a Johnson Controls Metasys™ 5.08 mm pluggable connector.
2 9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate CANopen (Slave)
N2 network. With this
connection, the drive can be
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP)
ranges from 300 to 19,200 Communications controlled, monitored and RS-485. This interface uses
2 baud. Other communication The CANopen (Slave) programmed from the a collection of 30 Binary Value
parameters include an Network Card OPTC6 is used Metasys system. The N2 Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
2 address range from 1 to 247; for connecting the SVX Drive fieldbus is available as a Value Objects (AVOs) to
a parity of None, Odd or to a host system. According factory installed option and as communicate drive parameters.
2 Even; and the stop bit is 1. to ISO11898 standard cables a field installable kit. The card supports 9.6, 19.2
to be chosen for CANbus and 38.4 Kbaud communication
PROFIBUS Network should have a nominal Modbus/TCP Network speeds and supports network
2 Communications impedance of 120 ohms, and Communications addresses 1–127.
The PROFIBUS Network Card specific line delay of nominal The Modbus/TCP Network
2 OPTC3 is used for connecting 5 nS/m. 120 ohms line Card OPTCI is used for EtherNet/IP Network
the SVX Drive as a slave on termination resistors required connecting the SVX Drive to Communications
2 a PROFIBUS-DP network. for installation. Ethernet networks utilizing The EtherNet/IP Network
The interface is connected Modbus protocol. It includes Card OPTCK is used for
2 by a 9-pin DSUB connector DeviceNet Network
Communications
an RJ-45 pluggable connector. connecting the SVX Drive to
(female). The baud rates This interface provides a Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
2 range from 9.6 Kbaud to
12 Mbaud, and the addresses
The DeviceNet Network Card
OPTC7 is used for connecting
selection of standard and
custom register values to
networks. It includes an
RJ-45 pluggable connector.
range from 1 to 127. the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet communicate drive parameters. The interface uses CIP
2 Network. It includes a The board supports 10 Mbps objects to communicate drive
LonWorks Network 5.08 mm pluggable and 100 Mbps communication parameters (CIP is “Common
2 Communications connector. Transfer method speeds. The IP address of the Industrial Protocol”, the same
The LonWorks Network Card is via CAN using a two-wire board is configurable over protocol used by DeviceNet).
2 OPTC4 is used for connecting twisted shielded cable with Ethernet using a supplied The board supports 10 Mbps
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks two-wire bus power cable software tool. and 100 Mbps communication
2 network. This interface uses and drain. The baud rates
used for communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
Standard Network Variable
include 125 Kbaud, BOOTP and DHCP methods.
2 Types (SNVT) as data types.
250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud.
2 Control Panel Options

Factory Options
2 Factory Installed Field Installed
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 Description Option Code Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and consists of A KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status
and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel
2 programming and monitoring of all SVX parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the
input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
2 Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX keypad. The
footprint is compatible to the SV remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
— OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
mounting hardware.
2
Miscellaneous Options
9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX. Features include: loading parameters that can be 9000XDRIVE
2 saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form,
and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
2 SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8 m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction SVDRIVECABLE
with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
2 specialized applications to the drive.
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative See Page V6-T2-111
2 energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Open Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque 2
that require dynamic braking.
Dynamic braking resistors are
on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic 2
example, the 20% duty cycle braking is not required
not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
resistor can carry 100%
current for 12 seconds out
because the regenerated
energy will be dissipated in
2
for additional dynamic braking of every 60 seconds, while the drive and motor losses.
resistor selections that are the 50% duty cycle resistor 2
supplied separately. A list of can carry 150% current for
common resistors are listed 30 seconds out of every 2
indoor assemblies, include a
2
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed. 2
2
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts 2
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
230 V Brake Resistors 2
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) 2
2
2
2
25 3.3 DBR-R5D5-W4000 26.5W x 10D x 5H DBR-R5D1-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H 2
2
2
75 1.4 DBR-R2D6-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives


2 7.5 63.0 DBR-R100-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R063-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H


2 75 3.3 DBR-R009-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H
2 250 1.4 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H 1 —

300 1.4 DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —
2 350 1.4 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
400 0.9 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
2 500 0.9 DBR-R0D9-W080K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2 550 0.9 DBR-R001-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
2
2
2
40 18.0 DBR-R030-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R184-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H 2
2
2
175 7.0 DBR-R007-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H DBR-R007-W100K 30W x 18D x 72H 2
2
300 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 — 2
400 1.7 DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
450 1.7 DBR-R1D8-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 — 2
500 1.7 DBR-R002-W080K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
2 = 240 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 480 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
2 5 = 575 V 012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2 3 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15


2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Open NEMA 1 2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 2
1.5 DR1-43D0-03 DR1-43D0-05 DR2-44D0-05 DR2-44D0-05 DR1-43D0-13 DR1-43D0-15 DR2-44D0-13 DR2-44D0-15 2
2
2
2
20
25
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4027-05
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4025-05
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4027-15
DR1-4034-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4025-15
DR2-4035-15
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—575 V 2
Open NEMA 1
Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor 2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Replacement Parts
2
FR4 Spare Parts
2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
Category Description Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01086 PP01086 —
Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 —
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 —
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 —
2 Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM —
2 Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01060 PP01060 —

Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR00040 FR00040 —
2 Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00079 FR00079 —
Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR00006 FR00006 —
2
FR5 Spare Parts
2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01088 PP01088 —
Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 —
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 —
2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 —

Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM —
2 Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01061 PP01061 —

2 Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00081 FR00081 —
2 FR6 Spare Parts

Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category Description Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 —
2 Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 OPTA9

Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2
2 Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM

Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01062 PP01062 —
2 Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR00060 FR00060 FR00060
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00082 FR00082 FR00082
2 Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR06011 FR06011 FR06011
2 FR7 Spare Parts

230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category Description
Quantity/
Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 PP01049

Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 OPTA9

Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01063 PP01063 PP01063
2 Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR07071 FR07071 FR07071
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR07072 FR07072 FR07072
2 Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR07011 FR07011 FR07011
2 Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.

SVX Drives
2.7
FR8 Spare Parts
2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 CP01180 CP01180 CP01180
2
Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 2
Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2 2
Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan Fan AC 1 PP01123 PP01123 PP01123
2
Fan fuse 2 PP20202 PP20202 PP20202
2
Starting cap 1 S00734 S00734 S00734
Fan driver board AC 1 VB00599 VB00799 VB00799 2
Isolation transformer (fan) 1 S0000113 S0000113 S0000113
Main DC fan 2 DC fan 1 PP00071 PP00071 PP00071 2
DC power supply 1 S01016 S01016 S01016
Other Front cover, N12 1 1 FR08079 FR08079 FR08079
2
Conduit plate, N12 1 FR08082 FR08082 FR08082
2
FR9 Spare Parts 2
Category Description Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
Control fan 50 mm fan 1 PP09041 PP09041 PP09041
80 mm fan 1 PP01068 PP01068 PP01068 2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000
2
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2 2
Inverter Power module 2 1 FR09-0261-2-ANV FR09-0261-4-ANV FR09-0125-5-ANV
1 FR09-0300-2-ANV FR09-0300-4-ANV FR09-0144-5-ANV 2
1 — — FR09-0170-5-ANV
Driver board 1 S00583 S00583 S00583
2
Shunt board 2 6 — VB00535 VB00537
2
6 — VB00536 VB00542
6 — — VB00543 2
DC section Balancing resistor 3 PP00052 PP00052 PP00052
Bus capacitor 8 S00335 S00335 PP01041 2
DC busbars DC– 1 FR09043 FR09043 FR09043
DC busbars DC+ 1 FR09044 FR09044 FR09044
2
DC busbars connection 1 FR09045 FR09045 FR09045
2
DC busbars +/– insulator 1 FR09046 FR09046 FR09046
DC busbars –/con insulator 1 FR09047 FR09047 FR09047 2
Converter Rectifier module 1 FR09826 FR09822 FR09823
Diode 3 CP01268 CP01268 CP01268 2
Rectifier board 1 — VB00459 VB00460
2
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 1 PP00072 PP00072 PP00072 2
Other Front cover power 1 FR09012 FR09012 FR09012 2
Front cover connection 1 FR09013 FR09013 FR09013
Front power conduit 1 FR09014 FR09014 FR09014
2
Notes
2
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2

SVX Drives
FR10 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Control Fiber board 1 — S00451 S00451
2 ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457

Control fan ASIC fan 1 — PP01096 PP01096
2 Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card 1 — OPTA9 OPTA9
2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 — OPTA2 OPTA2
2 Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR10-0385-4-ANV FR10-0261-5-ANV

1 — FR10-0460-4-ANV FR10-0325-5-ANV
2 1 — FR10-0520-4-ANV FR10-0385-5-ANV
1 — — FR10-0416-5-ANV
2 Driver board 1 — S00450 S00450
Driver adapter board 1 — VB00330 VB00330
2 Shunt board 2 6 — VB00497 VB00510
2 6 — VB00498 VB00511
6 — VB00537 VB00545
2 Covers Top cover 1 — FR10340 FR10340
Side cover 2 — FR10341 FR10341
2 DC section Balancing resistor 2 — PP13027 PP13028
DC busbars kit (right) 1 — S0000005 S0000005
2 Bus capacitor 12 — S00335 S00336
2 Converter Rectifier module 1 — FR10823 FR10823

Charging resistor 1 — PP00066 PP00066
2 Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
Rectifier board 1 — S00591 S00592
2 Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 Main DC fan 1 DC fan 2 — PP00072 PP00072

DC power supply 2 — S01017 S01017
2 Notes
2 2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
FR11 Spare Parts
2
Control Fiber board 1 — S00451 S00451
2
ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457 2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 2
Standard slot B I/O card 1 — OPTA2 OPTA2
2
2
Inverter Power module 1 — FR11-0590-4-ANV FR11-0460-5-ANV
2
1 — FR11-0650-4-ANV FR11-0502-5-ANV
1 — FR11-0730-4-ANV FR11-0590-5-ANV 2
Driver board 1 — S00452 S00452
Driver adapter board 1 — VB00330 VB00330 2
9 — VB00514 VB00546
2
9 — VB00538 VB00547
2
Covers Top cover 1 — FR11345 FR11345
DC section Balancing resistor 3 — PP13027 PP13027 2
Bus capacitor 18 — S00335 S00335 2
Converter Rectifier module 1 — FR10823 FR10823
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2
Rectifier board 1 — S00591 S00591 2
Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 2 — PP00072 PP00072 2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
FR12 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 ASIC board 2 — S00457 S00457

Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593
2 Control fan ASIC fan 2 — PP01096 PP01096
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 — OPTA9 OPTA9

Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR12-0820-4-ANV FR12-0650-5-ANV
2 1 — FR12-0920-4-ANV FR12-0750-5-ANV
1 — FR12-1030-4-ANV FR12-0820-5-ANV
2 Driver board 2 — S00450 S00450
2 Shunt board 12 — VB00498 VB00511
2 Covers Top cover 2 — FR10340 FR10340

2 Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2 Rectifier board 2 — S00591 S00591

2
Notes

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
FR13 Spare Parts
2
Control ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457
2
ASIC assembly 1 — 60S01030 60S01030 2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 2
2
2
Inverter Power module 3 — FI13-1150-4-ANV FR13-1030-5-ANV
2
3 — FI13-1300-4-ANV FR13-1180-5-ANV
3 — FI13-1450-4-ANV FR13-920-5-ANV 2
Driver adapter board 2 — VB00330 VB00330 2
18 — VB00514 VB00517
2
18 — VB00541 VB00547
2
Covers Top cover 3 — FI10001 FI10001
Side cover 3 — FI10003 FI10003 2
DC section Balancing resistor 6 — PP13034 PP13034
DC busbars kit 3 — FI13329 FI13329
2
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177 2
Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM 2
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 4 — PP00072 PP00072
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
FR14 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Control ASIC board 2 — S00457 S00457
2 Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593

ASIC assembly 2 — 60S01030 60S01030
2 Star coupler kit 1 — FR10860 FR10860
2 Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 — OPTA9 OPTA9

2 Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR14-1770-4-ANV FR14-1500-5-ANV
1 — FR14-2150-4-ANV FR14-1900-5-ANV
2 1 — FR14-2700-4-ANV FR14-2250-5-ANV
2 Driver adapter board 2 — VB00330 VB00330
2 Shunt board 2 36 — VB00541 VB00516

36 — — VB00517
2 Covers Top cover 6 — FI10001 FI10001
Side cover 6 — FI10003 FI10003
Bus capacitor 72 — S00335 S00336
2 DC busbars kit 6 — FI13329 FI13329
2 Converter Rectifier module 2 — FR10823 FR10823

Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2 DC power supply 6 — S01017 S01017
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
SVX Drives
Description Specification Description Specification 2
Input Ratings Control Connections
Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick control)
2
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
2
High withstand rating 100 kAIC
Digital inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
2
Auxiliary voltage +24 V ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output Ratings
Output voltage 0 to Vin
Output reference voltage +10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA 2
Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Continuous output current IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below
resolution 10 bit; accuracy ±2% 2
IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min. Relay outputs Two programmable Form C relay outputs 2
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Output frequency 0 to 320 Hz
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
Protections 2
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds
Overvoltage protection Yes
2
Efficiency >96%
2
Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
Control method Frequency control (V/f)
frequency converter is protected
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
Closed loop: SPX drives only Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing
2
Switching frequency
Frame 4–6
Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
1–16 kHz; default 10 kHz
Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing 2
Overtemperature protection Yes
Frame 7–12 1–10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz Motor overload protection Yes 2
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Motor stall protection Yes
Field weakening point 30–320 Hz Motor underload protection Yes
2
Acceleration time 0–3000 sec.
Deceleration time 0–3000 sec.
Short-circuit protection Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)
2
Standard I/O Specifications
2
Ambient Conditions
Ambient operating 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) IH (FR4–FR9)
Description Specification 2
temperature 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IH (FR10 and up) Six–digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (all frames) programmable 2
Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C) Two–analog input Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,
no dripping water
configurable w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
2
Two–digital output Form C relays 250 Vac
programmable 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2
One–analog output 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
programmable
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m); configurable w/jumper 2
max. 9842 ft (3000 m) One digital output Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude programmable 2
1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz 2
Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package) 2
Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Dimensions
2 9000X Open Drives

NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
W1
2 D1 W2 R2
2 R1
EATON
2
2
2
H1
2 H3
H2
2
2
2
R2
2
2
2
2 Knockouts
2
D3
2 D2
2
Weight Knockouts at Inches (mm)
2 Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg) N1 (O.D.)
FR4
2 230 V 3/4–3 12.9 12.3 11.5 7.5 3.0 4.9 5.0 3.9 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 11.0 (5) 3 @ 1.1 (28)
(327) (313) (292) (190) (77) (126) (128) (100)
2 480 V 1–5
FR5
2 230 V 5–7-1/2 16.5 16.0 15.3 8.4 3.9 5.8 5.6 3.9 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 17.9 (8) 2 @ 1.5 (37)
(419) (406) (389) (214) (100) (148) (143) (100) 1 @ 1.1 (28)
480 V 7-1/2–15
2 FR6
2 230 V 10–15 22.0

(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.6
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6 (15.5) 0.4 (9) 40.8 (19) 3 @ 1.5 (37)
480 V 20–30
2 575 V 2–25
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
2
W2 2
Dia. A
2
H2
2
H1
W1 2
2
2
H4
2
D1
H5 2
D2 2
2
H3 2
H7 Dia. B
2
2
Flange Opening
W5 FR4 to FR6 W4 W3 2
2
H8 H6 H9 2
FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit 2
W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A
FR4
2
5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)
2
FR5
5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7) 2
FR6
7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7) 2
Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6 2
W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B
FR4
2
4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7) 2
FR5
5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7) 2
FR6
7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
2
2

SVX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR7
2 H1
H2
2
2
2 W2 W1
2
2
2 R2 R1 R2
2
2
Knockouts
H3
2
2 D2
2
D1
2
D3
2
2
2 Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
2 230 V 20–30 24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)
480 V 40–60
2 575 V 30–40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
H1 2
H2
2
2
2
W1 W2
2
2
2
2
R2 2
R1
H3 2
2
2
2
2
D1
2
2
2
2
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg) 2
230 V 40–60 13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)
480 V 75–125
2
575 V 50–75 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
2 H6 H4 H4 H5 Dia. A
2
2
2 W4 W2
2
2
2 H2
H1
W3
2 H7 W1
2
2
2 D1
2 D2
2
H3
2
H12 H9 H9 H10 H11
2
2
Flange Opening W7
2 W5 W6 FR7/FR8
Dia. B
2
2 H13 H8
2 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A
FR7
2 9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 24.9 (652) 24.8 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6)
FR8
2 11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)
2 Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8

2 W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B
FR7
2 9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6)
FR8
2 11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 FR9
H6 H4 H3 W4
2
2
2
B- B+ /R+ R-
W5
W3 W2 W1 2
W5 2
PE
2
H2 H5 D3
2
H1
2
Dia.
2
2
D1 D2
2
2
Weight 2
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 1 D1 D2 D3 Dia. Lbs (kg)
230 V 75–100 18.9 15.7 0.4 2.1 45.3 44.1 0.6 7.4 14.2 13.4 11.2 0.8 321.9 (146) 2
(480) (400) (9) (54) (1150) (1120) (16) (188) (361.5) (340) (285) (21)
480 V 150–200
575 V 100–175
2
Note 2
1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
2 H7
2
2 W5
2 W1
2
2
2
2 Dia.
2
2 D1
D2
2
D3
2
H4 H2 H4
2
2
H5 H3 H3 H3 H5
2
2
W4
2 Flange Opening
W3 W2
FR9
2
W4
2
2
2 H6 H1
.20 (5)
Dia.
2 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.
2 20.9 (530) 20.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (200) 0.2 (5.5) 51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 (2) 24.9 (362) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (21)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
W7 W5 2
W6 W6
W4 W4
2
2
Dia. 3
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
2
D3 D2 D6 D7
2
D5
D4
2
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
2
2
W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 2
H2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with 2
Optional
Disconnect)
2
H3
2
2
2
Weight 2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
23.43 2.46 4.53 0.79 5.95 2.95 30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 17.44 19.02 0.47 11.22 17.60 20.08 0.83 1.89 0.43 857 2
(595) (62.5) (115) (20) (151) (75) (79) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (443) (483) (12) (285) (447) (510) (21) (48) (11) (389)
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
FR10 Open Chassis 1
2 H3
H5 H4
2
W3
2
2
2 W2 W5 W1
2
2
2
W4
2 H7
H2
H6
H1
2
2
2
2
2
D1
D2
2 D3 D4
2
2
2 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Lbs (kg)
2 480 V 250–350 19.7 16.7 1.2 2.6 12.8 45.9 44.1 34.6 33.5 0.7 24.7 10.8 19.9 17.9 16.7 16.6 518
(500) (425) (30) (67) (325) (1165) (1121) (879) (850) (17) (627) (275) (506) (455) (423) (421) (235)
575 V 200–300
2 Note
1 9000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
W5 W8 2
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
W4
2
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
D3 D5 2
D2 D4 2
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2 2
W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
H2
2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
2
Disconnect)
2
H3
2
2
2
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg) 2
480 400–550 31.26 2.40 6.50 0.79 3.43 2.95 2.52 1.18 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 11.22 19.09 0.47 17.60 0.83 1.89 0.35 x 0.43 526
(794) (61) (165) (20) (87) (75) (64) (30) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (285) (485) (12) (447) (21) (48) (9 x 11) (239) 2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
FR11 Open Chassis
2 H2
2 W3 W3
2
W2 W2
2
2
W2
2 W2
2
Shown without
2 terminal cover
2
2 H1
2
2
2
2 W1
2
2
2
2
2
2
D1
2 D2
2
2
Weight
2 Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
480 V 400–550 27.9 (709) 8.86 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)
2 575 V 400–500
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
W3
D6
2
Dia. 4
2
D8 2
D7 2
2
D6
D5
W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1 2
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
H3 H1 H4 2
2
2
H2 2
Dia. 3
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 D4
D4
H5
2
2
2
Dia. 3 2
2
D3
W5 W5 W5
Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight

2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79 21.77 0.51 0.63 1.97 1.06 1.57 5.91 9.64 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 683
2
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20) (553) (13) (16) (50) (27) (40) (150) (244.8) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5) (310)
Notes
2
9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
2 W3 Dia. 3
2 D9
2 D8
2 D7
2 D6
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
2 H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2 H2
2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5
Dia. 2
2
2
2 Dia. 2
2
D3 W5 W5
2 Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
2 18.74 5.91 17.52 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.51 0.37 295
(476) (150) (445) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (13) (9.5) (134)
2
2 Number of Input Units
2 480 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
690 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
2 SPX800A0-4A2N1 800 2 SPX800A0-5A2N1 800 2

SPX900A0-5A2N1 900 2
2 SPXH10A0-5A2N1 1000 2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V
W3 Dia. 4 2
D9 2
D8
2
D7 2
D6 2
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2
H2
2
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5 2
Dia. 3
2
2
2
2
D3 W5 W5 W5
Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight
2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 443
2
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5) (201)
2
Number of Input Units 2
480 V Input
Catalog Number hp Modules 2
SPX900A0-4A2N1 900 3
SPXH10A0-4A2N1 1000 3
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
AC Choke Dimensions
2
Choke Types
2 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1
Voltage Range 380–500 V Voltage Range 525–690 V
2 SPX 250 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 200 5 FR10 CHK0261
2 SPX 300 4 CHK0520 SPX 250 5 CHK0400

SPX 350 4 CHK0520 SPX 300 5 CHK0400
2 SPX 400 4 FR11 2 x CHK0400 SPX 400 5 FR11 CHK0520
SPX 500 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 450 5 CHK0520
2 SPX 550 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 500 5 2 x CHK0400
SPX 600 4 FR12 2 x CHK0520 SPX 550 5 FR12 2 x CHK0400
2 SPX 650 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 600 5 2 x CHK0400
2 SPX 700 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 700 5 2 x CHK0400

2 SPX 900 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX 900 5 2 x CHK0400
SPX H10 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX H10 5 2 x CHK0400
2 SPX H12 4 FR14 4 x CHK0520 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400
2
2 CHK0520
2
2
2
2 6.50
(165)
6.50
(165) .24
(6)
2
8.03 (204)
2 1.69
(43)
19.57
(497)
2
1 1 1
2
2 .79 17.57
(20) 15.71 (446)
2 3.03
1.58
(40)
(399)
(77) 3 3 3
2 .83
(21) .79
2 (20)
2 2 2
5.70 7.88
2 (145) (200)
9.61 (244) .55 (14)
2
Note
2 1 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
CHK0400
2
2
2
.24
(6)
2
4.72
(120)
4.72
(120) 2
9.37 (238)
2
1.54
(39) 13.79 (350) 2
1 1 1
2
2
.59
13.94
(15) 16.58
15.08 (421) 2
1.18 (383)
2.64 (354)
(67) (30) 2
3 3 3
.75
(19)
.59 2
(15) 2 2 2
5.51 5.90 2
(140) (150)
10.30 (262) 10.83 (275) 2
2
CHK0261
2
2
.24
2
(6)
2
4.72 4.72
(120) (120)
2
13.79 (350)
8.11 (206)
2
1.54
(39) 2
1 1 1 2
.59
(15)
14.06
2
.87 1.18 12.56
11.30 (319) (357)
(22) (30)
3 3 3
(287) 2
.59
(15) 2 2 2
2
.39
4.25
(108) .75 (19)
5.90 2
(150)
(10) Min.
9.06 (230) 10.83 (275)
2
2

SVX Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives Contents

2 Description Page
2 SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-102
SVX Enclosed Drives
2 Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-149
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-150
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-155
2
2
2
2
2
2 SVX Enclosed Drives
2 Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s line of enclosed ● Dual rated for both Communication Options ● UL 508C
2 SVX drives combine the constant torque (CT) / ● Modbus
proven performance from high overload (IH) and ● Modbus/TCP
Eaton’s SVX drives with the variable torque (VT) / low
2 enhanced capabilities of overload applications
● Johnson Controls N2
enclosed control. With a ● Optional Brake Chopper ● BACnet
2 comprehensive list of pre- for external braking ● EtherNet/IP
engineered options, Eaton’s applications ● PROFIBUS-DP
2 SVX enclosed drives ● High-performance drive ● LonWorks
eliminate the lead time option uses an Eaton ● CANopen
2 normally associated with
customer specific options.
SPX (IH) drive that allows
● DeviceNet
for increased functionality
For those applications with
2 more unique or complex
and performance
Enclosure Ratings
● Available circuit breaker,
requirements, Eaton offers motor circuit protector, ● NEMA Type 1
2 individually engineered isolation fusing and surge ● NEMA Type 12
solutions to meet the protection device options ● NEMA Type 3R
2 customer’s needs. to provide input power
protection Mounting
2 ● Optional 3% input and ● Wall mount
output reactors provide ● Floor mount: 12-inch legs
2 a reduction in voltage and
● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
current harmonics on both
line and load side
2 ● Bypass options include a
Product Range
standard three-contactor
● 208 V: 0.75–100 hp
2 design and a reduced ● 230 V: 0.75–125 hp
voltage soft starter design ● 480 V: 1–800 hp
2 ● Output contactor option ● 575 V: 2–800 hp
provides a means for ● 230 V single-phase:
2 positive disconnection of 1–30 hp
the drive output from the
● 480 V single-phase:
2 ●
motor terminals
MotoRX and dV/dt filter
1.5–60 hp
options are used to reduce
2 transients voltages at the
motor terminals
2 ● Customizable cover control
options
2 ● Padlockable disconnect

SVX Drives
2.7
SVX Enclosed—Base Catalog Number 2
SVX F07 1 A 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
Product Family Options 3
SVX = Enclosed SVX drives—standard See Page V6-T2-142 for catalog 2

number option selection.
2
Enclosure Rating 2
1 = NEMA Type 1 2
Output Horsepower Rating 2 = NEMA Type 12
F07 =
208 V
0.75 hp F07 =
230 V
0.75 hp
480 V
001 = 1 hp 002 =
575 V
2 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
• = Custom option
001 = 1 hp 001 = 1 hp F15 = 1.5 hp 003 = 3 hp
F15 = 1.5 hp F15 = 1.5 hp 002 = 2 hp 005 = 5 hp 2
002 = 2 hp 002 = 2 hp 003 = 3 hp 007 = 7.5 hp
003 =
005 =
3 hp
5 hp
003 =
005 =
3 hp
5 hp
005 = 5 hp
007 = 7.5 hp
010 =
015 =
10 hp
15 hp
Drive Type/Braking/Application 1 2
007 = 7.5 hp 007 = 7.5 hp 010 = 10 hp 020 = 20 hp A = Standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload
010 =
015 =
10 hp
15 hp
010 =
015 =
10 hp
15 hp
015 = 15 hp
020 = 20 hp
025 =
030 =
25 hp
30 hp
B = Standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
C = Standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
2
020 = 20 hp 020 = 20 hp 025 = 25 hp 040 = 40 hp D = Standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
025 = 25 hp 025 = 25 hp 030 = 30 hp 050 = 50 hp E = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/low overload
F = High-performance drive/brake chopper/low overload
2
030 = 30 hp 030 = 30 hp 040 = 40 hp 060 = 60 hp
040 = 40 hp 040 = 40 hp 050 = 50 hp 075 = 75 hp G = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/high overload
050 = 50 hp 050 = 50 hp 060 = 60 hp 100 = 100 hp H = High-performance drive/brake chopper/high overload 2
060 = 60 hp 060 = 60 hp 075 = 75 hp 125 = 125 hp
075 =
100 =
75 hp
100 hp
075 =
100 =
75 hp
100 hp
100 = 100 hp
125 = 125 hp
150 =
200 =
150 hp
200 hp Phasing and Voltage Rating
2
125 = 125 hp 150 = 150 hp 250 = 250 hp 1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V 5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
200 = 200 hp 300 = 300 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase 2
250 = 250 hp 350 = 350 hp 2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
300 = 300 hp 400 = 400 hp
350 = 350 hp 500 = 500 hp
Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V 2
400 = 400 hp 550 = 550 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
500 = 500 hp
550 = 550 hp
600 =
650 =
600 hp
650 hp
2
600 = 600 hp 700 = 700 hp
650 = 650 hp
700 = 700 hp
800 = 800 hp 2
800 = 800 hp
2
Notes
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See SVX catalog section for selection.
2
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4 and 4X are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
3 Part number configuration continued on the following page. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2
SVX Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2 SVX F07 1 A 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
number selection.
Option Boards 2
2 0 = None
2 = Circuit breaker
0 = No option
6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
2 6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
9 = 3 RO (NO)
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
2 8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
2 B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor
Communication Options
2 G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor 0 = No option
• = Custom option 2 1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 2 = LonWorks
3 = CANopen (slave)
Bypass Options 3 4 = DeviceNet
2 0 = None 5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
1 = Manual HOA bypass 6 = Modbus
2 2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
7 = Modbus (D9 connector)
8 = Johnson Controls N2
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD 9 = Modbus TCP
2 5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor A = BACnet
B = EtherNet/IP
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor
C = RS-232 with D9 connector
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor • = Custom option 2
2 J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD Enclosure Options
2 M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor 0 = None
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor 1 = Floor stand—12 inches
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD 2 = Floor stand—22 inches
2 R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor A = Space heater
• = Custom option 2 B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
2 C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
2 0 =
None
A = Output contactor
2 B = 3% Output reactor
0 = None
Control Options 5
0 = None
Light Options 5
D = dV/dt filter
E = 3% Output Reactor/output contactor 1 = Speed pot 1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 G = dV/dt/output contactor 2 = Start-stop pushbutton 2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
• = Custom option 2 3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot • = Custom option 2
2 A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
2 D = HOA switch with speed pot
2 Notes
2 2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
2 5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.

SVX Drives
2.7
Product Selection
2
208 V Drives
2
SVX Enclosed Drives 208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
2
0.75 3.5 4 SVXF071D1 SVXF071D2 SVXF071D3
1 4.6 4 SVX0011D1 SVX0011D2 SVX0011D3 2
2 7.5 4 SVX0021D1 SVX0021D2 SVX0021D3 2
3 10.6 4 SVX0031D1 SVX0031D2 SVX0031D3
5 16.7 5 SVX0051D1 SVX0051D2 SVX0051D3
2
7.5 24.2 5 SVX0071D1 SVX0071D2 SVX0071D3 2
10 30.8 6 SVX0101D1 SVX0101D2 SVX0101D3
15 46.2 6 SVX0151D1 SVX0151D2 SVX0151D3 2
20 59.4 7 SVX0201C1 SVX0201C2 SVX0201C3
25 74.8 7 SVX0251C1 SVX0251C2 SVX0251C3
2
30 88 7 SVX0301C1 SVX0301C2 SVX0301C3
2
40 114 8 SVX0401C1 SVX0401C2 SVX0401C3
50 143 8 SVX0501C1 SVX0501C2 SVX0501C3 2
60 169 8 SVX0601C1 SVX0601C2 SVX0601C3
75 211 9 SVX0751C1 SVX0751C2 SVX0751C3 2
2
261 9 SVX1001C1 SVX1001C2 SVX1001C3
2
SVX Enclosed Drives 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives 2
2
1 4.6 4 SVX0011B1 SVX0011B2 SVX0011B3
2
1.5 6.6 4 SVXF151B1 SVXF151B2 SVXF151B3
2
2 7.5 4 SVX0021B1 SVX0021B2 SVX0021B3
3 10.6 4 SVX0031B1 SVX0031B2 SVX0031B3 2
5 16.7 5 SVX0051B1 SVX0051B2 SVX0051B3
7.5 24.2 5 SVX0071B1 SVX0071B2 SVX0071B3 2
10 30.8 5 SVX0101B1 SVX0101B2 SVX0101B3
15 46.2 6 SVX0151B1 SVX0151B2 SVX0151B3
2
20 59.4 6 SVX0201B1 SVX0201B2 SVX0201B3 2
25 74.8 7 SVX0251A1 SVX0251A2 SVX0251A3
30 88 7 SVX0301A1 SVX0301A2 SVX0301A3 2
40 114 7 SVX0401A1 SVX0401A2 SVX0401A3
50 143 8 SVX0501A1 SVX0501A2 SVX0501A3 2
60 169 8 SVX0601A1 SVX0601A2 SVX0601A3
75 211 9 SVX0751A1 SVX0751A2 SVX0751A3
2
100 273 9 SVX1001A1 SVX1001A2 SVX1001A3 2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-141. 2
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2

SVX Drives
230 V Drives
2
2 1 4.2 4 SVX0012D1 SVX0012D2 SVX0012D3
1.5 6 4 SVXF152D1 SVXF152D2 SVXF152D3
2 2 6.8 4 SVX0022D1 SVX0022D2 SVX0022D3
2 3 9.6 4 SVX0032D1 SVX0032D2 SVX0032D3

5 15.2 5 SVX0052D1 SVX0052D2 SVX0052D3
2 7.5 22 5 SVX0072D1 SVX0072D2 SVX0072D3
10 28 6 SVX0102D1 SVX0102D2 SVX0102D3
2 15 42 6 SVX0152D1 SVX0152D2 SVX0152D3
20 54 7 SVX0202C1 SVX0202C2 SVX0202C3
2 25 68 7 SVX0252C1 SVX0252C2 SVX0252C3
2 30 80 7 SVX0302C1 SVX0302C2 SVX0302C3

40 104 8 SVX0402C1 SVX0402C2 SVX0402C3
2 50 130 8 SVX0502C1 SVX0502C2 SVX0502C3
60 154 8 SVX0602C1 SVX0602C2 SVX0602C3
2 75 192 9 SVX0752C1 SVX0752C2 SVX0752C3
100 248 9 SVX1002C1 SVX1002C2 SVX1002C3
2
2 230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2 1 4.2 4 SVX0012B1 SVX0012B2 SVX0012B3
2 1.5 6 4 SVXF152B1 SVXF152B2 SVXF152B3

2 6.8 4 SVX0022B1 SVX0022B2 SVX0022B3
2 3 9.6 4 SVX0032B1 SVX0032B2 SVX0032B3
5 15.2 5 SVX0052B1 SVX0052B2 SVX0052B3
2 7.5 22 5 SVX0072B1 SVX0072B2 SVX0072B3
2 10 28 5 SVX0102B1 SVX0102B2 SVX0102B3

15 42 6 SVX0152B1 SVX0152B2 SVX0152B3
2 20 54 6 SVX0202B1 SVX0202B2 SVX0202B3
25 68 7 SVX0252A1 SVX0252A2 SVX0252A3
2 30 80 7 SVX0302A1 SVX0302A2 SVX0302A3
40 104 7 SVX0402A1 SVX0402A2 SVX0402A3
2 50 130 8 SVX0502A1 SVX0502A2 SVX0502A3
2 60 154 8 SVX0602A1 SVX0602A2 SVX0602A3

75 192 8 SVX0752A1 SVX0752A2 SVX0752A3
2 100 248 9 SVX1002A1 SVX1002A2 SVX1002A3
2
300 9 SVX1252A1 SVX1252A2 SVX1252A3
2 Notes
2 2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
480 V Drives
2
1 2.1 4 SVX0014D1 SVX0014D2 SVX0014D3
1.5 3 4 SVXF154D1 SVXF154D2 SVXF154D3 2
2 3.4 4 SVX0024D1 SVX0024D2 SVX0024D3
3 4.8 4 SVX0034D1 SVX0034D2 SVX0034D3
2
5 7.6 4 SVX0054D1 SVX0054D2 SVX0054D3
2
7.5 11 5 SVX0074D1 SVX0074D2 SVX0074D3
10 14 5 SVX0104D1 SVX0104D2 SVX0104D3 2
15 21 5 SVX0154D1 SVX0154D2 SVX0154D3
20 27 6 SVX0204D1 SVX0204D2 SVX0204D3 2
25 34 6 SVX0254D1 SVX0254D2 SVX0254D3
30 40 6 SVX0304D1 SVX0304D2 SVX0304D3
2
40 52 7 SVX0404C1 SVX0404C2 SVX0404C3 2
50 65 7 SVX0504C1 SVX0504C2 SVX0504C3
60 77 7 SVX0604C1 SVX0604C2 SVX0604C3 2
75 96 8 SVX0754C1 SVX0754C2 SVX0754C3
100 124 8 SVX1004C1 SVX1004C2 SVX1004C3
2
125 156 8 SVX1254C1 SVX1254C2 SVX1254C3
150 180 9 SVX1504C1 SVX1504C2 SVX1504C3
2
200 240 9 SVX2004C1 SVX2004C2 SVX2004C3 2
250 302 10 SVX2504G1 SVX2504G6 2 SVX2504G3
300 361 10 SVX3004G1 SVX3004G6 2 SVX3004G3 2
350 414 10 SVX3504G1 SVX3504G6 2 SVX3504G3
400 477 11 SVX4004G1 SVX4004G6 2 SVX4004G3
2
500 590 11 SVX5004G1 SVX5004G6 2 SVX5004G3
2
550 650 11 SVX5504G1 SVX5504G6 2 SVX5504G3
600 730 12 SVX6004G1 SVX6004G6 2 SVX6004G3 2
650 820 12 SVX6504G1 SVX6504G6 2 SVX6504G3
700 920 12 SVX7004G1 SVX7004G6 2 SVX7004G3 2
Notes
2
2 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
480 V Drives, continued

2
SVX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
1.5 3 4 SVXF154B1 SVXF154B2 SVXF154B3
2 2 3.4 4 SVX0024B1 SVX0024B2 SVX0024B3
3 4.8 4 SVX0034B1 SVX0034B2 SVX0034B3
2 5 7.6 4 SVX0054B1 SVX0054B2 SVX0054B3
2 7.5 11 4 SVX0074B1 SVX0074B2 SVX0074B3

10 14 5 SVX0104B1 SVX0104B2 SVX0104B3
2 15 21 5 SVX0154B1 SVX0154B2 SVX0154B3
20 27 5 SVX0204B1 SVX0204B2 SVX0204B3
2 25 34 6 SVX0254B1 SVX0254B2 SVX0254B3
30 40 6 SVX0304B1 SVX0304B2 SVX0304B3
2 40 52 6 SVX0404B1 SVX0404B2 SVX0404B3
2 50 65 7 SVX0504A1 SVX0504A2 SVX0504A3

60 77 7 SVX0604A1 SVX0604A2 SVX0604A3
2 75 96 7 SVX0754A1 SVX0754A2 SVX0754A3
100 124 8 SVX1004A1 SVX1004A2 SVX1004A3
2 125 156 8 SVX1254A1 SVX1254A2 SVX1254A3
150 180 8 SVX1504A1 SVX1504A2 SVX1504A3
2
200 240 9 SVX2004A1 SVX2004A2 SVX2004A3
2 2
300 9 SVX2504A1 SVX2504A2 SVX2504A3
300 361 10 SVX3004E1 SVX3004E6 3 SVX3004E3
2 350 414 10 SVX3504E1 SVX3504E6 3 SVX3504E3
400 477 10 SVX4004E1 SVX4004E6 3 SVX4004E3
2 500 590 11 SVX5004E1 SVX5004E6 3 SVX5004E3
2 550 650 11 SVX5504E1 SVX5504E6 3

3
SVX5504E3
600 730 11 SVX6004E1 SVX6004E6 SVX6004E3
2 650 820 12 SVX6504E1 SVX6504E6 3 SVX6504E3
700 920 12 SVX7004E1 SVX7004E6 3 SVX7004E3
2 800 1030 12 SVX8004E1 SVX8004E6 3 SVX8004E3
2 Notes
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2 3 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
575 V Drives
2
SVX Enclosed Drives 575 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
3 3.9 6 SVX0035B1 SVX0035B2 SVX0035B3
5 6.1 6 SVX0055B1 SVX0055B2 SVX0055B3 2
7.5 9 6 SVX0075B1 SVX0075B2 SVX0075B3
10 11 6 SVX0105B1 SVX0105B2 SVX0105B3
2
15 17 6 SVX0155B1 SVX0155B2 SVX0155B3
2
20 22 6 SVX0205B1 SVX0205B2 SVX0205B3
25 27 6 SVX0255B1 SVX0255B2 SVX0255B3 2
30 32 6 SVX0305B1 SVX0305B2 SVX0305B3
40 41 7 SVX0405A1 SVX0405A2 SVX0405A3 2
50 52 7 SVX0505A1 SVX0505A2 SVX0505A3
60 62 8 SVX0605A1 SVX0605A2 SVX0605A3
2
75 77 8 SVX0755A1 SVX0755A2 SVX0755A3 2
100 99 8 SVX1005A1 SVX1005A2 SVX1005A3
125 125 9 SVX1255A1 SVX1255A2 SVX1255A3 2
150 144 9 SVX1505A1 SVX1505A2 SVX1505A3
200 192 9 SVX2005A1 SVX2005A2 SVX2005A3
2
250 242 10 SVX2505E1 SVX2505E6 2 SVX2505E3
300 289 10 SVX3005E1 SVX3005E6 2 SVX3005E3
2
400 382 10 SVX4005E1 SVX4005E6 2 SVX4005E3 2
450 412 11 SVX4505E1 SVX4505E6 2 SVX4505E3
500 472 11 SVX5005E1 SVX5005E6 2 SVX5005E3 2
550 590 11 SVX5505E1 SVX5505E6 2 SVX5505E3
600 650 12 SVX6005E1 SVX6005E6 2 SVX6005E3
2
700 750 12 SVX7005E1 SVX7005E6 2 SVX7005E3
2
800 820 12 SVX8005E1 SVX8005E6 2 SVX8005E3
Notes 2
2 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
230 V, Single-Phase Drives

2
SVX Enclosed Drives 230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
Low Overload (VT) Enclosed Drives
2 3 9.6 5 SVX003JB1 SVX003JB2 SVX003JB3
5 15.2 5 SVX005JB1 SVX005JB2 SVX005JB3
2 7.5 22 6 SVX007JB1 SVX007JB2 SVX007JB3
2 10 28 6 SVX010JB1 SVX010JB2 SVX010JB3

15 42 7 SVX015JB1 SVX015JB2 SVX015JB3
2 20 54 7 SVX020JB1 SVX020JB2 SVX020JB3
25 68 8 SVX025JA1 SVX025JA2 SVX025JA3
2 30 80 8 SVX030JA1 SVX030JA2 SVX030JA3
40 104 8 SVX040JA1 SVX040JA2 SVX040JA3
2
2 480 V, Single-Phase Drives
2 SVX Enclosed Drives 480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 Drive Base Base Base
2 Low Overload (VT) Enclosed Drives
1 2.1 4 SVX001KB1 SVX001KB2 SVX001KB3
2 3 4.8 4 SVX003KB1 SVX003KB2 SVX003KB3
2 5 7.6 5 SVX005KB1 SVX005KB2 SVX005KB3

7.5 11 5 SVX007KB1 SVX007KB2 SVX007KB3
2 10 14 5 SVX010KB1 SVX010KB2 SVX010KB3
15 21 6 SVX015KB1 SVX015KB2 SVX015KB3
25 34 7 SVX025KB1 SVX025KB2 SVX025KB3

50 65 8 SVX050KA1 SVX050KA2 SVX050KA3
2 60 77 8 SVX060KA1 SVX060KA2 SVX060KA3
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Enclosure Selection
2
SVX Drives
2
Note: Standard enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a circuit Bypass Power Options X-Space
breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay
2
and terminal blocks.
Standard Enclosure X-Space

Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1 2
3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6
RVSS bypass 2 2 2 3 4 2
AX 2 2 2 — — 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6
BX 4 4 4 4 — dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
2
CX 7 7 7 7 7
DX 18 18 18 18 18
2
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
Type 1 Filtered 2
Standard Power Options X-Space Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R
Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 Frame 9 Size 5 Size 5 — Size F 2
Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1 Frame 10 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F
3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6 Frame 11 Size 9 — Size 9 Size F 2

Frame 12 1 — 1 1
3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6
2
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Single-phase enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
capacitor kit, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/
2
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes 2
Single-Phase Enclosure X-Space
Type 1
Filtered and Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 2
Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 Gasketed Type 3R
AX 0 0 — — —
Frame 9 Size 5 Size 5 — Size F 2
BX 2 2 1 1 —
Frame 10 (without power options) Size 6 — Size 6 Size F
Frame 10 (with power options) Size 8 — Size 8 Size F
CX 5 5 4 4 4 2
DX 16 16 15 15 15
Frame 11 (without power options) Size 8 — Size 8 Size F 2
Frame 11 (with power options) Size 9 — Size 9 Size F
Single-Phase Power Options X-Space
Frame 12 1 — 1 1
2
Note: Bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a MCP, CPT,
Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1 2
input contactor, output bypass contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/ 3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks. 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6 2
Bypass Enclosure X-Space
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1
2
AX 0 0 0 — — 2
BX 2 2 2 0 —
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
CX 5 5 5 3 2 Type 1A Filtered 2
Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R
DX 16 16 16 14 13
Frame 9 Size 5 Size 5 — Size F 2
Frame 10 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F
Frame 11 Size 9 — Size 9 Size F
2
1 1 1
Frame 12 —
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Options
2
2 The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
2 of five option boards.
2 output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Board Kits
2 Option Boards
Field Factory
2 Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
2 Standard I/O Cards
2 A B C 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Extended I/O Cards

2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■

2 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■

2 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
Communication Cards
2 Modbus 3 D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus TCP
BACnet
D, E
D, E
OPTCI
OPTCJ
CI
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ CQ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2 3 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —

2 PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD2V D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Notes
2 2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Modbus RTU Network DeviceNet Network BACnet Network
Communications Communications Communications 2
The Modbus Network Card The DeviceNet Network Card The BACnet Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting OPTC7 is used for connecting OPTCJ is used for connecting 2
the SVX Drive as a slave on a the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
Modbus network. The Network. It includes a networks. It includes a 2
interface is connected by a 5.08 mm pluggable 5.08 mm pluggable connector.
9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
2
ranges from 300 to 19,200 twisted shielded cable with RS-485. This interface uses
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable a collection of 30 Binary Value 2
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Value Objects (AVOs) to 2
a parity of None, Odd or include 125 Kbaud, communicate drive parameters.
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud. The card supports 9.6, 19.2 2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
PROFIBUS Network Johnson Controls speeds and supports network
Communications Metasys N2 Network addresses 1–127.
2
The PROFIBUS Network Card Communications
OPTC3 is used for connecting The OPTC2 fieldbus board EtherNet/IP Network 2
the SVX Drive as a slave on provides communication Communications
a PROFIBUS-DP network. between the SVX Drive and a The EtherNet/IP Network 2
The interface is connected Johnson Controls Metasys™ Card OPTCK is used for
by a 9-pin DSUB connector N2 network. With this connecting the SVX Drive to 2
(female). The baud rates connection, the drive can be Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
networks. It includes an
2
range from 1 to 127. Metasys system. The N2 The interface uses CIP
fieldbus is available as a objects to communicate drive 2
LonWorks Network factory installed option and as parameters (CIP is “Common
Communications a field installable kit. Industrial Protocol”, the same 2
The LonWorks Network Card protocol used by DeviceNet).
OPTC4 is used for connecting Modbus/TCP Network The board supports 10 Mbps 2
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks Communications and 100 Mbps communication
network. This interface uses The Modbus/TCP Network speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
2
Standard Network Variable Card OPTCI is used for
BOOTP and DHCP methods.
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet networks utilizing
2
achieved using a FTT-10 A Modbus protocol. It includes
Free Topology transceiver an RJ-45 pluggable connector. 2
via a single twisted transfer This interface provides a
cable. The communication selection of standard and 2
speed with LonWorks is custom register values to
78 kBits/s. communicate drive parameters. 2
The board supports 10 Mbps
CANopen (Slave) and 100 Mbps communication
Communications speeds. The IP address of the
2
The CANopen (Slave) board is configurable over
Network Card OPTC6 is used Ethernet using a supplied 2
for connecting the SVX Drive software tool.
to a host system. According 2
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus 2
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms, and
specific line delay of nominal
2
5 nS/m. 120 ohms line
termination resistors required 2
for installation.
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Input Power Options

2 Option Description
2 HMCP Disconnect The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection
against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2 Circuit Breaker Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level ground
faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF
2 Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option
2 3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current harmonics. It also
2 SPD Provides a UL 1449 surge protection device (SPD) rated for 40 kA/ph that is connected to the line side terminals.
2 the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.
2
Bypass Options
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow
2 Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2 Output Power Options

Option Description
2 Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic.
2 and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2 terminals. A 3% output filter is recommended for motor cable lengths up to 300 ft (10 m).
2 This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2 Control Options
Option Description
2 Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal
2 potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to
2 Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2 Light Options
Option Description
2 Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light
2 Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that
2
Enclosure Options
2 Floor Stand 12 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Enclosed Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit option is used for applications that For brake chopper circuit selection and adder—NEMA 2
require dynamic braking. Dynamic braking resistors are not Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54, consult the factory
included with drive purchase. Consult Page V6-T2-111 for
dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately.
2
Resistors are not UL Listed.
2
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
2
Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features
45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions 2
Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard 2
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard
2
Enclosure space heater
Oversize enclosure
Optional
Standard
Remote keypad/display
Conventional control elements
Standard
Standard
2
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional 2
Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL Speed setting inputs 2
Protection Features Keypad Standard
Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard 2
AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA Isolated Configurable
Line reactors (3%) Standard 4–20 mA Differential Configurable
2
Phase rotation insensitive
EMI filter
Standard
Standard
Analog outputs
Speed/frequency Standard
2
Input phase loss protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable 2
Input overvoltage protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable
Line surge protection Optional Kilowatts Programmable 2
Output short-circuit protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Output ground fault protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard 2
Output phase protection Standard Isolated signals Optional
Overtemperature protection Standard Discrete outputs
2
DC overvoltage protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
2
Drive overload protection Standard Drive running Standard
Motor overload protection Standard Drive at set speed Programmable 2
Programmer software Optional Optional parameters 14
Local/remote keypad Standard Dry contacts 1 (2 relays Form C) 2
Keypad lockout Standard Open collector outputs 1
Fault alarm output Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional 2
Built-in diagnostics Standard Communications
RS-232 Standard
2
RS-422/485 Optional
2
DeviceNet™ Optional
Modbus RTU Optional 2
CANopen (slave) Optional
PROFIBUS-DP Optional 2
Lonworks® Optional
Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional 2
EtherNet/IP Optional
Modbus TCP Optional
2
BACnet Optional
2

SVX Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives, continued Standard I/O Specifications

2 Description Specification Description Specification
2 Performance Features Six–digital input

programmable
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
Sensorless vector control Standard
2 Volts/hertz control Standard
Two–analog input
configurable w/jumpers
Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
IR and slip compensation Standard Two–digital output Form C relays 250 Vac
2 Electronic reversing Standard programmable 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
Dynamic braking Optional 1 One–analog output 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
2 DC braking Standard
programmable
configurable w/jumper
2 PID setpoint controller Programmable One digital output Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
Critical speed lockout Standard programmable
2 Current (torque) limit Standard
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard
2 Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard
I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Description Specification
Jog at preset speed
2 Standard
Analog voltage, input 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Thread/preset speeds 7 Standard, 15 Optional
Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
2 Automatic restart Selectable
Digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kohms
Coasting motor start Standard
2 Coast or ramp stop selection Standard
Auxiliary voltage 24 V (±20%), max. 50 mA
Reference voltage 10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA
Elapsed time meter Optional
2 Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz
Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kohms resolution 10 bit,
accuracy <±2%
2 Standard Conditions for Application and Service Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kohms, resolution 10 bit,
accuracy <±2%
Operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 °C
2 Storage temperature –40 to 60 °C Relay output
Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Maximum switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
2 Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000 m) Maximum switching load 8 A/24 Vdc, 0.4 A/300 Vdc, 2 kVA/250 Vac
Line voltage variation +10/–15% Maximum continuous load 2 A rms

2 Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms
Encoder input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri = 2.2 kohms
2 Efficiency >96%
5 V: “0” <2V, “1” >3V, Ri = 330 ohms
Power factor (displacement) >0.94
2 Note
1 Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard—refer to individual
drive sections.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
Dimensions
AX Box Type 1 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
25.80
Required 2
Both Sides
(655.3)
2
25.35 26.74
(679.2)
(643.9)
17.31
2
(439.7)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2
(4 Places)
1.76
17.02 (432.2)
2
19.30 (490.2) (44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
19.30 (490.0) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting Holes
Free Air Space Required (2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 14.06 2
Both Sides (357.1)
25.35
(643.9)
10.53 2
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8) 2
29.12
(739.6)
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.7)
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
14.06
2 25.35 (357.1)
(643.9)
10.53
2 (267.5)
7.00
47.37 (177.8)
2 (1203.2)
47.87
(1215.9) 3.00 (76.2)
2 39.15 5.00 (127.0)
(994.4)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2 AX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
25.80
2 (655.3)
26.74
2 25.35
(679.2)
(643.9)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2 1.76 17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (44.8)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space Required Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
14.06
Both Sides
25.35
(357.1)
10.53
2
(643.9) (267.5)
37.37
37.87
7.00
(177.8)
2
(961.9)
(949.2)
29.13 3.00 (76.2) 2
(739.9) 5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
AX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands 2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
25.35 (357.1)
(643.9) 10.53 2
(267.5)
7.00
(177.8)
2
47.87
(1215.9)
3.00 (76.2) 2
5.00 (127.0)
39.15
47.37
(1203.2) (994.4) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.75 (450.7)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
AX Box Type 3R
2 3.00 (76.2) 20.18 (512.5)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2
33.09
2 (840.4)
33.97
(862.8)
31.76
2 (806.6)
2 25.35 17.28
(643.9) (438.9)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
3.64 17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (92.5)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2 AX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands

2 20.88 (530.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
Holes
2 17.88 (454.2)
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.25
Air Space (361.8)
2 31.76
Required
Both Sides
10.72
(272.2) 7.19
(806.8)
2 (182.5)
25.36 1.04 [26.4]
2 (644.0)
45.10
3.20
(81.3)
44.66 (1145.5)
2 (1134.3)
5.20
(132.1)
15.70 (398.8)
2 29.12 17.70 (449.6)
(739.6)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
3.64
(92.5)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
AX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
20.88 (530.4)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 14.25 2
Both Sides (361.8)
31.76 10.72
(806.8) (272.2) 2
7.19
(182.5)
25.35
2
(643.9) 3.20 (81.3)
55.10 5.20 (132.1)
2
(1399.5)
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2
54.66 39.13 2
(1388.3) (993.9)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.64 (92.5) 17.02 (432.2) 2
BX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
2
Free Air Space
Required 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
36.80
(934.7)
37.74
2
36.35 (958.6)
(923.3) 28.55
(725.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
1.76
19.30 (490.2)
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space 14.06
2 Required
Both Sides
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2 36.35
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37
48.87
5.00 (127.0)
(1241.3)
(1228.6) 40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
2 36.35
(267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2 (1279.7)
15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
BX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space
Required
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
36.80 Both Sides
(934.7) 2
37.74
(958.6)
36.35 28.55 2
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space
Required
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
14.06
Air Space
Required
(357.1)
10.53 2
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
36.35
(923.3) (177.8) 2
3.00 (76.2)
48.37 48.87 2
(1228.6) (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
2
(44.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
14.06
Air Space
(357.1)
Required 10.53
2 Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2 36.35
(923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2 5.00 (127.0)
58.37 58.87
2 (1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
1.76
17.01 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
BX Box Type 3R
2 20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
44.09
(1119.8)
2
42.69
2 (1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35 28.56
2 (923.3) (725.3)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
3.51 17.01 (432.2)
2 19.30 (490.2) (89.1)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
20.88 (530.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 20.18 (512.5)
Mounting
17.88 (454.2)
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
14.06
Both Sides (357.1)
10.53 2
42.77 (267.5) 7.00
(1086.4) (177.8) 2
55.66 36.35
56.10
(1424.9)
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
(1413.7) (923.3)
40.40 15.50 (393.7)

2
(1026.3)
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.51
17.01 (432.2)
(89.1)
2
BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands 2
20.88 (530.4) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
17.88 (454.2)
Mounting
Holes
20.18 (512.5)
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
Both Sides
42.77 2
(1086.4)
14.06
(357.1) 2
10.53
36.35
(923.3) 55.10
(1429.9)
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
65.66
(1667.7)
3.00 (76.2) 2
5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
CX Box Type 1
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2 48.80
(1239.5)
49.74
2 48.35 (1263.4)
35.85
(1228.1)
2 (910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 1.74 17.76 (451.2)
2 30.92 (785.4) (44.2)

29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Mounting
Holes
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
14.81
2 (376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2 48.35
(1228.1) (196.9)
2 60.37 47.67
3.00 (76.2)
49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1533.4) (1210.8)
2 (1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
11.28 2
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
57.68 2
(1465.0) 70.87 3.00
70.37 (76.2)
(1787.4)
(1800.1)
25.50
2
5.00
(647.7)
(127.0)
27.50
2
(698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
2
48.80 49.74 2
(1239.5) (1263.4)
35.85 2
48.35 (910.6)
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 1.74
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (44.2) 2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
48.35
2 (1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
60.37 3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1533.4)
2 (1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
2 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
11.28
2 48.35
(1228.1)
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
70.37 3.00 (76.2)
2 (1787.4) 5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
(1465.0) 70.87
2 (1800.1) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74 17.76
(44.2) (451.2)
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
56.08
Both Sides 2
(1424.5)
2
54.77
(1391.2)
56.96
2
(1446.9)
48.35 2
(1228.1)
35.85
(910.6) 2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 3.72
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (94.4) 2
CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
21.00 (533.3)
28.10 (713.7) Holes
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
2
67.65 (286.5)
(1718.4) 7.75
(196.9)
2
66.60
47.67
3.00 (76.2) 2
(1691.7)
(1210.8) 5.00 (127.0)
48.35
68.09
(1729.6)
25.50 (647.7) 2
27.50 (698.5)
(1228.1)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 (451.2)
(94.4) 2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
30.88 (784.4)
Mounting
2 27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
2 76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
(1945.7) 7.75
2 (196.9)
78.09
48.35 (1983.6)
2 (1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
2 (1465.0) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76
(94.4) (451.2)
2
DX Box Type 1
2 29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2 82.23
(2088.6)
22.56
(573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
76.35 1.62 (41.1)
2 (1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2) 8.38 (212.9)
22.12
2 (561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
DX Box Type 12
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
22.56
82.35 (573.0) 6.13 2
(155.6)
(2091.7)
82.85 2
(2104.4)
1.62 (41.1)
76.35 67.89
8.38 (212.9) 2
(1939.3) (1724.4)
22.12
(561.8) 2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 1.55 22.48
2
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
27.88 (708.2) Mounting 25.51 (647.8)
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
Both Sides
89.70
(2278.3)
2
22.81
(579.2) 6.31 2
82.84 (160.3)
(2104.1) 90.14
(2289.5)
2
67.89
76.35
(1939.3)
(1724.4) 1.80 (45.7) 2
8.56 (217.4)
22.30
(566.4)
2
29.06 (738.1)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
(92.5) (571.1)
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
Size 5
2
J
2
2
2
Lifting Eyes
(2 Places)
2
2 RR
2
2 N
T For Cable
Entry L
2 H
S
2 B
M P
A Top View
2 Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) F
2 SS
G
C
2 Side View D1 D
Bottom View
2
2 IL hp
208/230V 75
2 100
480V 200
2 250
2
2 Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
2 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change.
2 Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
2 40.0 (1016) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
2 Cable Entry Door Clearance

Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg)
2 15.0 10.0 4.8 2.0 — 36.3 20.0 — — — 94.0 15.5 — — — 1275 (579)
(381) (254) (122) (51) (921) (508) (2387) (394)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
Size 6
2
T
2
2
S
Door Clearance 2
Top View
2
J
2
Keypad
2
Flanged Disconnect Supplied
with Circuit Breaker When Specified
2
Operator Elements When Specified, 2
Mounted on These Panels
2
RR Key-Locking Handle
B H 2
2
2
Ventilating Slots
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places) 2
C A 2
Side View
Front View
2
M L For Cable Entry
N
2
IL hp
480V 300 F
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
2
350 P Mounting Hole –
400
G
(4 Places)
2
D1 D 2
Bottom View
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-145, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. 2
Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space 2
A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
30.0 (762) 90.0 (2286) 26.0 (660) 26.5 (673) 1.8 (46) — — 17.3 (438) 5.5 (140) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) — 2
Cable Entry Door Clearance
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
2
23.5 3.3 4.5 19.3 — 26.2 24.8 — — — 93.9 — — — — 1500 (681)
2
(597) (84) (114) (490) (667) (629) (2386)
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
Size 8
2 S
T For Top Cable Entry –
(2 Places)
2
2 R
2
Top View
2
2 J
2
2
2
2
2 RR
B H
2
2
2
2
2
U V
2 C
A
Side View Front View
2 0.56 (14.2) Dia.
M L For Bottom
Mounting Hole –
(4 Places) Cable Entry
2
IL hp
2 480V 300
F N
350
2 400
G P
2 D1 D
Bottom View
2 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-145, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.
Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space

2 A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
2 48.0 (1219) 90.0 (2286) 24.0 (610) 42.2 (1072) 3.0 (77) — — — 5.5 (139) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
Max. Approx.
2 Cable Entry Shipping Weight
2 9.5 37.5 12.5 7.7 8.3 1.3 31.0 21.5 21.3 — 93.5 — — — — 2000 (908)
(241) (952) (318) (196) (210) (32) (787) (545) (541) (2375)
2
2

SVX Drives
2.7
2
Size 9
T U 2
S
R 2
Access in Top –
(2 Places)
V
W 2
2
90° Max.
Door
90° Max.
Door 2
Opening Opening
SS UU
TT 2
Top View 2
J
Openings Filtered for 2
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Design
2
Drive Circuit Breaker
2
2
Key-Locking Handle
2
RR
2
B
2
2
Access
Plate –
4 Places 2
2
C A 2
Side View Front View
0.56 (14.2) Dia.

M L Bottom Access 2
Mounting Hole –
(5 Places)
N 2
G
IH hp IL hp 2
P
480V 400 500 G1
500
550
550
600 D1 D D2
2
E
Bottom View 2
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-145, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. 2
A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 2
60.0 (1524) 90.0 (2286) 26.1 (664) 22.9 (582) 2.0 (51) 30.0 (762) 44.3 (1125) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 8.2 (208) — 4.0 (102) —
2
Max. Approx.
Cable Entry Shipping Weight 2
8.5 32.7 12.0 11.9 9.8 1.5 43.5 15.0 7.5 25.0 93.5 27.4 290.1 270.1 — 2500 (1135) 2
(216) (831) (305) (303) (249) (38) (1105) (381) (191) (635) (2375) (696) (738) (687)
2

SVX Drives

2
Enclosure Size F
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H
2
2
2
2
2
W1
2 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2 Approximate Approximate
Weight Shipping Weight
2 H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
93.58 69.51 60.00 48.00 37.50 26.00 1700 (771) 1850 (839)
2 (2376.9) (1765.60) (1524.0) (1219.2) (952.5) (660.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DH1 Series Drives
2.8
DH1 HVAC/R Drive Contents
Description Page
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-180 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-194
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-195
2
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives 2
Product Description Features and Benefits 2
The DH1 HVAC/R drives are Hardware Software
part of Eaton’s next ● Integrated common mode ● Control logic can be ● Active Energy Control— 2
generation PowerXL Series of reduction 5% DC link powered from an external minimizes energy losses in
adjustable frequency drives
specifically engineered for
choke with input surge auxiliary control panel— the motor, resulting in 2
protection internal drive functions and industry-leading energy
today’s demanding HVAC/R
market. The power unit
● Variable torque rated for fieldbus if necessary efficiency for your
application
2
HVAC/R demands ● Standard I/O:
makes use of the most
Energy savings calculator
sophisticated semiconductor ● 110% variable torque (IL) ● 8DI, 1DO ●
● Quick Start Wizard upon

2
technology and a highly ● Type 1/IP21 and Type ● 2AI, 2AO
initial power-up supports
modular construction that can
be flexibly adapted to meet
12/IP54 enclosures
available
● 2FC, 1FA relays
fast, easy installation
2
the customer’s needs. ● Standard communications: ● Standard applications:
● Real-time clock—supports
calendaring and PLC ● BACnet/IP, Modbus TCP, ● Standard
2
The control module was Modbus RTU,
functionality Multi-PID
designed to include today’s
● Graphic LCD display and BACnet MS/TP
●
2
standard HVAC/R ● Advanced
communication protocols and keypad—supports simple Two expansion slots—
I/O while still having the menu navigation as well as
●
intended to support
● Copy/paste functionality on 2
modularity to add additional on-screen diagnostics and additional I/O or drive keypad—allows for
option cards. troubleshooting communication protocols fast setup of multiple 2
● AUTO operation from as necessary drives
Eaton’s patented Active
Energy Control is also a
keypad and two ● Quick disconnect terminals
● Pre-programmed I/O— 2
configurable soft keys for I/O connections— supports fast, easy
standard feature on DH1 installation for most
drives, offering customers
● Conformal coated control supports fast, easy
applications
2
and power boards standard installation
increased efficiency, safety ● Dynamic motor
and reliability. regenerative energy 2
These drives continue the management
tradition of robust ● Advanced PC Tool with 2
performance and raise the bar diagnostic capabilities
on features and functionality, ● Two keypad software keys 2
ensuring the best solution at for easy menu navigation
the right price. and shortcuts 2
Product Range 2
230 V to 125 hp, 312 A, 90 kW
480 V to 250 hp, 310 A, 160 kW 2
575 V to 250 hp, 250 A, 187 kW
2


2 Product EMC Certification
IEC/EN 61800-5-1 Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3 UL
2 ●
● IEC/EN 61800-5-2
●
● Category C2
●
● cUL
2 ● UL 508C ● CE
● IEC 61508 ● C-Tick
2 ● EN 62061 ● RoHS
● EN ISO 13849-1 ● Plenum rated
2
2 Catalog Number Selection
Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 HVAC/R Drive
2 Series Power Part Options
2 D H1 – 3 4 011 D N – C 21 C
2 Basic Naming Coating of Boards
D = Drive C = Coated
2
Series Phase Reference Internal Brake Chopper Enclosure (IP Rating)
2 H1 = HVAC 3 = 3~ INPUT/3~ OUTPUT N = No brake chopper 20 = IP20 (FR0 only)
B = Brake chopper 21 = IP21/Type 1
54 = IP54/Type 12
2 Input/Output Voltage
Internal EMC Filter
2 = 230 V (208–240 V, –15%, +10%)
2 4 = 400 V (380–500 V, –15%, +10%)
5 = 600 V (525–600 V, –15%, +10%)
D=
E =
DC choke only
EMC filter only Display Option
F = Internal EMC filter and DC choke C = LCD (graphical)
2 Output Current Rating (VT)
N= No EMC filter, no DC choke N = No display
208–240 V 380–500 V 525–600 V

2 4D8 = 4.8 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW 3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 4D5 = 4.5 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 4D3 = 4.3 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW 7D5 = 7.5 A, 5.0 hp, 3.7 kW
2 7D8 = 7.8 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW 5D6 = 5.6 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW 010 = 10 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
011 = 11 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW 7D6 = 7.6 A, 4.0 hp, 3 kW 013 = 13.5 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
012 = 12.5 A, 4.0 hp, 3.0 kW 9D0 = 9 A, 5.0 hp, 4 kW 018 = 18 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
2 017 = 17.5 A, 5.0 hp, 3.7 kW 012 = 12 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 022 = 22 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
025 = 25 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW 027 = 27 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW
2 031 =
048 =
31 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
48 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
023 = 23 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
031 = 31 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
034 =
041 =
34 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
41 A, 40 hp, 30 kW
061 = 61 A, 20 hp, 15 kW 038 = 38 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW 052 = 52 A, 50 hp, 37 kW
2 075 =
088 =
75 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW
88 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
046 = 46 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
061 = 61 A, 40 hp, 30 kW
062 =
080 =
62 A, 60 hp, 45 kW
80 A, 75 hp, 55 kW
114 = 114 A, 40 hp, 30 kW 072 = 72 A, 50 hp, 37 kW 100 = 100 A, 100 hp, 75 kW
2 143 = 143 A, 50 hp, 37 kW 087 = 87 A, 60 hp, 45 kW 125 = 125 A, 125 hp, 90 kW
170 = 170 A, 60 hp, 45 kW 105 = 105 A, 75 hp, 55 kW 144 = 144 A, 150 hp, 110 kW
2 211 =
261 =
211 A, 75 hp, 55 kW
261 A, 100 hp, 75 kW
140 = 140 A, 100 hp, 75 kW
170 = 170 A, 125 hp, 90 kW
208 =
250 =
208 A, 200 hp, 150 kW
250 A, 250 hp, 187 kW
312 = 312 A, 125 hp, 90 kW 205 = 205 A, 150 hp, 110 kW
2 261 = 261 A, 200 hp, 132 kW
310 = 310 A, 250 hp, 160 kW
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 HVAC/R Drive Option Boards
2
DX G – NET – PROFIBUS
2
2 Basic Naming Series Type Function
DX = PowerXL Drive G = General purpose NET = Communication card PROFB = PROFIBUS
EXT = I/O card See Accessories on Page V6-T2-180
2 ACC = Accessory for full offering
SPR = Spare part
2 KEY =
CBL =
Keypad
Cable

2.8
Product Selection
2
DH1 Series Drives—208–240 Volt
PowerXL Series—DH1 Type 1/IP21 2

Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
2
Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR0 0.75 1 4.8 DH1-324D8EB-C20C 1 2
1.1 1.5 6.6 DH1-326D6EB-C20C 1
1.5 2 7.8 DH1-327D8EB-C20C 1

2
FR1 0.75 1 4.8 DH1-324D8DN-C21C
1.1 1.5 6.6 DH1-326D6DN-C21C
2
1.5 2 7.8 DH1-327D8DN-C21C
2.2 3 11 DH1-32011DN-C21C
2
3 — 12.5 DH1-32012DN-C21C
2
FR2 3.7 5 17.5 DH1-32017DN-C21C
5.5 7.5 25 DH1-32025DN-C21C 2
7.5 10 31 DH1-32031DN-C21C
FR3 11 15 48 DH1-32048DN-C21C 2
15 20 61 DH1-32061DN-C21C
FR4 18.5 25 75 DH1-32075DN-C21C 2
22 30 88 DH1-32088DN-C21C
30 40 114 DH1-32114DN-C21C 2
FR5 37 50 143 DH1-32143DN-C21C
45 60 170 DH1-32170DN-C21C 2
55 75 211 DH1-32211DN-C21C
FR6 75 100 261 DH1-32261FN-C21C 2
90 125 312 DH1-32312FN-C21C
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Type 12/IP54
2
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number 2
FR1 0.75 1 4.8 DH1-324D8DN-C54C
1.1 1.5 6.6 DH1-326D6DN-C54C 2
1.5 2 7.8 DH1-327D8DN-C54C
2.2 3 11 DH1-32011DN-C54C
2
3 — 12.5 DH1-32012DN-C54C
FR2 3.7 5 17.5 DH1-32017DN-C54C
2
5.5 7.5 25 DH1-32025DN-C54C
2
7.5 10 31 DH1-32031DN-C54C
FR3 11 15 48 DH1-32048DN-C54C 2
15 20 61 DH1-32061DN-C54C
FR4 18.5 25 75 DH1-32075DN-C54C 2
22 30 88 DH1-32088DN-C54C
30 40 114 DH1-32114DN-C54C 2
FR5 37 50 143 DH1-32143DN-C54C
45 60 170 DH1-32170DN-C54C 2
55 75 211 DH1-32211DN-C54C
FR6 75 100 261 DH1-32261FN-C54C 2
90 125 312 DH1-32312FN-C54C
Note
2
1 IP20 FR0 will be available in June 2018.
2
2
2

DH1 Series Drives—380–500 Volt

2
2 Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
400 V, 50 Hz 460 V, 60 Hz Current
2 Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR0 1.1 1.5 3.3 DH1-343D3EB-C20C 1
2 1.5 2 4.6 DH1-344D3EB-C20C 1
2.2 3 5.6 DH1-345D6EB-C20C 1
2 3 5 7.6 DH1-347D6EB-C20C 1
FR1 1.1 1.5 3.3 DH1-343D3DN-C21C
2 1.5 2 4.3 DH1-344D3DN-C21C
2.2 3 5.6 DH1-345D6DN-C21C
2 3 5 7.6 DH1-347D6DN-C21C
4 — 9 DH1-349D0DN-C21C
2 5.5 7.5 12 DH1-34012DN-C21C
FR2 7.5 10 16 DH1-34016DN-C21C
2 11 15 23 DH1-34023DN-C21C
2 15 20 31 DH1-34031DN-C21C
FR3 18.5 25 38 DH1-34038DN-C21C
2 22 30 46 DH1-34046DN-C21C
30 40 61 DH1-34061DN-C21C
2 FR4 37 50 72 DH1-34072DN-C21C
45 60 87 DH1-34087DN-C21C
2 55 75 105 DH1-34105DN-C21C
FR5 75 100 140 DH1-34140DN-C21C
2 90 125 170 DH1-34170DN-C21C
110 150 205 DH1-34205DN-C21C
2 FR6 132 200 261 DH1-34261FN-C21C
160 250 310 DH1-34310FN-C21C
2
Type 12/IP54
2 PowerXL Series—DH1
2 Frame Size
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
FR1 1.1 1.5 3.3 DH1-343D3DN-C54C
2 1.5 2 4.3 DH1-344D3DN-C54C
2 2.2 3 5.6 DH1-345D6DN-C54C

3 5 7.6 DH1-347D6DN-C54C
2 4 — 9 DH1-349D0DN-C54C
5.5 7.5 12 DH1-34012DN-C54C
2 FR2 7.5 10 16 DH1-34016DN-C54C
11 15 23 DH1-34023DN-C54C
2 15 20 31 DH1-34031DN-C54C
FR3 18.5 25 38 DH1-34038DN-C54C
2 22 30 46 DH1-34046DN-C54C
30 40 61 DH1-34061DN-C54C
2 FR4 37 50 72 DH1-34072DN-C54C
45 60 87 DH1-34087DN-C54C
2 55 75 105 DH1-34105DN-C54C
2 FR5 75
90
100
125
140
170
DH1-34140DN-C54C
DH1-34170DN-C54C
2 110 150 205 DH1-34205DN-C54C

FR6 132 200 261 DH1-34261FN-C54C
2 160 250 310 DH1-34310FN-C54C
Note
2 1 IP20 FR0 will be available in June 2018.

2.8
DH1 Series Drives—575 Volt
2
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL) 2
575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
2
FR1 2.2 3 4.5 DH1-354D5FB-C21C
3.7 5 7.5 DH1-357D5FB-C21C 2
5.5 7.5 10 DH1-35010FB-C21C
FR2 7.5 10 13.5 DH1-35013FB-C21C 2
11 15 18 DH1-35018FB-C21C
15 20 22 DH1-35022FB-C21C
2
FR3 18.5 25 27 DH1-35027FB-C21C
2
22 30 34 DH1-35034FB-C21C
30 40 41 DH1-35041FB-C21C 2
FR4 37 50 52 DH1-35052FN-C21C
45 60 62 DH1-35062FN-C21C 2
55 75 80 DH1-35080FN-C21C
FR5 75 100 100 DH1-35100FN-C21C 2
90 125 125 DH1-35125FN-C21C
110 150 144 DH1-35144FN-C21C
2
FR6 150 200 208 DH1-35208FN-C21C 2
187 250 250 DH1-35250FN-C21C
2
2
575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number 2
FR1 2.2 3 4.5 DH1-354D5FB-C54C
3.7 5 7.5 DH1-357D5FB-C54C
2
5.5 7.5 10 DH1-35010FB-C54C
FR2 7.5 10 13.5 DH1-35013FB-C54C
2
11 15 18 DH1-35018FB-C54C 2
15 20 22 DH1-35022FB-C54C
FR3 18.5 25 27 DH1-35027FB-C54C 2
22 30 34 DH1-35034FB-C54C
30 40 41 DH1-35041FB-C54C 2
FR4 37 50 52 DH1-35052FN-C54C
45 60 62 DH1-35062FN-C54C
2
55 75 80 DH1-35080FN-C54C
2
FR5 75 100 100 DH1-35100FN-C54C
90 125 125 DH1-35125FN-C54C 2
110 150 144 DH1-35144FN-C54C
FR6 150 200 208 DH1-35208FN-C54C 2
187 250 250 DH1-35250FN-C54C
2
2
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2 The PowerXL Series—DH1 drives can accommodate a wide PowerXL Series—DH1 Conversion and Flange Kits
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a Type 1/IP21 to a
Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes cover, fan and grommets.
2 The PowerXL Series—DH1 drives come with a factory-installed
Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kits 1
standard board configuration including the following: Description Catalog Number
2 Frame 1 230 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-2FR1N12KIT
● Standard I/O:
2 ● 8DI, 1DO Frame 1 480 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
● 2AI, 2AO Frame 2 Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT
2 ● BACnet MS/TP, BACnet/IP
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit
includes hardware, top flange plate, bottom flange plate and
Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU two side flange plates.
2 ●
Flange Kits
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 I/O Card Kits Description Catalog Number
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Demo Unit
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Communication Card Kits
Demo Unit
DH1 control module demo stand DH1-DEMO1
Note
2 1 NEMA 12 DH1 drives from W34 are available within 3 business days.
PowerXL Series—DH1 Keypad Kits

Standard keypad DXH-KEY-LCD
2
Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad holder and 3 m cable) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT

3 m remote keypad cable DXG-CBL-3M0
2 Remote keypad mounting holder only DXG-KEY-HOLDER
Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug (maintain rating without keypad) DXG-KEY-N12PLUG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
Power Xpert inControl Software
The PowerXL Series PC Tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring of 2
the DH1 drives. Features include loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed,
setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text 2
form, and real-time display.
PowerXpert inControl Software
2
2
Software cable (USB to keypad [RJ45]) DXG-CBL-PCCABLE
Real-time clock battery (approximately 10,000 hours life) DXG-ACC-RTBATT 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque
2 that require dynamic braking. on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic
2 not included with drive resistor can carry 100% because the regenerated
purchase. Consult the factory current for 12 seconds out energy will be dissipated in
2 for additional dynamic braking
resistor selections that are
of every 60 seconds, while the drive and motor losses.
the 50% duty cycle resistor
supplied separately. A list of
2 common resistors are listed
can carry 150% current for
30 seconds out of every
2 indoor assemblies, include a
2 a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
2
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
2 Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
2 100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
2 20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Drive hp Minimum
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions Catalog Number Dimensions
2


15 7.0 DBR-R012-W2400 19W x 10D x 5H DBR-R7D8-W9000 28W x 10D x 10H
2 20 2.0 DBR-R9D3-W3200 19W x 10D x 5H DBR-R3D4-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H

2 60 2.0 DBR-R2D8-W9000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R002-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
2
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions Catalog Number Dimensions
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions Catalog Number Dimensions 2
2
2
2
50 9.0 DBR-R013-W7500 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R012-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 460 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
2 012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2 3 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15


2
2
2
2
2

2.8
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT)
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Replacement Parts
2
Frame 1
2 230 V 480 V 600 V
2 Standard keypad DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD
2 Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT

Control module kit without keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
2 Software kit (software, cable, manual) DXH-ACC-SOFTWARE DXH-ACC-SOFTWARE DXH-ACC-SOFTWARE
Type 1/IP21 standard cover DXH-SPR-FR1CVR DXH-SPR-FR1CVR DXH-SPR-FR1CVR
2 EMI board DXH-SPR-2FR1EB DXH-SPR-4FR1EB DXG-SPR-5FR1EB
Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-2FR1N12KIT DXH-ACC-4FR1N12KIT DXH-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
2 Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR1MPB DXH-SPR-4FR1MPB DXG-SPR-5FR1MPB
2
Frame 2
2 230 V 480 V 600 V
2 Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT


Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT
2 Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR2MPB DXH-SPR-4FR2MPB DXG-SPR-5FR2MPB
2
Frame 3
2 230 V 480 V 600 V
Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
2 Control module kit without keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD

Drive board DXH-SPR-2FR3DB DXH-SPR-4FR3DB DXG-SPR-5FR3DB
2 Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR3MPB DXG-SPR-4FR3MPB DXG-SPR-5FR3MPB
2 Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
Frame 4
230 V 480 V 600 V
2
Standard keypad DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD
2
Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT 2
Software kit (software, cable, manual) DXH-ACC-SOFTWARE DXH-ACC-SOFTWARE DXH-ACC-SOFTWARE 2
EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR4EB DXG-SPR-4FR4EB DXG-SPR-5FR4EB
2
Softstart board DXH-SPR-2FR4SB DXH-SPR-4FR4SB DXG-SPR-5FR4SB
2
Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR4MPB DXH-SPR-4FR4MPB DXG-SPR-5FR4MPB
2
Frame 5
230 V 480 V 600 V
2
2
Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT 2
EMI-1 board DXH-SPR-2FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B DXG-SPR-5FR5E1B
2
EMI-2 board — — DXG-SPR-5FR5E2B
Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR5MPB DXH-SPR-4FR5MPB DXG-SPR-5FR5MPB
2
2
Frame 6
230 V 480 V 600 V 2
2
Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
2
EMI board DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB 2
Softstart board DXG-SPR-2FR6SB DXG-SPR-4FR6SB DXG-SPR-5FR6SB
2
Note 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications
Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
2
2 Connection to power Once per minute or less
2
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers); 5 kAIC (without fuses or breakers)
2 Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin
Continuous output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
2 Overload current 110% for variable torque
2 Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)
2 Control characteristics Control methods Frequency control
Speed control
2 Open-loop speed control
2 Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range:
2 FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
2 FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
575 V defaults:
2 FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz
2
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
2 Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz
2
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2 Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
2 100% continuous maximum rating
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)
2 –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
2 Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C

Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
2 Air quality: Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
2 ●Mechanical particles Designed according to:
2 IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
2 3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system
2

2.8
PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
2
Ambient conditions,
continued
Vibration: 5–150 Hz 2
●EN 61800-5-1 Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)
●EN 60668-2-6 Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6) 2
Shock: Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
●ISTA 1 A 2
●EN 60068-2-27
Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III
2
Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2 2
Enclosure class IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range
IP54/Type 12 option 2
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment 2
MTBF FR1: 165,457 hours
FR2: 134,833 hours
2
FR3: 102,515 hours 2
FR4: 121,567 hours
FR5: 108,189 hours 2
FR6: 100,000 hours
Noise FR1: 51.2 dB 2
FR2: 58.6 dB
FR3: 61.0 dB 2
FR4: 68.0 dB
FR5: 69.1 dB
2
FR6: 73.2 dB
2
Standards Safety UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
EMC +EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2 2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
Electrostatic discharge Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B 2
Fast transient burst Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
2
Dielectrical strength Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc 2
Approvals EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
Fieldbus connections Onboard: BACnet/IP, BACnet MS/TP, Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued

2 Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes

Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V
2 480 V drives: 911 V
575 V drives: 1100 V
2 Undervoltage protection Yes
2 480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V
2 Earth fault protection Yes
2 Minimum: 0% motor FLA
Maximum: 30% motor FLA
2 Input phase supervision Yes
2 Motor phase supervision Yes

2 Unit overtemperature protection Yes
2
2 Motor underload protection Yes
2
Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
2 reference voltages
Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
2 230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
2
Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications—Efficiency
2
230 V 575 V
Efficiency Efficiency 2
Frame Size Load Torque VT Input THDi Frame Size Load Torque VT Input THDi
FR1 25% 92.10% 42.8% FR1 25% 97.48% 62.6% 2
50% 95.20% 35.2% 50% 97.79% 45.6%
100% 96.70% 29.9% 100% 98.10% 36.8%
2
FR2 25% 90.80% 70.0% FR2 25% 98.06% 60.6% 2
50% 96.64% 46.6% 50% 98.19% 47.2%
100% 97.30% 33.3% 100% 98.20% 36.7% 2
FR3 25% 97.23% 53.1% FR3 25% 97.98% 78.9%
50% 97.37% 43.6% 50% 98.32% 55.5%
2
100% 97.00% 30.8% 100% 98.10% 36.3%
FR4 25% 94.60% 39.4% FR4 25% 98.27% 66.1%
2
50% 97.20% 32.4% 50% 98.57% 41.6% 2
100% 97.60% 25.6% 100% 98.30% 31.2%
FR5 25% 94.5 30.50% FR5 25% 98.60% 52.80% 2
50% 97.80% 30.8% 50% 98.81% 35.9%
100% 97.70% 25.0% 100% 98.60% 28.4%
2
2
480 V
Efficiency 2
Frame Size Load Torque VT Input THDi
FR1 25% 93.30% 54.0% 2
50% 97.10% 46.8%
100% 97.61% 35.3%
2
FR2 25% 95.90% 59.8% 2
50% 97.81% 42.7%
100% 98.11% 33.8% 2
FR3 25% 96.40% 69.2%
50% 97.87% 45.2%
2
100% 97.79% 32.6%
2
FR4 25% 98.00% 56.5%
50% 97.97% 39.8% 2
100% 97.96% 31.5%
FR5 25% 97.8 50.3% 2
50% 98.39% 37.0%
100% 98.14% 29.5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Wiring Diagram
2
2
2
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Control Wiring Diagram
External Wiring Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description
2 1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source
Res
2 2 AI1+ 1 Analog Input 1 0–10 V Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4–20 mA)
2 i
4 AI2+ 1 Analog Input 2 4–20 mA Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
2 7 DIN5 Digital Input 5 Preset Speed B0 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Fire Mode Enables drive into Fire Mode
2 9 DIN7 Digital Input 7\TI+ Bypass Start Enables drive into Bypass mode waiting for drive start
10 DIN8 Digital Input 8\TI- Force Auto Input forces drive into Auto Control place
2 11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input
13 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA maximum)
2 14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run
15 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA maximum)
2 17 AO1+ Analog Output 1 Output Frequency Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4–20 mA)
18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4–20 mA)
2 19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input
2 21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
2 22 DIN3 Digital Input 3 External Fault Input causes drive to fault

2 24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input
25 A RS-485 Signal A/+ — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2 26 B RS-485 Signal B/– — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2 27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open Fault Relay output 3 shows VFD is Faulted
28 R1NC Relay 1 Normally Closed Bypass Run Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a bypass run state
2 29 R1CM Relay 1 Common
2 31 R3CM Relay 3 Common Fault Relay output 3 shows VFD is Faulted
2 32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Run Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a drive run state
2 34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open
2 Notes
The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA and CMB are wired to ground (as shown by dashed line).
If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and CMB and close the inputs to ground.
2 When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line).
If using +10 V for AI1 or AI2, terminals 3, 5 and 6 need to be jumpered together.
2 1 AI1+ and AI2+ support 10K potentiometer.
2
2

2.8
Control Board Layout
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Control Board Layout
2
2
2
Fan Power Wire DSP Connection
to Power Board 2
Keypad 2
2
2
MCU Connection
AI Mode Selection to Power Board 2
1
ON
2
3
2
RTC Battery (Standard)
RJ45 BACnet/IP,
2
Modbus TCP
Optional Card Slot A 2
Control I/O
Terminals
Optional Card Slot B
2
ON
1
2
RS-485 Terminating
Resistor 2
MOV Screw
2
Removable
EMC Screw
2
2
Motor Ground 2
Clamp Location
Line Ground
Clamp Location
2
Grounding
Grounding Strap Location 2
Strap Location
2
Line Side Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Dimensions

W4 Ø D
2
2
2 W2
2
2
2 H1 H2 H3
2
2
2 W1
2
2 W3
2 Frame
Size Voltage hp (CT/IH) kW
Amperes
(CT/IH)
D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 W4 Ø
Weight
Lb (kg)
2 FR0 230 Vac 1–2 0.75–1.5 4.8–7.8 6.83

(173.5)
10.58
(268.7)
10.16
(258.0)
9.54
(242.3)
5.00
(127.0)
4.97
(126.3)
4.26
(108.3)
4.26
(108.3)
0.28
(7.0)
4.41
(2.0)
480 Vac 1.5–5 1.1–3 3.3–7.6
2 FR1 230 Vac 1–4 0.75–3 4.8–12.5 7.91 12.87 12.28 11.50 6.02 4.80 3.94 3.94 0.28 14.33
(200.9) (326.9) (311.9) (292.1) (153.0) (121.9) (100.1) (100.1) (7.0) (6.5)
480 Vac 1.5–7.5 1.1–5.5 3.3–12
2 575 Vac 3–7.5 2.2–5.5 4.5–10
2 FR2 230 Vac 5–10 3.7–7.5 17.5–31 9.63

(244.7)
16.50
(419.1)
15.98
(405.9)
14.96
(380.0)
6.61
(167.8)
5.28
(134.1)
3.54
(90.0)
3.54
(90.0)
0.28
(7.0)
23.37
(10.6)
480 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 16–31
2 575 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 13.5–22
FR3 230 Vac 15–20 11–15 48–61 10.44 21.97 21.46 20.41 8.06 7.24 4.92 4.92 0.35 49.82
2 480 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 38–61
(265.1) (558.0) (545.0) (518.5) (204.6) (183.9) (125.0) (125.0) (9.0) (22.6)
575 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 27–41

2 FR4 230 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 75–114 11.57 24.80 24.31 23.27 9.36 9.13 8.07 8.07 0.35 77.60
(294.0) (629.9) (617.5) (591.1) (237.7) (231.9) (205.0) (205.0) (9.0) (35.2)
2 480 Vac 50–75 37–55 72–105
575 Vac 50–75 37–55 52–80
2 FR5 230 Vac 50–75 37–55 143–211 13.41 34.98 29.65 27.83 11.34 11.10 8.66 8.66 0.35 154.32
(340.7) (888.5) (753.1) (706.9) (288.0) (281.9) (220.0) (220.0) (9.0) (70.0)
480 Vac 100–150 75–110 140–205
2 575 Vac 100–150 75–110 100–144
FR6 230 Vac 100–125 75–90 261–312 14.61 34.04 33.27 40.75 19.13 18.90 15.75 15.75 0.35 281.3
2 (371.0) (864.5) (845.0) (1035.0) (486.0) (480.0) (400.0) (400.0) (9.0) (127.6)
480 Vac 200–250 132–160 261–310
2 575 Vac 200–250 150–187 208–250
2
2
2
2

2.8
PowerXL DH1 Series HVAC/R Enclosed Drive Contents
Description Page
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-175 2
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-206 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-207
2
2
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives 2
The DH1 enclosed drive ● VT rated to meet HVAC/R ● The PowerXL DH1 comes ● UL 508C
family incorporates the latest industry standards standard with the following 2
Eaton drive technology into ● Available circuit breaker, communication protocols:
pre-engineered enclosed
solutions covering the HVAC/R
motor circuit protector, ● BACnet/IP 2
fused disconnect and ● Modbus/TCP
industry’s most common isolation fusing options to
applications. Using the provide input power
● Modbus RTU 2
benefits of the PowerXL DH1, protection up to 100 kAIC
● BACnet MS/TP
the enclosed family provides ● Standard 2 and 3 contactor 2
enhanced user safety with Enclosure Ratings
bypass configurations
short circuit current ratings
up to 100 kAIC as well as
● Multi-color LED pilot
● NEMA Type 1 2
device allows for one light
● NEMA Type 12
industry-leading energy
efficiency from the patented to represent multiple drive ● NEMA Type 3R 2
Active Energy Control® states
Mounting
algorithm. ● Compact disconnect 2
enclosure allows for simple ● Wall mount
100 kAIC disconnect ● Floor mount: 12-inch legs 2
platform for simple HVAC/R ● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
applications
● Standard NEMA 12 and 3R Product Range
2
designs allow for optimized 208 V: 1–100 hp
product footprint
●
● 230 V: 1–125 hp
2
● Onboard HVAC/R
communications allow for
● 480 V: 1.5–250 hp 2
easy connection to most
building management 2
systems
● Plenum rated 2
● DC link choke provides
reduction in input harmonics 2
equal to or better than 5%
AC line reactor 2
2
2
2


2 Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2 PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives
2 EHB 4D8 1 A 1 J _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2 Product Power Disconnect Bypass Options
EHB = DH1 Bypass J = Base SCCR 0 = None
2 EHD = DH1 Disconnect K = High SCCR S = 2 contactor bypass
EHC = DH1 Compact Disconnect T = 2 contactor bypass w/isolation contactor
2 Enclosure Rating
U
V
=
=
2 contactor bypass w/isolation switch
2 contactor bypass w/isolation fusing
Output Current Rating (VT) 1 = NEMA Type 1
2 208 Volts 480 Volts 2 = NEMA Type 12
3 = NEMA Type 3R Output Power Options
4D6 = 4.6 A, 1.0 hp 3D0 = 3.0 A, 1.5 hp
2 6D6
7D5
= 6.6 A, 1.5 hp
= 7.5 A, 2.0 hp
3D4 = 3.4 A, 2.0 hp
4D8 = 4.8 A, 3.0 hp
A
B
=
=
NEMA Type 1 (Oversized)
NEMA Type 12 (Oversized)
0 = None
010 = 10.6 A, 3.0 hp 7D6 = 7.6 A, 5.0 hp C = NEMA Type 3R (Oversized)

2 016
024
= 16.7 A, 5.0 hp
= 24.3 A, 7.5 hp
011 = 11.0 A, 7.5 hp
014 = 14.0 A, 10 hp
Control Options
030 = 30.8 A, 10 hp 021 = 21.0 A, 15 hp 0 = None
Braking Application
2 046
059
= 46.2 A, 15 hp
= 59.4 A, 20 hp
027 = 27.0 A, 20 hp
034 = 34.0 A, 25 hp A = No brake chopper, low overload
E
F
=
=
Manual bypass switch
Auxiliary contacts
074 = 74.8 A, 25 hp 040 = 40.0 A, 30 hp G = Manual bypass switch and auxiliary contacts
2 088
114
= 88.0 A, 30 hp
= 114 A, 40 hp
052 = 52.0 A, 40 hp
065 = 65.0 A, 50 hp
143 = 143 A, 50 hp 077 = 77.0 A, 60 hp Input Phasing/Voltage
Light Options
2 169
211
= 169 A, 60 hp
= 211 A, 75 hp
096 = 96.0 A, 75 hp
124 = 124 A, 100 hp
1
2
=
=
208 V, three-phase, standard SCCR
230 V, three-phase, standard SCCR
0 = None
273 = 273 A, 100 hp 156 = 156 A, 125 hp 1 = Non-bypass light kit (Power On, Run, Fault)
180 = 180 A, 150 hp 4 = 480 V, three-phase, standard SCCR
2 240 = 240 A, 200 hp 5 = 575 V, three-phase, standard SCCR
2 = Bypass light kit (On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run)
302 = 302 A, 250 hp
2 4D2
230 Volts
= 4.2 A, 1.0 hp
575 Volts
3D9 = 3.9 A, 3.0 hp
Enclosure Options
6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp 6D1 = 6.1 A, 5.0 hp 0 = None
2 6D8
9D6
= 6.8 A, 2.0 hp
= 9.6 A, 3.0 hp
9D0 = 9.0 A, 7.5 hp
011 = 11.0 A, 10 hp
1
2
=
=
Floor stand—12 inches
Floor stand—22 inches
015 = 15.2 A, 5.0 hp 017 = 17.0 A, 15 hp A = Space heater
2 022
028
= 22.0 A, 7.5 hp
= 28.0 A, 10 hp
022 = 22.0 A, 20 hp
027 = 27.0 A, 25 hp
B = Space heater and 12-inch floor stand
C = Space heater and 22-inch floor stand
042 = 42.0 A, 15 hp 032 = 32.0 A, 30 hp
2 054
068
= 54.0 A, 20 hp
= 68.0 A, 25 hp
041 = 41.0 A, 40 hp
052 = 52.0 A, 50 hp
080 = 80.0 A, 30 hp 062 = 62.0 A, 60 hp Communication Options
2 104
130
= 104 A, 40 hp
= 130 A, 50 hp
077 = 77.0 A, 75 hp
099 = 99.0 A, 100 hp
0 = No option (list standard)
154 = 154 A, 60 hp 125 = 125 A, 125 hp
2 192
248
= 192 A, 75 hp
= 248 A, 100 hp
144 = 144 A, 150 hp
192 = 192 A, 200 hp Option Boards—Slot 1 Option Boards—Slot 2
312 = 312 A, 125 hp 242 = 242 A, 250 hp 0 = No option 0 = No option
2 1 = DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T 1 = DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
2 = DXG-EXT-1AI2AO 2 = DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
3 = DXG-EXT-3RO 3 = DXG-EXT-3RO
2 4 = DXG-EXT-THER1 4 = DXG-EXT-THER1
5 = DXG-EXT-6DI 5 = DXG-EXT-6DI
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
Product Selection
2
EHC—DH1 Compact Disconnect
2
EHC_ 208 V 480 V
Drive Rated Drive Rated 2
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
Frame Size H1D Frame Size H1D 2
1 4.6 EHC4D61A1K00000000 1.5 3 EHC3D04A1K00000000
1.5 6.6 EHC6D61A1K00000000 2 3.4 EHC3D44A1K00000000
2
2 7.5 EHC7D51A1K00000000 3 4.8 EHC4D84A1K00000000
2
3 10.6 EHC0101A1K00000000 5 7.6 EHC7D64A1K00000000
Frame Size H2D 7.5 11 EHC0114A1K00000000 2
5 16.7 EHC0161A1K00000000 Frame Size H2D
7.5 24.3 EHC0241A1K00000000 10 14 EHC0144A1K00000000 2
10 30.8 EHC0301A1K00000000 15 21 EHC0214A1K00000000
Frame Size H3D 20 27 EHC0274A1K00000000
2
15 46.2 EHC0461A1K00000000 Frame Size H3D
2
20 59.4 EHC0591A1K00000000 25 34 EHC0344A1K00000000
Frame Size H4D 30 40 EHC0404A1K00000000 2
25 74.8 EHC0741A1K00000000 40 52 EHC0524A1K00000000
30 88 EHC0881A1K00000000 Frame Size H4D 2
40 114 EHC1141A1K00000000 50 65 EHC0654A1K00000000
60 77 EHC0774A1K00000000
2
75 96 EHC0964A1K00000000 2
230 V 575 V 2
Drive Rated Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
Frame Size H1D Frame Size H1D
1 4.2 EHC4D22A1K00000000 3 3.9 EHC3D95A1K00000000 2
1.5 6 EHC6D02A1K00000000 5 6.1 EHC6D15A1K00000000
2 6.8 EHC6D82A1K00000000 7.5 9 EHC9D05A1K00000000
2
3 9.6 EHC9D62A1K00000000 Frame Size H2D
2
5 15.2 EHC0152A1K00000000 15 17 EHC0175A1K00000000 2
7.5 22 EHC0222A1K00000000 20 22 EHC0225A1K00000000
10 28 EHC0282A1K00000000 Frame Size H3D 2
15 42 EHC0422A1K00000000 30 32 EHC0325A1K00000000
2
20 54 EHC0542A1K00000000 40 41 EHC0415A1K00000000 2
Frame Size H4D Frame Size H4D
25 68 EHC0682A1K00000000 50 52 EHC0525A1K00000000 2
30 80 EHC0802A1K00000000 60 62 EHC0625A1K00000000
40 104 EHC1042A1K00000000 75 77 EHC0775A1K00000000
2
2
2
2
2
2

EHD—DH1 Disconnect
2
EHD_ 208 V—NEMA Type 1 208 V—NEMA Type 3R
2 Drive Rated Drive Rated
2 Frame Size H1S Frame Size H3X
1 4.6 EHD4D61A1J00000000 1 4.6 EHD4D61A3J00000000
2 1.5 6.6 EHD6D61A1J00000000 1.5 6.6 EHD6D61A3J00000000
2 2 7.5 EHD7D51A1J00000000 2 7.5 EHD7D51A3J00000000

3 10.6 EHD0101A1J00000000 3 10.6 EHD0101A3J00000000
2 Frame Size H2S 5 16.7 EHD0161A3J00000000
5 16.7 EHD0161A1J00000000 7.5 24.3 EHD0241A3J00000000
2 7.5 24.3 EHD0241A1J00000000 10 30.8 EHD0301A3J00000000
2 10 30.8 EHD0301A1J00000000 15 46.2 EHD0461A3J00000000

Frame Size H3 20 59.4 EHD0591A3J00000000
2 15 46.2 EHD0461A1J00000000 Frame Size BX
20 59.4 EHD0591A1J00000000 25 74.8 EHD0741A3K00000000
2 Frame Size H4 30 88 EHD0881A3K00000000
25 74.8 EHD0741A1K00000000 40 114 EHD1141A3K00000000
2 30 88 EHD0881A1K00000000 Frame Size CX
2 40 114 EHD1141A1K00000000 50 143 EHD1431A3K00000000

Frame Size CX 60 169 EHD1691A3K00000000
2 50 143 EHD1431A1K00000000 75 211 EHD2111A3K00000000
60 169 EHD1691A1K00000000 Frame Size DX
2 75 211 EHD2111A1K00000000 100 273 EHD2731A3K00000000
Frame Size DX
2 100 273 EHD2731A1K00000000
2
208 V—NEMA Type 12
2 Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps Catalog Number
2 Frame Size H3X

1 4.6 EHD4D61A2J00000000
2 1.5 6.6 EHD6D61A2J00000000
2 7.5 EHD7D51A2J00000000
2 3 10.6 EHD0101A2J00000000
2 5 16.7 EHD0161A2J00000000
7.5 24.3 EHD0241A2J00000000
2 10 30.8 EHD0301A2J00000000
15 46.2 EHD0461A2J00000000
2 20 59.4 EHD0591A2J00000000
Frame Size BX
2 25 74.8 EHD0741A2K00000000
2 30 88 EHD0881A2K00000000
40 114 EHD1141A2K00000000
2 Frame Size CX
50 143 EHD1431A2K00000000
2 60 169 EHD1691A2K00000000
75 211 EHD2111A2K00000000
2
Frame Size DX
2 100 273 EHD2731A2K00000000

2.8
2
Frame Size H1S Frame Size H3X
2
1 4.2 EHD4D22A1J00000000 1 4.2 EHD4D22A3J00000000
2
1.5 6 EHD6D02A1J00000000 1.5 6 EHD6D02A3J00000000
2 6.8 EHD6D82A1J00000000 2 6.8 EHD6D82A3J00000000 2
3 9.6 EHD9D62A1J00000000 3 9.6 EHD9D62A3J00000000
Frame Size H2S 5 15.2 EHD0152A3J00000000 2
5 15.2 EHD0152A1J00000000 7.5 22 EHD0222A3J00000000
7.5 22 EHD0222A1J00000000 10 28 EHD0282A3J00000000
2
10 28 EHD0282A1J00000000 15 42 EHD0422A3J00000000
2
Frame Size H3 20 54 EHD0542A3J00000000
15 42 EHD0422A1J00000000 Frame Size BX 2
20 54 EHD0542A1J00000000 25 68 EHD0682A3K00000000
Frame Size H4 30 80 EHD0802A3K00000000 2
25 68 EHD0682A1K00000000 40 104 EHD1042A3K00000000
30 80 EHD0802A1K00000000 Frame Size CX
2
40 104 EHD1042A1K00000000 50 130 EHD1302A3K00000000 2
50 130 EHD1302A1K00000000 75 192 EHD1922A3K00000000 2
75 192 EHD1922A1K00000000 100 248 EHD2482A3K00000000
2
Frame Size DX 125 312 EHD3122A3K00000000
2
100 248 EHD2482A1K00000000
125 312 EHD3122A1K00000000 2
230 V—NEMA Type 12 2
Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
Frame Size H3X
1 4.2 EHD4D22A2J00000000 2
1.5 6 EHD6D02A2J00000000
2 6.8 EHD6D82A2J00000000
2
3 9.6 EHD9D62A2J00000000 2
5 15.2 EHD0152A2J00000000
7.5 22 EHD0222A2J00000000 2
10 28 EHD0282A2J00000000
15 42 EHD0422A2J00000000
2
20 54 EHD0542A2J00000000
2
Frame Size BX
25 68 EHD0682A2K00000000 2
30 80 EHD0802A2K00000000
40 104 EHD1042A2K00000000 2
Frame Size CX
50 130 EHD1302A2K00000000
2
60 154 EHD1542A2K00000000
2
75 192 EHD1922A2K00000000
Frame Size DX 2
100 248 EHD2482A2K00000000
125 312 EHD3122A2K00000000 2
2


1.5 3 EHD3D04A1J00000000
2 2 3.4 EHD3D44A1J00000000
1.5 3 EHD3D04A3J00000000
2 3.4 EHD3D44A3J00000000
2 3 4.8 EHD4D84A1J00000000 3 4.8 EHD4D84A3J00000000
5 7.6 EHD7D64A1J00000000 5 7.6 EHD7D64A3J00000000
2 7.5 11 EHD0114A1J00000000
7.5 11 EHD0114A3J00000000
Frame Size H2
10 14 EHD0144A3J00000000
2 10 14 EHD0144A1J00000000
15 21 EHD0214A3J00000000
15 21 EHD0214A1J00000000
2 20 27 EHD0274A1J00000000
20 27 EHD0274A3J00000000
25 34 EHD0344A3J00000000
Frame Size H3
2 25 34 EHD0344A1J00000000
30 40 EHD0404A3J00000000
40 52 EHD0524A3J00000000
2 30
40
40
52
EHD0404A1J00000000
EHD0524A1J00000000
Frame Size BX
50 65 EHD0654A3K00000000
2 Frame Size H4
60 77 EHD0774A3K00000000
50 65 EHD0654A1K00000000
2 60 77 EHD0774A1K00000000 75 96 EHD0964A3K00000000
2 Frame Size CX 100 124 EHD1244A3K00000000
100 124 EHD1244A1K00000000 125 156 EHD1564A3K00000000
2 125 156 EHD1564A1K00000000 150 180 EHD1804A3K00000000
150 180 EHD1804A1K00000000
2 Frame Size DX
Frame Size DX
200 240 EHD2404A3K00000000
2 200 240 EHD2404A1K00000000 250 302 EHD3024A3K00000000
250 302 EHD3024A1K00000000
2
2 Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
2 Frame Size H3X

1.5 3 EHD3D04A2J00000000
2 2 3.4 EHD3D44A2J00000000
3 4.8 EHD4D84A2J00000000
2 5 7.6 EHD7D64A2J00000000
7.5 11 EHD0114A2J00000000
2 10 14 EHD0144A2J00000000
2 15 21 EHD0214A2J00000000
20 27 EHD0274A2J00000000
2 25 34 EHD0344A2J00000000
30 40 EHD0404A2J00000000
2 40 52 EHD0524A2J00000000
Frame Size BX
2 50 65 EHD0654A2K00000000
60 77 EHD0774A2K00000000
2 75 96 EHD0964A2K00000000
Frame Size CX
2 100 124 EHD1244A2K00000000
2 125 156 EHD1564A2K00000000

150 180 EHD1804A2K00000000
2 Frame Size DX
200 240 EHD2404A2K00000000
2 250 302 EHD3024A2K00000000

2.8
2
Frame Size H1 Frame Size H3X
2
3 3.9 EHD3D95A1K00000000 3 3.9 EHD3D95A3K00000000
2
5 6.1 EHD6D15A1K00000000 5 6.1 EHD6D15A3K00000000
7.5 9 EHD9D05A1K00000000 7.5 9 EHD9D05A3K00000000 2
Frame Size H2 10 11 EHD0115A3K00000000
10 11 EHD0115A1K00000000 15 17 EHD0175A3K00000000 2
15 17 EHD0175A1K00000000 20 22 EHD0225A3K00000000
20 22 EHD0225A1K00000000 25 27 EHD0275A3K00000000
2
Frame Size H3 30 32 EHD0325A3K00000000
2
25 27 EHD0275A1K00000000 40 41 EHD0415A3K00000000
30 32 EHD0325A1K00000000 Frame Size BX 2
40 41 EHD0415A1K00000000 50 52 EHD0525A3K00000000
Frame Size H4 60 62 EHD0625A3K00000000 2
50 52 EHD0525A1K00000000 75 77 EHD0775A3K00000000
2
75 77 EHD0775A1K00000000 100 99 EHD0995A3K00000000 2
100 99 EHD0995A1K00000000 150 144 EHD1445A3K00000000 2
150 144 EHD1445A1K00000000 200 192 EHD1925A3K00000000
2
Frame Size DX 250 242 EHD2425A3K00000000
2
200 192 EHD1925A1K00000000
250 242 EHD2425A1K00000000 2
575 V—NEMA Type 12 2
Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
Frame Size H3X
3 3.9 EHD3D95A2K00000000 2
5 6.1 EHD6D15A2K00000000
7.5 9 EHD9D05A2K00000000
2
10 11 EHD0115A2K00000000 2
15 17 EHD0175A2K00000000
20 22 EHD0225A2K00000000 2
25 27 EHD0275A2K00000000
30 32 EHD0325A2K00000000
2
40 41 EHD0415A2K00000000
2
Frame Size BX
50 52 EHD0525A2K00000000 2
60 62 EHD0625A2K00000000
75 77 EHD0775A2K00000000 2
Frame Size CX
100 99 EHD0995A2K00000000
2
125 125 EHD1255A2K00000000
2
150 144 EHD1445A2K00000000
Frame Size DX 2
200 192 EHD1925A2K00000000
250 242 EHD2425A2K00000000 2
2

EHB—DH1 Bypass
2
EHB_ 208 V—NEMA Type 1 208 V— NEMA Type 3R
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 1 Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
1 4.6 EHB4D61A1JS0000000 1 4.6 EHB4D61A3JS0000000
2 1.5 6.6 EHB6D61A1JS0000000 1.5 6.6 EHB6D61A3JS0000000
2 2 7.5 EHB7D51A1JS0000000 2 7.5 EHB7D51A3JS0000000

3 10.6 EHB0101A1JS0000000 3 10.6 EHB0101A3JS0000000
2 Frame Size H2S 5 16.7 EHB0161A3JS0000000
5 16.7 EHB0161A1JS0000000 7.5 24.3 EHB0241A3JS0000000
2 7.5 24.3 EHB0241A1JS0000000 10 30.8 EHB0301A3JS0000000
2 10 30.8 EHB0301A1JS0000000 15 46.2 EHB0461A3JS0000000

Frame Size H3 20 59.4 EHB0591A3JS0000000
2 15 46.2 EHB0461A1JS0000000 Frame Size CX
20 59.4 EHB0591A1JS0000000 25 74.8 EHB0741A3KS0000000
2 Frame Size H4 30 88 EHB0881A3KS0000000
25 74.8 EHB0741A1KS0000000 40 114 EHB1141A3KS0000000
2 30 88 EHB0881A1KS0000000 Frame Size DX
2 40 114 EHB1141A1KS0000000 50 143 EHB1431A3KS0000000

Frame Size DX 60 169 EHB1691A3KS0000000
2 50 143 EHB1431A1KS0000000 75 211 EHB2111A3KS0000000
60 169 EHB1691A1KS0000000 100 273 EHB2731A3KS0000000
2 75 211 EHB2111A1KS0000000 Note
100 273 EHB2731A1KS0000000 1 Two contactors.
2
208 V— NEMA Type 12
2
Drive Rated
2
Frame Size H3X
2 1 4.6 EHB4D61A2JS0000000
1.5 6.6 EHB6D61A2JS0000000
2 2 7.5 EHB7D51A2JS0000000
3 10.6 EHB0101A2JS0000000
2 5 16.7 EHB0161A2JS0000000
2 7.5 24.3 EHB0241A2JS0000000

10 30.8 EHB0301A2JS0000000
2 15 46.2 EHB0461A2JS0000000
20 59.4 EHB0591A2JS0000000
2 Frame Size CX
25 74.8 EHB0741A2KS0000000
2 30 88 EHB0881A2KS0000000
2 40 114 EHB1141A2KS0000000
Frame Size DX
2 50 143 EHB1431A2KS0000000
60 169 EHB1691A2KS0000000
2 75 211 EHB2111A2KS0000000
100 273 EHB2731A2KS0000000
2
2
2

2.8
EHB_ 230 V—NEMA Type 1 230 V—NEMA Type 3R
2
Frame Size H1S Frame Size H3X
2
1 4.2 EHB4D22A1JS0000000 1 4.2 EHB4D22A3JS0000000
2
1.5 6 EHB6D02A1JS0000000 1.5 6 EHB6D02A3JS0000000
2 6.8 EHB6D82A1JS0000000 2 6.8 EHB6D82A3JS0000000 2
3 9.6 EHB9D62A1JS0000000 3 9.6 EHB9D62A3JS0000000
Frame Size H2S 5 15.2 EHB0152A3JS0000000 2
5 15.2 EHB0152A1JS0000000 7.5 22 EHB0222A3JS0000000
7.5 22 EHB0222A1JS0000000 10 28 EHB0282A3JS0000000
2
10 28 EHB0282A1JS0000000 15 42 EHB0422A3JS0000000
2
Frame Size H3 20 54 EHB0542A3JS0000000
15 42 EHB0422A1JS0000000 Frame Size CX 2
20 54 EHB0542A1JS0000000 25 68 EHB0682A3KS0000000
Frame Size H4 30 80 EHB0802A3KS0000000 2
25 68 EHB0682A1KS0000000 40 104 EHB1042A3KS0000000
30 80 EHB0802A1KS0000000 Frame Size DX
2
40 104 EHB1042A1KS0000000 50 130 EHB1302A3KS0000000 2
50 130 EHB1302A1KS0000000 75 192 EHB1922A3KS0000000 2
60 154 EHB1542A1KS0000000 100 248 EHB2482A3KS0000000
75 192 EHB1922A1KS0000000 125 312 EHB3122A3KS0000000
2
100 248 EHB2482A1KS0000000 Note 2
2
Drive Rated 2
Frame Size H3X 2
1 4.2 EHB4D22A2JS0000000
1.5 6 EHB6D02A2JS0000000 2
2 6.8 EHB6D82A2JS0000000
3 9.6 EHB9D62A2JS0000000
2
5 15.2 EHB0152A2JS0000000 2
7.5 22 EHB0222A2JS0000000
10 28 EHB0282A2JS0000000 2
15 42 EHB0422A2JS0000000
20 54 EHB0542A2JS0000000
2
Frame Size CX
2
25 68 EHB0682A2KS0000000
30 80 EHB0802A2KS0000000 2
40 104 EHB1042A2KS0000000
Frame Size DX 2
50 130 EHB1302A2KS0000000
60 154 EHB1542A2KS0000000
2
75 192 EHB1922A2KS0000000
2
100 248 EHB2482A2KS0000000
125 312 EHB3122A2KS0000000 2
2
2


1.5 3 EHB3D04A1JS0000000
2 2 3.4 EHB3D44A1JS0000000
1.5 3 EHB3D04A3JS0000000
2 3.4 EHB3D44A3JS0000000
2 3 4.8 EHB4D84A1JS0000000 3 4.8 EHB4D84A3JS0000000
5 7.6 EHB7D64A1JS0000000 5 7.6 EHB7D64A3JS0000000
2 7.5 11 EHB0114A1JS0000000 7.5 11 EHB0114A3JS0000000
Frame Size H2S 10 14 EHB0144A3JS0000000
2 10 14 EHB0144A1JS0000000 15 21 EHB0214A3JS0000000
15 21 EHB0214A1JS0000000
2 20 27 EHB0274A1JS0000000
20 27 EHB0274A3JS0000000
25 34 EHB0344A3JS0000000
2 Frame Size H3 30 40 EHB0404A3JS0000000
25 34 EHB0344A1JS0000000
40 52 EHB0524A3JS0000000
2 30 40 EHB0404A1JS0000000
Frame Size CX
40 52 EHB0524A1JS0000000
50 65 EHB0654A3KS0000000
2 Frame Size H4
60 77 EHB0774A3KS0000000
50 65 EHB0654A1KS0000000
2 60 77 EHB0774A1KS0000000
75 96 EHB0964A3KS0000000
Frame Size DX
2 75 96 EHB0964A1KS0000000
100 124 EHB1244A3KS0000000
Frame Size DX
125 156 EHB1564A3KS0000000
2 100 124 EHB1244A1KS0000000
150 180 EHB1804A3KS0000000
125 156 EHB1564A1KS0000000
2 150 180 EHB1804A1KS0000000
200 240 EHB2404A3KS0000000
250 302 EHB3024A3KS0000000
200 240 EHB2404A1KS0000000
2 250 302 EHB3024A1KS0000000 Note
1 Two contactors.
2 480 V—NEMA Type 12
2 Horsepower
Drive Rated
Frame Size H3X
2
1.5 3 EHB3D04A2JS0000000
2 2 3.4 EHB3D44A2JS0000000
3 4.8 EHB4D84A2JS0000000
2 5 7.6 EHB7D64A2JS0000000
7.5 11 EHB0114A2JS0000000
2 10 14 EHB0144A2JS0000000
15 21 EHB0214A2JS0000000
2 20 27 EHB0274A2JS0000000
2 25 34 EHB0344A2JS0000000
30 40 EHB0404A2JS0000000
2 40 52 EHB0524A2JS0000000
Frame Size CX
2 50 65 EHB0654A2KS0000000
60 77 EHB0774A2KS0000000
2 75 96 EHB0964A2KS0000000
2 Frame Size DX
100 124 EHB1244A2KS0000000
2 125 156 EHB1564A2KS0000000
150 180 EHB1804A2KS0000000
2 200 240 EHB2404A2KS0000000
250 302 EHB3024A2KS0000000
2

2.8
2
Frame Size H1 Frame Size H3X
2
3 3.9 EHB3D95A1KS0000000 3 3.9 EHB2425A3KS0000000
2
5 6.1 EHB6D15A1KS0000000 5 6.1 EHB3D95A3KS0000000
7.5 9 EHB9D05A1KS0000000 7.5 9 EHB6D15A3KS0000000 2
Frame Size H2 10 11 EHB9D05A3KS0000000
10 11 EHB0115A1KS0000000 15 17 EHB0115A3KS0000000 2
15 17 EHB0175A1KS0000000 20 22 EHB0175A3KS0000000
20 22 EHB0225A1KS0000000 25 27 EHB0225A3KS0000000
2
Frame Size H3 30 32 EHB0275A3KS0000000
2
25 27 EHB0275A1KS0000000 40 41 EHB0325A3KS0000000
30 32 EHB0325A1KS0000000 Frame Size CX 2
40 41 EHB0415A1KS0000000 50 52 EHB0415A3KS0000000
Frame Size H4 60 62 EHB0525A3KS0000000 2
50 52 EHB0525A1KS0000000 75 77 EHB0625A3KS0000000
60 62 EHB0625A1KS0000000 Frame Size DX
2
75 77 EHB0775A1KS0000000 100 99 EHB0775A3KS0000000 2
100 99 EHB0995A1KS0000000 150 144 EHB1255A3KS0000000 2
125 125 EHB1255A1KS0000000 200 192 EHB1445A3KS0000000
150 144 EHB1445A1KS0000000 250 242 EHB1925A3KS0000000
2
200 192 EHB1925A1KS0000000 Note 2
2
Drive Rated 2
Frame Size H3X 2
3 3.9 EHB3D95A2KS0000000
5 6.1 EHB6D15A2KS0000000 2
7.5 9 EHB9D05A2KS0000000
10 11 EHB0115A2KS0000000
2
15 17 EHB0175A2KS0000000 2
20 22 EHB0225A2KS0000000
25 27 EHB0275A2KS0000000 2
30 32 EHB0325A2KS0000000
40 41 EHB0415A2KS0000000
2
Frame Size CX
2
50 52 EHB0525A2KS0000000
60 62 EHB0625A2KS0000000 2
75 77 EHB0775A2KS0000000
Frame Size DX 2
100 99 EHB0995A2KS0000000
125 125 EHB1255A2KS0000000
2
150 144 EHB1445A2KS0000000
2
200 192 EHB1925A2KS0000000
250 242 EHB2425A2KS0000000 2
2
2

Options
2
DH1 Series Drives Options
2
Option Boards Slots 1 and 2
2 Suffix
Description Number Catalog Number
2 None 0 —
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card 1 DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card 2 DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
2 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card 3 DXG-EXT-3RO

3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card 4 DXG-EXT-THER1
2 6 x DI 240 Vac input option card 5 DXG-EXT-6DI
2
Light Options
2 Suffix
Description Number
2 None 0
Non-bypass light kit (Power On, Run, Fault) 1
2 Bypass light kit (On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run) 2
2
Enclosure Options
2 Suffix
Description Number
2 None 0
2 Floor stand—12 inches 1

Floor stand—22 inches 2
2 Space heater A
Space heater and 12-inch floor stands B
2 Space heater and 22-inch floor stands C
2
Note: Floor stands are only an option for BX and CX enclosures.
2
Note: No communication options.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
Dimensions
2
H1S 2
2.90
(73.7)
2.20
(55.9)
3.53 2
(89.7)
TYP TYP
TYP
2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places 2
2.00
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), (50.8)
EKO, 2 places TYP 2
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Mounting slot,
Lifting holes,
4 places 4.00 2 places 2
2.99 0.75 (101.6)
(76.0)
TYP
(19.1)
TYP 0.75 (19.1)
0.50 TYP
(12.7)
2
TYP
2
3.64
(92.5) 2
2
2
33.15
33.25
25.39
(842.0)
(844.6) 2
(644.9) 34.83 TYP
(884.7)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2
8.66
2.82
8.66 2.05 3.90
2
(71.6)
(220.0) (220.0) (52.1) (99.1)
TYP
10.39 TYP TYP 2
(263.9)
2
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), 2.00
EKO, 2 places (50.8)
TYP
2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places 2
2.90 2.20
3.53
(89.7)
2
(73.7) (55.9) TYP
TYP TYP 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
H1
2 2.90 2.20
(73.7) (55.9) 3.53
2 TYP TYP (89.7)
TYP
2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places
2.00
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), (50.8)
TYP
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1),
Lifting holes, 4.00
Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Mounting slot,
EKO, 2 places
4 places (101.6) 2 places
2 2.99 0.75
0.50
TYP
(76.0) (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) (12.7)
2 TYP TYP
TYP
2 3.64
(92.5)
2
2 39.15
(994.4)
2 39.25
40.83 (997.0)
2 31.39
(797.3)
(1037.0) TYP
2
2 Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
Mounting slot,
2 2 places
2
2.81
2 (71.4)
8.65 TYP 2.05 3.90
8.67
(219.7) (52.1) (99.1)
2 (220.2)
TYP TYP
9.67
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), 2.00
(245.6)

2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
TYP
EKO, 2 places
2 3.53
(89.7)
2 2.90
(73.7)
2.20
(55.9)
TYP
TYP TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
2
H2S
3.40 2.20 2
(86.4) (55.9) 4.42
(112.3)
TYP TYP
TYP 2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2), 2
EKO, 2 places 2.00
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
(50.8)
TYP
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (Ø7.6), 2
EKO, 2 places Lifting holes, 4.50 Mounting slot,
2 places
0.75
(19.1)
4 places
0.50
(114.3)
TYP
2
2.96 TYP 0.75 (19.1) (12.7)
(75.2)
TYP
TYP 2
4.79
2
(121.7)
2
2
2
37.25 37.35
28.34 (946.2) 38.93 (948.7)
TYP 2
(719.8) (988.8)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2.85
2
(72.4)
9.67
(245.6)
TYP
10.41
2.55 3.90 2
(64.8) (99.1)
(264.4)
12.15
TYP TYP
2
(308.6)
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
2
EKO, 2 places 2.00
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
(50.8)
TYP 2
EKO, 2 places
2
4.42
3.40
(86.4)
2.20
(55.9)
(112.3)
TYP
2
TYP TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
H2
2 3.40 2.20
(86.4) (55.9) 4.42
(112.3)
2 TYP TYP
TYP
2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places 2.00
(50.8) Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), TYP Lifting holes,
4.50
Mounting slot,
EKO, 2 places 4 places 2 places
(114.3)
2 2.95 0.75
0.75 (19.1)
0.50 TYP
(75.9) (19.1) (12.7)
TYP
2 TYP TYP
3.25
2 (82.6)
2
2
2 43.25 43.35
(1098.6) (1101.1)
35.88
2 (911.4) 44.93 TYP
(1141.2)
2
2 Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
Mounting slot,
2 2 places
2
2.85
2 9.67
(72.4)
TYP 10.41 2.55 3.90
(245.6) (264.4) (64.8) (99.1)
2 11.39
TYP TYP
(289.3)
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
EKO, 2 places
2.00
(50.8)
TYP
2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places
2 4.42
3.40 2.20 (112.3)
(86.4) (55.9)
2 TYP TYP
TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
2
H3
3.58 3.60 2
(90.9) (91.4) 4.35
TYP TYP (110.5)
TYP
2
Ø1.984 (Ø50.4), 2
EKO, 2 places
2.80
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2), (71.1) 2
EKO, 2 places TYP Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), 5.38
Lifting holes, (136.7) Mounting slot,
2 places
2
4 places TYP
2.47 0.75
(19.1) 0.75 (19.1)
0.50
(12.7)
2
(62.7)
TYP TYP TYP
2
5.73
(145.5) 2
2
2
49.15
(1248.4) 49.25
2
(1251.0)
39.30 50.83 TYP 2
(998.2) (1291.1)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2
11.42
2.83
(71.9) 11.09 (281.7) 2.23 6.30
2
(290.1) TYP (56.6) (160)
12.10 (307.3)
TYP TYP 2
2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2), 2.80
TYP
2
Ø1.984 (Ø50.4),
EKO, 2 places 2
4.35
3.58 3.60 (110.5) 2
(90.9) (91.4) TYP
TYP TYP 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
H4
2 5.08 3.60
6.30
(129.0) (91.4)
(160.0)
2 TYP TYP
TYP
2 Ø1.984 (Ø50.4),
EKO, 2 places Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (ØX.0),
2.70
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), (68.6)
Lifting holes,
4 places
6.88
(174.8)
Mounting slot,
2 places
EKO, 2 places TYP 0.75 0.50 TYP
2 3.02
(76.7)
(19.1)
TYP
0.75 (19.1) (12.7)
TYP
TYP
2
5.55
2 (141.0)
2
2
2 57.65 57.75
(1464.3) (1466.9)
2 47.92
59.33
TYP
(1216.7)
(1507.0)
2
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2 Mounting slot,
2 places
2
2 2.84
14.54 (72.1) 3.73 6.30
2 (369.3) TYP 13.59 (345.2) (94.7)
TYP
(160.0)
TYP
14.89 (378.2)
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), 2.70
(68.6)
EKO, 2 places
TYP
2 Ø1.984 (Ø50.4),
EKO, 2 places
2 6.30
5.08 3.60 (160.0)
2 (129.0) (91.4) TYP
TYP TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
2
H1D
6.50
0.43
3.94
2
(11.0)
(165.1) (100.1)
2
2
2
12.28
(312.0)
2
22.09 2
(561.1)
2
2
Ø0.87 (Ø22.1) 9.40
6.12
2
(155.4) Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
1.90
(48.3) 1.60 (40.6)
EKO, 2 places 2
3.46
(87.9)
2.15 (54.6) 8.41
(213.6) 2
2.14 10.12
(54.4) (257.0)
Ø0.28 (Ø7.1)
2
2.05 (52.1) 1.83 (46.5) Mounting slot, 2 places
2
H2D 2
6.64
(168.6)
0.87
(22.1)
3.54 2
(89.9)
2
2
2
15.98
(405.9)
2
25.69 2
(652.5)
2
Ø0.87 (Ø22.1) 2
EKO, 2 places
6.12 Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
9.32
(236.7)
2
(155.4) EKO, 2 places
1.90
(48.3) 1.60 (40.6)
2
3.46 2.15 (54.6)
2.14
(87.8) 10.23 2
(259.8) Ø0.28 (Ø7.1)
(54.4)
11.94
(303.2)
Mounting slot, 2 places 2
2.05 (52.1) 1.83 (46.5)
2
2
2


2
H3D
2 8.50
(215.9) 1.16
4.92
2 (29.5)
(125.0)
2
2
2
21.46
2 (545.0)
2 32.14
(816.4)
2
2 Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
EKO, 2 places
2 6.58
Ø1.98 (Ø50.2)
EKO, 2 places 10.26
(167.1)
1.90 2.40 (61.0) (260.6)
2 (48.3)
1.88 (47.7)
4.45
2 (113.0) 10.34
(262.6)
2.15
Ø0.35 (Ø8.9)
2 (54.6)
2.43 (61.7) 3.20 (81.3) 12.05
(306.0) Mounting slot, 2 places
2 H4D
2 0.53
(13.5) 8.07
9.49
(241.0) (205.0)
2
2
Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
2 EKO, 2 places
Ø1.98 (Ø50.2)
2 EKO, 2 places
24.31
(617.5)
2.40 (61.0) 39.09
2 2.60 (66.0)
(992.9)
2
2.93 (74.4) 3.20 (81.3)
2
2
12.95 14.38
2 9.62 (329.0) (365.2)
(244.3)
2 1.88 10.81
(47.8) (274.6)
2 3.00
12.53
(318.3) Ø0.28 (Ø7.1)
(76.2)
Mounting slot, 2 places
2 2.15 (54.6)
2
2

2.8
2
H3X—Type 12
Ø1.10 (Ø28.0) 10.75
0.75 (19.1)
2
13.80 4X lifting holes (273.1)
12.70
(322.6)
(350.5) 2
12.30
(312.4)
2
2
2
50.00
50.00
(1270.0) 2
(1270.0)
47.40 48.50 2
(1204.0) (1232.0)
2.50
(63.5)
2.75
(68.6)
2
2
2.13 (54.1)
2.00 (50.8)
2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt 2
H3X—Type 3R 2
15.80
Ø1.10 (Ø28.0)
4X lifting holes
10.75
(273.1)
0.75 (19.1) 2
12.70 (401.3)
(322.6) 12.30 2
(312.4)
2
2
2
50.00
50.00
(1270.0)
(1270.0) 2
47.40
(1204.0)
48.50
(1232.0) 2
2.50 2.75
(63.5) (68.6) 2
2
2.13 (54.1)
2.00 (50.8) 2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2) 2
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2


2
BX—Type 12
2 21.10 18.70 19.30
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
(535.9) (475.0) (490.2)
Mounting for
2 (4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2 37.70
(957.6)
2
36.80
2 (934.7)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2 Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt 10.00
(254.0)
2 7.06
3.53
(179.3)
(89.7)
2
Optional floor stand
2 12 in floor stand = 46.90 (1191.3)
22 in floor stand = 58.90 (1496.1)
2
2
2 BX—Type 3R
2 21.20
(538.5)
20.80
(528.3)
17.88
(454.2)
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2
45.00
2 (1143.0)
44.09
2 (1119.9)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2 Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt 10.00
19.30 (254.0)
2 (490.2)
7.06
3.53
(179.3)
(89.7)
2
2
2 12 in floor stand = 54.10 (1374.1)
22 in floor stand = 66.10 (1678.9)
2
2
2

2.8
2
CX—Type 1 and Type 12
31.10 29.30 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2) 2
(790.0) (744.2) Mounting for
2
49.70
2
(1262.4)
48.80 2
(1240.0)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2) 2
Mounting for
19.84
(504.0) 2
3.53 2.00 (50.8)
7.06
(179.3)
(89.7) 2
2
12 in floor stand = 58.90 (1496.1) 2
22 in floor stand = 70.90 (1800.9)
2
CX—Type 3R 2
31.30
(795.0)
21.60
(548.6)
27.88
(708.2)
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for 2
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2
57.00
(1447.8) 2
56.08
(1424.4) 2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
29.30
(744.2) 19.84
(504.0) 2
3.53 2.00 (50.8)
7.06 (89.7) 2
(179.3)
2
12 in floor stand = 66.10 (1678.9) 2
22 in floor stand = 78.10 (1983.7)
2
2
2


2
CX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
2 31.10 29.30 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
(790.0) (744.2) Mounting for
2
2 49.70
(1262.4)
2 48.80
(1240.0)
2
2 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
19.84
2 (504.0)
3.53 2.00 (50.8)
2 7.06 (89.7)
(179.3)
2
2 12 in floor stand = 58.90 (1496.1)
22 in floor stand = 70.90 (1800.9)
2
2 CX-XL—Type 3R
2 31.30
(795.0)
21.60
(548.6)
27.88
(708.2)
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2
57.00
2 (1447.8)
56.08
2 (1424.4)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
29.30
(744.2) 19.84
2 (504.0)
3.53 2.00 (50.8)

2 7.06 (89.7)
(179.3)
2
2 12 in floor stand = 66.10 (1678.9)
22 in floor stand = 78.10 (1983.7)
2
2
2

2.8
2
DX—Type 1 and Type 12 (FR5 and FR6)
31.10 24.30 25.50 2
(790.0) (617.2) (647.7)
2
2
2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
2
82.90 (6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
(2105.6)
2
6.76 6.76
(172.0) 13.74 (172.0) 2
(349.0)
2
16.51
2
(419.3)
2
FR5 FR6 2
2
DX—Type 3R (FR5 and FR6) 2
31.30
(795.0)
26.20
(665.5)
27.70
(703.6) 2
2
2
2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
2
90.10 (6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
(2288.5)
2
6.76 6.76
(172.0) 13.74 (172.0) 2
(349.0)
2
16.51
2
(419.3)
2
FR5 FR6
2
2
2
2


2
DX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
2 31.10 24.20
(789.9) (614.7)
2
2
2
2
2 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2 82.90
(2105.6)
6.76 6.76
2 (172.0) 13.74 (172.0)
(349.0)
2
2
16.51
(419.3)
2
2
2
2 DX-XL—Type 3R
2 31.30
(795.0)
26.20
(665.5)
2
2
2
2
2 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2 90.10
(2288.5)
6.76 6.76
2 (172.0) 13.74 (172.0)
(349.0)
2
2 16.51
(419.3)
2
2
2
2
2

2.8
2
EX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
40.00 35.70 32.00 Ø2.00 (Ø50.8) 2
(1016.0) (906.8) (812.8) (4) lifting holes
2
2
2
2
2
93.50
2
(2375.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
EX-XL—Type 3R 2
40.90
(1038.8)
38.50
(978.0)
32.00
(812.8)
Ø2.00 (Ø50.8)
(4) lifting holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
93.80
(2382.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
FX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
2 48.00 35.90
(1219.2) (911.9)
2
2
2
2
2
93.50
2 (2375.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 FX-XL—Type 3R
2 48.90
(1242.1)
38.50
(977.9)
2
2
2
2
2
93.80
2 (2382.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
H-Max Drives Contents
Description Page
2
H-Max Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-229
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-229 2
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-233 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-234
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . V6-T2-235
2
2
2
2
2
H-Max Drives 2
Eaton’s H-Max Series VFD Hardware ● Onboard RS 485: Modbus, Product
has software and hardware ● Thin metal capacitor N2, BACnet—meets needs ● IEC 61800-5-1 2
designed specifically for the design—ultra-efficient of most communication ● CE
HVAC, pump industry. The requirements
ultra-efficient DC capacitor
drive operation and ● UL508C 2
extended self life (up to ● Onboard Ethernet: BACnet/
and power structure allows five years without IP, Modbus/TCP—meets
● cUL
the drive to consume less reforming) needs of most ● C-Tick Mark 2
energy, lowering greenhouse ● Integrated 5% DC link communication ● OSHPD Seismic Certified
gases. choke with Input surge requirements ● Plenum Rated
2
The I/O configuration is protection—protects ● Two expansion slots—
designed with wiring against voltage spikes and intended to support 2
ergonomics in mind by provides a clean wave form additional I/O or
including removable terminal to the motor communication protocols 2
blocks. The main, easily ● EMI/RFI filters standard on as necessary
removable, control board all drives—meets EMC ● Quick disconnect terminals 2
used for all drive frames with Category 2 for commercial for I/O connections—
six digital IN, two analog IN, applications supports fast easy
one analog OUT, three relay installation
2
● Real-time clock—supports
OUT accepts two additional calendaring and time
I/O or communication board. stamped fault history Software
2
In addition, the control board Graphic LCD display and
● ● Active energy control—
has built-in RS-485 and keypad—supports simple minimizes energy losses in
2
Ethernet communication. menu navigation as well as your motor resulting in
These drives continue on-screen diagnostics and industry leading energy 2
the tradition of robust troubleshooting efficiency for your
performance, and raise ● HAND-OFF-AUTO and application 2
the bar on features and drive-bypass selector on ● Quick Start Wizard upon
functionality, ensuring keypad—simplifies control initial power up—supports 2
the best solution at the ● Standard I/O: 6DI, 2AI, fast easy installation
right price. 1AO, 2 Form C RO (NO/ ● Copy/paste functionality on 2
In addition to the Active NC), 1 Form A RO (NO)— drive keypad—allows for
supports requirements for fast setup of multiple
Energy Control Algorithm to
most installations drives
2
maximize motor efficiency,
● Pre-programmed I/O—
the drive boasts an ultra-
efficient DC capacitor and supports fast easy
2
power structure to allow less installation for most
energy consumption, applications 2
lowering greenhouse gases.
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
H-Max Series Drives
2
HMX 3 4 A G 3D4 2 1 - N
2
Product Braking/Application
2 HMX = HVAC drive N = No brake chopper (low overload)
2 Phase
3 = Three-phase Enclosure
2 1 = Open NEMA Type 1 IP21
2 = Open NEMA Type 12 IP54
Voltage
2 2 = 200–240 V
4 = 380–480 V Input Options Frame and
2 5 = 525–600 V Voltage Specific
2 = EMC C2
2 Software Series
A–Z
2
Keypad
2 G = Graphical panel
2 Amperes
200–240 Volts 380–480 Volts 525–600 Volts
2 3D7 = 3.7 A–0.75 hp, 0.55 kW 3D4 = 3.4 A–1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 3D9 = 3.9 A, 3 hp, 2.2 kW
4D8 = 4.8 A–1 hp, 0.75 kW 4D8 = 4.8–2 hp, 1.5 kW 6D1 = 6.1 A, 5 hp, 3.7 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A–1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 5D6 = 5.6 A–3 hp, 2.2 kW 9D0 = 9 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
2 8D0 = 8 A–2 hp, 1.5 kW 8D0 = 8 A–4 hp, 3 kW 011 = 11 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
011 = 11 A–3 hp, 2.2 kW 9D6 = 9.6 A–5 hp, 4 kW 018 = 18 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
2 012 = 12 A–4 hp, 3 kW
018 = 18 A–5 hp, 4 kW
012 = 12 A–7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
016 = 16 A–10 hp, 7.5 kW
022 = 22 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
027 = 27 A, 25 hp, 18 kW
024 = 24 A–7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 023 = 23 A–15 hp, 11 kW 034 = 34 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
2 031 = 31 A–10 hp, 7.5 kW
048 = 48 A–15 hp, 11 kW
031 = 31 A–20 hp, 15 kW
038 = 38 A–25 hp, 18.5 kW
041 = 41 A, 40 hp, 30 kW
052 = 52 A, 50 hp, 37 kW
062 = 62 A–20 hp, 15 kW 046 = 46 A–30 hp, 22 kW 062 = 62 A, 60 hp, 45 kW
2 075 = 75 A–25 hp, 18.5 kW 061 = 61 A–40 hp, 30 kW 080 = 80 A, 75 hp, 55 kW
2 105 = 105 A–40 hp, 30 kW
140 = 140 A–50 hp, 37 kW
087 = 87 A–60 hp, 45 kW
105 = 105 A–75 hp, 55 kW
125 = 125 A, 125 hp, 90 kW
144 = 144 A, 150 hp, 110 kW
2 205 = 205 A–75 hp, 55 kW
261 = 261 A–100 hp, 75 kW
170 = 170 A–125 hp, 90 kW
205 = 205 A–150 hp, 110 kW
310 = 310 A–125 hp, 90 kW 261 = 261 A–200 hp, 132 kW
2 310 = 310 A–250 hp, 160 kW
2 Notes
All boards are varnished (conformed coated). Corrosion resistant.
2 Battery included in all drives for real-time clock.
Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
2 Keypad kit includes HOA, back reset for Europe application.
EMI/RFI filters included.
2 DC link choke included.
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
Product Selection
2
H-Max Series Drives—230 Vac
2
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1/IP21
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 2
Frame Low Overload Full Drive kW 230 Vac Low Overload Full Catalog
Size Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower 230 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps 1 Load Amps at 50 °C Number
2
4 3.7 0.75 0.55 3.2 2.6 HMX32AG3D721-N
4.8 1 0.75 4.2 3.7 HMX32AG4D821-N 2
6.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 4.8 HMX32AG6D621-N
8 2 1.5 6.8 6.6 HMX32AG8D021-N 2
11 3 2.2 9.6 8 HMX32AG01121-N
12.5 4 3 N/A 11 HMX32AG01221-N 2
5 18 5 4 15.2 12.5 HMX32AG01821-N
24 7.5 5.5 22 18 HMX32AG02421-N
2
31 10 7.5 28 24 HMX32AG03121-N
2
6 48 15 11 42 31 HMX32AG04821-N
62 20 15 54 48 HMX32AG06221-N 2
7 75 25 18.5 68 62 HMX32AG07521-N
88 30 22 80 75 HMX32AG08821-N 2
105 40 30 104 88 HMX32AG10521-N
8 140 50 37 130 105 HMX32AG14021-N 2
170 60 45 154 140 HMX32AG17021-N
205 75 55 192 170 HMX32AG20521-N
2
9 261 100 75 248 205 HMX32AG26121-N
2
310 125 90 N/A 261 HMX32AG31021-N
2
NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 12/IP54 2
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
Frame
Size
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower
Drive kW
230 Vac/50 Hz
230 Vac
NEC Amps 1
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 50 °C
Catalog
Number
2
4 3.7 0.75 0.55 3.2 2.6 HMX32AG3D722-N
2
4.8 1 0.75 4.2 3.7 HMX32AG4D822-N
6.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 4.8 HMX32AG6D622-N 2
8 2 1.5 6.8 6.6 HMX32AG8D022-N
11 3 2.2 9.6 8 HMX32AG01122-N 2
12.5 4 3 N/A 11 HMX32AG01222-N
5 18 5 4 15.2 12 HMX32AG01822-N 2
24 7.5 5.5 22 18 HMX32AG02422-N
31 10 7.5 28 24 HMX32AG03122-N
2
6 48 15 11 42 31 HMX32AG04822-N
2
62 20 15 54 48 HMX32AG06222-N
7 75 25 18.5 68 62 HMX32AG07522-N 2
88 30 22 80 75 HMX32AG08822-N
105 40 30 104 88 HMX32AG10522-N 2
8 140 50 37 130 105 HMX32AG14022-N
170 60 45 154 140 HMX32AG17022-N 2
205 75 55 192 170 HMX32AG20522-N
9 261 100 75 248 205 HMX32AG26122-N
2
310 125 90 N/A 261 HMX32AG31022-N
2
Note
1 For sizing reference. 2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
2 FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
2 Size Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower 400 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps 1 Load Amps at 50 °C Number
4 3.4 1.5 1.1 2.1 2.6 HMX34AG3D421-N
2 4.8 2 1.5 3.4 3.4 HMX34AG4D821-N
5.6 3 2.2 5.6 4.8 HMX34AG5D621-N
2 8.0 4 3.0 N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D021-N
9.6 5 4 7.6 8 HMX34AG9D621-N
2 12 7.5 5.5 11 9.6 HMX34AG01221-N
2 5 16 10 7.5 14 12 HMX34AG01621-N
23 15 11 21 16 HMX34AG02321-N
2 31 20 15 27 23 HMX34AG03121-N
6 38 25 18.5 34 31 HMX34AG03821-N
2 46 30 22 40 38 HMX34AG04621-N
61 40 30 52 46 HMX34AG06121-N
2 7 72 50 37 65 61 HMX34AG07221-N
87 60 45 77 72 HMX34AG08721-N
2 105 75 55 96 87 HMX34AG10521-N
8 140 100 75 124 105 HMX34AG14021-N
2 170 125 90 156 140 HMX34AG17021-N
205 150 110 180 170 HMX34AG20521-N
2 9 261 200 132 240 205 HMX34AG26121-N
2 310 250 160 302 261 HMX34AG31021-N
2 NEMA Type 12/IP54

NEMA Type 12
2 FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
2 4 3.4 1.5 1.1 2.1 2.6 HMX34AG3D422-N
2 4.8 2 1.5 3.4 3.4 HMX34AG4D822-N

5.6 3 2.2 5.6 4.8 HMX34AG5D622-N
2 8.0 4 3.0 N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D022-N
9.6 5 4 7.6 8 HMX34AG9D622-N
2 12 7.5 5.5 11 9.6 HMX34AG01222-N
5 16 10 7.5 14 12 HMX34AG01622-N
2 23 15 11 21 16 HMX34AG02322-N
31 20 15 27 23 HMX34AG03122-N
2 6 38 25 18.5 34 31 HMX34AG03822-N
46 30 22 40 38 HMX34AG04622-N
2 61 40 30 52 46 HMX34AG06122-N
2 7 72 50 37 65 61 HMX34AG07222-N
87 60 45 77 72 HMX34AG08722-N
2 105 75 55 96 87 HMX34AG10522-N
8 140 100 75 124 105 HMX34AG14022-N
2 170 125 90 156 140 HMX34AG17022-N
205 150 110 180 170 HMX34AG20522-N
2 9 261 200 132 240 205 HMX34AG26122-N
310 250 160 302 261 HMX34AG31022-N
2 Note
1 For sizing reference.
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
2
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 2
Size Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower 575 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps 1 Load Amps at 50 °C Number 2
5 3.9 3 2.2 4.6 3.3 HMX35AG3D921-N
6.1 5 3.7 6.8 5.2 HMX35AG6D121-N 2
9 7.5 5.5 9 7.7 HMX35AG9D021-N
11 10 7.5 10.5 9.4 HMX35AG01121-N
2
6 18 15 11 19.9 15.3 HMX35AG01821-N
22 20 15 23.3 18.7 HMX35AG02221-N
2
27 25 18 27.2 23 HMX35AG02721-N
2
34 30 22 32.8 28.9 HMX35AG03421-N
7 41 40 30 45.3 34.9 HMX35AG04121-N 2
52 50 37 53.8 44.2 HMX35AG05221-N
62 60 45 62.2 52.7 HMX35AG06221-N 2
8 80 75 55 90 68 HMX35AG08021-N
100 100 75 106 85 HMX35AG10021-N 2
125 125 90 127 106.3 HMX35AG12521-N
9 144 150 110 156 122.4 HMX35AG14421-N 2
208 200 160 212 176.8 HMX35AG20821-N
2
NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 12/IP54 2
Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
FS
Frame Low Overload Full Drive kW 575 Vac Low Overload Full Catalog 2
5 3.9 3 2.2 4.6 3.3 HMX35AG3D922-N 2
6.1 5 3.7 6.8 5.2 HMX35AG6D122-N
9 7.5 5.5 9 7.7 HMX35AG9D022-N
2
11 10 7.5 10.5 9.4 HMX35AG01122-N
6 18 15 11 19.9 15.3 HMX35AG01822-N
2
22 20 15 23.3 18.7 HMX35AG02222-N
2
27 25 18 27.2 23 HMX35AG02722-N
34 30 22 32.8 28.9 HMX35AG03422-N 2
7 41 40 30 45.3 34.9 HMX35AG04122-N
52 50 37 53.8 44.2 HMX35AG05222-N 2
62 60 45 62.2 52.7 HMX35AG06222-N
8 80 75 55 90 68 HMX35AG08022-N 2
100 100 75 106 85 HMX35AG10022-N
125 125 90 127 106.3 HMX35AG12522-N 2
9 144 150 110 156 122.4 HMX35AG14422-N
208 200 160 212 176.8 HMX35AG20822-N
2
Note
1 For sizing reference.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
Onboard Network Communications

2 Johnson Controls
Metasys N2 BACnet Modbus RTU
2
H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides
2 communication between the communication to BACnet communication to Modbus
drive and a Johnson Controls networks. Data transfer is RTU RS-485 as a slave on a
Metasys™ N2 network. With master-slave/token passing Modbus network. Other
2 this connection, the drive can (MS/TP) RS-485. communication parameters
be controlled, monitored and include an address range
2 programmed from the BACnet/IP from 1–247; a parity of
Metasys system. N2 can be 100Base-T interface. None, Odd or Even; and the
2 selected and programmed by stop bit is 1.
the drive keypad. Modbus TCP
2 Ethernet based protocol.
2
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slot B
2
The factory issued relay boards to customize the drive The standard board provides
option board can be replaced for your application needs. 2 Form C RO (NO/NC) and
2 with the following option 1 Form A RO (NO).
2 Option Boards Mounted in Slot B
Option Kit
2 Option Kit Description Catalog Number
I/O expander card, 2 RO and thermistor input Relay Board 2
2
2 H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E
2 Note: Slot C is inactive. customize the drive for your

application needs. The drive’s
The H-Max Series factory-
installed standard board
The H-Max Series drives can
accommodate a wide control unit is designed to configuration includes an
2 selection of expander and accept a total of two option I/O board and a relay
adapter option boards to boards. output board.
2
Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E
2 Option Kit
Option Kit Description Catalog Number
2 6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A
1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B2-A
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A
2 3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A

1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A
2 1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO XMX-IO-BF-A
LonWorks® XMX-COM-C4-A
2
2 NEMA Type 1 to NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 Kit consists of a drive cover,
2 option kit is used to convert a fan kit and plugs.
NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA
2 Type 12 drive.
2 NEMA Type 12/IP54 Cover

Option Kit
FS4-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS4-N12KIT
2 FS5-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS5-N12KIT
FS6-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS6-N12KIT
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
Accessories Replacement Parts
2
Flange Kits Control Board/Keypad
The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is Current Catalog
2
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. Description Number
H-Max series graphic bypass, HOA KeypadbypassHOA
2
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/IP54
Includes flange, mounting brackets, NEMA Type 12 fan H-Max series graphic back, HOA KeypadbackHOA
2
components, air shroud screws and plugs. H-Max control board replacement HMX-CONTROLBOARD-B
2
Frames FS4–FS7 12 PC Cable
Description
Catalog
Number
Catalog 2
Description Number
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with REM-USB-Down 2
FS4 N12/IP54 flange kit FS4-Flange-N12KIT software driver disk
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure) 2
FS5 N12/IP54 flange kit FS5-Flange-N12KIT Replacement Relay Board in Slot B
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure) Catalog 2
FS6 N12/IP54 flange kit FS6-Flange-N12KIT Description Number
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
Replacement relay board Relay board 1 2
FS7 N12/IP54 flange kit FS7-Flange-N12KIT qty 2 Form C relay, qty 1 Form A relay
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
2
Main Fan
Keypad Accessories
Catalog 2
Description Number
Remote Mounting Keypad Kit FS4 main fan FS4-Main Fan 2

FS5 main fan FS5-Main Fan
Frames FS4–FS9
FS6 main fan FS6-Main Fan 2
Catalog
Description Number
2
Remote mounting keypad kit—bezel and cable OPTRMT-BP-HMAX-WLABL
FS9 main fan FS9-Main Fan 2
Drive Demo Internal Fan 2
Catalog
H-Max Series Drive Demo Description Number 2
Demos and Power Supply FS4 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS4-Internal Fan
Catalog
FS5 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS5-Internal Fan 2
Description Number FS6 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS6-Internal Fan
H-Max Series bypass demo H-MAX-BYPASS-DEMO FS7 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS7-Internal Fan
2
Hand-held 24 V auxiliary power supply—used to supply
power to the control module in order to perform keypad
9000XAUX24 V FS8 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS8-Internal Fan
2
programming before the drive is connected to line voltage FS9 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS9-Internal Fan
2
Notes
1 For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized enclosure. 2
2 Frame size 8 and 9 must be ordered from the factory as a flange mount unit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
2 = 240 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 480 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
2 012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (VT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2 3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15


2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (VT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
H-Max Series Drives
2 Input Ratings Control Connections

Input voltage (Vin) 200–240 Vac, 380–480 Vac, 525–600 Vac, –10%/+10% Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential
2 Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
2 Short-circuit withstand 100 kAIC
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
rating
2 Output Ratings
Output reference voltage +10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA
Output voltage 0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in
2 Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)
Analog output 0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
2 IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.) DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.) Relay outputs 3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs
2 Initial output current 150% for two seconds
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default
DIP switch setting default RS-485 = off
A01 = current
A12 = current
A11 = voltage
Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control
Protections
2 Switching frequency 1–310 amps
FS4–9: default 6 kHz Overcurrent protection Yes
2 Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1%

Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)
2 Field weakening point 8 to 320 Hz Undervoltage protection Yes
Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
2 Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds only the frequency converter is protected)
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
2 Ambient Conditions Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
Ambient operating FS4–FS9: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) Overtemperature protection Yes
2 temperature (Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C), see Pages V6-T2-225 and Motor overload protection Yes
V6-T2-226)
2 Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
2 Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Short-circuit protection Yes
Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2 Surge protection Yes (varistor input)
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); Conformed coated Yes (prevents corrosion)
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m); (varnished) boards
2 max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V
Vibration FS4–FS9: EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 150 Hz,
2 displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz,
max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2 Shock EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS

weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
2 (keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
Standards
2 EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
2 Emissions EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
2 Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
Efficiency 97.5% at 480 V
2 96.6% at 208/230 V
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
Wiring Diagram
2
Control Input/Output, PID Application
2
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
RJ-45 Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based) DB R+ Optional
Optional
Chopper R- Resistor 2
5% DC Link
L1 Three-Phase Input U (T1)
2
Reactor
Circuit Three-Phase
Breaker L2 Input V (T2) Motor
Output
(Single-Phase not available)
L3 W (T3)
2
Slot A
Terminal Factory Default Signal
2
Resistor 1 +10V Reference Output
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
2 AI–1+ (can be programmed to current 4–20 mA) 2
3 Vin Analog Output Common (Ground)
4 AI–2+
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
2
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Factory 5 AI–2– Analog Input Common 2
Jumper PI Setpoint or Feedback Test
6 24Vout Control Voltage Output (250 A max.)
ON OFF RS485 2
7 GND I/O Ground CURRENT VOLTAGE AO1
8 DIN1 START/STOP (Contact closed = start)

CURRENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
AI2
AI1 2
9 DIN2 External Fault (Closed = fault)
10 DIN3 Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock 2
(Closed = OK)
11 COM DIN1–DIN6 Common 2
12 24Vout Control Voltage Output (250 A max.)
13 GND I/O Ground 2
14 DIN4 Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)
2
15 DIN5 Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
16 DIN6 Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass) 2
17 CMB DIN1–DIN6 Common
18 AO–1+ Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
2
19 AO–1– Analog Output Common (Ground) 2
30 24 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage
Analog
A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet, 2
Modbus, N2
B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+
21 Relay Board 1 Slot B
2
Default Signal
22 RO1 Bypass Run 2
23
24
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
2
125 Vdc/0.4A
25 RO2 Drive Run
2
26
32 2
RO3 Fault
33
2
Standards Includes Reliability
● Digital inputs D1–D6, relay ● Six digital input ● Pretested components
2
out, analog in/out are freely ● Two analog input ● Conformal coated
programmed ● One analog output (varnished) boards 2
● The user can assign a Three relay output ● 40 °C rated
single input to multiple
●
● 110% overload for one

2
functions
● RS-485
minute
● Ethernet (BACnet and
Modbus) ● Eaton Electrical Services &
2
Systems national network
of AF drive specialists 2

H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
2 H-Max Series Frames FS4–FS7

W2
2
2
2 H1
H3 W1 H2
2
2
2 D W3
2 Hole
Center-to-Center Weight in
Voltage hp kW Amps D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 Lbs (kg)
2 FS4
2 230 Vac 0.75–4 0.55–3.0 3.7–12.5 7.77

(197.3)
12.89
(327.5)
12.32
(313.0)
11.22
(285.0)
5.04
(128.0)
3.94
(100.0)
3.94
(100.0)
13.2
(6)
480 Vac 1.5–7.5 1.1–5.5 3.4–12
2 FS5
230 Vac 5–10 4–7.5 18–31 8.73 16.50 15.98 15.04 5.67 4.53 3.94 22.0
2 480 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 16–31
(221.6) (419.0) (406.0) (382.0) (144.0) (115.0) (100.0) (10)
FS6
2 230 Vac 15–20 11–15 48–62 9.29 21.93 21.28 20.24 7.68 5.83 5.83 44.1
(236.0) (557.0) (540.5) (514.0) (195.0) (148.0) (148.0) (20)
2 480 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 38–61
FS7
2 230 Vac 25–30 18.5–30 75–105 10.49 25.98 25.39 24.29 9.06 7.48 7.48 82.6
(266.5) (660.0) (645.0) (617.0) (230.0) (190.0) (190.0) (37.5)
480 Vac 50–75 37–55 72–105
2
2 H-Max Series Frames FS8 and FS9
W1 W2
2
2 W3
2
H3 H1 H2
2
2
2 D
2 Hole
Center-to-Center Weight in
Voltage hp kW Amps D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 Lbs (kg)
2 FS8
2 230 Vac 50–75 37–55 140–205 13.76

(349.6)
38.02
(965.7)
37.26
(946.4)
37.26
(946.4)
11.42
(290.1)
9.29
(236.0)
1.42
(36.0)
154.3
(70)
480 Vac 100–150 75–110
2 FS9
230 Vac 100–120 75–90 261–310 14.63 33.09 31.89 31.89 18.90 15.75 1.57 238.1
2 480 Vac 200–250 132–160
(371.6) (890.4) (810.0) (810.0) (480.0) (400.0) (40.0) (108)
2 Note: For flange dimension, please reference User Manual.

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Contents
Description Page
2
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-223 2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-248
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-250 2
2
2
2
2
2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives 2
The IntelliPass electronic Industry-leading energy Designed with Our Customers Product
bypass is a two or optional saving solution—uses the in Mind ● IEC 61800-5-1 2
three contactor design using a Eaton H-Max drive with ● Removable top and bottom ● UL508C
24 Vdc XT Series contactor Active Energy Control
algorithm.
entry panels ● cUL 2
with an optional manual ● Door-mounted graphic
override switch that allows
● OSHPD Seismic Certified
the unit to run in bypass
Built to be as tough as the display and keypad 2
application—Eaton’s robust ● Easily accessible
without the H-Max Series connection terminals with
drive.
design boasts an industrial
grade enclosure and industry removable I/O terminal
2
The IntelliPass software proven components. connections
parameters utilize engineering
2
● Industrial Power Supply Engineered Product Solution
units common to the HVAC
industry. Onboard startup
● XT Contactors ● The Eaton H-Max 2
wizard guarantees flawless ● 22 mm Pilot Devices IntelliPass and
commissioning with plug-
Built-in electronic bypass
IntelliDisconnect products 2
and-play screen entry. are available with a variety
capability with external
Available in NEMA/UL Type 1,
24 Vdc power supply allows
of factory tested and
certified options meeting
2
Type 12 and Type 3R with
the H-Max drive to control or exceeding UL508C
optional pre-engineered
operator devices to meet
the bypass circuit through requirements 2
the keypad, digital input or
all customized specification
requirements.
BMS communications and
in fault conditions.
2
The IntelliPass construction 2
features allow for easy
installation, reliable operation
and serviceability with 2
additional onboard wire space,
and removable conduit plates 2
with knockouts.
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
2
HMX 011 3 4 N A _ _ Build
_ options
_ alphabetically
_ _ and_numerically.
_ _ _
2
2 Product
HMX = HVAC drive (VT)
Software Series
A–Z
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E
B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually
(low overload) programmed as digital output
2 B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor
B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
NEC Ampere Ratings Braking/Application
2 208 Volts 480 Volts N = No brake chopper
B5 = 3 x RO
B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
4D6 = 4.6 A–1 hp 2D1 = 2.1 A–1 hp (low overload) BF = Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO
2 7D5 = 7.5 A–2 hp 3D4 = 3.4 A–2 hp
011 = 11 A–3 hp 5D6 = 5.6 A–3 hp
Voltage Optional Communications in Slot D and E
2 017 = 17 A–5 hp
025 = 25 A–7.5 hp
7D6 = 7.6 A–5 hp
011 = 11 A–7.5 hp 1 = 208V C4 = LonWorks
031 = 31 A–10 hp 014 = 14 A–10 hp 2 = 230 V
2 047 = 47 A–15 hp
060 = 60 A–20 hp
021 = 21 A–15 hp
027 = 27 A–20 hp
4 = 480 V
EMC Upgrade Option Keypad Options
075 = 75 A–25 hp 034 = 34 A–25 hp
2 088 = 88 A–30 hp 040 = 40 A–30 hp Enclosure Style
EMC C2 Standard None available
114 = 114 A–40 hp 052 = 52 A–40 hp 3 = IntelliPass NEMA Type 1
143 = 143 A–50 hp 065 = 65 A–50 hp
2 169 = 169 A–60 hp 077 = 77 A–60 hp
4
5
=
=
IntelliPass NEMA Type 12
IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R
IntelliDisconnect Options
211 = 211 A–75 hp 096 = 96 A–75 hp L3 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault)
6 = IntelliPass oversized NEMA Type 1
P3 = Fused drive isolation
2 273 = 273 A–100 hp
230 Volts
124 = 124 A–100 hp
156 = 156 A–125 hp
7
A
=
=
IntelliPass oversized NEMA Type 12
IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1
PE = Output contactor
180 = 180 A–150 hp SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
B = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 12
2 4D2 = 4.2 A–1 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A–2 hp
240 = 240 A–200 hp C = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R
302 = 302 A–250 hp D = IntelliDisconnect oversized NEMA Type 1
9D6 = 9.6 A–3 hp IntelliPass Bypass Options
E = IntelliDisconnect oversized NEMA Type 12
2 016 = 16 A–5 hp
022 = 22 A–7.5 hp
L4 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault, Bypass)
P3 = Fused drive isolation (can not be used with IS, P6 or M1)
028 = 28 A–10 hp
2 042 = 42 A–15 hp
P6 = Third contactor drive isolation
(cannot be used with P3, IS or MI)
054 = 54 A–20 hp M1 = Manual bypass, includes isolation contactor and pilot
068 = 68 A–25 hp
2 080 = 80 A–30 hp
lights (not available with P3, L4, P6 or IS)
SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
104 = 104 A–40 hp K9 = Auxiliary contacts
2 130 = 130 A–50 hp
154 = 154 A–60 hp
IS = Isolation switch (cannot be used with P3, P6 or M1)
192 = 192 A–75 hp
2 248 = 248 A–100 hp Standard Onboard Communications
RS-485 Communications
2 BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485
Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes
N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network
2 Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
2 BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based)
2
Notes
2 IntelliPass—two contactor electronic bypass standard.
All boards are varnished. Corrosion resistant.
2 Battery included in all drives for real-time clock. Three year lifetime.
Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
2 EMI/RFI filters included.

DC link choke included.
IntelliDisconnect includes 1 Form C and 1 Form A
2 IntelliPass includes 1 Form A.
When L3 or L4 option is selected, 1 Form A relay is used as well.
2 For more relays required, select/order the B5 option card.
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
Product Selection
2
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 1—Two Contactor Bypass Standard
2
HMX_ 208 Vac
Enclosure
Frame Size Horsepower
Drive Rated
2
FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D631NA 2
2 7.5 HMX7D531NA
3 11 HMX01131NA 2
FS5 5 17 HMX01731NA
7.5 25 HMX02531NA
2
10 31 HMX03131NA
FS6 15 47 HMX04731NA
2
FS7 20 60 HMX06031NA 2
25 75 HMX07531NA
30 88 HMX08831NA 2
2
230 Vac
Enclosure Drive Rated 2
Frame Size Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D232NA 2
2 6.8 HMX6D832NA
3 9.6 HMX9D632NA
2
FS5 5 16 HMX01632NA
2
7.5 22 HMX02232NA
10 28 HMX02832NA 2
FS6 15 42 HMX04232NA
FS7 20 54 HMX05432NA 2
25 68 HMX06832NA
30 80 HMX08032NA
2
2
480 Vac
Enclosure Drive Rated
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D134NA
2
2 3.4 HMX3D434NA
2
3 5.6 HMX5D634NA
5 7.6 HMX7D634NA 2
7.5 11 HMX01134NA
FS5 10 14 HMX01434NA 2
15 21 HMX02134NA
20 27 HMX02734NA
2
FS6 25 34 HMX03434NA
2
30 40 HMX04034NA
40 52 HMX05234NA 2
FS7 50 65 HMX06534NA
60 77 HMX07734NA 2
75 96 HMX09634NA
2
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-249.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-236.
2
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 12—Two Contactor Bypass Standard

2
HMX_ 208 Vac
2 Enclosure Drive Rated
2 FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D641NA
2 7.5 HMX7D541NA
2 3 11 HMX01141NA
2 FS5 5 17 HMX01741NA
7.5 25 HMX02541NA
2 10 31 HMX03141NA
FS6 15 47 HMX04741NA
2 FS7 20 60 HMX06041NA
25 75 HMX07541NA
2 30 88 HMX08841NA
D 40 114 HMX11471NA
2 50 143 HMX14371NA
2 60 169 HMX16971NA
5 75 211 HMX21171NA
2 100 273 HMX27371NA
2
230 Vac
2 Enclosure
Drive Rated
2 FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D242NA

2 6.8 HMX6D842NA
2 3 9.6 HMX9D642NA
FS5 5 16 HMX01642NA
2 7.5 22 HMX02242NA
10 28 HMX02842NA
2 FS6 15 42 HMX04242NA
2 FS7 20 54 HMX05442NA
25 68 HMX06842NA
2 30 80 HMX08042NA
D 40 104 HMX10472NA
2 50 130 HMX13072NA
60 154 HMX15472NA
2 75 192 HMX19272NA
5 100 248 HMX24872NA
2
Notes
2 For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-249.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
HMX_ 480 Vac
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D144NA 2
2 3.4 HMX3D444NA
3 5.6 HMX5D644NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D644NA
2
7.5 11 HMX01144NA
FS5 10 14 HMX01444NA 2
15 21 HMX02144NA
20 27 HMX02744NA 2
FS6 25 34 HMX03444NA
30 40 HMX04044NA 2
40 52 HMX05244NA
FS7 50 65 HMX06544NA
2
60 77 HMX07744NA
2
75 96 HMX09644NA
D 100 124 HMX12747NA 2
125 156 HMX15674NA
150 180 HMX18074NA 2
5 200 240 HMX24074NA
250 302 HMX30274NA 2
2
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R—Two Contactor Bypass Standard 2
HMX_ 208 Vac 2
Frame Size Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
A 1 4.6 HMX4D651NA
2 7.5 HMX7D551NA 2
3 11 HMX01151NA
A 5 17 HMX01751NA
2
7.5 25 HMX02551NA
2
10 31 HMX03151NA
B 15 47 HMX04751NA 2
C 20 60 HMX06051NA
25 75 HMX07551NA 2
30 88 HMX08851NA
D 40 114 HMX11451NA 2
50 143 HMX14351NA
60 169 HMX16951NA
2
F 75 211 HMX21151NA
2
100 273 HMA27351NA
Notes 2
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-236. 2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
HMX_ 230 Vac

2 A 1 4.2 HMX4D252NA
2 6.8 HMX6D852NA
2 3 9.6 HMX9D652NA
2 A 5 16 HMX01652NA
7.5 22 HMX02252NA
2 10 28 HMX02852NA
15 42 HMX04252NA
2 B 20 54 HMX05452NA
C 25 68 HMX06852NA
2 30 80 HMX08052NA
D 40 104 HMX10452NA
2 50 130 HMX13052NA
2 60 154 HMX15452NA
75 192 HMX19252NA
2 F 100 248 HMX24852NA
2
480 Vac
2 A 1 2.1 HMX2D154NA
2 3.4 HMX3D454NA
2 3 5.6 HMX5D654NA
5 7.6 HMX7D654NA
2 7.5 11 HMX01154NA
A 10 14 HMX01454NA
2 15 21 HMX02154NA
2 20 27 HMX02754NA
B 25 34 HMX03454NA
2 30 40 HMX04054NA
40 52 HMX05254NA
2 C 50 65 HMX06554NA
60 77 HMX07754NA
2 75 96 HMX09654NA
D 100 124 HMX12544NA
2 125 156 HMX15654NA
2 150 180 HMX18054NA

F 200 240 HMX24054NA
2 250 302 HMX30254NA
Notes
2 Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1—Main Disconnect Standard
2
HMX_ 208 Vac
Enclosure Drive Rated 2
FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D6A1NA 2
2 7.5 HMX7D5A1NA
3 11 HMX011A1NA
2
FS5 5
7.5
17
25
HMX017A1NA
HMX025A1NA
2
10 31 HMX031A1NA 2
FS6 15 47 HMX047A1NA
FS7 20 60 HMX060A1NA 2
25 75 HMX075A1NA
30 88 HMX088A1NA 2
2
230 Vac
2
FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D2A2NA 2
2 6.8 HMX6D8A2NA
3 9.6 HMX9D6A2NA
2
FS5 5 16 HMX016A2NA
2
7.5 22 HMX022A2NA
10 28 HMX028A2NA 2
FS7 20 54 HMX054A2NA 2
25 68 HMX068A2NA
30 80 HMX080A2NA 2
2
480 Vac
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D1A4NA
2
2 3.4 HMX3D4A4NA
3 5.6 HMX5D6A4NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D6A4NA
2
7.5 11 HMX011A4NA
FS5 10 14 HMX014A4NA 2
15 21 HMX021A4NA
20 27 HMX027A4NA 2
30 40 HMX040A4NA
2
40 52 HMX052A4NA
2
60 77 HMX077A4NA
2
75 96 HMX096A4NA
Notes 2
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-236. 2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 12—Main Disconnect Standard

2
HMX_ 208 Vac
2 FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D6B1NA
2 7.5 HMX7D5B1NA
2 3 11 HMX011B1NA
2 FS5 5 17 HMX017B1NA
7.5 25 HMX025B1NA
2 10 31 HMX031B1NA
FS6 15 47 HMX047B1NA
2 FS7 20 60 HMX060B1NA
25 75 HMX075B1NA
2 30 88 HMX088B1NA
D 40 114 HMX114E1NA
2 50 143 HMX143E1NA
2 60 169 HMX169E1NA
5 75 211 HMX211E1NA
2 100 273 HMA273E1NA
2
230 Vac
2 Enclosure
Drive Rated
2 FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D2B2NA

2 6.8 HMX6D8B2NA
2 3 9.6 HMX9D6B2NA
FS5 5 16 HMX016B2NA
2 7.5 22 HMX022B2NA
10 28 HMX028B2NA
2 FS6 15 42 HMX042B2NA
2 FS7 20 54 HMX054B2NA
25 68 HMX068B2NA
2 30 80 HMX080B2NA
D 40 104 HMX104E2NA
2 50 130 HMX130E2NA
60 154 HMX154E2NA
2 75 192 HMX192E2NA
5 100 248 HMX248E2NA
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
HMX_ 480 Vac
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D1B4NA 2
2 3.4 HMX3D4B4NA
3 5.6 HMX5D6B4NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D6B4NA
2
7.5 11 HMX011B4NA
FS5 10 14 HMX014B4NA 2
15 21 HMX021B4NA
20 27 HMX027B4NA 2
30 40 HMX040B4NA 2
40 52 HMX052B4NA
2
60 77 HMX077B4NA
2
75 96 HMX096B4NA
D 100 124 HMX12E44NA 2
125 156 HMX156E4NA
150 180 HMX180E4NA 2
5 200 240 HMX240E4NA
250 302 HMX302E4NA 2
Notes
2
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R—Main Disconnect Standard

2
HMX_ 208 Vac
2 A 1 4.6 HMX4D6C1NA
2 7.5 HMX7D5C1NA
2 3 11 HMX011C1NA
2 A 5 17 HMX017C1NA
7.5 25 HMX025C1NA
2 10 31 HMX031C1NA
15 47 HMX047C1NA
2 B 20 60 HMX060C1NA
C 25 75 HMX075C1NA
2 30 88 HMX088C1NA
2 D 40 114 HMX114C1NA
50 143 HMX143C1NA
2 60 169 HMX169C1NA
F 75 211 HMX211C1NA
2 100 273 HMA273C1NA
2
230 Vac
2 A 1 4.2 HMX4D2C2NA
2 6.8 HMX6D8C2NA
2 3 9.6 HMX9D6C2NA
2 A 5 16 HMX016C2NA
7.5 22 HMX022C2NA
2 10 28 HMX028C2NA
15 42 HMX042C2NA
2 B 20 54 HMX054C2NA
C 25 68 HMX068C2NA
2 30 80 HMX080C2NA
2 D 40 104 HMX104C2NA
50 130 HMX130C2NA
2 60 154 HMX154C2NA
75 192 HMX192C2NA
2 F 100 248 HMX248C2NA
2 Notes
2 Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
HMX_ 480 Vac
2
A 1 2.1 HMX2D1C4NA 2
2 3.4 HMX3D4C4NA
3 5.6 HMX5D6C4NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D6C4NA
2
7.5 11 HMX011C4NA
A 10 14 HMX014C4NA 2
15 21 HMX021C4NA
20 27 HMX027C4NA 2
B 25 34 HMX034C4NA
30 40 HMX040C4NA 2
40 52 HMX052C4NA
C 50 65 HMX065C4NA
2
60 77 HMX077C4NA
2
75 96 HMX096C4NA
D 100 124 HMX124C4NA 2
125 156 HMX156C4NA
150 180 HMX180C4NA 2
F 200 240 HMX240C4NA
250 302 HMX302C4NA 2
Notes
2
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products. 2
2
Onboard Network Communications
2
Johnson Controls 2
Metasys N2 BACnet Modbus RTU
H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides . 2
communication between the communication to BACnet communication to Modbus
drive and a Johnson Controls networks. Data transfer is RTU RS-485 as a slave on a 2
Metasys™ N2 network. With master-slave/token passing Modbus network. Other
this connection, the drive can
be controlled, monitored and
(MS/TP) RS-485. communication parameters
include an address range
2
programmed from the BACnet/IP from 1 to 247; a parity of
Metasys system. N2 can be 100Base-T interface. None, Odd or Even; and the 2
selected and programmed by stop bit is 1.
the drive keypad. Modbus TCP 2
Ethernet based protocol.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E

2 The H-Max Series drives can customize the drive for your The H-Max Series factory-
accommodate a wide application needs. The drive’s installed standard board
2 selection of expander and control unit is designed to configuration includes an
adapter option boards to accept a total of two option I/O board and a relay
2 boards. output board.
2 Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E

Option Kit
6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A
2 1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B2-A
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A

3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A
2 1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A
LonWorks XMX-COM-C4-A
2 1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO XMX-IO-BF-A
2
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E IntelliPass Bypass Options
2 Suffix Suffix
Description Number Description Number
2 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually B1 Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) L4
programmed as digital output
Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6) P3
2 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor B2
Third contactor drive isolation (cannot be used with P3 or IS) P6
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) B4
2 3 x RO B5
Manual bypass switch located on front door M1
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) SA
2 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B9
Auxiliary contacts K9
Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO BF
Isolation switch IS
2
2 Optional Communications in Slot D and E
Standard Onboard Communications
Suffix
Suffix
2 Description Number
Description Number
LonWorks C4
RS-485 Communications
2 BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485 BACnet
2 IntelliDisconnect Options Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes Modbus
Suffix Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network N2

2 Description Number Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) L3
2 Fused drive isolation (cannot be used with PE) P3
BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol BACnet
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based) Modbus
Output contactor (cannot be used with P3) PE
2
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) SA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
2
Primary Design Features
Description IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Description IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect 2
CB MMP Standard Standard Isolation switch Optional N/A
2 contactor bypass Standard N/A Top entry (power) Standard Standard
2
Electrical interlock Standard N/A Bottom entry (power) Standard Standard
Third contactor (isolation) Optional N/A Output contactor Standard Optional
2
2
H-Max Series Drives 2
Input Ratings Standards 2
Input voltage (Vin) 208, 230, 480 Vac, –10%/+10% EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2) 2
Emissions EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
2
Short-circuit withstand 65 kAIC combination
rating
Output Ratings
Control Connections 2
Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential
Output voltage 0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
2
Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)
IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
2
Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.)
Initial output current 150% for two seconds
Auxiliary voltage +24 V ±10%, max. 250 mA 2
Analog output 0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; 2
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%;
Control Characteristics DIP switch selection (voltage/current) 2
Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control Relay outputs IntelliDisconnect: 2 programmable, 1 Form C, 1 Form A
Switching frequency 1–310 amps; adjustable with parameter 2.6.9

IntelliPass: 1 programmable, 1 Form A
With L3 or L4 option, 1 Form A relay is used
2
FS4–FS7: default 6 kHz Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default 2
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
DIP switch setting default RS-485 = off
Field weakening point 8 to 320 Hz A01 = current 2
Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds A12 = current

A11 = voltage
2
Protections
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn
Ambient Conditions
Overcurrent protection Yes 2
Ambient operating
temperature
FS4–FS7: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)
(Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C) DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load) 2
Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
2
only the frequency converter is protected)
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
2
Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
2
Overtemperature protection Yes
max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V
Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
Motor overload protection Yes 2
(keypad required for IP54/Type 12) Motor stall protection Yes
Motor underload protection Yes 2
Short-circuit protection Yes
Surge protection Yes (varistor input)
2
Conformed coated
(varnished) board
Yes (prevents corrosion) 2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
Wiring Diagrams
2
Control Input/Output, PID Application
2
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
RJ-45 Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based) DB R+ Optional
2 Optional
Chopper R- Resistor
5% DC Link
L1 Three-Phase Input U (T1)
2 Circuit
Breaker L2 Input
Reactor
Three-Phase
Output V (T2) Motor
(Single-Phase not available)
L3 W (T3)
2
Slot A
2 Terminal Factory Default Signal
Resistor 1 +10V Reference Output
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
2 2 AI–1+ (can be programmed to current 4–20 mA)
3 Vin Analog Output Common (Ground)
2 4 AI–2+
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
PI Setpoint or Feedback
2 Factory 5 AI–2– Analog Input Common
Jumper PI Setpoint or Feedback Test
2 6 24Vout Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
ON OFF RS485
7 GND I/O Ground CURRENT VOLTAGE AO1
2 8 DIN1 START/STOP (Contact closed = start)

CURRENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
AI2
AI1
9 DIN2 External Fault (Closed = fault)
2 10 DIN3 Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
(Closed = OK)
2 11 COM DIN1–DIN6 Common
12 24Vout Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
2 13 GND I/O Ground
2 14 DIN4 Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)

15 DIN5 Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
2 16 DIN6 Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass)
17 CMB DIN1–DIN6 Common
2 18 AO–1+ Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
2 19 AO–1– Analog Output Common (Ground)

30 24 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage
Analog
2 A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet,
Modbus, N2
B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+
2 21 Relay Board 1 Slot B
Default Signal
2 22 RO1 Bypass Run
23
2 24
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
125 Vdc/0.4A
2 25 RO2 Drive Run
26
2 32
RO3 Fault
33
2
Standards Includes Reliability
2 ● Digital inputs D1–D6, relay ● Six digital input ● Pretested components
out, analog in/out are freely ● Two analog input ● Conformal coated
2 programmed ● One analog output (varnished) boards
● The user can assign a ● 40 °C rated
2 single input to multiple
● Three relay outputs (2 relays
are factory wired for bypass ● 110% overload for one
functions operation in IntelliPass minute
2 configurations) ● Eaton Electrical Services &
● RS-485 Systems national network
2 ● Ethernet of AF drive specialists

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
H-Max Series IntelliPass H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring
2
Incoming Power Incoming Power
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
2
Bypass
Circuit Circuit 2
Breaker Breaker
2
2
Optional Fuse
2
Optional Fuse
or
Drive Input
2
Contactor
To Drive Input
2
L1 L2 L3
To Drive Output
2
To Drive Input
2
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
To Drive Output
Optional 2
Output
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
Contactor
2
Output
Contactor
Bypass
Contactor
2
U(T1)
V(T2)
W(T3)
2
Motor
2
Overload 2
Relay
2
V(T2)
U(T1) W(T3) 2
Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
2 H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
2 W1
H3
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
H4
2 H1 H2
2
2
2
2
2
W3
2 C W2 D2
2 Distance to mount multiple drives.

Top Bottom
2 FR4 4.00 (101.6) 2.00 (50.8)
2 FR5 4.75 (120.7) 2.50 (63.5)

FR6 6.50 (165.1) 3.25 (82.6)
2 FR7 10.00 (254.0) 4.00 (101.6)
2 Consult factory or use manual for final dimensions.

Frame Weight in
2 Size Voltage Horsepower (IL) H1 H2 H3 H4 C W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
FS4 208 1–3 30.00 29.41 0.25 31.00 3.00 7.88 6.25 0.75 12.49 10.36 45 (20.41)
2 230 1–3
(762.0) (747.1) (6.35) (787.4) (76.2) (200.2) (158.8) (19.1) (317.2) (263.1)
480 1–7.5
2 FS5 208 5–10 37.00 36.72 0.25 38.31 3.00 9.60 7.97 0.75 15.35 13.22 57.5 (26.10)
(939.8) (932.7) (6.35) (973.0) (76.2) (243.8) (202.4) (19.1) (390.0) (335.8)
2 230 5–10
480 10–20
2 FS6 208 15–20 45.45 44.81 0.25 46.4 4.00 11.44 9.75 0.75 15.80 13.67 98.0 (44.45)
(1154.4) (1138.2) (6.35) (1178.6) (101.6) (290.6) (247.6) (19.1) (401.3) (347.2)
230 15–20
2 480 25–40
FS7 208 25–30 58.51 57.87 0.25 59.46 5.00 14.52 12.83 0.75 15.68 13.72 165.0 (74.84)
2 230 25–30
(1486.2) (1470.0) (6.35) (1510.3) (127.0) (368.8) (325.9) (19.1) (398.3) (348.5)
2 480 50–75
Note: C distance is spacing required to mount multiple drives.

2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
2
Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R
W D 2
2
2
2
2
2
H
H1 H2 H3
2
2
2
2
W2 2
W3 W1 D2 D1
2
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes 2
(4 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage hp
Approx.
Weight
Approx.
Shipping Weight
2
AC (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase
2
208 V 1–10 33.00
(838.2)
31.36
(796.5)
29.67
(753.6)
25.35
(643.9)
21.05
(534.7)
16.92
(429.8)
15.30
(388.6)
2.07
(52.6)
17.24
(437.9)
16.26
(413.0)
3.31
(84.1)
170 (77) 215 (98) 2
230 V 1–10
480 V 1–20 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2 H2
2 H1 H
H3
2
2
2
2
2
2
W2
2 W3 W1 D2 D1
0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Approx. Approx.
Voltage hp Weight Shipping Weight
AC (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
2
Three-Phase
2 208 V 15 46.09
(1170.7)
44.45
(1129.0)
42.77
(1086.4)
36.35
(923.3)
26.31
(668.3)
20.92
(531.4)
19.30
(490.2)
2.69
(68.3)
17.74
(450.6)
16.76
(425.7)
3.31
(84.1)
235 (107) 290 (132)
230 V 15
2 480 V 25–40
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
2
Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 3R
0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting Holes
(4 Places)
2
W D
2
2
2
2
H1 H2 2
H3 H
2
2
2
2
W2
W1 D1
2
W3 D2
2
2
2
2
Approx.
Voltage hp Weight 2
AC (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase 2
208 20–30 58.09 56.45 54.77 48.35 37.73 30.92 29.30 3.34 17.74 16.77 3.31 1
230 20–30
(1475.5) (1433.8) (1391.2) (1228.1) (958.3) (785.4) (744.2) (84.8) (450.6) (426.0) (84.1) 2
480 50–75
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
Enclosure Box D
2 W
Ø0.44 (11.2) D
W1 Mounting Holes
2 (2 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
2 H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
W2 D1
2
Voltage hp Approx. Weight
2 AC (IL) H H1 W W1 W2 D D1 Lbs (kg)
NEMA Type 12
2 208 40–60 80.00 76.27 31.00 29.30 30.92 16.76 16.76 850
(2032.0) (1937.3) (787.4) (744.2) (785.4) (425.7) (425.7) (386)
2 230 40–75
480 100–150
2 NEMA Type 3R
208 40–60 96.00 76.27 37.73 29.30 30.92 17.74 16.76 900
2 230 40–75
(2438.4) (1937.3) (958.3) (744.2) (785.4) (450.6) (425.7) (409)
480 100–150
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.9
2
Enclosure Box 5
C 2
SS
2
2
2
Top View
2
2
B H
2
2
2
Bottom View 2
2
A
2
Voltage hp Door Approx.Weight
AC (IL) Wide A High B Deep C SS Mounting D D1 F G Height (H) Lbs (kg) 2
Three-phase
208 75–100 40.00 90.00 25.00 20.50 36.00 2.00 8.00 10.80 83.45 1275
2
(1016.0) (2286.0) (635.0) (520.7) (914.4) (50.8) (203.2) (274.3) (2119.6) (578)
230 100
2
480 200–250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
Enclosure Box F
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H
2
2
2
2
2
W1
2 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2 Voltage hp Approx. Weight
AC (IL) H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg)
2 Three-Phase
2 208 75–100 93.58

(2377.0)
69.51
(1765.5)
60.00
(1524.0)
48.00
(1219.2)
37.50
(952.5)
26.00
(660.4)
1700
(772)
230 100
2 480 200–250
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
SPX Drives Contents
Description Page
2
SPX Drives 2
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-258
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-258 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-265
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-266 2
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-281
2
2
2
2
Product Description 2
The SPX Series Adjustable The SPX supports fast drive- The Eaton family of drives
Frequency Drives from to-drive communication. It includes DA1, DC1, H-Max,
2
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are also offers an integrated data M-Max, SVX and SPX. 9000X
specifically designed for high logger functionality for Series drive ratings are rated 2
performance applications. analysis of dynamic events for either high overload (IH) or
Equipped with high without the need of additional low overload (IL). IL indicates 2
processing power, the SPX hardware. Simultaneous fast 110% overload capacity for
can use information from an
encoder or a resolver in order
monitoring of several drives
can be done by using the
1 minute out of 10 minutes.
IH indicates 150% overload
2
to provide very precise motor 9000Xdrive tool and CAN capacity for 1 minute out of
control. Sensorless vector communication. In 10 minutes. 2
and simple frequency control applications where reliability
are also supported. Typical and quality are essential for 2
applications requiring high high-performance, the SPX is
performance are: master- the logical choice. 2
slave drives, positioning
applications, winder tension
control and synchronization.
2
The core of the SPX 2
is a fast microprocessor,
providing high dynamic
performance for applications
2
where good motor handling
and reliability are required. 2
It can be used both in open
loop applications as well 2
as in applications requiring
encoder feedback. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2 ● Speed error <0.01%, ● Simplified operating menu ● Additional I/O and
depending on the encoder allows for typical communication cards
2 ● Incremental or absolute programming changes, provide plug and play
encoder support while programming mode functionality
2 ● Encoder voltages of 5 V provides control of ● I/O connections with
(RS-422), 15 V or 24 V, everything simple quick connection
2 depending on the option ● Quick Start Wizard built terminals
card into the programming of ● Control logic can be
2 ● Full torque control at all the drive ensures a smooth powered from an external
speeds, including zero start-up auxiliary control panel,
2 ● Torque accuracy <2%;
● Keypad can display up to
three monitored
internal drive functions and
fieldbus if necessary
<5% down to zero speed
parameters simultaneously
2 ● Starting torque >200%, ● LOCAL/REMOTE operation
● Brake chopper standard
from: 1–30 hp/380–500 V
depending on motor and
from keypad 3/4–15 hp/208–230 V
2 drive sizing
● Copy/paste function allows ● NEMA Type 1/IP21
● Integrated datalogger for
transfer of parameter enclosures available Frame
2 system analysis
settings from one drive to Sizes FR4–FR11, NEMA
● Fast multiple drive the next Type 12/IP54 enclosures
2 monitoring with PC ● Standard NEMA Type 12/ available Frame Sizes FR4–
● Full capability for master/ IP54 keypad on all drives FR10 (FR10 and FR11
2 slave configurations freestanding drives)
● Hand-held auxiliary 240
● High-speed bus (12 Mbit/s) power supply allows ● Open chassis FR10 and
for fast inter-drive
2 communication
programming/monitoring greater
of control module without ● Standard option board
● High-speed applications
2 (up to 7200 Hz) possible
applying full power to the
drive
configuration includes an
A9 I/O board and an A2
with special software The SPX can be flexibly relay output board installed
2 ● Robust design—proven
●
adapted to a variety of in slots A and B

500,000 hours MTBF needs using our pre-
2 ● Integrated 3% line reactors installed “Seven in One”
standard on drives from precision application
2 FR4 through FR9 programs consisting of:
● Line reactor is included but ● Basic
2 is separated from chassis ● Standard
● EMI/RFI Filters H standard ● Local/remote
2 up to 200 hp IH 480 V, ● Multi-step speed control
100 hp IH 230 V ● PID control
2 ● Multi-purpose control
● Pump and fan control
2 with auto change
2
2
2
Product EMC (at default settings)
2 ● IEC 61800-2 ● Immunity: Fulfills all EMC ● UL Listed
immunity requirements; ● CE
2 Safety Emissions: EN 61800-3,
● UL 508C LEVEL H
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
SPX Adjustable Frequency Drives
2
SPX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
Options
2
Product Family Options appear in alphabetical order.
Extended I/O Card Options
2
SPX = Open drives
A3 = 2 RO, Therm
Horsepower Rating A4 = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V24 V 2
A5 = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V
F07 = 3/4 125 = 125
001 = 1 150 = 150
A7 = Double Encoder
A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
2
F15 = 1-1/2 250 = 250
AE = 3 DI (Encoder 10–24 V), Out +15 V/+24 V 2 DO (pulse + direction)
002 = 2 300 = 300
003 = 3 350 = 350
2
004 = 5 (IL) 400 = 400
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
005 =
006 =
5
7-1/2 (IL)
500 = 500
550 = 550
B5 = 3 RO (NO) 2
007 = 7-1/2 600 = 600
010 = 10 650 = 650
700 = 700
B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
BB = SPI, absolute encoder 2
015 = 15
800 = 800 Communication Cards
020 =
025 =
20
25 900 = 900 CA = Johnson Controls N2 C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) 2
030 = 30 H10 = 1000 CI = Modbus TCP C6 = CANopen (slave)
040 =
050 =
40
50
H12 = 1200
H13 = 1350
CJ = BACnet
CQ = EtherNet/IP
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector)
2
060 = 60 H15 = 1500 C2 = Modbus D1 = Adapter—SPX only
075 = 75 H16 = 1600
H20 = 2000
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
C4 = LonWorks
D2 = Adapter—SPX only
D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
2
100 = 100
2
AFD Software Series
A = Standard software Board Modifications 2
1 = Standard boards
2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4
2
Enclosure 3
0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21 Brake Chopper Options 2
2
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 N = No brake chopper circuit
B = Internal brake chopper circuit 2
Voltage Rating 2
2 = 230 V (208–240) Input Options 1
4 = 480 V (380–500)
5 = 575 V (525–690) Keypad
1 = Three-phase, EMC H
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
2
3 = Three-phase, EMC T
A = Alphanumeric
4 = Three-phase, EMC L 2
Notes
1 All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (I ) are only available with input option 1 (EMC level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (I ) or larger are
2
H H
available with input option 2 (EMC level N). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are available with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH)
are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 480 V and 690 V freestanding drives are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 2
2 480 V drives up to 30 hp (I ) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (I ) or larger come standard with brake
H H
chopper option N. 230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp and larger come standard
with brake chopper option N. All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
2
3 480 V drives 250–350 hp (I ) and 690 V drives 200–300 hp (I ) are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis). 480 V and 690 V FR10
H H
freestanding drives are available with 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21) or 2 (NEMA Type 12/IP54). FR11 freestanding drives are only available with 2
enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21).
4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
5 For High-Resistance Ground systems, any SVX/SPX drive can be used if the HRG system has ground supervision. If no ground supervision
2
feature is available, use EMC class N or T.
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Product Selection
2
230 V Drives
2
SPX Open Drives 208–240 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2 Frame
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SPXF07A1-2A1B1
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SPX001A1-2A1B1
2 1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SPXF15A1-2A1B1
2 2 7.8 3 11 SPX002A1-2A1B1
3 11 — 12.5 SPX003A1-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SPX004A1-2A1B1
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SPX005A1-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SPX007A1-2A1B1
FR6 10 31 15 48 SPX010A1-2A1B1
2 15 48 20 61 SPX015A1-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SPX020A1-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SPX025A1-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SPX030A1-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SPX040A1-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SPX050A1-2A1N1
60 170 75 205 SPX060A1-2A1N1
2
FR9 75 205 100 261 SPX075A1-2A1N1
2 100 261 — — SPX100A1-2A1N1
2
2 Frame
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SPXF07A2-2A1B1
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SPX001A2-2A1B1
2 1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SPXF15A2-2A1B1
2 7.8 3 11 SPX002A2-2A1B1
2 3 11 — 12.5 SPX003A2-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SPX004A2-2A1B1

5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SPX005A2-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SPX007A2-2A1B1
FR6 10 31 15 48 SPX010A2-2A1B1
2 15 48 20 61 SPX015A2-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SPX020A2-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SPX025A2-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SPX030A2-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SPX040A2-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SPX050A2-2A1N1
60 170 75 205 SPX060A2-2A1N1
2 FR9 75 205 100 261 SPX075A2-2A1N1
2 100 261 — — SPX100A2-2A1N1
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
480 V Drives
2
Frame 2
FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SPX001A1-4A1B1 2
1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SPXF15A1-4A1B1
2 4.3 3 5.6 SPX002A1-4A1B1
2
3 5.6 5 7.6 SPX003A1-4A1B1 2
5 7.6 — 9 SPX005A1-4A1B1
— 9 7-1/2 12 SPX006A1-4A1B1 2
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SPX007A1-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SPX010A1-4A1B1
2
15 23 20 31 SPX015A1-4A1B1
2
FR6 20 31 25 38 SPX020A1-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SPX025A1-4A1B1 2
30 46 40 61 SPX030A1-4A1B1
FR7 40 61 50 72 SPX040A1-4A1N1 2
50 72 60 87 SPX050A1-4A1N1
60 87 75 105 SPX060A1-4A1N1
2
FR8 75 105 100 140 SPX075A1-4A1N1
2
100 140 125 170 SPX100A1-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SPX125A1-4A1N1 2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SPX150A1-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SPX200A1-4A1N1 2
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Freestanding Drives
Frame
2
FR10 250 330 300 385 SPX250A1-4A4N1
2
300 385 350 460 SPX300A1-4A4N1
2
350 460 400 520 SPX350A1-4A4N1
FR11 400 520 500 590 SPX400A1-4A4N1 2
500 590 550 650 SPX500A1-4A4N1
550 650 600 730 SPX550A1-4A4N1 2
Note
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
2
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-272.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2 Frame
2 FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SPX001A2-4A1B1
2 1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SPXF15A2-4A1B1

2 4.3 3 5.6 SPX002A2-4A1B1
2 3 5.6 5 7.6 SPX003A2-4A1B1
5 7.6 — 9 SPX005A2-4A1B1
2 — 9 7-1/2 12 SPX006A2-4A1B1
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SPX007A2-4A1B1
2 10 16 15 23 SPX010A2-4A1B1
2 15 23 20 31 SPX015A2-4A1B1
FR6 20 31 25 38 SPX020A2-4A1B1
2 25 38 30 46 SPX025A2-4A1B1
30 46 40 61 SPX030A2-4A1B1
2 FR7 40 61 50 72 SPX040A2-4A1N1
50 72 60 87 SPX050A2-4A1N1
2 60 87 75 105 SPX060A2-4A1N1
2 FR8 75 105 100 140 SPX075A2-4A2N1

100 140 125 170 SPX100A2-4A1N1
2 125 170 150 205 SPX125A2-4A1N1
FR9 150 205 200 261 SPX150A2-4A1N1
2 200 245 250 300 SPX200A2-4A1N1
2
2 Frame
2 FR10 250 330 300 385 SPX250A2-4A4N1
2 300 385 350 460 SPX300A2-4A4N1

350 460 400 520 SPX350A2-4A4N1
2
2 380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame
2 Size hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number
FR10 250 330 300 385 SPX250A0-4A2N1
2 300 385 — 460 SPX300A0-4A2N1
350 460 400 520 SPX350A0-4A2N1
2 FR11 400 520 500 590 SPX400A0-4A2N1
2 500 590 — 650 SPX500A0-4A2N1

— 650 600 730 SPX550A0-4A2N1
2 FR12 600 730 — 820 SPX600A0-4A2N1
— 820 700 920 SPX650A0-4A2N1
2 700 920 800 1030 SPX700A0-4A2N1
FR13 800 1030 900 1150 SPX800A0-4A2N1
2 900 1150 1000 1300 SPX900A0-4A2N1
2 1000 1300 1200 1450 SPXH10A0-4A2N1

FR14 1200 1600 1500 1770 SPXH12A0-4A2N1
2 1600 1940 1800 2150 SPXH16A0-4A2N1
Notes
2 Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-272.
2 1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

SPX Drives
2.10
575 V Drives
2
Frame 2
FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SPX002A1-5A4N1 2
3 4.5 — 5.5 SPX003A1-5A4N1
— 5.5 5 7.5 SPX004A1-5A4N1
2
5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SPX005A1-5A4N1 2
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SPX007A1-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SPX010A1-5A4N1 2
15 18 20 22 SPX015A1-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SPX020A1-5A4N1
2
25 27 30 34 SPX025A1-5A4N1
2
FR7 30 34 40 41 SPX030A1-5A4N1
40 41 50 52 SPX040A1-5A4N1 2
FR8 50 52 60 62 SPX050A1-5A4N1
60 62 75 80 SPX060A1-5A4N1 2
75 80 100 100 SPX075A1-5A4N1
FR9 100 100 125 125 SPX100A1-5A4N1
2
125 125 150 144 SPX125A1-5A4N1
2
150 144 — 170 SPX150A1-5A4N1
— 170 200 208 SPX175A1-5A4N1 2
2
Frame 2
FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A1-5A4N1 2
250 261 300 325 SPX250A1-5A4N1
300 325 400 385 SPX300A1-5A4N1
2
FR11 400 385 450 460 SPX400A1-5A4N1
2
450 460 500 502 SPX450A1-5A4N1
500 502 550 590 SPX500A1-5A4N1 2
Note
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4), 2
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-272.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2 Frame
2 FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SPX002A2-5A4N1
2 3 4.5 — 5.5 SPX003A2-5A4N1

— 5.5 5 7.5 SPX004A2-5A4N1
2 5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SPX005A2-5A4N1
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SPX007A2-5A4N1
2 10 13.5 15 18 SPX010A2-5A4N1
15 18 20 22 SPX015A2-5A4N1
2 20 22 25 27 SPX020A2-5A4N1
2 25 27 30 34 SPX025A2-5A4N1
FR7 30 34 40 41 SPX030A2-5A4N1
2 40 41 50 52 SPX040A2-5A4N1
FR8 50 52 60 62 SPX050A2-5A4N1
2 60 62 75 80 SPX060A2-5A4N1
75 80 100 100 SPX075A2-5A4N1
2 FR9 100 100 125 125 SPX100A2-5A4N1
2 125 125 150 144 SPX125A2-5A4N1

150 144 — 170 SPX150A2-5A4N1
2 — 170 200 208 SPX175A2-5A4N1
2
2 Frame
2 FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A2-5A4N1
250 261 300 325 SPX250A2-5A4N1
2 300 325 400 385 SPX300A2-5A4N1
2
525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives
2
Frame
2
FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A0-5A2N1
2 250 261 300 325 SPX250A0-5A2N1
300 325 400 385 SPX300A0-5A2N1
2 FR11 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1
450 460 500 502 SPX450A0-5A2N1
2 500 502 — 590 SPX500A0-5A2N1
2 FR12 — 590 600 650 SPX550A0-5A2N1

600 650 700 750 SPX600A0-5A2N1
2 700 750 800 820 SPX700A0-5A2N1
FR13 800 820 900 920 SPX800A0-5A2N1
2 900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1
1000 1030 1250 1180 SPXH10A0-5A2N1
2 FR14 1350 1300 1500 1500 SPXH13A0-5A2N1
2 1500 1500 2000 1900 SPXH15A0-5A2N1

2000 1900 2300 2250 SPXH20A0-5A2N1
2 Notes
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
2 speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-272.
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

SPX Drives
2.10
Accessories
2
2
9000X demo drive 9000XDEMO
2
9000X Series—SVX/SPX Conversion and Flange Kits 2
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a
Type 1/IP21 to a Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes: 2
NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits 2
Frame 4 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR4 2
2
2
Flange Kits
2
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit includes
hardware and supporting steel plates. 2
NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits 2
Kit 2
Frame 4 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR4 2
2
2
Frame 9 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR9 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Options
2 9000X Series Option Board Kits
2 The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a
total of five option boards.
2
The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2
Option Board Kits
2 Option Boards
Field Factory
2 A B C 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA1 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTAFA1 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■

SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB — — — — — — —

2 Communication Cards
Modbus RTU D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus RTU (D9 connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —

2 BACnet MSTP D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFINET, Modbus TCP, D, E OPTE9 E9 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 EtherNet/IP (dual-port) 4
EtherCAT (dual-port) 4 D, E OPTEC EC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 SPX adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 RS-232 adapter D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes
2 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

SPX Drives
2.10
the SVX Drive as a slave on a the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
Modbus network. The Network. It includes a networks. It includes a 2
interface is connected by a 5.08 mm pluggable 5.08 mm pluggable connector.
9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
2
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable a collection of 30 Binary Value 2
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Value Objects (AVOs) to 2
a parity of None, Odd or include 125 Kbaud, communicate drive parameters.
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud. The card supports 9.6, 19.2 2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
PROFIBUS Network Johnson Controls speeds and supports network
Communications Metasys N2 Network addresses 1–127.
2
The PROFIBUS Network Card Communications
OPTC3 is used for connecting The OPTC2 fieldbus board EtherNet/IP Network 2
the SVX Drive as a slave on provides communication Communications
a PROFIBUS-DP network. between the SVX Drive and a The OPTCQ is used for 2
The interface is connected Johnson Controls Metasys™ connecting the SVX Drive to
by a 9-pin DSUB connector N2 network. With this Ethernet/Industrial Protocol 2
(female). The baud rates connection, the drive can be networks. It includes an
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
The interface uses CIP
2
range from 1 to 127. Metasys system. The N2 objects to communicate drive
fieldbus is available as a parameters (CIP is “Common 2
LonWorks Network factory installed option and as Industrial Protocol”, the same
Communications a field installable kit. protocol used by DeviceNet). 2
The LonWorks Network Card The board supports 10 Mbps
OPTC4 is used for connecting Modbus/TCP Network and 100 Mbps communication 2
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks Communications speeds. The IP address of the
network. This interface uses The Modbus/TCP Network board is configurable by Static,
BOOTP and DHCP methods.
2
Standard Network Variable Card OPTCI is used for
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet networks utilizing
2
achieved using a FTT-10 A Modbus protocol. It includes
Free Topology transceiver an RJ-45 pluggable connector. 2
via a single twisted transfer This interface provides a
cable. The communication selection of standard and 2
speed with LonWorks is custom register values to
78 kBits/s. communicate drive parameters. 2
The board supports 10 Mbps
CANopen (Slave) and 100 Mbps communication
Communications speeds. The IP address of the
2
The CANopen (Slave) board is configurable over
Network Card OPTC6 is used Ethernet using a supplied 2
for connecting the SVX Drive software tool.
to a host system. According 2
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus 2
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms, and
specific line delay of nominal
2
5 nS/m. 120 ohms line
termination resistors required 2
for installation.
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Control Panel Options

2
Factory Options
2 Factory Installed Field Installed
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 Description Option Code Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and consists of A KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status
and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel
programming and monitoring of all SVX parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the
2 input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX keypad. The — OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
2 footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
mounting hardware.
2 Keypad Blank—9000X Series select keypad for use with special and custom applications. — KEYPAD-BLANK
2 Miscellaneous Options
2 9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX. Features include: loading parameters that can be 9000XDRIVE
saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form,
2 and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8 m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction SVDRIVECABLE
2 with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
specialized applications to the drive.
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative See Page V6-T2-269
2 energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
2 50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
SPX Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque 2
that require dynamic braking. on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic 2
not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
resistor can carry 100% because the regenerated 2
current for 12 seconds out energy will be dissipated in
for additional dynamic braking of every 60 seconds, while the drive and motor losses.
resistor selections that are the 50% duty cycle resistor
2
supplied separately. A list of can carry 150% current for
common resistors are listed 30 seconds out of every 2
indoor assemblies, include a 2
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
2
2
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts
2
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts 2
080K = 80,000 Watts

20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
2
2
2
7.5 20.0 DBR-R020-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R020-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H 2
2
2
50 1.4 DBR-R3D1-W7500 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R2D1-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H 2
75 1.4 DBR-R2D6-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives


2 7.5 63.0 DBR-R100-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R063-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H


2 75 3.3 DBR-R009-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H
2 250 1.4 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H 1 —

300 1.4 DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —
2 350 1.4 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
400 0.9 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
2 500 0.9 DBR-R0D9-W080K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2 550 0.9 DBR-R001-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
2
2
10 30.0 DBR-R063-W1600 12W x 13D x 5H DBR-R063-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H 2
2
2
100 7.0 DBR-R013-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R8D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 2
2
250 2.5 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H DBR-R003-W140K
1
30W x 18D x 72H
2
300 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H —
400 1.7 DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 — 2
450 1.7 DBR-R1D8-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
500 1.7 DBR-R002-W080K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 — 2
Note
1 Consult factory. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Control/Communication Options
2
Available Control/Communications Options
2 Option Description Option Type
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SPX with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from door- Control
2 mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and
4–20 mA signal.
2 K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO Control
mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation
2 can be configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
KB 115 V Control Transformer, 550 VA—Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115 V for customer use. Control
2 L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light
has occurred.
2 P2 Disconnect Switch—Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding drives. Allows a convenient Input
means of disconnecting the SPX from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.
2
2 SPX Freestanding Options
480 V and 690 V Control Options, 200–550 hp 1

2 Catalog Number
Description Suffix
2 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
2 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm) K4

KB
115 volt control transformer 550 VA
2
2 480 V and 690 V Light Options, 200–550 hp 1
Catalog Number
2 Description Suffix
Power on/fault pilot lights L1
2
2 Input Options, 200–550 hp 1
Catalog Number
2 Description Suffix
Disconnect switch P2 2
2 Notes
1 Consult factory for adder information.
2 2 Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
Replacement Parts
2
FR4 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01086 PP01086 —
2
Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 —
Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 —
2
2
Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01060 PP01060 — 2
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00079 FR00079 — 2
2
FR5 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01088 PP01088 — 2
Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 —
Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 —
2
2
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00081 FR00081 — 2
2
FR6 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 — 2
Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2
Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR00060 FR00060 FR00060
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00082 FR00082 FR00082 2
Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR06011 FR06011 FR06011
2
FR7 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 PP01049 2
Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2
Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01063 PP01063 PP01063 2
Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR07071 FR07071 FR07071
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR07072 FR07072 FR07072 2
Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR07011 FR07011 FR07011
Notes
2
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts. 2

SPX Drives
FR8 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 CP01180 CP01180 CP01180
2 Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000

2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2
2 Main AC fan Fan AC 1 PP01123 PP01123 PP01123
Fan fuse 2 PP20202 PP20202 PP20202
2 Starting cap 1 S00734 S00734 S00734
Fan driver board AC 1 VB00599 VB00799 VB00799
2 Isolation transformer (fan) 1 S0000113 S0000113 S0000113
2 Main DC fan 2 DC fan 1 PP00071 PP00071 PP00071

2 Other Front cover, N12 1 1 FR08079 FR08079 FR08079
Conduit plate, N12 1 FR08082 FR08082 FR08082
2 Front cover, N1 1 FR08106 FR08106 FR08106
2 FR9 Spare Parts

2 Category Description Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Control fan 50 mm fan 1 PP09041 PP09041 PP09041
2 80 mm fan 1 PP01068 PP01068 PP01068
2 Control module 1 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000

2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2
Converter Power module 2 1 FR09-0261-2-ANV FR09-0261-4-ANV FR09-0125-5-ANV
2 1 FR09-0300-2-ANV FR09-0300-4-ANV FR09-0144-5-ANV
1 — — FR09-0170-5-ANV
2 Driver board 1 S00583 S00583 S00583
2 6 — VB00536 VB00542
2 6 — — VB00543
DC section Balancing resistor 3 PP00052 PP00052 PP00052
2 Bus capacitor 8 S00335 S00335 PP01041
DC busbars DC– 1 FR09043 FR09043 FR09043
2 DC busbars DC+ 1 FR09044 FR09044 FR09044
DC busbars connection 1 FR09045 FR09045 FR09045
2 DC busbars +/– insulator 1 FR09046 FR09046 FR09046
DC busbars –/con insulator 1 FR09047 FR09047 FR09047
2 Inverter Rectifier module 1 FR09826 FR09822 FR09823
2 Diode 3 CP01268 CP01268 CP01268

Rectifier board 1 — VB00459 VB00460
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 1 PP00072 PP00072 PP00072
2 DC power supply 1 S01017 S01017 S01017
Other Front cover power 1 FR09012 FR09012 FR09012
2 Front cover connection 1 FR09013 FR09013 FR09013
Front power conduit 1 FR09014 FR09014 FR09014
2
Notes
2 1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2

SPX Drives
2.10
FR10 Spare Parts
2
2
ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457 2
Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 2
2
2
Converter Power module 1 — FR10-0385-4-ANV FR10-0261-5-ANV
2
1 — FR10-0460-4-ANV FR10-0325-5-ANV
1 — FR10-0520-4-ANV FR10-0385-5-ANV 2
1 — — FR10-0416-5-ANV
Driver board 1 — S00450 S00450 2
2
6 — VB00498 VB00511
2
6 — VB00537 VB00545
Covers Top cover 1 — FR10340 FR10340 2
2
Inverter Rectifier module 1 — FR10823 FR10823 2
Charging resistor 1 — PP00066 PP00066
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177 2
2
2
Notes 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
FR11 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457

2 Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2 Converter Power module 2 1 — FR11-0590-4-ANV FR11-0460-5-ANV

1 — FR11-0650-4-ANV FR11-0502-5-ANV
2 1 — FR11-0730-4-ANV FR11-0590-5-ANV
2 9 — VB00514 VB00546
2 9 — VB00538 VB00547
Inverter Rectifier module 1 — FR10823 FR10823
2 Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177

2
Notes

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
FR12 Spare Parts
2
2
ASIC board 2 — S00457 S00457 2
Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593
Control fan ASIC fan 2 — PP01096 PP01096 2
Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2
Converter Power module 2 1 — FR12-0820-4-ANV FR12-0650-5-ANV
1 — FR12-0920-4-ANV FR12-0750-5-ANV 2
1 — FR12-1030-4-ANV FR12-0820-5-ANV
Driver board 2 — S00450 S00450 2
Shunt board 12 — VB00498 VB00511
2
2
Inverter Rectifier module 2 — FR10823 FR10823
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 4 — PP00072 PP00072 2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
FR13 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Control ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457
2 ASIC assembly 1 — 60S01030 60S01030

2 Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2 Converter Power module 2 3 — FI13-1150-4-ANV FR13-1030-5-ANV

3 — FI13-1300-4-ANV FR13-1180-5-ANV
2 3 — FI13-1450-4-ANV FR13-920-5-ANV
2 18 — VB00514 VB00517
2 18 — VB00541 VB00547
Covers Top cover 3 — FI10001 FI10001
2 Side cover 3 — FI10003 FI10003
DC section Balancing resistor 6 — PP13034 PP13034
2 Inverter Rectifier module 2 — FR10823 FR10823
2 Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177

2 Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 DC power supply 4 — S01017 S01017
2 Notes
2 2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
FR14 Spare Parts
2
Control ASIC board 2 — S00457 S00457
2
Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593 2
ASIC assembly 2 — 60S01030 60S01030
Star coupler kit 1 — FR10860 FR10860 2
Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2
Converter Power module 2 1 — FR14-1770-4-ANV FR14-1500-5-ANV 2
1 — FR14-2150-4-ANV FR14-1900-5-ANV
1 — FR14-2700-4-ANV FR14-2250-5-ANV 2
2
2
36 — — VB00517
Covers Top cover 6 — FI10001 FI10001 2
Side cover 6 — FI10003 FI10003
2
Inverter Rectifier module 2 — FR10823 FR10823 2
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
SPX Drives
Input Ratings Control Connections
2
Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick control)
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
2 Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
2 High withstand rating 100 kAIC
Output Ratings
2 Output voltage 0 to Vin
Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
2 Continuous output current IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below
resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
2 Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min. Relay outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Protections
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
2 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds
Efficiency >96%
Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
Control method Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: sensorless vector control
frequency converter is protected
2 Closed loop: frequency control
Closed loop: vector control Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing
2 Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9 Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Frame 4–6 1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz Overtemperature protection Yes
2 Frame 7–12 1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz Motor overload protection Yes
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz Motor stall protection Yes
2 Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec.
High Performance Features
Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec.
2 Speed error <0.01%, depending on the encoder
Encoder support Incremental or absolute
2 Ambient Conditions
Encoder voltages 5 V (RS-422), 15 V or 24 V, depending on the option card
Ambient operating 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) IH (FR4–FR9)
Torque control Full torque control at all speeds, including zero
2 temperature 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (FR10 and up)
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (all frames) Torque accuracy <2%; <5% down to zero speed
2 Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C) Starting torque >200%, depending on motor and drive sizing
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, Master/slave configurations Full capability
2 no dripping water
System analysis Integrated data logger
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 PC communication Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); Inter-drive communication High-speed bus (12 Mbits/s)
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m); High-speed applications Up to 7200 Hz (special software required)
2 max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude
2 1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2 Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2 Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
Dimensions
2
9000X Drives 2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
W1
D1 W2 R2 2
R1
2
EATON
2
2
2
H1
H3
H2 2
2
2
2
R2
2
2
2
Knockouts 2
2
D3
D2
2
2
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.) 2
FR4
2
230 V 3/4–3 12.9 12.3 11.5 7.5 3.0 5.0 5.04 3.9 0.5 0.3 11.0 (5) 3 at 10.1 (28)
(327) (313) (292) (190) (77) (126) (128) (100) (13) (7)
480 V 1–5 2
FR5
230 V 5–7-1/2 16.5 16.0 15.3 8.4 3.9 5.8 5.7 3.9 0.5 0.3 17.9 (8) 2 at 1.5 (37) 2
(419) (406) (389) (214) (100) (148) (144) (100) (13) (7) 1 at 10.1 (28)
480 V 7-1/2–15
FR6
2
230 V 10–15 22.0
(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.7
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6
(15.5)
0.4
(9)
40.8 (19) 3 at 1.5 (37)
2
480 V 20–30
575 V 2–25 2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
2
2 W2
2 Dia. A
2 H2
H1
2 W1
2
2
H4
2
D1
2 H5
2 D2
2
2 H3
H7 Dia. B
2
2
Flange Opening
2 W5 FR4 to FR6 W4 W3
2
2 H8 H6 H9
2 FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A
2 FR4
2 5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)
FR5
2 5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7)
FR6
2 7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7)
2 Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B
2
FR4
2 4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR5
2 5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR6
2 7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)

SPX Drives
2.10
2
H1 2
H2
2
2
W2 W1
2
2
2
R2 R1 R2
2
2
2
Knockouts
H3
2
D2 2
2
D1
2
D3
2
2
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.)
2
230 V 20–30 24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)
2
480 V 40–60
575 V 30–40 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
2 H1
H2
2
2
2
2 W1 W2
2
2
2
2 R2
R1
2 H3
2
2
2
2
D1
2
2
2
2
Weight
2 Voltage hp (IH) D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
230 V 40–60 13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)
2 480 V 75–125
2 575 V 50–75
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
H6 H4 H4 H5 Dia. A 2
2
2
W4 W2 2
2
2
H2 2
H1
W3
H7 W1 2
2
2
D1
2
D2
2
2
H3
2
H12 H9 H9 H10 H11
2
2
Flange Opening W7
W5 W6 FR7/FR8 2
Dia. B
2
H13 H8 2
W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A 2
FR7
9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 25.6 (652) 24.9 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6) 2
FR8
11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)
2
Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8
2
W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B 2
FR7
9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6) 2
FR8
11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
2 H6 H4 H3 W4
2
2
B- B+ /R+ R-
2 W5
W3 W2 W1
2 W5
PE
2
2 H2 H5 D3
H1
2
Dia.
2
2
2 D1 D2
2
2 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 1 D1 D2 D3 Dia. Lbs (kg)
2 230 V 75–100 18.9 15.7 0.4 2.1 45.3 44.1 0.6 7.4 14.2 13.4 11.2 0.8 321.9 (146)
(480) (400) (9) (54) (1150) (1120) (16) (188) (361.5) (340) (285) (21)
480 V 150–200
2 575 V 100–175
2 Note
1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
H7 2
2
W5
2
W1
2
2
2
2
Dia.
2
2
D1 2
D2
2
D3
2
H4 H2 H4
2
2
H5 H3 H3 H3 H5
2
2
W4
Flange Opening
2
W3 W2
FR9
2
W4
2
2
H6 H1
.20 (5) 2
Dia.
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia. 2
20.9 (530) 20.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (200) 0.2 (5.5) 51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 (2) 24.9 (362) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (21)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
2 W7 W5
W6 W6
2 W4 W4
2
Dia. 3
2 Dia. 1 Dia. 2
D3 D2 D6 D7
2
D5
2 D4
2 W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
2
W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 H1
H2
2
2
Operator
2 (Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2 H3
2
2
2 hp Weight
Volts (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
2 480 V 250–350 23.43 2.46 4.53 0.79 5.95 2.95 30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 17.44 19.02 0.47 11.22 17.60 20.08 0.83 1.89 0.43 875 (389)
(595) (62.5) (115) (20) (151) (75) (79) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (443) (483) (12) (285) (447) (510) (21) (48) (11)
690 V 200–300
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
FR10 Open Chassis 1
H3
2
H5 H4
2
W3
2
2
W2 W5 W1 2
2
2
2
W4
H7
H2
H6
2
H1
2
2
2
2
2
D1
D2
D3 D4 2
2
2
Weight 2
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Lbs (kg)
480 V 250–350 19.7 16.7 1.2 2.6 12.8 45.9 44.1 34.6 33.5 0.7 24.7 10.8 19.9 17.9 16.7 16.6 518 2
(500) (425) (30) (67) (325) (1165) (1121) (879) (850) (17) (627) (275) (506) (455) (423) (421) (235)
575 V 200–300
Note
2
1 SPXX FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
2 W5 W8
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
2 W4
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
2 D3 D5
D2
2 D4
2 W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
2 W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 H1
H2
2
2
Operator
2 (Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2 H3
2
2
hp Weight
2 Voltage (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
480 V 400–550 31.26 2.40 6.50 0.79 3.43 2.95 2.52 1.18 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 11.22 19.09 0.47 17.60 0.83 1.89 0.35 x 0.43 526
2 690 V 400–500
(794) (61) (165) (20) (87) (75) (64) (30) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (285) (485) (12) (447) (21) (48) (9 x 11) (239)
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
FR11 Open Chassis
H2 2
W3 W3 2
2
W2 W2
2
2
W2 W2
2
2
Shown without
terminal cover
2
2
H1 2
2
2
2
W1 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
D2 D1
2
2
2
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs (kg) 2
480 V 400–550 27.9 (709) 8.6 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)
575 V 400–500
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
2 W3
D6
2 Dia. 4
2 D8
2 D7
2
D6
D5
2 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2 H3 H1 H4
2
2
2 H2
Dia. 3
2 Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 D4
D4
H5
2
2
2 Dia. 3
2
D3
W5 W5 W5
2 Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
2 27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79 21.77 0.51 0.63 1.97 1.06 1.57 5.91 9.64 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 683 (310)
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20) (553) (13) (16) (50) (27) (40) (150) (244.8) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5)
2 Notes
9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2 FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
W3 Dia. 3 2
D9 2
D8
2
D7 2
D6 2
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2
H2
2
W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5 2
Dia. 2
2
2
Dia. 2 2
2
D3 W5 W5
Weight
2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
18.74 5.91 17.52 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.51 0.37 295 (134)
2
(476) (150) (445) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (13) (9.5)
2
Number of Input Units 2
480 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
690 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
2
SPX800 A0-4 A2N1 800 2 SPX800 A0-5 A2N1 800 2 2
SPX900 A0-5 A2N1 900 2
SPXH10 A0-5 A2N1 1000 2 2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V
2 W3 Dia. 4
2 D9
2 D8
2 D7
2 D6
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
2 H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2 H2
2 Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5
Dia. 3
2
2
2
2
D3 W5 W5 W5
2 Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
2 27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 443 (201)
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5)
2
2 Number of Input Units
480 V Input
2 Catalog Number hp Modules
SPX900 A0-4 A2N1 900 3
2 SPXH10 A0-4 A2N1 1000 3
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.10
2
AC Choke Dimensions
2
Choke Types
Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 2
Voltage Range 380–500 V Voltage Range 525–690 V
SPX 250 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 200 5 FR10 CHK0261
2
SPX 300 4 CHK0520 SPX 250 5 CHK0400
2
SPX 350 4 CHK0520 SPX 300 5 CHK0400
SPX 400 4 FR11 2 x CHK0400 SPX 400 5 FR11 CHK0520 2
SPX 500 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 450 5 CHK0520
SPX 550 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 500 5 2 x CHK0400 2
SPX 650 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 600 5 2 x CHK0400
2
SPX 700 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 700 5 2 x CHK0400
2
SPX 900 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX 900 5 2 x CHK0400 2
SPX H12 4 FR14 4 x CHK0520 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400 2
2
CHK0520 2
2
2
2
6.50
(165)
6.50
(165) .24
2
(6)
2
8.03 (204)
1.69
(43)
19.57 2
(497)
2
1 1 1
2
.79 17.57
2
(20) 15.71 (446)
3.03
1.58
(40)
(399) 2
(77) 3 3 3
.83 2
(21) .79
(20)
2 2 2 2
5.70 7.88
(145) (200) 2
9.61 (244) .55 (14)
2
Note
1 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives. 2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
CHK0400
2
2
2 .24
(6)
2
4.72 4.72
2 (120) (120)
2 9.37 (238)
1.54
13.79 (350)
2 (39)
2 1 1 1
2
.59
16.58
2 13.94
(15) 15.08 (421)
(383)
2.64 (354) 1.18
(30)
2 (67)
3 3 3
.75
2 (19)
.59
(15) 2 2 2
2 5.51 5.90
(140) (150)
2 10.30 (262) 10.83 (275)
2
CHK0261
2
2
2 .24
(6)
2
4.72 4.72
(120) (120)
2 13.79 (350)
2 8.11 (206)
1.54
(39)
2
2 1 1 1
.59
2 (15)
14.06
.87 1.18 12.56
(30) 11.30 (319) (357)
2 (22)
3 3 3
(287)
2 .59
(15) 2 2 2
2 .39
4.25
(108) .75 (19)
5.90
(150)
(10) Min.
9.06 (230) 10.83 (275)
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Clean Power Drives Contents
Description Page
2
Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298 2
EGF Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-305 2
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-325
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-351 2
CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-355
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Clean Power Drives Overview

2
What Are Harmonics? What Causes Harmonics? Why Be Concerned
2 Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz,
Harmonics are the result of About Harmonics?
nonlinear loads that convert 1. Installation and utility
which is close to what is supplied by the power company.
2 AC line voltage to DC.
Examples of equipment that
costs increase.
Perfect Wave Harmonics cause
are non-linear loads are listed damage to transformers
2 Volts below: and lower efficiencies
(v)
● AC variable frequency due to the voltage drop.
2 f(x) = sin(x)
drives These losses can
● DC drives become significant (from
2 ● Fluorescence lighting,
16.6–21.6%) which can
have a dramatic effect on
computers, UPS systems
2 Time
(t) ● Industrial washing
the HVAC systems that
are controlling the
machines, punch presses, temperatures of the
2 welders, etc. building where the
transformer and drive
2 How Can Harmonics Due to equipment reside.
VFDs Be Diminished?
2. Downtime and loss of
2 Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency— By applying drives from the
productivity. Telephones
300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light). Eaton Clean Power drives
family: EGF and CFX passive and data transmissions
2 Second Wave filtered drives, HCX 12-pulse links may not be
drives, EGP and CPX 18-pulse guaranteed to work on
2 Volts
(v) drives, and RGX regenerative the same power grids
f(x) = sin(5x) drives. polluted with harmonics.
2 5
3. Downtime and
What Are Linear Loads? nuisance trips of drives
2 Linear loads are primarily and other equipment.
devices that run across the Emergency generators
2 Time
line and do not add
harmonics. Motors are prime
have up to three times
(t) the impedance that is
examples. The downside to found in a conventional
2 having large motor linear utility source. Thus the
loads is that they draw more harmonic voltage can be
2 energy than a VFD, because up to three times as
of their inability to control large, causing risk of
2 Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in
fifth harmonics.
motor speed. In most operation problems.
applications there is a turn
down valve used with the 4. Larger motors must be
2 Resulting Supply
motor which will reduce the used. Motors running
Volts flow of the material, without across the line that are
2 (v) significantly reducing the load connected on polluted
to the motor. While this power distribution grids
2 f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x)
provides some measure of can overheat or operate
5 speed control, it is extremely at lower efficiency due to
harmonics.
2 inefficient.
5. Higher installation
2 Time
costs. Transformers and
(t)
power equipment must
2 be oversized to
accommodate the loss of
efficiencies. This is due
2 to the harmonic currents
circulating through the
2 distribution without
performing useful work.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-2014
Variable Output Voltage and Frequency? Harmonic Distortion Limits 2
The IEEE 519-2014 users that are implementing
The six-pulse VFD: The
majority of all conventional
The six-pulse VFD drive
creates harmonic current Specification is a standard medium and low voltage 2
drives that are built consist of distortion. The harmonic that provides guidelines for equipment.
a six-pulse configuration. The current that is created is commercial and industrial 2
figure below represents a six- energy that can not be used
diode rectifier design that by customers and causes 2
converts three-phase utility external heat and losses to all Current Distortion Limits for Systems Rated
power to DC. The inverter components including other 120 V through 69 kV 2
section uses IGBTs to convert drives that are on the same Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in percent of I L
DC power to a simulated AC power distribution. The figure
sine wave that can vary in is a 100 hp drive with 45 A of
Individual Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) 12 2
frequency from 0–400 Hz. damaging harmonic current. I sc/I L 3 ≤ h < 11 11 ≤ h < 17 17 ≤ h < 23 23 ≤ h < 35 35 ≤ h ≤ 50 TDD
<20 3 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0 2
20 <50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0
100 hp Six-Diode Rectifier Design
50 <100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0
2
Current
Amps 100 <1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0 2
1000 >1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0
Notes
2
1 Even harmonics are limited to 25% of the odd harmonic limits shown in table above.
500
2 Current distortions that result in a DC offset, e.g., half-wave converters, are not allowed. 2
3 All power generation equipment is limited to these values of current distortion, regardless
0
of actual I sc /I L .
where
2
I sc = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.
–500
I L = maximum demand load current (fundamental frequency component) 2
at the PCC under normal load operating conditions.
2
–1000
0.100 0.10625 0.1125
Time in Seconds
0.11875 0.125 2
2
100 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
Current
2
Amps
1000 2
2
500
2
0
2
–500 2
–1000 2
0.100 0.10625 0.1125 0.11875 0.125
Time in Seconds 2
Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
2
Six-Pulse Circuit
2
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77% 2
I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%
I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86% 2
Power = 100 hp
Harmonic current = 45 amps
2
2

Clean Power Drives
One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis

2
2
____Volts ____Volts ____Volts ____Volts Source A
2 PCC
Utility Side
2 AC
Motor
AC
Motor
2
2
2 Utility Side
Transformer
Customer
Transformer
____Volts ____Volts
2 ____kVA ____kVA
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
____Isc ____Isc
2 ____Impedance ____Impedance
2
Customer AC AC
2 Generator Motor Motor
____Volts Generator
Set
2 ____kVA
____Isc
____Impedance
2 Total Linear Motor Loads ____AMPS
Source B Total Non-Linear Drive Loads ____AMPS
2
The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system
2 characteristics. The one line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.
2 Terms Harmonic Reduction Line Reactor

● PCC (Point of Common Methods to Meet IEEE 519
2 Coupling) is defined as the
electrical connecting point 1. Line Reactor
between the utility and A line reactor is a three-phase AFD Motor
2 multiple customers per the series inductance on the line
specifications in IEEE 519 side of an AFD. If a line
2 ● POA (Point of Analysis) reactor is applied on all
is defined as where the AFDs, it is possible to meet
2 harmonic calculations IEEE guidelines where Advantages Disadvantages
are taken 10–25% of system loads ● Low cost ● May not reduce harmonic
2 are AFDs, depending on the ● Can provide moderate levels to below IEEE 519-
An oscilloscope can make stiffness of the line and the 2014 guidelines
reduction in voltage and
all measurements at the value of line reactance. Line current harmonics Voltage drop due to IR loss
2 PCC or POA to do an on-site reactors are available in ● Available in various values
●
harmonic evaluation. various values of percent of percent impedance

2 impedance, most typically ● Provides increased input
1–1.5%, 3% and 5%.
protection for AFD and its
2 Note: The SVX/SPX drives come semiconductors from line
standard with a nominal 3% input transients
2 impedance.
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2. Passive Filters
Tuned harmonic filters a specific range of 2
involve the series connection frequencies. This path
of an inductor with the shunt presents an alternative to the 2
connection of an inductor and flow of harmonic currents
capacitor to form a low back into the utility source. 2
impedance path to ground for
2
Enclosed Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
Tuned
Harmonic
Capacitor 2
6-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
Shunt
Fusing
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section 2
Tuned
(+) DC 2
Shunt
Reactor
2
1
L1A 2
L2A AC
2 Motor
3
L3A 2
AC Input
Reactor 2
2
(–) DC
Three-Phase
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
2
Input Bus
Capacitors 2
100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter 100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
Current
Amps
Passive Filter
2
Current harmonics
200
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 0.50% 2
I5 = 3.76% I13 = 1.1% I23 = 0.55%
100 I7 = 1.65% I17 = 0.80% I25 = 0.80% 2
Power = 100 hp
0 Hc = 8.6 Amps
2
Advantages Disadvantages 2
–100 ● Low cost for smaller ● Capacitors age over time,
horsepower applications unlike magnetics 2
● More effective harmonic ● Not as effective as
–200
Time attenuation than 12-pulse 18-pulse drives 2
drives ● Challenging to retrofit with
● Provides increased input bypass applications 2
protection for AFD from
line transients 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
3. 12-Pulse Converters
2 A 12-pulse converter the second a delta/delta six-pulse converter). This
incorporates two separate design (which does not phase permits a facility to use a
2 AFD input semiconductor shift). The 12-pulse larger percentage of AFD
bridges, which are fed from arrangement allows the loads under IEEE 519-2014
2 30º phase shifted power harmonics from the first guidelines than allowable
sources with identical converter to cancel the using line reactors or DC
impedance. The sources may harmonics of the second. Up chokes. A harmonic analysis
2 be two isolation to approximately 85% is required to guarantee
transformers, where one is a reduction of harmonic current compliance with guidelines.
2 delta/wye design (which and voltage distortion may be
provides the phase shift) and achieved (over standard
2
2 Basic 12-Pulse Rectifier with “Phase Shifting” Transformer
12-Pulse 12-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
2 Phase-Shifting Bridge Rectifier
Transformer Converter Section
2 (+) DC
L1A
2 L2A
L3A
2 AC
Motor
2 L1B
L2B
L3B
2
(-) DC
2 12-Pulse Diode Dynamic Braking Output Transistors
Bridge Rectifier Transistor IGBT Section
2 Converter Section Bus
Capacitors
2
100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier 100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier
2 12-Pulse Circuit
Current
2 Amps
200
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%
2 I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%
100 I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%
2 Power = 100 hp
2 0 Hc = 20 Amps
Advantages Disadvantages
2 –100 ● Reasonable cost, although ● Impedance matching of
significantly more than phase shifted sources is
2 –200 reactors or chokes critical to performance
Time ● Substantial reduction (up to ● Transformers often require
2 approx. 85%) in voltage separate mounting or
and current harmonics larger AFD enclosures
2 ● Provides increased input ● May not reduce
protection for AFD and its distribution harmonic levels
2 semiconductors from line to below IEEE 519-2014
transients guidelines
2 ● Cannot retrofit for most
AFDs
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
4. 18-Pulse Converters
When the total load is losses are negligible. Eaton’s total kVA rating of the The integrated 18-pulse drive, 2
comprised of non-linear load enclosed 18-pulse drive uses transformer magnetic system with near sine wave input
such as drives, and the ratio a phase-shifting auto- was only 48% that of the current and low harmonics 2
is lsc/IL, the greatest transformer with delta- motor load. A traditional will meet the requirements of
harmonic mitigation is connected winding that isolated transformer system, IEEE 519-2014 under all 2
required. Under these carries only the ampere-turns with multipulse windings, practical operating conditions.
conditions, the currents caused by the difference in would require the full kVA The comparisons with six-
drawn from the supply need load currents. This results in rating to be supported, which pulse passive filter and 12-
2
to be sinusoidal and “clean” nine separate phases. In this is more common in an MV pulse systems are shown on
such that system type of configuration, the step-down transformer. Pages V6-T2-299, V6-T2-301 2
interference and additional and below.
2
Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer
2
18-Pulse SCR Inverter Section
Bridge Rectifier Pre-charge
Converter Section Circuit 2
(+) DC
2
A 1
2
2
1 3
2
9
AC
2
1 8 3 4
2 N Motor
3 7 4
5
6 2
C
6 5
7
8 2
9
(–) DC
2
18-Pulse Diode Rectifiers Dynamic Braking Output Transistors
Phase-Shifting Transistor IGBT Section 2
3-Phase Auto-Transformer
AC Input Bus
Capacitors 2
100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers 2
18-Pulse Clean Power
Current Current harmonics 2
Amps
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%
200
I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01%
2
100
I7 = 0.03% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%
2
Power = 100 hp
Hc = 5.9 Amps 2
0
Advantages Disadvantages 2
● Effectively guarantees ● Not as cost effective as
–100
compliance with IEEE 519- some other methods at
2014 small (<50) horsepower
2
● Provides increased input
–200
Time protection for AFD and its 2
semiconductors from line
transients 2
● Up to 4 times the harmonic
reduction of 12-pulse 2
methods
● Smaller transformer than 2
isolation transformer used
in 12-pulse converter 2
● Minimizes ripple current in
capacitors, doubling
expected capacitor life
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives Contents

2 Description Page
2 Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298
2 EGX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-305
2 Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-351
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-355
2 Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
EGF Enclosed Drives Contents
Description Page
2
EGF Enclosed Drives 2
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-326
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-306 2
Production Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-308
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-309 2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-310
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V6-T2-311
2
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-313
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-314
2
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-325 2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-355 2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379
2
EGF Enclosed Drives 2
Eaton’s Enclosed EGF Drives ● Tuned passive filter Communication Options ● UL 508C
combine harmonic distortion ● Delivers 5–8% THD ● PROFIBUS-DP 2
reduction and true power ● Generator compatible ● LonWorks
factor performance with the
latest in Eaton adjustable
● Uses the same DG1, SVX ● CANopen 2
frequency drive technology to or SPX drive that is stocked ● DeviceNet
deliver an industry-leading in the warehouse 2
solution. This pre-engineered ● Simple to retrofit Enclosure Ratings
passive filtered solution ● Provides a low-impedance ● NEMA Type 1 2
prevents transformer path to ground for the ● NEMA Type 12
overheating and overloading
of breakers and feeders,
harmonic frequencies ● NEMA Type 3R 2
● Meets IEEE 519-2014
which enables the application
of adjustable frequency
● Excellent cost for Mounting 2
performance ● Wall mount
drives on generators and
other high impedance power
● Small footprint, compact ● Floor mount: 12-inch legs 2
systems. enclosure design ● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
● Insensitive to voltage 2
imbalance Product Range
● Customizable cover control ● 480 V: 1–250 hp 2
options
● Padlockable disconnect 2
● The PowerXL DG1 comes
standard with the following
communication protocols:
2
EtherNet/IP
●
2
● Modbus/TCP
● Modbus RTU 2
● BACnet MS/TP
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2 EGF Enclosed—Base Catalog Number
2 EGF 3D5 1 D 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
2
2 EGF = Enclosed DG1 drives—passive filtered See Page V6-T2-307 for catalog
2
Enclosure Rating 2
2 Output Ampere Rating 1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
480 V
2 011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp 077 = 77 A, 60 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
• = Custom option
014 = 14 A, 10 hp 096 = 96 A, 75 hp
2 021 =
027 =
21 A, 15 hp
27 A, 20 hp
124 = 124 A, 100 hp
156 = 156 A, 125 hp
034 = 34 A, 25 hp 180 = 180 A, 150 hp
2 040 =
052 =
40 A, 30 hp
52 A, 40 hp
240 = 240 A, 200 hp
302 = 302 A, 250 hp
Braking/Application 1
A = No brake chopper, low overload
065 = 65 A, 50 hp
2 B = Brake chopper, low overload
C = No brake chopper, high overload
D = Brake chopper, high overload
2
Phasing and Voltage
2 4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V Output: Three-phase
2
Notes
2 1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page V6-T2-59 for selection.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
EGF Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2
EGF 3D5 1 D 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
See Page V6-T2-306 for base catalog
number selection.
2
Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1 2
0 = None
2
2 = Circuit breaker
0 = No option
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT 2
2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC)
4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
2
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input
E = Isolation fuses
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
• = Custom option 2 2
2
Bypass Options 3
0 = None
0 = No option 2
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
1 = Manual HOA bypass 3 = CANopen (slave)
2
4
=
=
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
4 = DeviceNet 2
7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
D = SmartWire-DT
2
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
L
P
=
=
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
2
• = Custom option 2 Enclosure Options
0 = None 2

A = Space heater
2
0 = None B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
A = Output contactor C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
2
B = 3% Output reactor
D = dV/dt filter
E = 3% Output Reactor/output contactor 2
G = dV/dt/output contactor Control Options 5 Light Options 5
0 = None 0 = None
2
1 = Speed pot 1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
2
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
2
D = HOA switch with speed pot
• = Custom option 2 2
Notes
2
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode. 2
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Production Selection
2
EGF Enclosed Drive 480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
7.5 11 2 EGF0114D1 EGF0114D2 EGF0114D3
2 10 14 2 EGF0144D1 EGF0144D2 EGF0144D3
15 21 2 EGF0214D1 EGF0214D2 EGF0214D3
2
20 27 3 EGF0274D1 EGF0274D2 EGF0274D3
2 25 34 3 EGF0344D1 EGF0344D2 EGF0344D3

30 40 3 EGF0404D1 EGF0404D2 EGF0404D3
2 40 52 4 EGF0524C1 EGF0524C2 EGF0524C3
50 65 4 EGF0654C1 EGF0654C2 EGF0654C3
2 60 77 4 EGF0774C1 EGF0774C2 EGF0774C3
2 75 96 5 EGF0964C1 EGF0964C2 EGF0964C3

100 124 5 EGF1244C1 EGF1244C2 EGF1244C3
2 125 156 5 EGF1564C1 EGF1564C2 EGF1564C3
150 2 180 6 EGF1804C1 2 EGF1804C2 2 EGF1804C3 2
2 200 2 240 6 EGF2404C1 2 EGF2404C2 2 EGF2404C3 2
2
EGF Enclosed Drive 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
7.5 11 1 EGF0114B1 EGF0114B2 EGF0114B3
2 10 14 2 EGF0144B1 EGF0144B2 EGF0144B3
2 15 21 2 EGF0214B1 EGF0214B2 EGF0214B3

20 27 2 EGF0274B1 EGF0274B2 EGF0274B3
2 25 34 3 EGF0344B1 EGF0344B2 EGF0344B3
30 40 3 EGF0404B1 EGF0404B2 EGF0404B3
2 40 52 3 EGF0524B1 EGF0524B2 EGF0524B3
50 65 4 EGF0654A1 EGF0654A2 EGF0654A3
2 60 77 4 EGF0774A1 EGF0774A2 EGF0774A3
2 75 96 4 EGF0964A1 EGF0964A2 EGF0964A3

100 124 5 EGF1244A1 EGF1244A2 EGF1244A3
2 125 156 5 EGF1564A1 EGF1564A2 EGF1564A3
150 180 5 EGF1804A1 EGF1804A2 EGF1804A3
2 200 2 240 6 EGF2404A1 2 EGF2404A2 2 EGF2404A3 2
2 2 2 EGF3024A3 2
2 250 302 6 EGF3024A1 EGF3024A2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosure Selection
2
EGF Enclosed Drives
2
Note: Filtered enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for passive filter, Note: Filtered bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
input fuses, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/ passive filter, input fuses, MCP, CPT, input contactor, output bypass 2
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks. contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay and
terminal blocks.
2
Filtered Enclosure X-Space Filtered Bypass Enclosure X-Space
Enclosure Size Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5 Enclosure Size Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5
2
AX — — — — — AX — — — — — 2
BX 0 0 — — — BX — — — — —
CX 3 3 2 2 — CX 2 1 0 — — 2
DX 14 14 13 13 10 DX 13 12 11 10 6
2
Filtered Power Options X-Space Filtered Bypass Power Options X-Space 2
Power Options Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5 Power Options Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame 5
3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6 RVSS Bypass 1 1 3 5 6 2
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6 3% Output reactor 2 2 2 3 4
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
2
2
2
Accessories
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits 2
selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize Description Catalog Number
the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
designed to accept a total of two additional option boards. 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T 2
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
2
standard board configuration including the following:
● Standard I/O:
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card DXG-EXT-THER1 2
● 8DI, 1DO
● 2AI, 2AO
2
● 2FC, 1FA relays
PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits 2
● Standard communications: Description Catalog Number
● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP PROFIBUS-DP communication card DXG-NET-PROFB
2
● RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP
CANopen communication card DXG-NET-CANOPEN
2
PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card DXG-NET-PROAD 2
SmartWire communication card and module DXG-NET-SWD 1
Note
2
1 Available January 2017.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Options
2
Input Power Options
2 against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2 faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF
2 Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option
2 3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current harmonics. It also
2 SPD Provides a UL 1449 surge protection device (SPD) rated for 40 kA/ph that is connected to the line side terminals.
2 the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.
2 Bypass Options
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow
2 Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2 Output Power Options

Option Description
2 Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic.
2 and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2 dV/dt Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. Recommended for motor cable lengths over 300 ft (10 m) and up to 1000 ft (304.8 m).
2
Control Options
2 Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal
2 potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to
2 Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2 Light Options
Option Description
2 Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light
2 Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that
2
Enclosure Options
2 Floor Stand 22 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Attribute Description Specification 2
Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V, 230 V, 480 V, 575 V, –15 to 10%
2
Connection to power Once per minute or less 2
2
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)
Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin 2
Output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.) 2
Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s) 2
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz 2
Speed control
2
Open-loop speed control 2
Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range: 2
FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz 2
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
2
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
2
575 V defaults:
2
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz 2
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
2
2
Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz 2
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper) 2
100% continuous maximum rating 2
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C
Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C 2
Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive 2
●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide]) 2
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
2
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system 2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 Ambient conditions,
continued
Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III
Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2
2 Enclosure class NEMA Type 1, 12, 3R
2 Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment

Standards Safety UL 508C, EN 61800-5-1
2 Approvals UL and cUL
Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes
2 Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V
2 575 V drives: 1100 V
2 Undervoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 211 V
480 V drives: 370 V
2 575 V drives: 550 V
2 Default: 15% motor FLA
Minimum: 0% motor FLA
2 Maximum: 30% motor FLA
Input phase supervision Yes
2
Motor phase supervision Yes
2 Overcurrent protection Yes
Unit overtemperature protection Yes
2
2 Motor stall protection Yes
2 DC bus overvoltage control Yes
2 Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
reference voltages
2 Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
2 480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
2 Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)
Efficiency Drive efficiency ratings 1 480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
2 480 V: FR2 = 97.9%
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
2 480 V: FR4 = 98.0%
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
2 230 V: FR1 = 96.7%
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
2 230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
2
Note
2 1 Based on DG1 efficiency ratings in an enclosure with no options.
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Wiring Diagram
2
Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description 2
2
Res

3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground) 2
i
2
8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2 2
9 DIN7 Digital Input 7 Emergency Stop (TI–) Input forces VFD output to shut off
10 DIN8 Digital Input 8 Force Remote (TI+) Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
2
11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.) 2
2
18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input 2
21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable) 2
2
24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet) 2
2
29 R1CM Relay 1 Common 2
31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state 2
34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Dimensions
2 BX Box Type 1
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
2 Required
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
36.80
(934.7)
2 37.74
36.35 (958.6)
(923.3) 28.55
2 (725.1)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
19.30 (490.2) 1.76
17.01 (432.2)
2 (44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space 14.06
(357.1) 10.53
2 Required
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2 36.35
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
(1228.6) 40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required (2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
36.35
(267.5) 7.00
2
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0) 2
50.38
(1279.7)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
1.76 17.01 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
BX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
2
Required (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
36.80
(934.7)
Both Sides
2
37.74
36.35 28.55
(958.6) 2
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
1.76
17.01 (432.2)
2
19.30 (490.2)
(44.8)
20.92 (531.4) 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
14.06
(357.1)
Required 10.53
2 36.35
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
(923.3) (177.8)
2 3.00 (76.2)
48.37
2 (1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
1.76
2 20.92 (531.4)
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2 BX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands

2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required (2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
14.06
(357.1)
Required 10.53
2 Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
36.35
2 (923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2 5.00 (127.0)
58.37 58.87
2 (1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
1.76
2 20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
BX Box Type 3R
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
44.09
(1119.8) 2
42.69
(1084.3)
37.74 2
(958.6)
36.35
(923.3)
28.56
(725.3)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
3.51
19.30 (490.2) (89.1)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
20.88 (530.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Mounting 2
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required 14.06
Both Sides (357.1) 2
10.53
42.77
(1086.4)
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8) 2
56.10 3.00 (76.2) 2
55.66 36.35 (1424.9) 5.00 (127.0)
(1413.7) (923.3) 2
40.40 15.50 (393.7)
(1026.3) 2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
3.51
20.92 (531.4)
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
20.88 (530.4) 20.18 (512.5)
Mounting
2 17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
42.77
2 (1086.4)
14.06
(357.1)
2 36.35
10.53
55.10 (267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
2 (1429.9) (177.8)
65.66
3.00 (76.2)
2 (1667.7)
5.00 (127.0)
2 50.38
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2)
2
CX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2
48.80
(1239.5)
2 49.74
48.35 (1263.4)
35.85
2 (1228.1) (910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 1.74
2 30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81 2
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75 2
48.35
(1228.1) (196.9)
2
3.00 (76.2)
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0) 2
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
1.74
30.92 (785.4)
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
48.35 (376.2)
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2
(196.9)
57.68
(1465.0) 3.00
2
70.87
70.37 (76.2)
(1800.1)
(1787.4)
25.50
2
5.00
(647.7)
(127.0)
27.50 2
(698.5)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
CX Box Type 12
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2
48.80
2 (1239.5)
49.74
(1263.4)
2 48.35
35.85
(910.6)
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
2 29.30 (744.2)
(4 Places)
1.74
17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2 30.92 (785.4)

29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Mounting
Holes
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
14.81
2 48.35
(376.2)
11.28
(1228.1) (286.5) 7.75
2 (196.9)
2 60.37
(1533.4)
47.67 3.00 (76.2)
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
2 (1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81 2
(376.2)
48.35
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2
(1228.1)
(196.9)
2
70.37 3.00 (76.2)
(1787.4) 5.00 (127.0) 2
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
70.87
(1465.0)
(1800.1) 27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
1.74 17.76
2
30.92 (785.4)
(44.2) (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 3R 2
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
56.08
(1424.5) 2
54.77
(1391.2)
2
56.96
(1446.9) 2
48.35
(1228.1)
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes 2
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2) 2
30.92 (785.4)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
30.88 (784.4) Mounting
21.00 (533.3)
2 28.10 (713.7) Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2) 11.28
2 67.65 (286.5)
7.75
(1718.4)
(196.9)
2
66.60 3.00 (76.2)
(1691.7) 47.67
2 (1210.8) 68.09
5.00 (127.0)
25.50 (647.7)
(1729.6)
48.35
2 (1228.1)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
21.00 (533.3)
2 27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
2 76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
(1945.7) 7.75
2 78.09
(196.9)
48.35 (1983.6) 3.00 (76.2)

2 (1228.1)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
2 (1465.0) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76
(94.4) (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
DX Box Type 1
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
82.23
(2088.6)
22.56
(573.0) 6.13 2
(155.6)
82.85 2
(2104.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
2
22.12
(561.8) 2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
2
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 12
29.30 (744.2) 2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting 2
Holes
Required
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides 2
22.56
82.35 (573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
2
(2091.7)
82.85
(2104.4)
2
1.62 (41.1)
76.35 67.89
(1724.4)
8.38 (212.9) 2
(1939.3) 22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 1.55 22.48
2
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
DX Box Type 3R
2 30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
27.88 (708.2) Mounting
2 Holes
25.51 (647.8)
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 89.70
(2278.3)
22.81
2 (579.2) 6.31
82.84 (160.3)
2 (2104.1) 90.14
(2289.5)
67.89
2 76.35 (1724.4) 1.80 (45.7)
(1939.3)
8.56 (217.4)
2 22.30
(566.4)
2 29.06 (738.1)
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
2 (92.5) (571.1)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
CFX Enclosed Drives Contents
Description Page
2
CFX Enclosed Drives
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-326 2
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-327
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-329 2
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-332
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-333
2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-336
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-337 2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-355 2
2
CFX Enclosed Drives 2
The enclosed passive filtered The CFX passive filtered drive ● UL
drive also delivers True features include (at 480 V): ● cUL 2
Power Factor—in addition to ● 508C
reducing harmonic distortion,
● UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL
the enclosed passive filtered Type 3R and NEMA 1 with 2
drive prevents transformer gaskets and filters
overheating and overloading ● Input voltage: 480 V 2
of breakers and feeders, ● Complete range of control,
which enables the application network and power options 2
of adjustable frequency ● Horsepower range:
drives on generators and
other high impedance power
● 480 V, 7-1/2–400 hp IL 2
systems.
● Single enclosure for both
drive and filter reduces 2
field wiring and enables
convenient bypass 2
installation
● Packaged solution ensures 2
optimal coordination of
drive and filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Identification
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drive—UL Type 12, 40 hp
2
SVX Drive
2 Input Reactor
2
2
Optional Breaker
2 Disconnect (P1)
2
2 Shunt Fusing
2
Door Mounted
2 Keypad
Tuned Shunt
2 Reactor
2
2 Tuned Harmonic
Capacitor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
CFX Enclosed—Base Catalog Number 2
CFX F07 1 A 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
CFX = Enclosed CFX passive filtered drives See Page V6-T2-328 for catalog 2
2
Enclosure Rating 3
1 = NEMA Type 1 2
Output Horsepower Rating 2 = NEMA Type 12
007 = 7.5 hp
480 V
075 = 75 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
• = Custom option
010 = 10 hp 100 = 100 hp
015 = 15 hp 125 = 125 hp 2
020 = 20 hp 150 = 150 hp
025 =
030 =
25 hp
30 hp
200 = 200 hp
250 = 250 hp
Drive Type/Braking/Application 2 2
040 = 40 hp 300 = 300 hp A = Standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload
050 =
060 =
50 hp
60 hp
350 = 350 hp
400 = 400 hp
B = Standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
C = Standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
2
D = Standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
E = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/low overload
F = High-performance drive/brake chopper/low overload
2
Phasing and Voltage Rating 1
G = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/high overload
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V Output: Three-phase H = High-performance drive/brake chopper/high overload 2
Notes 2
1 Single-phase voltage refers to the supply voltage. Output voltage will be three-phase and equal to the magnitude of the input voltage.
2 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See SVX catalog section for selection.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2
CFX Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2 CFX F07 1 A 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
number selection.
Option Boards 2
2 0 = None
2 = Circuit breaker
0 = No option
6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
9 = 3 RO (NO)
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
2 Bypass Options 3 E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
0 = None • = Custom option 2
2 1 = Manual HOA bypass
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass 0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 J
L
=
=
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD 2 = LonWorks
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD 3 = CANopen (slave)
2 • = Custom option 2 4 = DeviceNet
6 = Modbus
2 7 = Modbus (D9 connector)
8 = Johnson Controls N2
Output Power Options 4 9 = Modbus TCP
2 0 = None A = BACnet
A = Output contactor B = EtherNet/IP
2 B
D
=
=
3% Output reactor
dV/dt filter
C = RS-232 with D9 connector
E = 3% Output Reactor/output contactor
2 G = dV/dt/output contactor
Enclosure Options
2 0 = None
Control Options 5 1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 0 = None
1 = Speed pot
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
2 3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
A = HOA switch
2 B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch Light Options 5
D = HOA switch with speed pot
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
2 Notes
2 2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
2 4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Product Selection
2
480 V Drives
2
CFX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
2
7.5 11 5 CFX0074D1 CFX0074D2 CFX0074D3
10 14 5 CFX0104D1 CFX0104D2 CFX0104D3 2
15 21 5 CFX0154D1 CFX0154D2 CFX0154D3
20 27 6 CFX0204D1 CFX0204D2 CFX0204D3 2
25 34 6 CFX0254D1 CFX0254D2 CFX0254D3
30 40 6 CFX0304D1 CFX0304D2 CFX0304D3
2
40 52 7 CFX0404C1 CFX0404C2 CFX0404C3 2
50 65 7 CFX0504C1 CFX0504C2 CFX0504C3
60 77 7 CFX0604C1 CFX0604C2 CFX0604C3 2
75 96 8 CFX0754C1 CFX0754C2 CFX0754C3
100 124 8 CFX1004C1 CFX1004C2 CFX1004C3
2
125 156 8 CFX1254C1 CFX1254C2 CFX1254C3
2
150 180 9 CFX1504C1 CFX1504C2 CFX1504C3
200 240 9 CFX2004C1 CFX2004C2 CFX2004C3 2
250 302 10 CFX2504G1 CFX2504G2 CFX2504G3
300 361 10 CFX3004G1 CFX3004G2 CFX3004G3 2
350 414 10 CFX3504G1 CFX3504G2 CFX3504G3
2
CFX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives 2
2
7.5 11 4 CFX0074B1 CFX0074B2 CFX0074B3
2
10 14 5 CFX0104B1 CFX0104B2 CFX0104B3
2
15 21 5 CFX0154B1 CFX0154B2 CFX0154B3
20 27 5 CFX0204B1 CFX0204B2 CFX0204B3 2
25 34 6 CFX0254B1 CFX0254B2 CFX0254B3
30 40 6 CFX0304B1 CFX0304B2 CFX0304B3 2
40 52 6 CFX0404B1 CFX0404B2 CFX0404B3
50 65 7 CFX0504A1 CFX0504A2 CFX0504A3
2
60 77 7 CFX0604A1 CFX0604A2 CFX0604A3 2
75 96 7 CFX0754A1 CFX0754A2 CFX0754A3
100 124 8 CFX1004A1 CFX1004A2 CFX1004A3 2
125 156 8 CFX1254A1 CFX1254A2 CFX1254A3
150 180 8 CFX1504A1 CFX1504A2 CFX1504A3 2
200 240 9 CFX2004A1 CFX2004A2 CFX2004A3
250 302 10 CFX2504E1 CFX2504E2 CFX2504E3
2
300 361 10 CFX3004E1 CFX3004E2 CFX3004E3 2
350 414 10 CFX3504E1 CFX3504E2 CFX3504E3
400 477 10 CFX4004E1 CFX4004E2 CFX4004E3 2
Note
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drive Option Board Kits

2 The enclosed passive filtered drive series can accommodate a wide selection of expander and
adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
2 designed to accept a total of five option boards.
2 The enclosed passive filtered drive series factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9
I/O board and an A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2 Option Board Kits
Option Boards
2 Field
Installed
Factory
Installed SVX Ready Programs
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
2 Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC
Standard I/O Cards
2 D E 2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,

2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
2 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — ■ —

2 Communication Cards 3
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
the SVX Drive as a slave the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
Network. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable
networks. It includes a 5.08
mm pluggable connector.
2
a 9-pin DSUB connector connector. Transfer method Data transfer is Master-Slave/
(female) and the baud rate is via CAN using a two-wire Token Passing (MS/TP) 2
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable a collection of 30 Binary 2
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Value Objects (BVOs) and
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication 35 Analog Value Objects 2
a parity of None, Odd or include 125 Kbaud, (AVOs) to communicate
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud. drive parameters. The card
supports 9.6, 19.2 and 38.4
2
PROFIBUS Network Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Kbaud communication
Communications Network Communications speeds and supports network 2
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1 to 127.
OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication 2
the SVX Drive as a slave between the SVX Drive EtherNet/IP Network
on a PROFIBUS-DP network. and a Johnson Controls Communications 2
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. The EtherNet/IP Network
by a 9-pin DSUB connector With this connection, the Card OPTCK is used for
(female). The baud rates drive can be controlled, connecting the SVX Drive
2
range from 9.6 Kbaud to monitored and programmed to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
12 Mbaud, and the addresses from the Metasys system. networks. It includes an 2
range from 1 to 127. The N2 fieldbus is available as RJ-45 pluggable connector.
a factory-installed option and The interface uses CIP 2
LonWorks Network as a field-installable kit. objects to communicate
Communications drive parameters (CIP is 2
The LonWorks Network Card Modbus/TCP Network “Common Industrial
OPTC4 is used for connecting Communications Protocol,” the same protocol
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks The Modbus/TCP Network used by DeviceNet). The
2
network. This interface uses Card OPTCI is used for board supports 10 Mbps and
Standard Network Variable connecting the SVX Drive 100 Mbps communication 2
Types (SNVT) as data types. to Ethernet networks using speeds. The IP address of
The channel connection is Modbus protocol. It includes the board is configurable 2
achieved using a FTT-10 A an RJ-45 pluggable by Static, BOOTP and
Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
connector. This interface
provides a selection of
DHCP methods. 2
cable. The communication standard and custom register
speed with LonWorks is values to communicate drive 2
78 kBits/s. parameters. The board
supports 10 Mbps and 2
CANopen (Slave) 100 Mbps communication
Communications speeds. The IP address of 2
The CANopen (Slave) the board is configurable over
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
2
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables 2
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal 2
impedance of 120 ohms,
and specific line delay of 2
nominal 5 as/m. 120 ohm
line termination resistors 2
required for installation.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosure Selection
2
CFX Drives
2 Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference.
2
Note: Filtered enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for passive filter, Note: Filtered bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
2 input fuses, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/ passive filter, input fuses, MCP, CPT, input contactor, output bypass
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks. contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay and
2 terminal blocks.
Filtered Enclosure X-Space Filtered Bypass Enclosure X-Space

2 Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
2 AX — — — — — AX — — — — —
BX 0 0 — — — BX — — — — —
2 CX 3 3 2 2 — CX 2 1 0 — —
DX 14 14 13 13 10 DX 13 12 11 10 6
2
2 Filtered Power Options X-Space Filtered Bypass Power Options X-Space
Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
2 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6 RVSS Bypass 1 1 3 5 6
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6 3% Output reactor 2 2 2 3 4
2 Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
2
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
2 Type 1 Filtered Type 1 Filtered
Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R
2 Frame 9 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F Frame 9 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F
Frame 10 Size 9 Size 9 — 1 Frame 10 Size 9 Size 9 — 1
2 Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Options
2
Input Power Options
against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults. 2
faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF 2
Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option 2
3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current harmonics. It also
2
SPD Provides a UL 1449 surge protection device (SPD) rated for 40 kA/ph that is connected to the line side terminals. 2
the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.
2
Bypass Options
2
Option Description
2
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow
2
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
Option Description
Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. 2
and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
Control Options
Option Description
2
Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal
2
potentiometer or a remote speed signal. 2
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to 2
Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. 2
Light Options 2
Option Description
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light 2
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that 2
2
Enclosure Options
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features

45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions
2 Output: AC volts maximum Input Voltage Base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard
2 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
2 Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard

Enclosure space heater Optional Remote keypad/display Standard
2 Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard

Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional
2 Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL, 508C Speed setting inputs
2 Protection Features Keypad Standard
2 Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard

AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA isolated Configurable
2 Phase rotation insensitive Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable
EMI filter Standard—FR6 thru FR9 1 3–15 psig Optional
2 Input phase loss protection Standard Analog outputs
Input overvoltage protection Standard Speed/frequency Standard
2 Line surge protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable
2 Output short-circuit protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable

Output ground fault protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
2 Output phase protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Overtemperature protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
2 DC overvoltage protection Standard Isolated signals Optional
Drive overload protection Standard Discrete outputs
2
Motor overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
2 Programmer software Optional Drive running Standard

Local/remote keypad Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
2 Keypad lockout Standard Optional parameters 14
Fault alarm output Standard Dry contacts 2 relays Form C
2 Built-in diagnostics Standard Open collector outputs 1
2 Surge protective device Optional Additional discrete outputs Optional

Communications
2 RS-232 Standard
RS-422/485 Optional
2 DeviceNet™ Optional
Modbus RTU Optional
2 CANopen (slave) Optional
2 PROFIBUS-DP Optional
Lonworks® Optional
2 Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional
EtherNet/IP/Modbus TCP Optional
2 BACnet Optional
2 Note
1 The EMI filter is optional in FR10.
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives, continued Standard I/O Specifications
2
Performance Features Six–digital input programmable 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
2
Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input configurable w/ Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Volts/hertz control Standard
jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 kohms
2
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac or 30 Vdc 2 Amp resistive
IR and slip compensation Standard
Electronic reversing Standard
One–digital output programmable Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA 2
One–analog output programmable 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
Dynamic braking Optional
DC braking Standard
configurable w/jumper 2
PID setpoint controller Programmable 2
Critical speed lockout Standard I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Current (torque) limit Standard Description Specification 2
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard Analog voltage, input 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kilohms
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
2
Jog at preset speed Standard Digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kilohms
2
Thread/preset speeds 7
Automatic restart Selectable Reference voltage 10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA 2
Coasting motor start Standard Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kilohms, resolution
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard
10 bit, accuracy <±2% 2
Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kohm, resolution
Elapsed time meter Optional 10 bit, accuracy <±2%
Standard Conditions for Application and Service
2
Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Maximum operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 °C Relay output max. switching load 3 A/24 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 250 Vac 2 2
Storage temperature –40 to 60 °C Relay output max. continuous load 2 A rms
Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms 2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to
3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
Notes
1 Units FR10 rated 40 °C.
2
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) 2 For applications above 3 A consult instruction manual.
Line voltage variation +10/–15%

2
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz
2
Efficiency >96%
Power factor (displacement) 0.99 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Wiring Diagram
2
Control Input/Output
2
Basic Application Default I/O Configuration
2 Reference potentiometer
1–10 kohms
Terminal Signal Description
OPTA9
2 1 +10 Vref Reference output Voltage for potentiometer, etc.
2 AI1+ Analog input, voltage range 0–10 Vdc Voltage input frequency reference
2
3 AI1– I/O Ground Ground for reference and controls
Remote reference
2 0(4)–20 mA
4 AI2+ Analog input, current range 0–20 mA Current input frequency reference
5 AI2–
2 6 +24 V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, etc. max 0.1 A
2 7 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed = start forward
2 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse
2 10 DIN3 External fault input (programmable) Contact open = no fault

Contact closed = fault
11 CMA Common for DIN 1–DIN 3 Connect to GND or +24 V
2
12 +24 V Control voltage output Voltage for switches (see terminal 6)
2 13 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

14 DIN4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency Ref.
2 15 DIN5 Multi-step speed select 2 Open Open Ref.Vin
Closed Open Multi-step ref.1
2 Open Closed Multi-step ref.2
Closed Closed RefMax
2 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open = no action

Contact closed = fault reset
17 CMB Common for DIN4–DIN6 Connect to GND or +24 V
2
18 AO1+ Output frequency Programmable
mA Analog output Range 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms
2 READY 19 AO1–
20 DO1 Digital output Programmable
2 READY Open collector, I <50 mA, V <48 Vdc
OPTA2
2 21 RO1 Relay output 1
RUN
RUN 22 RO1
2
23 RO1
2 24 RO2 Relay output 2

FAULT
25 RO2
2 26 RO2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Dimensions
BX Box Type 1 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum 2
Free Air Space
Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
36.80
(934.7)
37.74 2
36.35 (958.6)
(923.3) 28.55
(725.1) 2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
19.30 (490.2) 1.76
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
(44.8) 2
2
19.30 (490.2) 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space 14.06
(357.1) 10.53
Required
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
2
(177.8)
36.35 2
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
2
(1228.6) 40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
2 36.35
(267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2 (1279.7)
15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
BX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
2 Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required (2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
2 36.80
(934.7)
Both Sides
37.74
2 36.35 28.55
(958.6)
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
2 1.76
17.01 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2)
(44.8)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting 2
Holes
Required
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
14.06 2
(357.1)
Required 10.53
36.35
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00 2
(923.3) (177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2
48.37 48.87
(1228.6) (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0) 2
40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
1.76
20.92 (531.4)
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
19.30 (490.2) 2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
2
Required (2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
14.06
(357.1)
2
Required 10.53
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00 2
(177.8)
36.35
(923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0) 2
58.37 58.87
(1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
1.76
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
BX Box Type 3R
2 20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
44.09
2 (1119.8)
42.69
2 (1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35
2 (923.3)
28.56
(725.3)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
3.51
2 19.30 (490.2) (89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.06
Air Space (357.1)
2 Required
Both Sides
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
36.35
2 (923.3) (177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37 48.87
5.00 (127.0)
(1228.6) (1241.3)
40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
20.88 (530.4) Ø 0.44 (11.2)

2
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
42.77
(1086.4)
14.06
2
(357.1)
36.35
10.53 2
55.10 (267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(1429.9) (177.8)
2
65.66
3.00 (76.2)
(1667.7)
5.00 (127.0)
2
50.38
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2)
2
CX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
49.74 2
48.35 (1263.4)
35.85
(1228.1) (910.6) 2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 1.74
30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 11.28
(286.5) 7.75
48.35
(1228.1) (196.9)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
2 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
48.35 (376.2)
2 (1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2 57.68
3.00
(1465.0) 70.87
70.37 (76.2)
(1800.1)
2 (1787.4)
25.50
5.00
(647.7)
2 (127.0)
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4)
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
CX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
Both Sides 2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
49.74
(1263.4)
2
48.35
35.85
(910.6) 2
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Holes
29.30 (744.2)
(4 Places) 2
1.74
17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
CX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Mounting 2
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides 2
14.81
48.35
(376.2)
11.28
2
(1228.1) (286.5) 7.75
(196.9) 2
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67 3.00 (76.2) 2
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7) 2
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
1.74
2
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 48.35
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(1228.1)
(196.9)
2
70.37 3.00 (76.2)
2 (1787.4) 5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
70.87
2 (1465.0)
(1800.1) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74 17.76
30.92 (785.4)
(44.2) (451.2)
2
2 CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
56.08
2 (1424.5)
2 54.77
(1391.2)
56.96
2 (1446.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2 35.85
(910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
2 29.30 (744.2) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
30.88 (784.4) Mounting
21.00 (533.3)
28.10 (713.7) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
(376.2) 11.28
67.65 (286.5)
7.75
2
(1718.4)
(196.9)
2
66.60 3.00 (76.2)
(1691.7) 47.67
(1210.8) 68.09
5.00 (127.0) 2
25.50 (647.7)
(1729.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
21.00 (533.3)
27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
77.65
(1972.4) 2
14.81
76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
2
(1945.7) 7.75
78.09
(196.9) 2
48.35 (1983.6) 3.00 (76.2)
(1228.1)
5.00 (127.0)
2
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
(1465.0) 27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 2
(94.4) (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
DX Box Type 1
2 29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 82.23 22.56
(573.0) 6.13
(2088.6)
(155.6)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
76.35
2 (1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
22.12
2 (561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 12
2 29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
22.56
2 82.35 (573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
(2091.7)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
1.62 (41.1)
2 76.35 67.89
(1724.4)
8.38 (212.9)
(1939.3) 22.12
2 (561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 1.55 22.48
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
27.88 (708.2) Mounting
Holes
25.51 (647.8)
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
Both Sides
89.70 2
(2278.3)
22.81
(579.2) 6.31 2
82.84 (160.3)
(2104.1) 90.14 2
(2289.5)
67.89
76.35 (1724.4) 1.80 (45.7) 2
(1939.3)
8.56 (217.4)
22.30
(566.4)
2
29.06 (738.1) 2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
(92.5) (571.1) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Size 8
2 31.00
(787.4)
1.25
(31.8)
2 8.25
(209.6)
Opening for Top Cable Entry
2 (2 Places)
2
2 Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Keypad
2
2
Mounted on These Panels
2
2
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
93.50
(2374.9) 90.00 84.37
2 (2286.0) (2143.0)
Intake Ventilating Slots

2 (Filtered on NEMA 12)
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places)
2
2
2 24.00 (609.6) 21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)
48.00 (1219.2)
25.14 (639)
Front View
2 Side View .56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting Holes
9.50
(241.3)
(4 Places)
2 Opening for
Bottom Cable Entry
2 22.47
(570.74)
12.50
(317.5)
2 5.48
7.73
(196.34)
(139.19)
2 Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize 3.01 (76.45)

37.47 (951.74)
Approximate
Shipping Weight
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light) Lbs (kg)
45.22 (1148.59)
2 Bottom View 1400 (636)
2 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-329, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.

2 A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
2 48.0 (1219) 90.0 (2286) 24.0 (610) 42.2 (1072) 3.0 (77) — — — 5.5 (139) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
Max. Approx.
2 Cable Entry Shipping Weight
2 9.5 37.5 12.5 7.7 8.3 1.3 31.0 21.5 21.3 — 93.5 — — — — 2000 (908)
(241) (952) (318) (196) (210) (32) (787) (545) (541) (2375)
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Size 9
1.50 (38.1)
43.50 (1104.9) 2
8.75
(222.3) 2
7.46 x 15.00
(189.5 x 381.0)
Access in Top
(two places)
2
2
90 Max. 90 Max.
27.36
Door
Opening
Door
Opening
2
(694.9) 27.06
(687.3)
29.05
(737.9)
2
Top View
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
2
93.50
Drive
2
(2374.9)
Circuit Breaker
2
90.00
(2286.0)
2
Door Handle
(key-lock optional) 2
Access
Plate 2
(4 places)
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)

2
25.14 (638.6) Front View
Side View 32.72 (831.1)
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)
Bottom Access 2
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole
2
25.00
(635.0)
18.84
(478.5)
2
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light) 11.93
8.20 Approximate
Material: Enclosure and Backplate—
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel
(208.3)
(303.0)
Shipping Weight 2
Lbs (kg)
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
46.30 (1176.0)
54.90 (1394.5)
1800 (817) 2
Bottom View
2
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-329, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.

2
2
60.0 (1524) 90.0 (2286) 260.1 (664) 22.9 (582) 2.0 (51) 30.0 (762) 44.3 (1125) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 8.2 (208) — 4.0 (102) —
2
Max. Approx.
Cable Entry Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg) 2
8.5 32.7 12.0 11.9 9.8 1.5 43.5 15.0 7.5 25.0 93.5 27.4 290.1 270.1 — 2500 (1135)
(216) (831) (305) (303) (249) (38) (1105) (381) (191) (635) (2375) (696) (738) (687) 2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size F
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H
2
2
2
2
2
W1
2 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2 Approximate Approximate
Weight Shipping Weight
2 H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
93.58 69.51 60.00 48.00 37.50 26.00 1700 (771) 1850 (839)
2 (2376.9) (1765.60) (1524.0) (1219.2) (952.5) (660.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives Contents
Description Page
2
Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-354
2
2
2
2
2
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives 2
Product Description Standards and Certifications 2
The Enclosed HCX Drives is ● UL 508C
specifically tailored for HVAC 2
applications where clean
power is necessary. The
Enclosed HCX Drive uses
2
Eaton’s SVX drive with a
12-pulse phase shifting 2
transformer to deliver a
substantial reduction in 2
voltage and current
harmonics. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives
2
HCX 007 1 2 B A
2
2 Product Family Enclosure Style
HCX = Enclosed 12-pulse drive A = Enclosed drive
2
Application—
Horsepower Rating Torque/Braking
2 007 = 7.5 hp A = IL /No brake chopper
010 = 10 hp B = IL /Internal brake chopper
2 015 = 15 hp
020 = 20 hp
025 = 25 hp Voltage Rating
2 030 = 30 hp 1 = 208 V
040 = 40 hp 2 = 230 V
050 = 50 hp
2 060 = 60 hp
4 = 480 V
075 = 75 hp
2 100 = 100 hp
125 = 125 hp
Enclosure Rating
1 = Type 1
6 = Type 1 filtered
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Product Selection
2
208 V Drives
2
HCX Enclosed Drives 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 Filtered 2
Drive Base Base
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
2
7.5 24.2 5 HCX00711BA HCX00761BA
10 30.8 5 HCX01011BA HCX01061BA 2
15 46.2 6 HCX01511BA HCX01561BA
20 59.4 6 HCX02011BA HCX02061BA 2
25 74.8 7 HCX02511AA HCX02561AA
30 88 7 HCX03011AA HCX03061AA
2
40 114 7 HCX04011AA HCX04061AA 2
50 143 8 HCX05011AA HCX05061AA
60 169 8 HCX06011AA HCX06061AA 2
230 V Drives 2
230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
HCX Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 Filtered
2
hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2
7.5 22 5 HCX00712BA HCX00762BA
2
10 28 5 HCX01012BA HCX01062BA
15 42 6 HCX01512BA HCX01562BA 2
20 54 6 HCX02012BA HCX02062BA
25 68 7 HCX02512AA HCX02562AA 2
30 80 7 HCX03012AA HCX03062AA
40 104 7 HCX04012AA HCX04062AA
2
50 130 8 HCX05012AA HCX05062AA 2
60 154 8 HCX06012AA HCX06062AA
480 V Drives
2
HCX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives 2
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 Filtered
Drive Base Base
2
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
25 34 6 HCX02514BA HCX02564BA
2
30 40 6 HCX03014BA HCX03064BA
2
40 52 6 HCX04014BA HCX04064BA
50 65 7 HCX05014AA HCX05064AA 2
60 77 7 HCX06014AA HCX06064AA
75 96 7 HCX07514AA HCX07564AA 2
100 124 8 HCX10014AA HCX10064AA
125 156 8 HCX12514AA HCX12564AA
2
Note 2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Dimensions
2 Enclosure Size 7
2 25–150 hp IL and 25–125 hp IH 480 V—25–100 hp IL and 25–75 hp IH 575 V
4.79
2 Exhaust Air
(121.7)
20.00
2 (508.0)
For
Cable
15.00
(381.0)
Entry
2
26.25
2 (666.8) Hinged
2.00
(50.8)
Side Door 10.00
2 Clearance at 90º (254.0)
Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
Keypad
2
2 With Circuit Breaker
When Specified
2 Operator Elements
When Specified, Mounted
On These Panels
2
84.37
(2143.0)
2 90.00
93.92
(2385.6)
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
(2286.0)
2
2
2
2
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(three places)
2
2 15.50 30.00
(393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia. (762.0)
2 21.50
Mounting Holes
(five places) Opening For Bottom
(546.1) Cable Entry
2 14.90
Side View (378.5) 10.50
2 18.75
(476.3)
4.25
(107.9)
(266.7)
5.75 7.00
2 (146.1) (177.8)
1.75
2 Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)
(44.5) 24.45
(621.0) 28.05
2 (712.5)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives Contents
Description Page
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-304 2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366 2
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-373 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-374
2
2
2
2
2
CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives 2
Eaton’s enclosed 18-pulse Enclosed 18-pulse drive UL 508C
drives use advanced features include: 2
18-pulse technology that
significantly reduces line
● Space optimized enclosure
harmonics at the drive input ● Simple layout for power
2
terminals, resulting in one of options
the purest sinusoidal ● NEMA Type 1, Type 1
2
waveforms available. filtered and gasketed,
The enclosed 18-pulse drive Type 3R 2
also delivers True Power ● Input voltage: 480 V, 208 V,
Factor—in addition to 575 V 2
reducing harmonic distortion, ● Complete range of control,
the enclosed 18-pulse drive network and power options 2
prevents upstream ● Horsepower range:
transformer overheating and
● 480 V, 25–800 hp (consult
2
overloading of breakers and
feeders, enabling the factory for larger sizes)
application of adjustable
2
● 208/230 V, 25–200 hp
frequency drives on
generators and other high
● 575 V, 25–800 hp (consult 2
factory for larger sizes)
impedance power systems.
● Over 15 years of 18-pulse 2
clean power experience
● 65 kAIC Standard at 480 V 2
and 208 V
● 100 kAIC optional 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Identification
2
Type 1, 25–150 hp (30 x 90 x 21.50)
2 SVX Drive
2
2
2 Bypass Starter Assembly
(option)
2 Motor Circuit Protector
(standard with bypass options)
2
Door Mounted Keypad
2
2 Pre-Charge Input Contactor
2
2 18-Pulse Diode Rectifier Input Line Fuses
2
2
2 Input Choke
2
2 18-Pulse Auto-Transformer
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive
CPX 100 1 4 A A Build options alphabetically and numerically. 2

Product Family Enclosed Options 234 Type 2
CPX = Clean power 18-pulse K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer 5 Control
enclosed drives K2
K4
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch 5 Control
Control
2
HAND/OFF/AUTO switch 0.87-inch (22 mm)
K5 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control
Horsepower Rating K6
KF
START/STOP pushbuttons 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control 2
025 = 25 hp 100 = 100 hp 350 = 350 hp Bypass test switch for RA Addl. bypass
030 = 30 hp 125 = 125 hp 400 = 400 hp KO Standard elapsed time meter Control
040 = 40 hp 150 = 150 hp 500 = 500 hp L1 Power, RUN and fault pilot lights Light
2
050 = 50 hp 200 = 200 hp 600 = 600 hp L2 Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options Addl. bypass
060 = 60 hp
075 = 75 hp
250 = 250 hp 700 = 700 hp
300 = 300 hp 800 = 800 hp
LE Red RUN light Light 2
P1 Input disconnect Input
P8 Surge protective device Input
PE Output contactor Output 2
Enclosure Rating PF Output filter Output
PG MotoRx (up to 600 ft [182.9 m]) 1000 V/μS dV/dt filter Output
1 = Type 1
3 = Type 3R PH Single overload relay Output 2
PI Dual overload relays Output
6 = Type 1 filtered and gasketed
PN
RA
Dual overloads for bypass
Manual HOA bypass controller
Addl. bypass
Bypass
2
RC Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Bypass
Voltage Rating
2 = 230 V (208–240 V)
RG Reduced voltage starter for bypass Bypass 2
S7 10.00-inch (254.0 mm) expansion Enclosure
4 = 480 V S8 20.00-inch (508.0 mm) expansion Enclosure
5 = 575 V (575–600 V) S9 Space heater Enclosure 2
Application—Torque/Braking 1
Communication Options 6
2
A = IL/no brake chopper
B = IL/internal brake chopper
D = IH/no brake chopper
C2 = Modbus®
C3 = PROFIBUS® DP
CA =
CI =
Johnson Controls N2
Modbus TCP 2
E = IH/internal brake chopper C4 = LonWorks® CJ = BACnet
C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
C6 = CANopen (slave)
CQ =
D3 =
EtherNet/IP
RS-232 with D9 connection
2
Enclosed Style C7 = DeviceNet™
A = Enclosed drive C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector) 2
Control Options
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
2
B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
2
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input 2
VB Varnished boards
Engineered Options
2
Notes
2
1 Brake chopper is standard in drives up to 30 hp I or 40 hp I at 480 V. It is optional in larger drives.
H L
2 Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel. 2
3 Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details.
4 See Pages V6-T2-368 and V6-T2-369 for complete descriptions.
5 Includes local/remote speed reference switch.
2
6 See Pages V6-T2-366 and V6-T2-367 for complete descriptions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Selection
2
When Ordering
2 ● Select a base catalog Ambient Temperature ● If dynamic brake chopper
number that meets the Ratings or control/communication
2 application requirements—
nominal horsepower,
Frame
Size IH IL
option is desired, change
the appropriate code in the
voltage and enclosure base catalog number.
2 rating. (The enclosed
FR4–FR9 50 °C 50 °C
drive’s continuous output FR10 and above 40 °C 40 °C

● All of the programming is
2 amp rating should be equal exactly the same as the
standard SVX drive.
to or greater than the
2 motor’s full load amp ● Select enclosed options.
Add the codes as suffixes
rating.) The base-enclosed
package includes a to the base catalog number
2 standard drive, door- in alphabetical and numeric
mounted alphanumeric order.
2 panel and enclosure.
2
2 208 V Drives
2 Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 1

Drive Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
2 Size 1 hp 2 (A) Frame Number 3
Low Overload Drive
2 7 25 75 FR7 CPX02512AA
2 30 88 FR7 CPX03012AA
40 114 FR7 CPX04012AA
2 50 143 FR8 CPX05012AA
60 169 FR8 CPX06012AA
2 75 211 FR8 CPX07512AA
8 100 273 FR9 CPX10012AA
2 9 125 343 FR8T CPX12512AA
2 150 396 FR8T CPX15012AA

10 200 480 FR9T CPX20012AA
2 High Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02512DA
2 30 88 FR7 CPX03012DA
2 40 114 FR8 CPX04012DA

50 143 FR8 CPX05012DA
2 60 169 FR8 CPX06012DA
8 75 211 FR9 CPX07512DA
2 9 100 273 FR8T CPX10012DA
125 343 FR8T CPX12512DA
2 10 150 396 FR9T CPX15012DA
2 200 480 FR9T CPX20012DA
Notes
2 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T2-374.
2 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
2 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive NEMA 12 Filtered
2
Size 1 hp 2 (A) Frame Number 3
Low Overload Drive
2
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02562AA
2
30 88 FR7 CPX03062AA
40 114 FR7 CPX04062AA 2
50 143 FR8 CPX05062AA
60 169 FR8 CPX06062AA 2
75 211 FR8 CPX07562AA
8 100 273 FR9 CPX10062AA
2
9 125 343 FR8T CPX12562AA
2
150 396 FR8T CPX15052AA
10 200 480 FR9T CPX20062AA 2
High Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02562DA 2
30 88 FR7 CPX03062DA
40 114 FR8 CPX04062DA
2
50 143 FR8 CPX05062DA 2
60 169 FR8 CPX06062DA
8 75 211 FR9 CPX07562DA 2
9 100 273 FR8T CPX10062DA
125 343 FR8T CPX12562DA
2
10 150 396 FR9T CPX15062DA
2
200 480 FR9T CPX20062DA
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 3R 4 2
Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
2
Low Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02532AA 2
30 88 FR7 CPX03032AA
40 114 FR7 CPX04032AA 2
50 143 FR8 CPX05032AA
60 169 FR8 CPX06032AA
2
75 211 FR8 CPX07532AA 2
8 100 273 FR9 CPX10032AA
9 125 343 FR8T CPX12532AA 2
High Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02532DA
2
30 88 FR7 CPX03032DA
2
40 114 FR8 CPX04032DA
50 143 FR8 CPX05032DA 2
60 169 FR8 CPX06032DA
8 75 211 FR9 CPX07532DA 2
9 100 273 FR8T CPX10032DA
2
Notes
1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T2-374.
2
3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.
4 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure. 2
2

Clean Power Drives
480 V Drives
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 1
2 Drive Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
2 Low Overload Drive
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02514BA
2 30 40 FR6 CPX03014BA
2 40 52 FR6 CPX04014BA
50 65 FR7 CPX05014AA
2 60 77 FR7 CPX06014AA
75 96 FR7 CPX07514AA
2 100 124 FR8 CPX10014AA
125 156 FR8 CPX12514AA
2 150 180 FR8 CPX15014AA
2 8 200 240 FR9 CPX20014AA

250 300 FR9 CPX25014AA
2 9 300 361 FR10 CPX30014AA
350 414 FR10 CPX35014AA
2 400 477 FR10 CPX40014AA
2 10 500 590 FR11 CPX50014AA

550 650 FR11 CPX55014AA
2 600 730 FR11 CPX60014AA
11 650 820 FR12 CPX65014AA
2 700 920 FR12 CPX70014AA
800 1030 FR12 CPX80014AA
2 7 25 34 FR6 CPX02514EA
30 40 FR6 CPX03014EA
2 40 52 FR7 CPX04014DA
50 65 FR7 CPX05014DA
2 60 77 FR7 CPX06014DA
75 96 FR8 CPX07514DA
2 100 124 FR8 CPX10014DA
2 125 156 FR8 CPX12514DA

8 150 180 FR9 CPX15014DA
2 200 240 FR9 CPX20014DA
9 250 302 FR10 CPX25014DA
2 300 361 FR10 CPX30014DA
2 350 414 FR10 CPX35014DA

10 400 477 FR11 CPX40014DA
2 500 590 FR11 CPX50014DA
550 650 FR11 CPX55014DA
2 11 600 730 FR12 CPX60014DA
650 820 FR12 CPX65014DA
2 700 920 FR12 CPX70014DA
2 Notes
2 2 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Low Overload Drive
2
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02564BA
2
30 40 FR6 CPX03064BA
40 52 FR6 CPX04064BA 2
50 65 FR7 CPX05064AA
60 77 FR7 CPX06064AA 2
75 96 FR7 CPX07564AA
100 124 FR8 CPX10064AA
2
125 156 FR8 CPX12564AA
2
150 180 FR8 CPX15064AA
8 200 240 FR9 CPX20064AA 2
250 300 FR9 CPX25064AA
9 300 361 FR10 CPX30064AA 2
350 414 FR10 CPX35064AA
400 477 FR10 CPX40064AA
2
10 500 590 FR11 CPX50064AA 2
550 650 FR11 CPX55064AA
600 730 FR11 CPX60064AA 2
11 650 820 FR11 CPX65064AA
700 920 FR12 CPX70064AA
2
800 1030 FR12 CPX80064AA
2
High Overload Drive
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02564EA 2
30 40 FR6 CPX03064EA
40 52 FR7 CPX04064DA 2
50 65 FR7 CPX05064DA
60 77 FR7 CPX06064DA
2
75 96 FR8 CPX07564DA
2
100 124 FR8 CPX10064DA
125 156 FR8 CPX12564DA 2
8 150 180 FR9 CPX15064DA
200 240 FR9 CPX20064DA 2
9 250 302 FR10 CPX25064DA
300 361 FR10 CPX30064DA
2
350 414 FR10 CPX35014DA 2
10 400 477 FR11 CPX40064DA
500 590 FR11 CPX50064DA 2
550 650 FR11 CPX55064DA
11 600 730 FR12 CPX60064DA
2
650 820 FR12 CPX65064DA
2
700 920 FR12 CPX70064DA
Notes 2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 3R 1

2 7 25 34 FR6 CPX02534AA
30 40 FR6 CPX03034AA
2 40 52 FR6 CPX04034AA
50 65 FR7 CPX05034AA
2 60 77 FR7 CPX06034AA
75 96 FR7 CPX07534AA
2 100 124 FR8 CPX10034AA
2 125 156 FR8 CPX12534AA

150 180 FR8 CPX15034AA
2 8 200 240 FR9 CPX20034AA
250 300 FR9 CPX25034AA
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02534DA
2 30 40 FR6 CPX03034DA
2 40 52 FR7 CPX04034DA
50 65 FR7 CPX05034DA
2 60 77 FR7 CPX06034DA
75 96 FR8 CPX07534DA
2 100 124 FR8 CPX10034DA
2 125 156 FR8 CPX12534DA

8 150 180 FR9 CPX15034DA
2 200 240 FR9 CPX20034DA
Notes
2 1 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
2 3 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
575 V Drives
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 1
Drive Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog 2
Low Overload Drive 2
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02515AA
30 32 FR6 CPX03015AA
2
40 41 FR7 CPX04015AA
2
50 52 FR7 CPX05015AA
60 62 FR8 CPX06015AA 2
75 77 FR8 CPX07515AA
100 99 FR8 CPX10015AA 2
8 125 125 FR9 CPX12515AA
150 144 FR9 CPX15015AA
2
200 192 FR9 CPX20015AA 2
9 250 242 FR10 CPX25015AA
300 289 FR10 CPX30015AA 2
400 382 FR10 CPX40015AA
10 500 472 FR11 CPX50015AA
2
600 730 FR11 CPX60015AA
2
11 650 820 FR12 CPX65015AA
700 920 FR12 CPX70015AA 2
800 1030 FR12 CPX80015AA
High Overload Drive 2
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02515DA
30 32 FR7 CPX03015DA
2
40 41 FR7 CPX04015DA
2
50 52 FR8 CPX05015DA
60 62 FR8 CPX06015DA 2
75 77 FR8 CPX07515DA
8 100 99 FR9 CPX10015DA 2
125 125 FR9 CPX12515DA
150 144 FR9 CPX15015DA
2
9 200 192 FR10 CPX20015DA 2
250 242 FR10 CPX25015DA
300 289 FR10 CPX30015DA 2
10 400 382 FR11 CPX40015DA
450 472 FR11 CPX45015DA
2
500 730 FR11 CPX50015DA
2
11 600 820 FR12 CPX60015DA
650 920 FR12 CPX65015DA 2
700 1030 FR12 CPX70015DA
Notes
2
2 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 7 25 27 FR6 CPX02565AA
30 32 FR6 CPX03065AA
2 40 41 FR7 CPX04065AA
50 52 FR7 CPX05065AA
2 60 62 FR8 CPX06065AA
75 77 FR8 CPX07565AA
2 100 99 FR8 CPX10065AA
2 8 125 125 FR9 CPX12565AA

150 144 FR9 CPX15065AA
2 200 192 FR9 CPX20065AA
9 250 242 FR10 CPX25065AA
2 300 289 FR10 CPX30065AA
400 382 FR10 CPX40065AA
2 10 500 472 FR11 CPX50065AA
2 600 730 FR11 CPX60065AA

11 650 820 FR12 CPX65065AA
2 700 920 FR12 CPX70065AA
800 1030 FR12 CPX80065AA
2 7 25 27 FR6 CPX02565DA
30 32 FR7 CPX03065DA
2 40 41 FR7 CPX04065DA
50 52 FR8 CPX05065DA
2 60 62 FR8 CPX06065DA
75 77 FR8 CPX07565DA
2 8 100 99 FR9 CPX10065DA
2 125 125 FR9 CPX12565DA

150 144 FR9 CPX15065DA
2 9 200 192 FR10 CPX20065DA
250 242 FR10 CPX25065DA
2 300 289 FR10 CPX30065DA
10 400 382 FR11 CPX40065DA
2 450 472 FR11 CPX45065DA
2 500 730 FR11 CPX50065DA

11 600 820 FR12 CPX60065DA
2 650 920 FR12 CPX65065DA
700 1030 FR12 CPX70065DA
2
Notes
2 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T2-374.

2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 3R 1
2
Low Overload Drive
2
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02535AA
2
30 32 FR6 CPX03035AA
40 41 FR7 CPX04035AA 2
50 52 FR7 CPX05035AA
60 62 FR8 CPX06035AA 2
75 77 FR8 CPX07535AA
100 99 FR8 CPX10035AA
2
8 125 125 FR9 CPX12535AA
2
150 144 FR9 CPX15035AA
200 192 FR9 CPX20035AA 2
High Overload Drive
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02535DA 2
30 32 FR7 CPX03035DA
40 41 FR7 CPX04035DA
2
50 52 FR8 CPX05035DA 2
60 62 FR8 CPX06035DA
75 77 FR8 CPX07535DA 2
8 100 99 FR9 CPX10035DA
125 125 FR9 CPX12535DA
2
150 144 FR9 CPX15035DA
2
Notes
1 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
2
4 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Options
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive Option Board Kits
2 The enclosed 18-pulse drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option
boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept
2 a total of five option boards (see figure below).
The enclosed 18-pulse drives factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board
2 and an A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2
2
Option Boards Option Board Kits
2 Field Factory
2 Option Kit Description 1
Allowed Slot
Locations 2
Catalog
Number
Option
Designator Basic
Local/
Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

D E 2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
2 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
2 3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — ■ —

1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
the SVX Drive as a slave the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
Network. It includes a 5.08
networks. It includes a 5.08
2
a 9-pin DSUB connector Transfer method is via CAN Data transfer is Master-Slave/
(female) and the baud rate using a two-wire twisted Token Passing (MS/TP) 2
ranges from 300 to 19,200 shielded cable with two-wire RS-485. This interface uses
baud. Other communication bus power cable and drain. a collection of 30 Binary 2
parameters include an The baud rates used for Value Objects (BVOs) and
address range from 1 to 247; communication include 35 Analog Value Objects 2
a parity of None, Odd or 125 Kbaud, 250 Kbaud and (AVOs) to communicate
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 500 Kbaud. drive parameters. The card
supports 9.6, 19.2 and 38.4
2
PROFIBUS Network Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Kbaud communication
Communications Network Communications speeds and supports network 2
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1 to 127.
OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication 2
the SVX Drive as a slave between the SVX Drive EtherNet/IP Network
on a PROFIBUS-DP network. and a Johnson Controls Communications 2
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. The EtherNet/IP Network
by a 9-pin DSUB connector With this connection, the Card OPTCK is used for
(female). The baud rates drive can be controlled, connecting the SVX Drive
2
range from 9.6 Kbaud to monitored and programmed to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
12 Mbaud, and the addresses from the Metasys system. networks. It includes an 2
range from 1 to 127. The N2 fieldbus is available as RJ-45 pluggable connector.
a factory-installed option and The interface uses CIP 2
LonWorks Network as a field-installable kit. objects to communicate
Communications drive parameters (CIP is 2
The LonWorks Network Card Modbus/TCP Network “Common Industrial
OPTC4 is used for connecting Communications Protocol,” the same protocol
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks The Modbus/TCP Network used by DeviceNet). The
2
network. This interface uses Card OPTCI is used for board supports 10 Mbps and
Standard Network Variable connecting the SVX Drive to 100 Mbps communication 2
Types (SNVT) as data types. Ethernet networks using speeds. The IP address of
The channel connection is Modbus protocol. It includes the board is configurable 2
achieved using a FTT-10 A an RJ-45 pluggable by Static, BOOTP and
Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
connector. This interface
provides a selection of
DHCP methods. 2
cable. The communication standard and custom register
speed with LonWorks is values to communicate drive 2
78 kBits/s. parameters. The board
supports 10 Mbps and 2
CANopen (Slave) 100 Mbps communication
Communications speeds. The IP address of 2
The CANopen (Slave) the board is configurable over
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
2
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables 2
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal 2
impedance of 120 ohms,
and specific line delay of 2
nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohm
line termination resistors 2
required for installation.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Control/Communication Option Descriptions

2
For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.
2
Available Control/Communications Options
2 Option
Option Description Type
2 K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the enclosed 18-pulse drive with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. Control
This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is
2 controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select
speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
2 K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the enclosed 18-pulse drive with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed
reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer-supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-
Control
mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry
2 contact and 4–20 mA signal.
K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode Control
2 of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be
configured via drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2 K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control
K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons—Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control
2 KF Bypass Test Switch for RA—Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The Test Switch is mounted on Addl. bypass
the inside of the enclosure door.
2 KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter—Provides a door-mounted elapsed run-time meter. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Power Lights—Provide a white Power On light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light
2 has occurred.
L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in Inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. bypass
2 running in Bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches.
LE Red Run Pilot Light 0.87-Inch (22 mm)—Provides a red Run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light
2 P1 Input Circuit Breaker—High interrupting circuit breaker that provides a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the enclosed 18-pulse Input
drive, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the enclosed 18-pulse drive from the line, and the operating
mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. Standard rating is 65 kAIC at 208/480 V. 100 kAIC is available as an option.
2 PE Output Contactor—Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or Output
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard.
2 This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
PF Output Filter—Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30.5 m) with a Output
2 drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10.1 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V. This option is mounted in the enclosure.
PG MotoRx (300–600 Ft) 1000 V/μS dV/dt Filter—Used to reduce transient voltage (dV/dt) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line Output
2 reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (see option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage
peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is 300–
600 ft (91.4–182.9 m).
2 PH Single Overload Relay—Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. Output
It is included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually
2 resettable. Heater pack included.
PI Dual Overload Relays—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. Output
2 The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would
include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.
2 PN Dual Overloads for Bypass—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the Bypass mode and overload current protection is needed
for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example,
Addl. bypass
a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.
2 RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the enclosed 18-pulse drive, Bypass
allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a
2 full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive
in the inverter mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on
Page V6-T2-373).
2 RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller —The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the enclosed Bypass
18-pulse drive, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the
2 line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA
selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. IEC type input, bypass and input
contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T2-373). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided
2 that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in
bypass mode.
2 WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position.
RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass—Used in conjunction with bypass option RA or RC. This option adds reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for Bypass
2 soft starting in bypass mode.

Clean Power Drives
2.11
For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.
2
Available Control/Communications Options, continued
Option
2
Option Description Type
S7 10.00-Inch (254.0 mm) Expansion—Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. Enclosure
2
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only.
S8 20.00-Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion—Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. Enclosure 2
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only.
S9 Space Heater—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. Enclosure 2
The heater requires a customer-supplied 115 V remote supply source.
2
Dissipated Watt Losses
Horsepower 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
2
Watts 1844 2170 2540 3040 4011 4940 5730 8020 9383 11600 13600 15700 16250 17976 20393 27200 31400 2
Conformal (Varnished) Coating 1 Enclosed Drive Options 2
Chassis Delivery Chassis Delivery
Frame Code Frame Code Light Options 2
FR6 FP FR9 FP Catalog
FR7 FP FR10 FP
Description Number Suffix 2
Power on, run, fault LED lights (22 mm) L1
FR8 FP FR11 FP
Power on, fault LED lights (22 mm) L3
2
— — FR12 FP
Green LED run light (22 mm) LA
2
Green LED stop light (22 mm) LD
480 V Input Disconnect Selection 2
P1 Input Bypass Motor Circuit Protector

Red LED run light (22 mm) LE 2
Horsepower Breaker (RA, RB, RC, RD) Red LED stop light (22 mm) LF
25 HFD3050 HMCP050K2C
Red LED fault light (22 mm) LG 2
Power on white LED light (22 mm) LJ
30 HFD3060 HMCP100R3C
Miscellaneous LED light (22 mm) LU
2
40 HFD3080 HMCP100R3C
50 HFD3100 HMCP100R3C 2
60 HFD3100 HMCP150T4C Control Options
75 HFD3125 HMCP150T4C Catalog 2
Description Number Suffix
100 HFD3150 HMCP150U4C
125 HFD3200 HMCP250W5C
Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 2
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
150 HFD3225 HMCP250W5C
HOA selector switch K4
2
200 HKD3300 HMCP400X5C
250 HKD3400 HMCP400X5C
MANUAL/AUTO reference switch K5
2
START-STOP pushbuttons K6
300–400 HLD3600 HMCP600L6W
500–600 NGH308033E HMCP800X7W
Type D2 control relay SD 2
On-delay relay SE
650–800 NGH312033E 3
Off-delay relay SF 2
Additional terminal blocks per 4 points SD
2
Notes
1 See catalog number description to order.
2 Contact factory for 208 V and 575 V applications.
2
3 Contact factory.
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Bypass Control Options 208 and 230 V Power Options, 25–200 hp

2 Catalog Catalog
Description Number Suffix Description Number Suffix
2 Bypass test switch used with RA KF Input breaker P1
2 Inverter/bypass pilot lights L2 Output contactor PE

Single overload relay PH
2 Meter Options Dual overload relays PI
Catalog MOV P7
2 Description Number Suffix
50 kA surge protective device P8
Standard elapsed time meter KO
100 kA surge protective device PA
2 Frequency meter KS
MP-3000 relay with URTD KV
480 and 575 V Power Options, 25–800 hp
2 MP-3000 relay with URTD and CTs KU Catalog
Description Number Suffix
2 Enclosure Options Input breaker P1
Enclosure Catalog
2 Size Number Suffix
Output contactor PE
Output filter PF
10.00 Inch (254.0 mm) Expansion
2 MotoRx (300–600 Ft) dV/dt filter PG
7 S7
Single overload relay PH
2 8 S7
Dual overload relays PI
9 S7
Input MOV P7
2 10 S7
50 kA surge protective device P8
11 S7
2 20.00 Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion
100 kA surge protective device PA
2 7 S8
208 and 230 V Bypass Options, 25–200 hp
8 S8 Catalog
2 9 S8 Description Number Suffix
10 S8 Manual HOA bypass controller RA
2 11 S8 Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC
Space Heater 1 Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG
2 7 S9 Dual overloads for bypass PN
2 8 S9
480 and 575 V Bypass Options, 25–800 hp
9 S9
2 10 S9
Description
Catalog
Number Suffix
11 S9
2 Plastic Nameplate
Manual HOA bypass controller RA
Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC
7 SN
2 Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG
8 SN
Dual overloads for bypass PN
2 9 SN
10 SN Note
2 11 SN
1 Requires customer-supplied 115 Vac supply.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives
2
Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features 2
45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions
Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard 2
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
2
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard
2
Enclosure space heater Optional Remote keypad/display Standard
Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard 2
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional
Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional 2
Listings UL, cUL, 508C Speed setting inputs
Protection Features Keypad Standard
2
Incoming line fuses Standard 200 kAIC rating 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard
2
AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA isolated Configurable
Phase rotation insensitive Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable 2
EMI filter Standard FR6 thru FR9 1 3–15 psig Optional
Input phase loss protection Standard Analog outputs 2
Input overvoltage protection Standard Speed/frequency Standard
Line surge protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable
2
Output short-circuit protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable 2
Output ground fault protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
Output phase protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers 2
Overtemperature protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
DC overvoltage protection Standard Isolated signals Standard
2
Drive overload protection Standard Discrete outputs
2
Motor overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
Programmer software Optional Drive running Standard 2
Local/remote keypad Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
Keypad lockout Standard Optional parameters 14 2
Fault alarm output Standard Dry contacts 2 Form C contacts available
Built-in diagnostics Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional
2
Surge protective device Optional Communications
2
RS-232 Standard
RS-422/485 Optional 2
DeviceNet™ Optional
Modbus RTU Optional 2
CANopen (slave) Optional
PROFIBUS-DP Optional
2
LonWorks Optional 2
Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Optional
EtherNet/IP/Modbus TCP Optional 2
BACnet Optional
Note
2
1 The EMI filter is optional in FR10 and larger.
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives Standard I/O Specifications

2 Performance Features Six–digital input programmable 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input configurable Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
2 Volts/hertz control Standard
w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac
IR and slip compensation Standard 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
2 Electronic reversing Standard One–analog output programmable 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
Dynamic braking Optional configurable w/jumper
2 DC braking Standard
2 PID set point controller Programmable

I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Critical speed lockout Standard
2 Current (torque) limit Standard
Analog voltage, input 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kilohms
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard
2 Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard
Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kilohms
Jog at preset speed
2 Standard
Thread/preset speeds 7
Reference voltage 10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA
2 Automatic restart Selectable
Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kilohms, resolution
Coasting motor start Standard 10 bit, accuracy <±2%
2 Coast or ramp stop selection Standard Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kilohm, resolution
Elapsed time meter Optional 10 bit, accuracy <±2%
2 Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Relay output max. switching load 3 A/24 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 250 Vac 1
2 Standard Conditions for Application and Service
Maximum operating ambient temperature 0–50 °C up to FR9 Relay output max. continuous load 2 A rms
2 0–40 °C FR10 and larger, consult factory for 50 °C

rating above FR9
Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms
Storage temperature –40 to 60 °C Note

2 Humidity (maximum), noncondensing 95%
1 For applications above 3 A consult instruction manual.
2 Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000 m)

Line voltage variation +10/–15%
2 Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz
Efficiency >95%
2 Power factor (displacement) 0.99+
2 Power factor (apparent) 0.99
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Wiring Diagrams
2
Power Diagram Up to FR9 Power Diagram Up to FR9 with Bypass 2
Circuit HMCP 2
Breaker
2
Input Inverter Input
Fusing
Inverter Input
Contactor I
2
I Contactor Input
Fusing 2
18-Pulse
Transformer 18-Pulse
Transformer 2
18-Pulse
Diode Bridge
Optional
(S811+)
2
18-Pulse Reduced
Diode Bridge Voltage Starter
2
SVX
Drive SVX
Drive 2
Mechanical
Interlock 2
Output M L Bypass
Contactor
Motor
Contactor
2
Overload
2
2
Motor
2
Power Diagram FR10 and Larger Power Diagram FR10 and Larger with Bypass 2
HMCP
2
Circuit
Breaker
2
Inverter Input
I
Input
Contactor
2
Fusing Input
Fusing
(S811+)
2
18-Pulse Optional
18-Pulse Reduced
Transformer Transformer Voltage Starter 2
Pre-charge Pre-charge
Complete
Contactor
Complete
Contactor
2
6-Pulse
Diode Bridge
6-Pulse
Diode Bridge
2
SVX
2
12-Pulse Drive SVX
12-Pulse Drive
2
Mechanical
Interlock
Output M L Bypass
Contactor
2
Contactor
Motor 2
Overload
2
Motor 2
2

Clean Power Drives
Dimensions
2 Enclosure Size 7
4.79
2 Exhaust Air
(121.7)
20.00
2 (508.0)
For
Cable
15.00
(381.0)
Entry
2
26.25
2 (666.8) Hinged
2.00
(50.8)
Side Door 10.00
2 Clearance at 90º (254.0)
Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
Keypad
2
2 With Circuit Breaker
When Specified
2 Operator Elements
When Specified, Mounted
On These Panels
2
84.37
(2143.0)
2 90.00
93.92
(2385.6)
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
(2286.0)
2
2
2
2
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(three places)
2
2 15.50 30.00
(393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia. (762.0)
2 21.50
Mounting Holes
(546.1) Cable Entry
2 14.90
Side View (378.5) 10.50
2 18.75
(476.3)
4.25
(107.9)
(266.7)
5.75 7.00
2 (146.1) (177.8)
1.75
2 Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)
(44.5) 24.45
(621.0) 28.05
2 (712.5)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosure Size 8
200–250 hp IL and 150–200 hp IH 480 V—125–200 hp IL and 100–150 hp IH 575 V
2
1.25 31.00 2
(31.8) (787.4)
2
8.25
(209.6)
2
2
For Top
Cable Entry
2
(two places)
Top View 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
2
2
Drive
Circuit Breaker 2
2
90.00 84.37
93.50
(2374.9)
2
(2286.0) (2143.0)
2
Door Handle
(key-lock optional) 2
2
2
2
2
24.00 21.45
(544.8)
21.31
(541.3)
2
(609.6) 48.00
Side View
(1219.2)
For Bottom
2
Cable Entry
9.50
2
(241.3) 12.50
22.47 32.20 (317.5) 2
(570.7) (817.9)
13.97
(354.8) 7.73 5.48 ø0.56
2
(196.3) (139.2)
(ø14.2)
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— 3.01 (76.5)
(five places) 2
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 37.47 (951.7)
45.22 (1148.6) 2
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 9
2 43.50 (1104.9)
1.50 (38.1)
2 8.75
(222.3)
7.46 x 15.00
2 (189.5 x 381.0)
Access in Top
2 (two places)
2
90 Max. 90 Max.
Door Door
2 27.36
(694.9)
Opening Opening
27.06
(687.3)
2 29.05
(737.9)
2 Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
2
2
2 93.50
(2374.9) Drive
2 Circuit Breaker
2
90.00
(2286.0)
2 Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
Access
2 Plate
(4 places)
2
2
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)
2 25.14 (638.6) Front View
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)
Side View 32.72 (831.1) Bottom Access
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
2 Mounting Hole
(five places)
2 25.00
(635.0)
18.84
2 (478.5)
11.93
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— (303.0)
(208.3)
2 12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
2 46.30 (1176.0)
54.90 (1394.5)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosure Size 10
500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH 480 V—500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH 575 V
2
15.63
(397.0)
2
9.03 2
(229.4)
2
2
21.00 x 10.00
(533.4 x 254.0)
Access in Top 2
Top View
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Flanged
Disconnect
2
Supplied with
Circuit Breaker
When Specified
2
2
Keypad
Door Handle 2
Operator (key-lock optional)
Elements
When 2
Specified,
Mounted
93.50
on These 2
Panels
(2374.9)
90.00
2
(2286.0)
84.37 2
(2143.0)
Quarter-Turn
Latch (four places) 2
2
Intake Ventilating
Slots (filtered on
2
Type 12)
2
30.50 (774.7)
35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1) 2
80.00 (2032.0)
31.75 (806.5) Front View
Side View
15.64 21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0) 2
(397.3) Bottom Access
2
2
29.04
(737.6) 17.79
2
4.87 (451.9)
(123.7)
2
2.00 (50.8)
2
38.00 (965.2)
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (light)

42.02 (1067.3) 2
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel Bottom View 2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size F Type 3R Drives
2 25–250 hp IL and 25–200 hp IH 480 V—25–200 hp IL and 25–150 hp IH 575 V Type 3R Drives
2 60.00 (1524.0) 37.50 (952.5)
18.00 x 8.50
2 (457.2 x 215.9)
Exhaust Air Side Access
2 Venting Slots
Enclosure Flanged
2 Door Stop Disconnect
Supplied with
Keypad Located Circuit Breaker
2 Inside Locking When Specified
Enclosure Door Key Locking
Three-Position
2 Operator Elements Latch
When Specified, 93.50
2 Mounted Inside
Locking Enclosure Door
Filtered
Intake Air
(2374.9)
Ventilating
2 Slots
2 25.84
35.75 (908.0)
(656.2) Exhaust Air
2 48.00 (1219.2)
29.58 Venting Slots
(751.2)
18.00 x 8.50
2 (457.2 x 215.9)
Bottom Access
2
29.32
(744.7)
2 9.08
(230.5)
2 3.11 (78.9)
6.82 37.43 (950.7)
2 (173.3) 45.32 (1151.1)
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive Enclosure Dimensions
2 Enclosure Approx. Shipping
Size 1 Width Height Depth Weight in Lbs (kg)
2 7 30.00 (762.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 21.50 (546.1) 1000 (454)

8 48.00 (1219.2) 90.00 (2286.0) 26.14 (664.0) 1400 (636)
2 9 60.00 (1524.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 1800 (817)
10 80.00 (2032.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 31.75 (806.5) 2100 (953)
2 11 23 120.00 (3048.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 2500 (1,135)
2 F4 60.00 (1524.0) 93.50 (2374.9) 37.50 (952.5) 2500 (1,135)
Notes
2 1 Enclosure sizes accommodate drive and options, including bypass and disconnect.
For other power options, consult your Eaton representative.

2 2 Consult factory. Limited power options available.
3 Enclosure size 11 consists of two of the enclosure size 9.
4 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
Enclosed Regenerative Drives Contents
Description Page
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-304 2
CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-355
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives 2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-384
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-386
2
2
2
2
2
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives 2
The RGX is an enclosed Inverter Unit flows bi-directionally through The RGX Series encompasses
solution to meet the needs of
The RGX uses an SPI drive
the drive unit and can be a wide range of application 2
customer's regenerative load converted back to an AC solutions, including belt
module, which is a DC-fed
applications. It combines
Eaton’s comprehensive
power inverter for the supply
voltage. Additionally, the LCL
filter corrects distorted
conveyor, ball mill, extruder,
centrifugal pump, center
2
and control of AC motors.
family of DC common DC bus voltage wave form on the driver winder and a variety
drive products together with
This inverter is specifically
output, thus producing clean of test stands. 2
designed to also allow
the necessary circuit power with low harmonics
protection and filtering to give
power to flow back to the
DC bus in a regenerative
suitable to be returned to 2
the customer an all-in-one utility line. With power Standards and Certifications
load application.
package. The RGX is available regeneration, the system ● UL 2
in 480 V and 575 V does not need large resistor ● cUL
Harmonic Distortion
configurations in sizes up banks for ridding excess ● EN 61800-5-1 (2003) 2
through 900 hp. Harmonics are distorted energy. Eliminating resistors
electrical waveforms that increases energy savings
Base Assembly Components produce inefficiencies, which while simplifying design. 2
could negatively affect your
LCL Filter system. These inefficiencies
can cause increased electrical
Energy Savings 2
An LCL filter is applied on The RGX provides exceptional
usage, power quality
the line side of the of the problems, increased machine
energy savings through the 2
front end unit and integrated use of regenerative braking.
wear and utility penalties.
into the enclosed solution. The RGX takes control of
Regenerative braking uses
the electric motor as a
2
This unit corrects the high harmonics and reduces
generator when slowing, and
voltage wave form to
return clean power back
distortion to below the
in turn, power is regenerated. 2
IEEE 519 recommendations.
to the power system. Recovered, clean power can
This minimal harmonic
output allows the RGX drive
then be returned to the line or 2
Front-End Unit utility for other uses.
to increase user energy
The RGX uses the SPA drive efficiency, extend system
Comparatively, regenerative 2
braking reduces energy
module, which is an active life and reduce maintenance
consumption greatly over
bi-directional converter. This costs.
traditional mechanical and
2
converter allows power to Regeneration resistive braking because
flow from the main voltage to
The active front end module power is returned to the 2
the DC bus and back from the line rather than released
gives the system power
DC bus to the main voltage.
regeneration capabilities. as heat. 2
Through the use of IGBT
bridge components, power 2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Identification 1
2
Power Flow Diagram and Components RGX Size 9 Enclosure 2
2 ● Power flows from the utility through the LCL filter, active-front
end IGBT bridge and component inverter to the motor
2 ● IGBT bridge components allow bi-directional current Common
DC Bus
conversion and flow for power regeneration needs Circuit
2 ● The active rectifier draws linear current off of the line, reducing Breaker Inverter
peak currents on the input and reducing THDI to 2–3% Unit
Door-
2 ● During regeneration, the LCL filter corrects the voltage wave Mounted Front End
form to return clean power back to the utility Keypad Unit
2 Power Flow Diagram and Components

2
Input Line
Fuses
2
Input
2 Contactor
2
2 LCL Filter
2 RGX Size 3 Enclosure 3
2
2 Circuit
Breaker
2 Door- Input Line
Mounted Fuses
2 Keypad
2
2 Front End
LCL Filter Unit
2
2 Auto
Transformer
2
2
Notes
2 1 Product identification section serves as example products and does not encompass full
RGX product range.

2 2 Size 9 enclosure example is used as a solution for the RGX product range of 100–250 hp.
3 Size 3 enclosure example is used as a solution for a 30 hp RGX product.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives 1
2
RGX 052 4 E 1 1 1 A 0 0 0 1 1 1
2
Product Family Option Boards 2 2
RGX = Enclosed regenerative drives 0 = No option
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 thermistor,
24 Vdc/EXT 2
Output Brake/Overload 2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO
480 V
052 = 52 A – 40 hp 032 =
575 V
32 A – 30 hp
E = No brake chopper /
low overload
(isolated to control board)
3 = 3 x relay dry contact
2
065 = 65 A – 50 hp 041 = 41 A – 40 hp G = No brake chopper / Output Power Options 3 (2NO + 1NO/NC)
077 = 77 A – 60 hp 052 = 52 A – 50 hp high overload 0 = None 4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input 2
096 = 96 A – 75 hp 062 = 62 A – 60 hp A = Output contactor 5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input
124 = 124 A – 100 hp
156 = 156 A – 125 hp
077 =
099 =
77 A – 75 hp
99 A – 100 hp
Enclosure B = % Output reactor
D = dV/dt filter
2
0= None Option Boards 1
180 = 180 A – 150 hp 125 = 125 A – 125 hp E = 3% Output reactor/output
1= Type 1
240 = 240 A – 200 hp
302 = 302 A – 250 hp
144 =
192 =
144 A – 150 hp
192 A – 200 hp
4= NEMA 4/4X
contactor
G = dV/dt/output contactor
0=
1=
No option
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT
2
6= Type 1 filtered and
361 = 361 A – 300 hp 242 = 242 A – 250 hp • = Custom option 4 2= 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)
414 = 414 A – 350 hp 289 = 289 A – 300 hp
gasketed
3= 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) 2
477 = 477 A – 400 hp 336 = 336 A – 350 hp 4= 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
590 = 590 A – 500 hp 382 = 382 A – 400 hp 5= 6 DI 240 Vac input
650 = 650 A – 600 hp 412 = 412 A – 450 hp
0 = None 0=
Control Options
None
5
2
730 = 730 A – 650 hp 472 = 472 A – 500 hp 1= Speed pot
1 = HMCP disconnect 2
820 = 820 A – 750 hp
920 = 920 A – 800 hp
590 =
650 =
590 A – 600 hp
650 A – 650 hp
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing 2= Start-stop pushbutton
0=
No option
2
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation 3= Start-stop pushbutton
H10 = 1030 A – 900 hp 750 = 750 A – 750 hp with speed pot 1= PROFIBUS-DP
fusing/SPD
A = HOA switch 2= LonWorks 2
B = Start-stop pushbutton 3= CANopen (slave)
Input Phasing/
Voltage
with speed pot & HOA
switch
4=
5=
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector) 2
4 = Three-phase, 480 V C = Start-stop pushbutton 6= Modbus
5 = Three-phase, 575 V with HOA switch
D = HOA switch with
7=
8=
Modbus (D9 connector)
Johnson Controls N2
2
speed pot 9= Modbus TCP
Bypass Options • = Custom option 4 A= BACNet 2
0= None B= EtherNet/IP
C= RS-232 with D9 connector
2=
4=
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD Light Options •= Custom option 4 2
J= Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing 0 = None
L= Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD 1 = Non-bypass light kit— 2
Power On, Run, Fault Enclosure Options
2 = Bypass light kit—
On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
0 = None 2
2
Notes
1 Catalog number selection is for illustration purpose only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
2 HMCP disconnect is standard when bypass is selected.
2
4 More options are available as Engineered to Order (ETO) through the BidManager tool. 2
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as Engineered to Order (ETO) through the BidManager tool.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Selection
2
480 V Drives
2
RGX Drive RGX 480 V—NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 Enclosure Size hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1
Low Overload Drive and Enclosure (VT)
2 7 50 65 7 RGX0654E1
60 77 7 RGX0774E1
2 75 96 7 RGX0964E1
2 5 100 124 8 RGX1244E1

125 156 9 RGX1564E1
2 150 180 9 RGX1804E1
200 240 9 RGX2404E1
2 8 250 302 9 RGX3024E1
300 361 10 RGX3614E1
2
350 414 10 RGX4144E1
2 400 477 10 RGX4774E1

Consult factory 500 590 12 RGX5904E1
2 600 650 12 RGX6504E1
650 730 12 RGX7304E1
2 750 820 12 RGX8204E1
2 800 920 12 RGX9204E1

900 1030 12 RGX10304E1
2 High Overload Drive and Enclosure (CT)
7 40 52 7 RGX0524G1
2 50 65 7 RGX0654G1
60 77 7 RGX0774G1
2 75 96 8 RGX0964G1
2 5 100 124 9 RGX1244G1

125 156 9 RGX1564G1
2 150 180 9 RGX1804G1
200 240 9 RGX2404G1
2 8 250 300 10 RGX3004G1
300 361 10 RGX3614G1
2
350 414 10 RGX4144G1
2 Consult factory 450 515 12 RGX5154G1

500 590 12 RGX5904G1
2 600 650 12 RGX6504G1
650 730 12 RGX7304G1
2 750 820 12 RGX8204G1
2 800 920 12 RGX9204G1
Note
2 1 “_” denotes that catalog numbers are incomplete, base catalog numbers.
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
575 V Drives
2
RGX Drive RGX 575 V—NEMA Type 1/IP21
Enclosure Size hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 2
Low Overload Drive and Enclosure (VT)
7 40 41 7 RGX0415E1
2
50 52 7 RGX0525E1
2
50 62 8 RGX0625E1
75 77 8 RGX0775E1 2
100 99 8 RGX0995E1
5 125 125 9 RGX1255E1 2
150 144 9 RGX1445E1
150 192 9 RGX1925E1
2
200 242 9 RGX2425E1
2
250 289 10 RGX2895E1
8 300 336 10 RGX3365E1 2
400 382 10 RGX3825E1
Consult factory 450 412 12 RGX4125E1 2
500 472 12 RGX4725E1
600 590 12 RGX5905E1
2
650 650 12 RGX6505E1 2
750 750 12 RGX7505E1
High Overload Drive and Enclosure (CT) 2
7 30 032 7 RGX0325G1
40 041 7 RGX0415G1
2
50 052 8 RGX0525G1
2
60 062 8 RGX0625G1
75 077 8 RGX0775G1 2
5 100 099 9 RGX0995G1
125 125 9 RGX1255G1 2
150 144 9 RGX1445G1
150 170 9 RGX1705G1
2
8 200 192 10 RGX1925G1
2
250 242 10 RGX2425G1
300 289 10 RGX2895G1 2
Consult factory 400 382 12 RGX3825G1
450 412 12 RGX4125G1 2
500 472 12 RGX4725G1
600 590 12 RGX5905G1
2
650 650 12 RGX6505G1 2
Note
1 “_” denotes that catalog numbers are incomplete, base catalog numbers. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Options
2
RGX Series Option Board Kits
2 The RGX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a
2 total of five option boards.
The RGX Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an
2 A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2 Option Boards Option Board Kits

Allowed Slot Field Installed
2 Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Catalog Number
Standard I/O Cards
2 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9
2 A B C
D E 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
Extended I/O Cards
2 2 RO, therm B OPTA3
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V 24 V C OPTA4
2 Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5
Double encoder C OPTA7
2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V, 2 DO (pulse+direction) C OPTAE
2 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2
2 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB4
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8
2 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9
SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB
Modbus D, E OPTC2
2 Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI
2 BACnet D, E OPTCJ
EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ
2 PROFIBUS-DP D, E OPTC3
LonWorks D, E OPTC4
2 PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6
2 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7
2 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8

Adapter D, E OPTD1
2 Adapter D, E OPTD2V
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3
2 Notes
2 2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives
2
Supply Connection 2
Input voltage Uin (AC) front end modules 380–500 Vac/525–690 Vac –10% to +10%
Input voltage Uin (DC) inverter 465–800 Vdc/640–1100 Vdc –0% to 0%, the waviness of the inverter supply voltage, 2
formed in rectification of the electric network’s alternating voltage in basic frequency,
must be less than 50 V peak-to-peak
2
Output voltage Uout (AC) inverter 3 ~ 0–Uin/1.4
Output voltage Uout (DC) active front end module 1.35 x Uin (factory default) 2
Output voltage Uout (DC) non-regenerative front end module 1.35 x Uin
Ambient Conditions 2
Ambient operating temperature 14 (no frost) to +104 °F (–10 °C to +40 °C)
Storage temperature –40 °F to +158 °F (–40 °C to +70 °C)
2
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2
Air quality
Chemical vapors IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2 2
Mechanical particles IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 1000 m 2
1% derating for each 100 m above 1000 m; max. 3000 m
Vibration 5–150 Hz 2
EN50178/EN60068-2-6 Displacement amplitude 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–15.8 Hz
Max. acceleration amplitude 1 G at 15.8–150 Hz 2
Shock UPS Drop Test (for applicable UPS weights)
EN50178, EN60068-2-27 Storage and shipping: max. 15 G, 11 ms (in package) 2
Cooling capacity required Approximately 2%
Cooling air required FR4 41 cfm, FR6 250 cfm, FR7 250 cfm, FR8 383 cfm 2
FI9 677 cfm, FI10 824 cfm, FI12 1648 cfm, FI13 2472 cfm
Unit enclosure class FR4–FR7 NEMA Type 1/IP21; FR8, FI9–FI14 chassis (IP00) 2
EMC (at fault settings)
Immunity Fulfill all EMC immunity requirements 2
Safety
Approvals UL, cUL, EN 61800-5-1 (2003), see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals
2
Control Connections 2
Analog input voltage 0–10 V, Ri = 200 kohms, (–10 V to +10 V joystick control)
Resolution 0.1%, accuracy ±1%
2
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms differential
Digital inputs 6, positive or negative logic; 18–30 Vdc 2
Auxiliary voltage +24 V, ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output reference voltage +10 V, +3%, max. load 10 mA 2
Analog output 0(4)–20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bits
Accuracy ±2% 2
Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48 V
Relay outputs 2 programmable change-over relay outputs
2
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Min. switching load: 5 V/10 mA 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Dimensions
2
2 Enclosure Size 3
2 0.50 (12.7)
Lifting Eyes
2 Places K
J
2 M P
2 For Cable
V
Entry U
2 L
2 S
T
Top View
2 H
B RR
0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting Holes
6 Places For Cable
2 R Entry
2 F N
2 G
TT W
G1 D1 D
2 C
SS UU
A E1 E
VV
2 NEMA Type 1/IP21 Bottom View
2 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change.
2 Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space

2 26.4 (671) 77.0 (1956) 19.4 (493) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (83) 23.0 (584) 1.5 (38) 11.7 (298) 5.5 (140) 0.9 (24) 76.4 (1939) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76)
2 Cable Entry Door Clearance CB Handle

Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
2 5.3 23.4 10.0 1.3 12.9 26.4 1.5 8.0 4.8 6.8 79.5 13.40 0.8 1.3 26.0 690 (313)
(133) (594) (254) (32) (328) (669) (38) (203) (121) (173) (2018) (340) (19) (32) (660)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosure Size 5
2
J
2
2
2
Lifting Eyes
(2 Places)
2
RR
2
2
N
For Cable
2
T
Entry L
H 2
S
B
M P
2
A Top View
Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting
Holes 2
(4 Places) F
SS
G
2
C
Side View D1 D 2
Bottom View
2
2
2
2
2
Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
2
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. 2
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
2
40.0 (1016) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) — 2
Cable Entry Door Clearance
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
2
15.0 10.0 4.8 2.0 — 36.3 20.0 — — — 94.0 15.5 — — — 1275 (579)
2
(381) (254) (122) (51) (921) (508) (2387) (394)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 7
2
Exhaust Air 4.79
(121.7)
2
20.00 For 15.00
2 (508.0) Cable
Entry
(381.0)
2 26.25
(666.8) 2.00
Hinged
2 Side Door 10.00
(50.8)
Clearance at 90º (254.0)
2 Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
Keypad
2 Flanged Disconnect Supplied
With Circuit Breaker
2 When Specified
Operator Elements
2 When Specified, Mounted
On These Panels
2 84.37
(2143.0) 93.92 Door Handle
90.00
2 (2286.0)
(2385.6) (key-lock optional)
2
2
2
2
2 Quarter Turn Latch
(three places)
2
15.50 30.00
2 (393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia. (762.0)
Mounting Holes
21.50
2 (546.1)
Cable Entry
2 Side View
14.90
(378.5) 10.50
18.75 4.25 (266.7)
2 (476.3) (107.9)
5.75 7.00
(177.8)
2 (146.1)
1.75
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light) (44.5) 24.45
2 Material: Enclosure and Backplate—
(621.0) 28.05
(712.5)
2 Bottom View
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosure Size 8
31.00
2
1.25
(31.8) (787.4)
2
8.25
(209.6) 2
2
For Top 2
Cable Entry
Top View
(two places)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum 2
2
2
2
2
Drive
Circuit Breaker
2
2
90.00 84.37
93.50 2
(2374.9)
(2286.0) (2143.0)
2
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
2
2
2
2
24.00 21.45 21.31 2
(609.6) (544.8) (541.3)
48.00
Side View
(1219.2) 2
For Bottom
Cable Entry 2
9.50
22.47 32.20
(241.3) 12.50
(317.5)
2
(570.7) (817.9)
13.97
(354.8) 7.73
2
5.48 ø0.56
(196.3) (139.2)
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)
(ø14.2)
(five places)
2
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 37.47 (951.7)
45.22 (1148.6)
2
Bottom View
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 9
2
43.50 (1104.9)
1.50 (38.1)
2 8.75
(222.3)
2 7.46 x 15.00
(189.5 x 381.0)
Access in Top
2 (two places)
2
90 Max. 90 Max.
2 27.36
Door
Opening
Door
Opening
(694.9) 27.06
2 29.05
(687.3)
(737.9)
2 Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
2
2
2
93.50
Drive
2 (2374.9)
Circuit Breaker
2
90.00
2 (2286.0)
Door Handle
2 (key-lock optional)
2 Access
Plate
(4 places)
2
2
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)
2 25.14 (638.6) Front View
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)
Side View 32.72 (831.1) Bottom Access
2 ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole
2 (five places)
25.00
(635.0)
2 18.84
(478.5)
8.20 (303.0)
2 Material: Enclosure and Backplate—
(208.3)
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)

2 46.30 (1176.0)
54.90 (1394.5)
2 Bottom View

Clean Power Drives
2.11
2
Enclosure Size 10
15.63
2
(397.0)
9.03
2
(229.4)
2
2
21.00 x 10.00
(533.4 x 254.0)
Access in Top
2
2
Top View
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
Flanged
2
Disconnect
Supplied with
Circuit Breaker
2
When Specified
2
Keypad
Door Handle
2
Operator (key-lock optional)
Elements 2
When
Specified,
Mounted
on These
2
93.50 Panels
(2374.9) 2
90.00
(2286.0)
84.37
2
(2143.0)
Quarter-Turn
Latch (four places)
2
2
Intake Ventilating 2
Slots (filtered on
Type 12)
2
35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1)
2
30.50 (774.7) 80.00 (2032.0)
31.75 (806.5)
15.64
Front View
21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0)
2
Side View (397.3) Bottom Access
2
2
29.04 2
(737.6) 17.79
4.87 (451.9)
(123.7) 2
2
2.00 (50.8)
38.00 (965.2)
42.02 (1067.3)
2
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (light)
78.02 (1981.7)
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel Bottom View 2
2

LCX Liquid Cooled Drives
LCX Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drives Contents

2 Description Page
2 LCX Drives
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-397
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-399
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-401
2
2
2
2
2
2 Standards and
Product Description Features and Benefits Certifications
2 The LCX Liquid Cooled Drive ● Compact size and low ● CE mark ensures ● UL
family continues Eaton’s heat transfer rates allow compliance with the cUL
2 tradition of providing state-of- enclosure size to be greatly Electromagnetic
●
Compatibility Directive
● CE
the-industry products, by reduced, which is especially
2 taking advantage of liquid beneficial in UL Type 4X (EMC) and the Low Voltage ● IEC
cooling technology in lieu of applications Directive (LVD)
2 air-cooling techniques. ● Design is modular, with ● Reliable drive with over
control and power modules 500,000 hours MTBF
The LCX drives are liquid- based on MIL 217
2 cooled products that utilize independent of each other.
Connection between
potable water or a water-
● Currently supports
power and control modules DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP,
2 glycol mixture as a cooling
can be direct or extended Modbus RTU and Modbus
medium.
via a fiber optic cable TCP communication
2 ● Same reliable control protocols
module and operating ● Separately mounted line
2 system as the SPX reactor included with AC
air-cooled drives fed models
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.12
2
LCX Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drives
2
LCX 016 A 0 – 4 A 3 B 2 _ _ _ _ _ _
2
Product Family Options
LCX = High performance, liquid-cooled drive List options in alphabetical order.
2
Extended I/O Card Options
A3 = 2 RO, therm 2
Current Rating A4 = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V
480 V Software Series
A5 = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V
A7 = Dual encoder +15 V/24 V
2
016 = 16 A 385 = 385 A A = Standard A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
022 = 22 A
031 = 31 A
460 = 460 A
520 = 520 A
AE = Encoder with 2 DOs
2
038 = 38 A 590 = 590 A
045 = 45 A
061 = 61 A
650 = 650 A
730 = 730 A
Enclosure Rating
0 = Open chassis
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 2
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
072 = 72 A 820 = 820 A
087 = 87 A 920 = 920 A
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
2
105 = 105 A H10 = 1030 A
Voltage Rating B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
140 = 140 A H11 = 1150 A
168 = 168 A H13 = 1370 A 4 = 380–500 V BB = SPI, absolute encoder 2
205 = 205 A H16 = 1640 A 5 = 520–690 V Communication Cards
261 = 261 A
300 = 300 A
H20 = 2060 A
H23 = 2300 A
CA = Johnson Controls N2
CI = Modbus TCP
2
690 V Keypad C2 = Modbus
170 = 170 A 590 = 590 A A = Alphanumeric
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
C4 = LonWorks
2
208 = 208 A 650 = 650 A
C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 Connector)
261 = 261 A
325 = 325 A
750 = 750 A
820 = 820 A
C6 = CANopen (Slave) 2
Input Options C7 = DeviceNet
385 = 385 A H10 = 1030 A
416 = 416 A H11 = 1180 A 3 = Three-phase, EMC T
7 = DC Input
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)
D1 = Adapter
2
460 = 460 A H13 = 1300 A
D2 = Adapter
502 = 502 A H15 = 1500 A
D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection 2
Brake Chopper Options 1
N = No brake chopper circuit Board Modifications 2

B = Internal brake chopper 2 = Varnished boards
2
Note
1 Brake chopper is only available in 480 V CH3 drives. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Selection
2
380–500 Vac Liquid Cooled Drives
2 LCX Liquid Cooled
Drives Motor Output
Current
2 Thermal, Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) kW Chassis Catalog Number
2 16 15 11 7.5 CH3 LCX016A0-4A3N2

22 20 15 11 CH3 LCX022A0-4A3N2
2 31 28 21 15 CH3 LCX031A0-4A3N2
38 35 25 18.5 CH3 LCX038A0-4A3N2
2 45 41 30 22 CH3 LCX045A0-4A3N2
61 55 41 30 CH3 LCX061A0-4A3N2
2
72 65 48 37 CH4 LCX072A0-4A3N2
2 87 79 58 45 CH4 LCX087A0-4A3N2
105 95 70 55 CH4 LCX105A0-4A3N2
2 140 127 93 75 CH4 LCX140A0-4A3N2
168 153 112 90 CH5 LCX168A0-4A3N2
2 205 186 137 110 CH5 LCX205A0-4A3N2
2 261 237 174 132 CH5 LCX261A0-4A3N2

300 273 200 160 CH61 LCX300A0-4A3N2
2 385 350 257 200 CH61 LCX385A0-4A3N2
460 418 307 250 CH72 LCX460A0-4A3N2
2 520 473 347 250 CH72 LCX520A0-4A3N2
590 536 393 315 CH72 LCX590A0-4A3N2
2 650 591 433 355 CH72 LCX650A0-4A3N2
2 730 664 487 400 CH72 LCX730A0-4A3N2

820 745 547 450 CH63 LCX820A0-4A3N2
2 920 836 613 500 CH63 LCX920A0-4A3N2
1030 936 687 560 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A3N2
2 1150 1045 766 600 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A3N2
1370 1245 913 700 CH74 LCXH13A0-4A3N2
2
1640 1491 1093 900 CH74 LCXH16A0-4A3N2
2 2060 1873 1373 1100 CH74 LCXH20A0-4A3N2

2300 2091 1533 1200 CH74 LCXH23A0-4A3N2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.12
LCX Liquid Cooled 525–690 Vac Liquid Cooled Drives
Drives Motor Output
2
Current
Thermal, Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) kW Chassis Catalog Number
2
170 155 113 110 CH61 LCX170A0-5A3N2
2
208 189 139 132 CH61 LCX208A0-5A3N2
261 237 174 160 CH72 LCX261A0-5A3N2 2
325 295 217 200 CH72 LCX325A0-5A3N2
385 350 257 250 CH72 LCX385A0-5A3N2 2
416 378 277 250 CH72 LCX416A0-5A3N2
460 418 307 300 CH72 LCX460A0-5A3N2
2
502 456 335 355 CH72 LCX502A0-5A3N2 2
590 536 393 400 CH63 LCX590A0-5A3N2
650 591 433 450 CH63 LCX650A0-5A3N2 2
750 682 500 500 CH63 LCX750A0-5A3N2
820 745 547 560 CH74 LCX820A0-5A3N2 2
920 836 613 650 CH74 LCX920A0-5A3N2
1030 936 687 700 CH74 LCXH10A0-5A3N2
2
1180 1073 787 800 CH74 LCXH11A0-5A3N2 2
1300 1182 867 900 CH74 LCXH13A0-5A3N2
1500 1364 1000 1000 CH74 LCXH15A0-5A3N2 2
2
540–675 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units
Drive Output 2
Current Motor Output Power Power Loss
Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/T 2
Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400 V (kW) at Ith 500 V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
16 15 11 7.5 11 0.4/0.2/0.6 CH3 LCX016A0-4A7B2 2
22 20 15 11 15 0.5/0.2/0.7 CH3 LCX022A0-4A7B2
31 28 21 15 18.5 0.7/0.2/0.9 CH3 LCX031A0-4A7B2
2
38 35 25 18.5 22 0.8/0.2/1.0 CH3 LCX038A0-4A7B2
2
45 41 30 22 30 1.0/0.3/1.3 CH3 LCX045A0-4A7B2
61 55 41 30 37 1.3/0.3/1.5 CH3 LCX061A0-4A7B2 2
72 65 48 37 45 1.2/0.3/1.5 CH4 LCX072A0-4A7N2
87 79 58 45 55 1.5/0.3/1.8 CH4 LCX087A0-4A7N2 2
105 95 70 55 75 1.8/0.3/2.1 CH4 LCX105A0-4A7N2
140 127 93 75 90 2.3/0.3/2.6 CH4 LCX140A0-4A7N2
2
168 153 112 90 110 2.5/0.3/2.8 CH5 LCX168A0-4A7N2 2
205 186 137 110 132 3.0/0.4/3.4 CH5 LCX205A0-4A7N2
261 237 174 132 160 4.0/0.4/4.4 CH5 LCX261A0-4A7N2 2
300 273 200 160 200 4.5/0.4/4.9 CH61 LCX300A0-4A7N2
385 350 257 200 250 5.5/0.5/6.0 CH61 LCX385A0-4A7N2
2
460 418 307 250 315 5.5/0.5/6.0 CH62 LCX460A0-4A7N2
2
520 473 347 250 355 6.5/0.5/7.0 CH62 LCX520A0-4A7N2
590 536 393 315 400 7.5/0.6/8.1 CH62 LCX590A0-4A7N2 2
2
2
2
2

LCX Liquid Cooled 540–675 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units, continued
2 Drives Drive Output
Current Motor Output Power
2 Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor
Power Loss
c/a/T
Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400 V (kW) at Ith 500 V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
2 650 591 433 355 450 8.5/0.6/9.1 CH62 LCX650A0-4A7N2
730 664 487 400 500 10.0/0.7/10.7 CH62 LCX730A0-4A7N2
2
820 745 547 450 560 12.5/0.8/13.3 CH63 LCX820A0-4A7N2
2 920 836 613 500 600 14.4/0.9/15.3 CH63 LCX920A0-4A7N2

1030 936 687 560 700 16.5/1.0/17.5 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A7N2
2 1150 1045 766 600 750 18.4/10.1/19.5 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A7N2
1370 1245 913 700 900 15.5/1.0/16.5 CH64 LCXH13A0-4A7N2
2 1640 1491 1093 900 1100 19.5/1.2/20.7 CH64 LCXH16A0-4A7N2
2 2060 1873 1373 1100 1400 26.5/1.5/28.0 CH64 LCXH20A0-4A7N2

2300 2091 1533 1250 1500 29.6/1.7/31.3 CH64 LCXH23A0-4A7N2
2 2470 2245 1647 1300 1600 36.0/2.0/38.0 2*CH64 LCXH24A0-4A7N2
2950 2681 1967 1550 1950 39.0/2.4/41.4 2*CH64 LCXH29A0-4A7N2
2 3710 3372 2473 1950 2450 48.0/2.7/50.7 2*CH64 LCXH37A0-4A7N2
4140 3763 2760 2150 2700 53.0/3.0/66.0 2*CH64 LCXH41A0-4A7N2
2
2 710–930 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Unit
2 Drive Output
Current Motor Output Power Power Loss
Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/T
2 Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400 V (kW) at Ith 500 V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
170 155 113 110 160 4.5/0.2/4.7 CH61 LCX170A0-5A7N2
2
208 189 139 132 200 5.5/0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX208A0-5A7N2
2 261 237 174 160 250 5.5/0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX261A0-5A7N2

325 295 217 200 300 6.5/0.3/6.8 CH62 LCX325A0-5A7N2
2 385 350 257 250 355 7.5/0.4/7.9 CH62 LCX385A0-5A7N2
416 378 277 250 355 8.0/0.4/8.4 CH62 LCX416A0-5A7N2
2 460 418 307 300 400 8.5/0.4/8.9 CH62 LCX460A0-5A7N2
2 502 456 335 355 450 10.0/0.5/10.5 CH62 LCX502A0-5A7N2

590 536 393 400 560 10.0/0.5/10.5 CH63 LCX590A0-5A7N2
2 650 591 433 450 600 13.5/0.7/14.2 CH63 LCX650A0-5A7N2
750 682 500 500 700 16.0/0.8/16.8 CH63 LCX750A0-5A7N2
2 820 745 547 560 800 16.0/0.8/16.8 CH64 LCX820A0-5A7N2
920 836 613 650 850 18.0/0.9/18.9 CH64 LCX920A0-5A7N2
2 1030 936 687 700 1000 19.0/1.0/20.0 CH64 LCXH10A0-5A7N2
2 1180 1073 787 800 1100 21.0/10.1/20.1 CH64 LCXH11A0-5A7N2

1300 1182 867 900 1200 27.0/1.4/28.4 CH64 LCXH13A0-5A7N2
2 1500 1364 1000 1050 1400 32.0/1.6/33.6 CH64 LCXH15A0-5A7N2
1700 1545 1133 1150 1550 N/A CH64 LCXH17A0-5A7N2
2 1850 1682 1233 1250 1650 34.2/1.8/36.0 2*CH64 LCXH18A0-5A7N2
2120 1927 1413 1450 1900 37.8/2.0/39.8 2*CH64 LCXH21A0-5A7N2
2
2340 2127 1560 1600 2100 48.6/2.5/51.1 2*CH64 LCXH23A0-5A7N2
2 2700 2455 1800 1850 2450 57.6/3.0/60.6 2*CH64 LCXH27A0-5A7N2

3100 2818 2066 2150 2800 N/A 2*CH64 LCXH31A0-5A7N2
2
2
2

2.12
Options
2
9000X Series Option Board Kits
The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to 2
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total of
five option boards. 2
The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 2
Option Boards Option Board Kits 2
Field Factory
Installed Installed SVX Ready Programs 2
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC 2
Standard I/O Cards
B C
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
A
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc 2
Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Encoder low Volt +5 V/15 V/24 V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high Volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
Dual encoder +15 V/24 V C OPTA7 A7 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V,
C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
2
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
2
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
Communication Cards 3 2
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — — 2

2
2
DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Modbus (D9 Type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2

Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD2V D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Keypad
2
9000X Series standard keypad — KEYPAD-
STD
— — — — — — — ■
2
9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
(keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X 2
keypad holder, mounting hardware)
Notes
2
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 2


2
LCX Products
2 General Specifications Ambient Conditions

Line voltage 400 to 500 Vac; 525 to 690 Vac; (–10% to 10%) Ambient operating temperature 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) at Ith
2 465 to 800 Vdc; 640 to 1100 Vdc; (–0 to 0%) 122 to 158 °F (50 to 70 °C), derating required
Frequency 50/60 Hz Storage temperature –40 °F to 158 °F (–40 to 70 °C)
2 Line voltage variation –10% to 10%
No liquid in heatsink under 32 °F (0 °C)
Relative humidity 5–96% RH, noncondensing, no dripping water
Input frequency variation 45–66 Hz
2 Continuous output current Rated current at incoming cooling liquid
Air quality Chemical vapors:
temperature of 30 °C
Mechanical particles:
2 Output frequency 0–320 Hz IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 (no conductive
dust allowed); No corrosive gases
Drive efficiency >95%
2 Power factor (displacement) 0.96
Altitude Up to 1,000 m: 100% load capacity (no derating)
Above 1,000 m: Derating of 1% per each 100 m required
2 Liquid coolant pressure 87 psi (6 bar) maximum Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5–150 Hz
Liquid coolant flow rate 1.3 to 7.9 gal./min. (5 to 30 liter/min.) Displacement amplitude: 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–31 Hz
Max. acceleration amplitude: 1G at 31–150 Hz
2 minimum depending on drive size
Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27, UPS drop test
Liquid coolant fittings Standard quick connect, NPT
(for applicable UPS weights)
2 Operating ambient temperature –10/50 °C Storage and shipping: Max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Storage temperature –40/70 °C Enclosure class IP00 open frame standard in entire kW/hp range
2 Humidity 95% maximum (non-condensing) EMC
Altitude 3300 ft (1000 m) maximum without derating Immunity Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements
2 Enclosure IP00 Emissions EMC level N; EMC level T for IT networks
2 Warranty Standard terms, 3 years with certified start-up Safety

Mains Connection Approvals EN 50178, EN 60204-1, CE, UL, CUL, FI,
2 Input voltage (Vin) 400–500 Vac; 525–690 Vac; (–10%–10%) GOST R, IEC 61800-5
(See unit nameplate for more detailed approvals.)
465–800 Vdc; 640–1100 Vdc; (–0–0%)
2 Input frequency (fin) 45–66 Hz Control Connections
Connection to mains Once per minute or less (normal case) Analog input voltage 0 to +10 V, Ri = 200 kohm (–10 V to +10 V joystick control)
Resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
2 Motor Connection
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohm differential
Output voltage 0–Vin
2 Continuous output current Rated current at nominal inflow cooling water
Digital inputs 6 positive or negative logic; 18–24 Vdc
temperature of 30 °C; Overload 2 sec./20 sec. Auxiliary voltage +24 V, ±15%, max. 250 mA
2 Starting current Rated current at 2 sec./20 sec. if output frequency Output reference voltage +10 V, +3%, max. load 10 mA
<30 Hz and temperature of heatsink <149 °F (65 °C) Analog output 0(4)–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohm
2 Output frequency 0–320 Hz (standard); 7200 Hz (special software) Resolution 10 bits; accuracy ±2%
Frequency resolution Application dependent Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
2 Relay outputs Two programmable change-over relay outputs
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A,
2 Control method Frequency control (V/f)
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
125 Vdc/0.4 A
Min. switching load: 5 V/10 mA
Closed loop: Frequency control
2 Closed loop: Vector control Note
1 Derating required if higher switching frequency than the default is used.
Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
2 480 V 1 Up to and including 61-Amp size:
1–16 kHz (factory default, 10 kHz)
2 From 72-Amp size:
1–12 kHz (factory default, 3.6 kHz)
575 V 1
2 1–6 kHz (factory default, 1.5 kHz)
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10 bits); accuracy ±1%
2 Field weakening point 30–320 Hz
2 Acceleration time 0.1–3000 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1–3000 seconds
2 Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

2.12
LCX Products, continued
2
Protections Protections, continued
2
Overvoltage protection Overcurrent protection Yes
480 V 911 V Motor overload protection Yes 2
575 V 1200 V Motor stall protection Yes
Undervoltage protection Motor underload protection Yes 2
480 V 333 V
575 V 461 V
Liquid Cooling
2
Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable,
only the drive is protected
Allowed cooling agents Drinking water
Water-glycol mixture
2
Mains supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing (drives only)
Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Temperature of cooling agent 32 to 86 °F (0 to 30 °C) at Ith for input;
86 to 149 °F (30 to 65 °C)
2
Max. temperature rise during circulation: 9 °F (5 °C), no
Unit overtemperature protection
Alarm limit 149 °F (65 °C) for heatsink, 158 °F (70 °C) for circuit
condensation allowed 2
boards System max. working pressure 87 psi (6 bar)
Trip limit 158 °F (70 °C) for heatsink, 185 °F (85 °C) for circuit System max. peak pressure 580 psi (40 bar) 2
boards Pressure loss (at nominal flow) Varies according to size
2
2
Wiring Diagrams
Cooling System Diagrams 2
Example of a Typical Cooling System 2
2
30.0C 18.0C
2
2
2
Heat
2
Exchanger
2
2
2
35.4C 26.1C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Example PI-Diagram of a Typical Cooling System and Connections

2
Cooling Water Inlet
2 Frequency
Converters
2
2
2
2
Cooling Water Outlet
2
2
2
Customer Delivery
2
2
I/O Board Diagrams
2
A9 Option Board Control Wiring
2 Basic I/O Board A9
+10 V ref 1
2 AI1+ 2 Reference
(voltage)
2 GND 3
AI2+ 4
Reference
2 AI2- 5
(current)
2 24Vout 6 Control Voltage Output
GND 7
2 DIN1 8
2 DIN2 9
DIN3 10 24V
2 CMA 11
GND
2 24Vout 12
GND 13
2 DIN4 14
2 DIN5 15
DIN6 16 24V
2 CMB 17 GND
2 AO1+ 18 0 (4)/20mA
AO1- 19 RL<500W
2
DO1 20 + V<+48V
I<50mA
2
Dotted lines indicate the connections for inverted signals
2
2
2

2.12
A2 Option Board Wiring
2
Basic Relay Board A2
RO1/1 21
2
RO1/2 22 2
RL
RO1/3 23 AC / DC
2
RO2/1 24 Switching:
RO2/2 25
<8 A / 24 Vdc 2
<0.4 A / 125 Vdc
<8 A / 250 Vac
RO2/3 26
<2 Arms 2
Continuous
2
2
Dimensions
2
LCX Drives
Chassis Size, CH3
2
W1
R2
2
H2
W2
2
2
2
Top 2
H1
2
2
2
2
H3 W3 D1 Bottom
R1
Front Side 2
Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg) 2
380–500 Vac 16–61 16.97 0.53 0.59 9.69 6.30 4.80 4.80 0.39 0.35 66 (30)
(431.0) (13.5) (15.0) (246.0) (160.0) (122.0) (122.0) (10.0) (9.0) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
Chassis Size, CH4
2 W1
H2 R1
W2
2
2
2
2
H1
2 Top
2
2
H3
2
W3 R1 D1
2 Right Side Front
Bottom
Left Side
2 Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.

Weight
Lbs (kg)
2 380–500 Vac 72–140 19.41

(493.0)
0.49
(12.5)
1.77
(45.0)
10.14
(257.5)
7.60
(193.0)
3.35
(85.0)
5.24
(133.0)
0.39
(10.0)
— 77 (35)
2
Chassis Size, CH5
2
W1
2 W2 R1
2
2
2
2 H1 H3 Top
2
2
2
2 H2
W3 D1 Bottom
2 R1
Front Side
2 Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2 380–500 Vac 168–261 21.77

(553.0)
1.30
(33.0)
19.88
(505.0)
10.39
(264.0)
9.69
(246)
3.94
(100.0)
7.87
(200.0)
0.51
(13.0)
— 88 (40)
2
2
2

2.12
2
Chassis Size, CH61
W1
2
R2 W2
2
2
2
2
H3 H1
Top
2
2
2
H2 2
R1
2
W3 D1 2
Bottom Right Side Front Left Side
Weight
2
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 300–385 25.91 2.09 23.23 14.69 9.69 3.94 5.91 0.55 0.51 121 (55)
2
(658.0) (53.0) (590.0) (373.0) (246.0) (100.0) (150.0) (14.0) (13.0)
525–690 Vac 170–208 2
2
Liquid-Cooled Inverter—Chassis Size, CH62
W1 2
R2 W2
2
2
2
2
Top
H1 H3 2
2
2
H2
2
D1 W3 R1 2
Bottom Side Front 2
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
540–675 Vdc 460–730 26.50 2.0 23.23 14.69 9.69 3.94 5.91 0.55 0.51 2
(673) (53) (590) (373) (246) (100) (150) (14) (13)
710–930 Vdc 325–502
2
2


2
Chassis Size, CH63
2 H2
2
2
2
2
H3 H1
2
Top
2
2
2
2 R1 W2 D1
2 Bottom
W1
Right Side Front Left Side
2 Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 Dia. Lbs (kg)
2 380–500 Vac 820–1030 36.36 0.91 34.39 15.35 19.88 13.98 0.43 264 (120)
(923.5) (23.0) (873.5) (390.0) (505.0) (355.0) (11.0)
2 525–690 Vac 590–750
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.12
2
Liquid-Cooled Inverter with Mounting Bracket, Chassis Size CH64, IP90
2
2
2
2
2
Bottom Top 2
H2
2
2
2
2
2
H3 H1 2
2
2
2
2
2
W2 W2 W2 R1 2
W1 D1
2
Right Side Front Left Side
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 Dia. 2
540–675 Vdc 1370–4140 36.38 1.03 34.37 15.35 29.37 7.87 0.43
(924) (26) (873) (390) (746) (200) (11) 2
710–930 Vdc 820–3100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
Chassis Size, CH72
2 W1 R1
2
2
2
2
2 Top
H3 H1
2
2
2
2
Bottom
2
2 H2 W1 R2 D1
Front Side
2 Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
2 380–500 Vac 460–730 42.38 1.57 39.37 14.65 7.87 0.55 0.51 198 (90)
(1076.5) (40.0) (1000.0) (372.0) (200.0) (14.0) (13.0)
2 525–690 Vac 261–502
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.12
2
Chassis Size, CH74
R2 2
2
2
2
2
2
Top
2
H1 H3
2
2
2
2
2
Bottom
H2
2
W2 W3
W4 W4
R1 D1 2
W1
2
Front Side
Weight 2
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 W4 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 1370–2300 42.38 1.57 39.37 14.65 29.06 0.91 7.87 9.69 0.51 0.55 617 (280) 2
(1076.5) (40.0) (1000.0) (372.0) (738.0) (23.0) (200.0) (246) (13.0) (14.0)
525–690 Vac 820–1500
2
Control Unit 2
D1 2
D2
H2
2
2
H1 H3
2
2
Bottom
2
W1 2
Front Side Back
H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1
2
12.93
(328.5)
0.33
(8.5)
11.81
(300.0)
2.95
(75.0)
0.33
(8.5)
5.75
(146.0)
2
2

SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives
SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drive Products Contents

2 Description Page
2 SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-409
2 Product Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-409
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-410
2 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-410
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-414
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-417
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-418
2
2
2
2 Product Description
2 Eaton offers a comprehensive Front-End Units Inverter Unit
range of common DC bus The front-end units convert a The SPN (non-regenerative The SPI Inverter Unit is a
drive products. The product mains AC voltage and current front-end) unit is a uni- bidirectional DC-fed power
2 family covers a number of into a DC voltage and current. directional (motoring) power inverter for the supply and
front-end units and inverter The power is transferred from converter for the front-end control of AC motors. The
2 units in the entire power the mains to a common DC of a common DC bus drive inverter is supplied from a
range from 1-1/2 to 2000 bus (and, in certain cases, line-up. The device operates common DC bus drive line-
2 horsepower at 460 V and 690
V. The drive components are
vice versa). as a diode bridge using diode/ up. A charging circuit is
thyristor components. A needed in case a connection
built on the SPX technology. The SPA (active front-end)
2 unit is a bidirectional
dedicated external choke is
used at the input. The unit
to a live DC bus is required.
The DC side charging circuit
(regenerative) power has the capacity to charge a is integrated up to 75 kW
2 converter for the front end common DC bus. This unit is (FR4–FR8) and external
of a common DC bus drive suitable as a rectifying device for higher power ratings
2 line up. An external LCL filter when a “normal” level of (FI9–FI14).
is used at the input. This unit harmonics is accepted and
is suitable in applications
2 where low mains harmonics
no regeneration to the mains
is required.
are required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.13
Application Description
2
The common DC bus product portfolio fulfills all solution demands with a flexible architecture.
Front end units are selected according to the level of harmonics and power requirements. Typical 2
drive system configurations are illustrated the following figures.
SPA + Inverters SPN + Inverters Combination Configuration
2
Active
Front End
Non-regenerative
Front End
Non-regenerative
Front End
Active
Front End
2
(SPA) (SPN) (SPN) Alternative (SPA) Alternative
3 3 3 3 2
2
2 2 2 2
Common DC Bus
2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2
Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter
● Low harmonics, -Pmains ● Low total mains power, Common DC bus 2

~
~ +Pmains/Pmains < PINU Pmains < PINU components are used in a
● Suitable for almost every ● Suitable e.g. for small
multitude of combinations. 2
Drives which are braking can
application processing line with transfer the energy directly to
un- and recoiler, em-stop the drives in motoring mode.
2
coasting
2
Product Comparison 2
Advantages over Conventional Front Ends 2
Eaton Front Ends vs. Conventional
Non-Regenerative Active Conventional
2
Front End Front End Regenerative Front End 1
Input device Choke (L) Filter (LCL) Choke or auto-transformer (L)
2
Bridge type Diode/thyristor bridge IGBT bridge, two-level type Anti-parallel connected thyristor bridge 2
Type of operation Controlled half-bridge High frequency modulation Firing angle controlled
(1.5 to 3.6 kHz)
2
Direction of power Motoring Motoring and regenerating Motoring and regenerating
Charging Constant current External required Usually internal 2
DC voltage Nominal (approx. 1.35 Stable at +10% of nominal Lowered DC voltage for commutation margin
alternative UN) (approx. 110% of 1.35
alternative UN)
(e.g. 17% fi approx. 83% of 1.35 alternative UN) or
autotransformer on regenerative bridge
2
THD Similar to six-pulse bridge
normal <40%
Very low Similar to six-pulse bridge or worse 2
Note
1 Conventional regenerative front end (a.k.a. “anti-parallel thyristor bridge”) is not available from Eaton.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Features
2
Standard Features
2 SPI SPA SPN
Feature FR4, 6, 7 FR8 FI9–FI14 FI9–FI14 FI9
2
IP00 — ■ ■ ■ ■
2 IP21 ■ — — — —
Air cooling ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Standard board ■ ■ ■ ■
Varnished board — — — — —
2 Alphanumeric keypad ■ ■ ■ ■ —
2 EMC class T (EN 61800-3 for IT networks) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Safety CE/UL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Input choke — — — — ■
LCL filter — — — ■ —
2 No integrated charging — — ■ ■ —
Integrated charging (DC side) — —
2 ■ ■ ■
Diode/thyristor rectifier — — — — ■
2 IGBT ■ ■ ■ ■ —
2
2 ● CE
● UL
2 ● cUL
● EN 61800-5-1 (2003)
2
2
2
2
Active Front End
2
SPA 205 A 0 – 4 A 3 N 1
2
Product Family Board Modifications
2 SPA = Active Front End 1 = Standard boards
2 = Varnished boards
2 Current Rating
480 V 575 V Brake Chopper Options
2 205 = 205 A 125 = 125 A N = No brake chopper circuit
385 = 385 A 325 = 325 A
2 H10 = 1150 A 920 = 920 A
EMC Level
3 = IT network
2 Software Series
A = Standard
2 Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
Enclosure Rating Voltage Rating
2 0 = Chassis 4 = 480 V
5 = 575 V
2
2
2

2.13
Non-Regenerative Front End
2
SPN 510 A 0 – 4 A 3 N 1
2
Product Family Board Modifications 2
SPN = Non-regenerative 1 = Standard boards
SPN = front end 2 = Varnished boards
2
Current Rating Brake Chopper Options
N = No brake chopper circuit
2
480 V/575 V
510 = 510 A
2
EMC Level
Software Series 3 = IT network 2
A = Standard
Keypad 2
A = Alphanumeric
Enclosure Rating
0 = Chassis
Voltage Rating 2
4 = 480 V
5 = 575 V 2
2
SPI Inverter Unit
2
SPI 016 A 1 – 4 A 3 N 1
2
Product Family Board Modifications 2
SPI = Inverter unit 1 = Standard boards
2 = Varnished boards 2
Current Rating
480 V (FR4–FR8) 575 V (FR6–FR8) Brake Chopper Options 2
003 = 3.3 A 031 = 31 A 003 = 3.2 A 022 = 22 A N = No brake chopper circuit
007 = 7.6 A 038 = 38 A 004 = 4.5 A 027 = 27 A 2
009 = 9 A 061 = 61 A 005 = 5.5 A 034 = 34 A
012 = 12 A
016 = 16 A
071 = 72 A
087 = 87 A
007 = 7.5 A
010 = 10 A
041 = 41 A
052 = 52 A
EMC Level 2
023 = 23 A 105 = 105 A 013 = 13.5 A 062 = 62 A 3 = IT network
018 = 18 A 080 = 80 A 2
480 V (FI9–FI13) 575 V (FI9–FI14)
Keypad
140 = 140 A
170 = 170 A
730 = 730 A
820 = 820 A
100 = 100 A
125 = 125 A
502 = 502 A
590 = 590 A A = Alphanumeric
2
205 = 205 A 920 = 920 A 144 = 144 A 650 = 650 A
245 = 245 A
300 = 300 A
H10 = 1030 A
H11 = 1150 A
170 = 170 A
208 = 207 A
820 = 820 A
920 = 920 A
2
Voltage Rating
385 = 385 A H13 = 1300 A 261 = 261 A H10 = 1030 A
460 = 460 A H16 = 1600 A 325 = 325 A H13 = 1300 A 4 = 480 V 2
520 = 520 A H19 = 1940 A 385 = 385 A H15 = 1500 A Enclosure Rating 5 = 575 V
590 = 590 A
650 = 650 A
H23 = 2300 A 460 = 460 A H19 = 1900 A 1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
0 = Chassis
2
2
Software Series
A = Standard 2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Selection
2
SPA Active Front End 480 V
2 Common DC Bus Drive
Products Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2 Frame IL-cont (A) I1 min (A) IH-cont (A) I1 min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
FI9 261 287 205 308 349 SPA205A0-4A3N1
2 FI10 460 506 385 578 693 SPA385A0-4A3N1
FI13 1300 1430 1150 1725 2070 SPAH11A0-4A3N1
2
2 SPN Non-Regenerative Front End 480 V
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2
Frame IL-cont (A) I1 min (A) IH-cont (A) I1 min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
2 FI9 520 572 460 690 828 SPN460A0-4A3N1
2
SPI Inverter Unit 480 V
2 Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2
FR4 4.3 4.7 3.3 5 6.2 SPI003A1-4A3N1
2 9 9.9 7.6 11.4 14 SPI007A1-4A3N1

12 13.2 9 13.5 18 SPI009A1-4A3N1
2 FR6 16 17.6 12 18 24 SPI012A1-4A3N1
23 25.3 16 24 32 SPI016A1-4A3N1
2 31 34 23 35 46 SPI023A1-4A3N1
2 38 42 31 47 62 SPI031A1-4A3N1
46 51 38 57 76 SPI038A1-4A3N1
2 FR7 72 79 61 92 122 SPI061A1-4A3N1
87 96 72 108 144 SPI072A1-4A3N1
2 105 116 87 131 174 SPI087A1-4A3N1
FR8 140 154 105 158 210 SPI105A0-4A3N1
2 FI9 170 187 140 210 280 SPI140A0-4A3N1
2 205 226 170 255 336 SPI170A0-4A3N1

261 287 205 308 349 SPI205A0-4A3N1
2 300 330 245 379 444 SPI245A0-4A3N1
FI10 385 424 300 450 540 SPI300A0-4A3N1
2 460 506 385 578 693 SPI385A0-4A3N1
520 572 460 690 828 SPI460A0-4A3N1
2
FI12 590 649 520 780 936 SPI520A0-4A3N1
2 650 715 590 885 1062 SPI590A0-4A3N1

730 803 650 975 1170 SPI650A0-4A3N1
2 820 902 730 1095 1314 SPI730A0-4A3N1
920 1012 820 1230 1476 SPI820A0-4A3N1
2 1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPI920A0-4A3N1
2 FI13 1150 1265 1030 1545 1854 SPIH10A0-4A3N1

1300 1430 1150 1720 2070 SPIH11A0-4A3N1
2 1450 1595 1300 1950 2340 SPIH13A0-4A3N1
FI14 1770 1947 1600 2400 2880 SPIH16A0-4A3N1
2 2150 2365 1940 2910 3492 SPIH19A0-4A3N1
2
2

2.13
Common DC Bus Drive SPA Active Front End 575 V
Products Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2
FI9 144 158 125 188 213 SPA125A0-5A3N1
2
FI10
FI13
385
1030
424
1133
325
920
488
1380
585
1656
SPA325A0-5A3N1
SPA920A0-5A3N1
2
SPN Non-Regenerative Front End 575 V

2
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax 2
FI9 600 660 510 732 888 SPN510A0-5A3N1 2
SPI Inverter Unit 575 V 2
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
Frame IL-cont (A) I1 min (A) IH-cont (A) I1 min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number 2
FR6 4.5 5 3.2 5 6.4 SPI003A1-5A3N1
5.5 6 4.5 7 9 SPI004A1-5A3N1 2
7.5 8 5.5 8 11 SPI005A1-5A3N1
10 11 7.5 11 15 SPI007A1-5A3N1 2
13.5 15 10 15 20 SPI010A1-5A3N1
18 20 13.5 20 27 SPI013A1-5A3N1
2
22 24 18 27 36 SPI018A1-5A3N1
27 30 22 33 44 SPI022A1-5A3N1
2
34 37 27 41 54 SPI027A1-5A3N1
2
FR7 41 45 34 51 68 SPI034A1-5A3N1
52 57 41 62 82 SPI041A1-5A3N1 2
FR8 62 68 52 78 104 SPI052A0-5A3N1
80 88 62 93 124 SPI062A0-5A3N1 2
100 110 80 120 160 SPI080A0-5A3N1
FI9 125 138 100 150 200 SPI100A0-5A3N1 2
144 158 125 188 213 SPI125A0-5A3N1
170 187 144 216 245 SPI144A0-5A3N1
2
208 229 170 255 289 SPI170A0-5A3N1
FI10 261 287 208 312 375 SPI208A0-5A3N1
2
325 358 261 392 470 SPI261A0-5A3N1 2
385 424 325 488 585 SPI325A0-5A3N1
FI12 460 506 385 578 693 SPI385A0-5A3N1 2
502 552 460 690 828 SPI460A0-5A3N1
590 649 502 753 904 SPI502A0-5A3N1 2
650 715 590 885 1062 SPI590A0-5A3N1
750 825 650 975 1170 SPI650A0-5A3N1 2
FI13 920 1012 820 1230 1476 SPI820A0-5A3N1
1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPI920A0-5A3N1
2
1180 1298 1030 1464 1755 SPIH10A0-5A3N1
FI14 1500 1650 1300 1950 2340 SPIH13A0-5A3N1
2
1900 2090 1500 2250 2700 SPIH15A0-5A3N1 2
2250 2475 1900 2782 3335 SPIH19A0-5A3N1
Line Reactor 2
Line Reactor for Non-Regenerative Front End (480/575 VV) 2
Watts Catalog
Amps Losses Number 2
600 493 CHK600
2
2

Options
2
2 The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total of
2 five option boards.
2 output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Board Kits
2 Option Boards
Field Factory
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 A B C
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V24 V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 Double encoder C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 DO (pulse+direction)

2 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■


Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
2 Modbus TCP
BACnet
D, E
D, E
OPTCI
OPTCJ
CI
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Adapter D, E OPTD2V D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 Keypad
9000X Series local/remote keypad — KEYPAD- — — — — — — — ■
2 (replacement keypad) LOC/REM
9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
2 (keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X
keypad holder, mounting hardware)
2 9000X Series RS-232 cable, 13 ft — PP00104 — — — — — — — —
Notes

2.13
2
SPA/SPN/SPI
2
Supply Connection 2
Input voltage Uin (AC) front end modules 380–500 Vac/525–690 Vac –10% to 10%
Input voltage Uin (DC) inverter 465–800 Vdc/640–1100 Vdc –0% to 0%, the waviness of the inverter supply voltage, 2
formed in rectification of the electric network’s alternating voltage in basic frequency,
must be less than 50 V peak-to-peak
2
Output voltage Uout (AC) inverter 3 ~ 0–Uin/1.4
Output voltage Uout (DC) active front end module 10.10 x 1.35 x Uin (factory default) 2
Output voltage Uout (DC) non-regenerative front end module 1.35 x Uin
Ambient Conditions 2
Ambient operating temperature 14 (no frost) to 122 °F (–10 to 50 °C): IH
14 (no frost) to 104 °F (–10 to 40 °C): IL 2
Storage temperature –40 to 158 °F (–40 to 70 °C)
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2
Air quality
Chemical vapors IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
2
Mechanical particles IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 1000 m
1% derating for each 100 m above 1000 m; max. 3000 m
2
Vibration 5–150 Hz
EN50178/EN60068-2-6 Displacement amplitude 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–15.8 Hz
Max acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8–150 Hz
2
Shock
EN50178, EN60068-2-27
UPS Drop Test (for applicable UPS weights)
Storage and shipping: max 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2
Cooling capacity required Approximately 2% 2
Cooling air required FR4 41 cfm, FR6 250 cfm, FR7 250 cfm, FR8 383 cfm
FI9 677 cfm, FI10 824 cfm, FI12 1648 cfm, FI13 2472 cfm
2
Unit enclosure class FR4–FR7 NEMA Type 1/IP21; FR8, FI9–FI14 chassis (IP00)
EMC (at fault settings) 2
Immunity Fulfill all EMC immunity requirements
Safety 2
Approvals CE, UL, cUL, EN 61800-5-1 (2003), see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals
Control Connections
2
Analog input voltage 0–10 V, Ri = 200 kohms, (–10 V to 10 V joystick control)
Resolution 0.1%, accuracy ±1%
2
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms differential
2
Digital inputs 6, positive or negative logic; 18–30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage +24 V, ±15%, max. 250 mA 2
Output reference voltage +10 V, +3%, max. load 10 mA
Analog output 0(4)–20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bits 2
Accuracy ±2%
Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V 2
Relay outputs 2 programmable change-over relay outputs
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A 2
Min. switching load: 5 V/10 mA
2
2
2
2
2

SPA/SPN/SPI, continued
2 Description Specification
2 Protections
Overvoltage protection 480 V/911 Vdc, 575 V/1200 Vdc
2 Undervoltage protection 480 V/333 Vdc, 575 V/460 Vdc
Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable, only the inverter is protected
2 Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases is missing
2 Unit overtemperature protection Yes
2 Motor overload protection Yes

2 Motor underload protection Yes
Short-circuit protection of 24 V and 10 V reference voltages Yes
2
2 Input Fuses
SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.
2
SPA/SPN/SPI
2 Module
Component Frame Bussmann Fuse Type (aR) Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.
2 Inverter Units
SPI003A1-4 FR4 170M1560 0 690 20 2
2 SPI007A1-4 FR4 170M1562 0 690 63 2
2 SPI009A1-4 FR4 170M1562 0 690 63 2

SPI012A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
2 SPI016A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
SPI023A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
2 SPI031A1-4 FR6 170M1567 0 690 100 2
SPI038A1-4 FR6 170M1567 0 690 100 2
2 SPI061A1-4 FR7 170M1570 0 690 200 2
2 SPI072A1-4 FR7 170M1570 0 690 200 2

SPI087A1-4 FR7 170M1571 0 690 250 2
2 SPI105A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
SPI140A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
2 SPI170A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
SPI205A0-4 FI9 170M6812 DIN3 690 800 2
2 SPI245A0-4 FI9 170M6812 DIN3 690 800 2
2 SPI300A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2

SPI385A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2
2 SPI460A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2
SPI520A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
2 SPI590A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
2 SPI650A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2

SPI730A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
2 SPI820A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2

SPI920A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
2 SPIH10A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
SPIH11A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
2 SPIH13A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
2 SPIH16A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6

SPIH19A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6
2 SPIH23A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6

2.13
SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.
2
SPA/SPN/SPI, continued
Module 2
Component Frame Bussmann Fuse Type (aR) Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.
Active Front Ends 2
SPA205 A0-4 FI9 170 m6202 3SHT 1250 500 3
SPA385 A0-4 FI10 170 m6277 3SHT 1250 1000 3 2
SPAH10 A0-4 FI13 170 m6277 3SHT 1250 1000 3x3
Non-Regenerative Front Ends
2
SPN468 A0-4 FI9 170 m8547 3SHT 690 1250 3 2
2
Wiring Diagrams
SPA— SPN—Non-Regenerative SPI—Inverter Unit SPI—Inverter Unit 2
Active Front End Front End (FR4–FR8) (FI9–FI14)
380 – 500 Vac 380 – 500 Vac 425 – 800 Vdc 425 – 800 Vdc
2
L1 L1 DC+ DC+
L2
L3
L2
L3
DC- DC-
2
AFE -F1 NFE
INU DC+
-F1
DC- INU DC+
-F1
DC- 2
-F1
-K4 -F4
2
-L1.1
-K5
2
-V4
-L1.2 2
-L1
-U1
-R4
-U1
2
2
PE U V W PE U V W
2
-F2 -F2
2
425 – 600 Vdc 425 – 800 Vdc M M
DC+ DC+
DC- DC- 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 SPA/SPN/SPI
Weight
2 Frame Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)
Active Front Ends
2 FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
FI10 40.6 (1032) 9.4 (239) 21.7 (552) 220 (100)
2 FI12 40.6 (1032) 2 x 9.4 (2 x 239) 21.7 (552) 441 (200)
2 FI13 40.6 (1032) 27.9 (708) 21.8 (553) 674 (306)

FI14 40.6 (1032) 2 x 27.9 (2 x 708) 21.8 (553) 1348 (612)
2 Non-Regenerative Front Ends
FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
2 Inverter Units
2 FR4 11.5 (292) 5.0 (128) 7.5 (190) 11 (5)

FR6 20.4 (519) 7.7 (195) 9.3 (237) 35 (16)
2 FR7 23.3 (591) 9.3 (237) 10.1 (257) 64 (29)
FR8 29.8 (758) 11.4 (289) 13.5 (344) 106 (48)
2 FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
FI10 40.6 (1032) 9.4 (239) 21.7 (552) 220 (100)
2 FI12 40.6 (1032) 2 x 9.4 (2 x 239) 21.7 (552) 441 (200)
2 FI13 40.6 (1032) 27.9 (708) 21.8 (553) 674 (306)

FI14 40.6 (1032) 2 x 27.9 (2 x 708) 21.8 (553) 1348 (612)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Appendix 1—General Terms and Conditions of Sale
Effective Date: November 1, 2017
Eaton Terms & Conditions Contents

Description Page
Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-1
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-2
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-3
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-3
Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated November 1, 2008)

Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of THE CONTRACT FOR SALE Quotations Termination and Cancellation
Sale set forth herein, and any OF THE PRODUCTS OR Written quotations are valid Products
supplements which may be SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY for 30 days from its date Any order may be terminated
attached hereto, constitute LIMITED TO THE TERMS unless otherwise stated in by the Buyer only by written
the full and final expression AND CONDITIONS OF SALE the quotation or terminated notice and upon payment of
of the contract for the sale STATED HEREIN. ANY sooner by notice. reasonable termination charges,
of products or services ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT
Verbal quotations, unless including all progress billings
(hereinafter referred to as TERMS PROPOSED BY
accepted, expire the same and all incurred direct
Product(s) or Services by BUYER ARE REJECTED
day they are made. manufacturing costs.
Eaton Corporation UNLESS EXPRESSLY
(hereinafter referred to as AGREED TO IN WRITING Services
A complete signed order
Seller) to the Buyer, and BY SELLER. No contract shall Any order may be terminated
must be received by Seller
supersedes all prior exist except as herein by the Buyer only by written
within 20 calendar days of
quotations, purchase orders, provided. notice and upon payment of
notification of award,
correspondence or reasonable termination
otherwise the price and
communications whether Complete Agreement charges including all costs
shipment will be subject
written or oral between the No amendment or plus profit.
to re-negotiation.
Seller and the Buyer. modification hereto nor any
Notwithstanding any statement, representation or Seller shall have the right to
contrary language in the warranty not contained herein cancel any order at any time
Buyer’s purchase order, shall be binding on the Seller by written notice if Buyer
correspondence or other unless made in writing by an breaches any of the terms
form of acknowledgment, authorized representative of hereof, becomes the subject
Buyer shall be bound by the Seller. Prior dealings, of any proceeding under state
these Terms and Conditions usage of the trade or a course or federal law for the relief
of Sale when it sends a of performance shall not be of debtors, or otherwise
purchase order or otherwise relevant to determine the becomes insolvent or
indicates acceptance of this meaning of this contract bankrupt, generally does not
contract, or when it accepts even though the accepting pay its debts as they become
delivery from Seller of the or acquiescing party had due or makes an assignment
Products or Services. knowledge of the nature for the benefit of creditors.
of the performance and
opportunity for objection.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com V6-A1-1

Prices If the Buyer initiates or in Terms of Payment

All prices are subject to any way causes delays Products Except for work performed (i)
change without notice. In the in shipment, provision of under a firm fixed price basis
Services or return of approval Acceptance of all orders is
event of a price change, the subject to the Buyer meeting or (ii) pursuant to terms of a
effective date of the change drawings beyond the periods previously priced existing
stated above, the price of the Seller’s credit requirements.
will be the date of the new Terms of payment are subject contract between Seller and
price or discount sheet, letter Products or Services will be Buyer, invoices for work
increased 1% per month to change for failure to meet
or telegram. All quotations such requirements. Seller performed by Seller shall
made or orders accepted or fraction thereof up to a have added and noted on
maximum of 18 months from reserves the right at any time
after the effective date will be to demand full or partial each invoice a charge of 3%
on the new basis. For existing the date of the Buyer’s order. (over and above the price of
For delays resulting in payment before proceeding
orders, the price of the with a contract of sale as a the work) which is related
unshipped portion of an order shipment or provision of to Seller compliance with
Services beyond 18 months result of changes in the
will be the price in effect at financial condition of the present and proposed
time of shipment. from the date of the Buyer’s environmental, health, and
order, the price must be Buyer. Terms of Payment are
either Net 30 days from the safety regulations associated
Price Policy—Products and renegotiated. with prescribed requirements
Services date of invoice of each
shipment or carry a cash covering hazardous materials
When prices are quoted as Price Policy—BLS management and employee
discount based on Product
firm for quoted shipment, they Refer to Price Policy 25-050. training, communications,
type. Specific payment terms
are firm provided the following for Products are outlined in personal protective
conditions are met: Minimum Billing equipment, documentation
the applicable Product
Orders less than $1,000 will discount schedules. and record keeping
1. The order is released be assessed a shipping and associated therewith.
with complete handling charge of 5% of the
engineering details. Services
price of the order, with a Adequate Assurances
Terms of payment are net
2. Shipment of Products are minimum charge of $25.00 If, in the judgment of Seller,
within 30 days from date of
made, and Services unless noted differently on the financial condition of the
invoice for orders amounting
purchased are provided Product discount sheets. Buyer, at any time during the
to less than $50,000.00.
within the quoted period of the contract, does
lead time. Taxes Terms of payment for orders not justify the terms of
The price does not include exceeding $50,000.00 shall payment specified, Seller
3. When drawings for any taxes. Buyer shall be be made according to the may require full or partial
approval are required responsible for the payment following: payment in advance.
for any Products, the of all taxes applicable to, or
drawings applicable to arising from the transaction, 1. Twenty percent (20%) of Delayed Payment
those Products must be the Products, its sale, value, order value with the
purchase order payable If payments are not made in
returned within 30* or use, or any Services
30 days from date of accordance with these terms,
calendar days from the performed in connection
invoice. a service charge will, without
date of the original therewith regardless of prejudice to the right of Seller
mailing of the drawings the person or entity 2. Eighty percent (80%) of to immediate payment, be
by Seller. The return actually taxed. order value in equal added in an amount equal to
drawings must be
monthly payments over the lower of 1.5% per month
released for manufacture
the performance period or fraction thereof or the
and shipment and must
payable 30 days from highest legal rate on the
be marked “APPROVED”
date of invoice. unpaid balance.
or “APPROVED AS
NOTED.” Drawing
re-submittals which are
required for any other
reason than to correct
Seller errors will not
extend the 30-day period.
* 60 days for orders
through contractors
to allow time for their
review and approval
before and after
transmitting them
to their customers.
V6-A1-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com

Freight Warranty
Freight policy will be listed on Risk of Loss Held Orders Warranty for Products
the Product discount sheets, Risk of loss or damage to the For any order held, delayed Seller warrants that the
or at option of Seller one of Products shall pass to Buyer or rescheduled at the request Products manufactured by
the following freight terms at the F.O.B. point. of the Buyer, Seller may, at it will conform to Seller’s
will be quoted. its sole option (1) require applicable specifications and
Concealed Damage payment to be based on any be free from failure due to
F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and Except in the event of F.O.B. reasonable basis, including defects in workmanship and
Invoiced but not limited to the contract
destination shipments, Seller material for one (1) year from
Products are sold F.O.B. point will not participate in any price, and any additional the date of installation of
of shipment freight prepaid settlement of claims for expenses, or cost resulting the Product or eighteen (18)
and invoiced to the Buyer. concealed damage. from such a delay; (2) store months from the date of
Products at the sole cost and shipment of the Product,
F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. When shipment has been risk of loss of the Buyer; and/ whichever occurs first.
and Allowed made on an F.O.B. destination or (3) charge to the Buyer
Products sold are delivered basis, the Buyer must unpack those prices under the In the event any Product fails
F.O.B. point of shipment, immediately and, if damage is applicable price policy. to comply with the foregoing
freight prepaid and included discovered, must: Payment for such price, warranty, Seller will, at its
in the price. expenses and costs, in any option, either (a) repair or
1. Not move the Products replace the defective
from the point of such event, shall be due by
F.O.B. Destination—Frt./Ppd. Buyer within thirty (30) days Product, or defective part or
and Allowed examination. component thereof, F.O.B.
from date of Seller’s invoice.
At Buyer’s option, Seller will 2. Retain shipping container Any order so held delayed or Seller’s facility freight
deliver the Products F.O.B. and packing material. rescheduled beyond six (6) prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer
destination freight prepaid months will be treated as a for the purchase price of the
and 2% will be added to the 3. Notify the carrier in Buyer termination. Product. All warranty claims
net price. writing of any apparent shall be made in writing.
damage. Drawing Approval
The term “freight prepaid” Seller requires all non-
means that freight charges 4. Notify Seller Seller will design the conforming Products be
will be prepaid to the representative within Products in line with, in returned at Seller’s expense
accessible common carrier 72 hours of delivery. Seller’s judgment, good for evaluation unless
delivery point nearest the commercial practice. If at specifically stated otherwise
5. Send Seller a copy of drawing approval Buyer in writing by Seller.
destination for shipments the carrier’s inspection
within the United States and makes changes outside of
report. the design as covered in their This warranty does not
Puerto Rico unless noted cover failure or damage
differently on the Product specifications, Seller will then
Witness Tests/Customer be paid reasonable charges due to storage, installation,
discount sheets. For any Inspection operation or maintenance not
other destination, contact and allowed a commensurate
Standard factory tests may be delay in shipping date based in conformance with Seller’s
Seller’s representative. witnessed by the Buyer recommendations and
on the changes made.
at Seller’s factory for an industry standard practice
Shipment and Routing
additional charge calculated Drawing Re-Submittal or due to accident, misuse,
Seller shall select the point of at the rate of $2,500 per day abuse or negligence. This
origin of shipment, the When Seller agrees to do so
(not to exceed eight (8) hours) in its quotation, Seller shall warranty does not cover
method of transportation, the per Product type. Buyer may reimbursement for labor,
type of carrier equipment and provide Buyer with the first
final inspect Products at the set of factory customer gaining access, removal,
the routing of the shipment. Seller’s factory for $500 per installation, temporary power
approval drawing(s) at Seller’s
If the Buyer specifies a day per Product type. expense. The customer or any other expenses, which
special method of approval drawing(s) will be may be incurred in connection
Witness tests will add one (1) with repair or replacement.
transportation, type of carrier week to the scheduled delivered at the quoted
equipment, routing, or shipping date. Seller will delivery date. If Buyer This warranty does not
delivery requirement, Buyer notify Buyer fourteen (14) requests drawing changes apply to equipment not
shall pay all special freight calendar days prior to or additions after the initial manufactured by Seller.
and handling charges. scheduled witness testing factory customer approval Seller limits itself to
or inspection. In the event drawing(s) have been extending the same warranty
When freight is included in submitted by Seller, the
the price, no allowance will Buyer is unable to attend, the it receives from the supplier.
Parties shall mutually agree Seller, at its option, may
be made in lieu of assess Buyer drawing
transportation if the Buyer on a rescheduled date.
However, Seller reserves charges. Factory customer
accepts shipment at factory, approval drawing changes
warehouse, or freight station the right to deem the witness
tests waived with the right to required due to
or otherwise supplies its own misinterpretation by Seller
transportation. ship and invoice Products.
will be at Seller’s expense.
Approval drawings generated
by Bid Manager are excluded
from this provision.

Extended Warranty for Products Warranty for Services Warranty for Power Systems Asbestos
If requested by the Buyer and Seller warrants that the Studies Federal Law requires that
specifically accepted in writing Services performed by it Seller warrants that any building or facility owners
by Seller, the foregoing hereunder will be performed power systems studies identify the presence,
standard warranty for in accordance with generally performed by it will conform location and quantity of
Products will be extended accepted professional to generally accepted asbestos containing material
from the date of shipment standards. professional standards. Any (hereinafter “ACM”) at work
for the period and price portion of the study, which sites. Seller is not licensed to
indicated below: The Services, which do not so does not so conform, shall abate ACM. Accordingly, for
conform, shall be corrected be corrected by Seller upon any contract which includes
● 24 months—2% of by Seller upon notification in notification in writing by the the provision of Services,
Contract Price writing by the Buyer within Buyer within six (6) months prior to (i) commencement of
● 30 months—3% of one (1) year after completion after completion of the study. work at any site under a
Contract Price of the Services. All warranty work shall be specific Purchase Order, (ii) a
● 36 months—4% of Unless otherwise agreed to in performed in a single shift change in the work scope of
Contract Price writing by Seller, Seller straight time basis Monday any Purchase Order, the
assumes no responsibility through Friday. In the event Buyer will certify that the
Special Warranty (In and Out) with respect to the suitability that the study requires work area associated with the
for Products of the Buyer’s, or its correction of warranty items Seller’s scope of work
If requested by the Buyer customer’s, equipment or on an overtime schedule, includes the handling of Class
and specifically accepted in with respect to any latent the premium portion of such II ACM, including but not
writing by Seller, Seller will, defects in equipment not overtime shall be for the limited to generator wedges
during the warranty period supplied by Seller. This Buyer’s account. and high temperature gaskets
for Products, at an additional warranty does not cover which include asbestos
cost of 2% of the contract damage to Buyer’s, or its Limitation on Warranties for materials. The Buyer shall, at
price, be responsible for the Products, Services and Power its expense, conduct
customer’s, equipment, Systems Studies
direct cost of: components or parts abatement should the
resulting in whole or in part THE FOREGOING removal, handling,
1. Removing the Product WARRANTIES ARE modification or reinstallation,
from improper maintenance
from the installed EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR or some or all of them, of said
or operation or from their
location. WARRANTY OF TITLE. Class II ACM be likely to
deteriorated condition. Buyer
will, at its cost, provide Seller SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL generate airborne asbestos
2. Transportation to the
with unobstructed access OTHER WARRANTIES fibers; and should such
repair facility and return
to the defective Services, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED abatement affect the cost
to the site.
as well as adequate free WARRANTIES OF of or time of performance
3. Reinstallation on site. working space in the MERCHANTABILITY of the work, then Seller shall
immediate vicinity of the AND FITNESS FOR A be entitled to an equitable
The total liability of Seller for PARTICULAR PURPOSE. adjustment in the schedule,
this Special Warranty for defective Services and such
facilities and systems, price and other pertinent
Products is limited to 50% CORRECTION OF NON-
including, without limitation, affected provisions of
of the contract price of the CONFORMITIES IN THE
docks, cranes and utility the contract.
particular Product being MANNER AND FOR THE
repaired and excludes disconnects and connects, PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED
as may be necessary in order Compliance with Nuclear
expenses for removing ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE Regulation
adjacent apparatus, walls, that Seller may perform its SELLER’S SOLE LIABILITY
warranty obligations. The AND BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE Seller’s Products are sold as
piping, structures, temporary commercial grade Products
service, etc. conducting of any tests shall REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF
be mutually agreed upon and SELLER TO MEET ITS not intended for application in
Seller shall be notified of, and facilities or activities licensed
WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS,
may be present at, all tests by the United States Nuclear
WHETHER CLAIMS OF
that may be made. THE BUYER ARE BASED Regulatory Commission for
atomic purposes. Further
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
certification will be required
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR for use of the Products in any
safety-related application in
OTHERWISE.
any nuclear facility licensed
by the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission.
V6-A1-4 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com

Returning Products Patent Infringement Compliance with OSHA

Authorization and shipping Seller will defend or, at its The preceding paragraph Seller offers no warranty and
instructions for the return option, settle any suit or does not apply to any claim makes no representation that
of any Products must be proceeding brought against of infringement based upon: its Products comply with the
obtained from Seller before Buyer, or Buyer’s customers, (a) any modification made to a provisions or standards of the
returning the Products. to the extent it is based upon Product other than by Seller; Occupational Safety and
a claim that any Product or (b) any design and/or Health Act of 1970, or any
When return is occasioned part thereof, manufactured by specifications of Buyer to regulation issued thereunder.
due to Seller error, full credit Seller or its subsidiaries and which a Product was In no event shall Seller be
including all transportation furnished hereunder, manufactured; or (c) the use liable for any loss, damage,
charges will be allowed. infringes any United States or combination of Product fines, penalty or expenses
patent, other than a claim of with other products where arising under said Act.
Product Notices infringement based upon use the Product does not itself
Buyer shall provide the user of a Product or part thereof in infringe. As to the above- Limitation of Liability
(including its employees) of a process, provided Seller is identified claim situations THE REMEDIES OF THE
the Products with all Seller notified in reasonable time where the preceding BUYER SET FORTH IN
supplied Product notices, and given authority, paragraph does not apply, THIS CONTRACT ARE
warnings, instructions, information and assistance Buyer shall defend and hold EXCLUSIVE AND ARE ITS
recommendations, and (at Seller’s expense) for the Seller harmless in the same SOLE REMEDIES FOR ANY
similar materials. defense of same. Seller shall manner and to the extent as FAILURE OF SELLER TO
pay all legal and court costs Seller’s obligations described COMPLY WITH ITS
Force Majeure and expenses and court- in the preceding paragraph. OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
Seller shall not be liable for assessed damages awarded Buyer shall be responsible for
failure to perform or delay therein against Buyer obtaining (at Buyer’s NOTWITHSTANDING
in performance due to fire, resulting from or incident to expense) all license rights ANY PROVISION IN THIS
flood, strike or other labor such suit or proceeding. In required for Seller to be able CONTRACT TO THE
difficulty, act of God, act of addition to the foregoing, if to use software products in CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT
any governmental authority or at any time Seller determines the possession of Buyer SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE
of the Buyer, riot, embargo, there is a substantial question where such use is required IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
fuel or energy shortage, car of infringement of any United in order to perform any (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
shortage, wrecks or delays in States patent, and the use of Service for Buyer. OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
transportation, or due to any such Product is or may be OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE
other cause beyond Seller’s enjoined, Seller may, at its With respect to a Product or TO PROPERTY OR
reasonable control. In the option and expense: either part thereof not manufactured EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN
event of delay in performance (a) procure for Buyer the right by Seller or its subsidiaries, PRODUCTS SOLD
due to any such cause, the to continue using and selling Seller will attempt to obtain HEREUNDER, LOSS OF
date of delivery or time for the Product; (b) replace the for Buyer, from the supplier(s), PROFITS OR REVENUE,
completion will be extended Product with non-infringing the patent indemnification LOSS OF USE OF PRODUCTS,
by a period of time reasonably apparatus; (c) modify the protection normally provided COST OF CAPITAL, CLAIMS
necessary to overcome the Product so it becomes non- by the supplier(s) to OF CUSTOMERS OF THE
effect of such delay. infringing; or (d) as a last customers. BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL,
resort, remove the Product INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL
Liquidated Damages and refund the purchase OR CONSEQUENTIAL
Contracts which include price, equitably adjusted for DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
liquidated damage clauses for use and obsolescence. In no REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
failure to meet shipping or job case does Seller agree to pay SUCH POTENTIAL DAMAGES
completion promises are not any recovery based upon its ARE FORESEEABLE OR IF
acceptable or binding on Buyer’s savings or profit SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
Seller, unless such clauses through use of Seller’s OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
are specifically accepted in Products whether the use be SUCH DAMAGES.
writing by an authorized special or ordinary. The THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE
representative of the Seller at foregoing states the entire LIABILITY OF SELLER
its headquarters office. liability of Seller for patent ARISING FROM OR
infringement. RELATED TO THIS
CONTRACT WHETHER
THE CLAIMS ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT OR SERVICES
ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY
IS BASED.

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
C O
CHK . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-380 OPTA . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-104, V6-T2-145, V6-T2-233, V6-T2-297,
CPX . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-325–V6-T2-332 V6-T2-333, V6-T2-351, V6-T2-364, V6-T2-381
C25D . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-53 OPTB . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-104, V6-T2-145, V6-T2-233, V6-T2-297,
V6-T2-333, V6-T2-351, V6-T2-364, V6-T2-381
D OPTC . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-145, V6-T2-297, V6-T2-333, V6-T2-351,
V6-T2-364, V6-T2-381
DA1 . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-27
OPTD . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-145, V6-T2-297, V6-T2-333, V6-T2-351,
DBR-R . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-106, V6-T2-236
V6-T2-364, V6-T2-381
DC1 . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-17
OPTN . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-103, V6-T2-232
DG1 . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-50, V6-T2-51
OPTR . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-105, V6-T2-235, V6-T2-364, V6-T2-381
DH1 . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-172–V6-T2-174
DS7 . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-7–V6-T1-14
P
DXG. . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-59, V6-T2-60, V6-T2-276
PP00 . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-381
D77E . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-52, V6-T1-53
PSG . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65, V6-T1-88
E
R
EGF . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-272–V6-T2-275
RGX . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-349, V6-T2-350
EGS . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-72–V6-T2-75
EMA . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-66, V6-T1-89
S
EML. . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65, V6-T1-88
SPA . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379, V6-T2-380
EMM . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-66, V6-T1-89
SPI . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379, V6-T2-380
EMS . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65, V6-T1-88
SPN . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-379, V6-T2-380
SPX . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-101, V6-T2-102, V6-T2-227–V6-T2-231
H
SS-IP . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65, V6-T1-88
HCX . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-320
SVDRIVE . . . . . . V6-T2-105, V6-T2-235
HMX . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-192, V6-T2-193, V6-T2-204–V6-T2-212
SVX . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-99–V6-T2-102
S511. . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-39
K
S611. . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-51–V6-T1-53
KEYPAD . . . . . . . V6-T2-105, V6-T2-235, V6-T2-364, V6-T2-381
S701. . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27, V6-T1-33, V6-T1-36
S801+ . . . . . . . . V6-T1-63, V6-T1-64
L
S811+ . . . . . . . . V6-T1-84–V6-T1-87, V6-T1-89
LCX . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-361–V6-T2-363
X
M
XMX . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-195, V6-T2-213
MMX . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-38, V6-T2-39
Numerics
9000X. . . . . . . . . V6-T2-103, V6-T2-105, V6-T2-196, V6-T2-232,
V6-T2-235
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2018 www.eaton.com V6-A2-1

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
A Communication Modules, continued

LonWorks
Accessories
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298
Clean Power Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-276
Modbus
H-Max Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-196
M-Max Series AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-39
PowerXL DC1, DA1 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-19, V6-T2-29
Modbus/TCP
PowerXL DG1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-53
PowerXL DG1, Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-77
PowerXL DH1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-175
PROFIBUS
SPX9000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-232
SVX9000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-103
DS7 Solid-State Controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-15
Type S801+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65 Communications
Type S811+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-88 H-Max Series Drives (IntelliDisconnect)
Onboard Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-212
H-Max Series Drives (IntelliPass)
H-Max Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-190–V6-T2-217
IntelliDisconnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-202
H-Max Series Drives (Open)
IntelliPass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-202
H-Max Series (Open). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-190
LCX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-359–V6-T2-374 Contactors
Low Harmonic Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-264–V6-T2-345 Semiconductor Reversing, Type S511 . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38
M-Max Series AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-36–V6-T2-44
PowerXL DA1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-25 E
PowerXL DC1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-15 Eaton Terms & Conditions
PowerXL DE1 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-9 Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-3
PowerXL DG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-48 Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-5
PowerXL DH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-170 Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-1
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-2
Drive Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-375–V6-T2-385 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-3
SPX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-224–V6-T2-263
SVX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-97 K
SVX9000 Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-135
Kits
SVX9000 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-97
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive Option Boards . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-333
Auxiliary Contacts Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32 Option Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-297
H-Max Series Drives (IntelliPass)
C Option Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-213
Communication Modules H-Max Series Drives (Open)
BACnet Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-196
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334 Option Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-195
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298 SPX9000 Drives
CANopen (Slave) 9000X Series Option Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-233
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334 SVX9000 Drives Option Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-104
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298 SVX9000 Open Drives
DeviceNet 9000X Series Option Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-145
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334 Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-298 Type S811+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-88
Ethernet/IP
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334
Johnson Controls Metasys N2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-334
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2018 www.eaton.com V6-A3-1

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
O S
Options Semiconductor Reversing Contactors
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-336 Type S511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives Option Board Kits . . . . . . V6-T2-333 Soft Start Controllers
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives DS7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3
Option Board Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-297 Type S701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
H-Max Series Drives (IntelliDisconnect) Type S701 with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32
Option Board Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-213 Type S701 with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35
H-Max Series Drives (Open)
Soft Starters
Option Board Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-195
Type S611 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43
LCX9000 Series Drives
Heavy Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-52
9000X Series Option Board Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-364
Severe Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-52
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Drive Products
Standard Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-51
9000X Series Option Board Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-381
Type S801+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59
SPX9000 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-233
Severe Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-64
SVX9000 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-104, V6-T2-145
Standard Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-63
Type S801+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-66
Type S811+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75
Type S811+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-89
Inside-the-Delta Severe Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-87
Inside-the-Delta Standard Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-86
P Severe Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-85
PowerXpert inControl Software . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-54, V6-T2-176 Standard Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-84
Starters
R Reduced Voltage Motor
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters DS7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3
DS7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3 Solid-State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-42
Solid-State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-42 Solid-State Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-2
Solid-State Controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-2 Type S511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38
Type S511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38 Type S611 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43
Type S611 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43 Type S701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26
Type S701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26 Type S701 with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32
Type S701 with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32 Type S701 with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35
Type S701 with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35 Type S801+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59
Type S801+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59 Type S811+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75
Type S811+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75
Replacement Parts
H-Max Series (Open) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-196
PowerXl DG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-59
PowerXl DH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-181
SPX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-240
SVX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-111
V6-A3-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2018 www.eaton.com

CA08100007E Vol6 Ibook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CA08100007E Vol6 Ibook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CA08100007E Vol6 Ibook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Terms and Conditions

Technical and Descriptive Publications

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Copyright ©2019 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com i

ii Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—January 2018 www.eaton.com

Soft Start Controllers 1.1 Solid-State Controllers

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-1

Soft Start Controllers Contents

V6-T1-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-3

Application Description Operation

voltage to the motor, providing voltage)

V6-T1-4 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-5

Catalog Number Selection

V6-T1-6 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

DS7 Soft Start DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings— 1

15.2 3 5 10 HFD3035 25A XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-7

1 85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

V6-T1-8 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

4.8 1 1 3 HFD3015 15A XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-9

1 27 7.5 10 20 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 45

1 65 20 25 50 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 45

1 5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

1 7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

1 400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

V6-T1-10 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-11

1 85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

V6-T1-12 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-13

1 28.8 7.5 11 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 56

1 68 18.5 37 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 56

1 7 110/230 Vac device.

1 Power Supply Selection

V6-T1-14 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-15

Technical Data and Specifications

1 Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick

1 Vibration resistance according

Mean heat dissipation at W 0.2 0.35 0.35 0.6

V6-T1-16 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-17

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

1 Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 Vibration resistance according to

Mean heat dissipation at W 0.8 1.1 1.5

1 Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac

V6-T1-18 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—July 2018 www.eaton.com V6-T1-19

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued